www.OSHA.gov | |
Federal Registers
Incorporation of General Industry Safety and Health Standards Applicable to Construction Work. - 58:35076-35306 |
![]() |
Publication Date: | 06/30/1993 |
Publication Type: | Final Rules |
Fed Register #: | 58:35076-35306 |
Standard Number: | 1926 |
Title: | Incorporation of General Industry Safety and Health Standards Applicable to Construction Work. |
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29 CFR Part 1926 Incorporation of General Industry Safety and Health Standards Applicable to Construction Work AGENCY: Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor. ACTION: Final Rule; Incorporation and designation of existing standards applicable to construction work to codify them as construction standards. SUMMARY: OSHA is incorporating the regulatory text of the General Industry Safety and Health Standards (part 1910) that have been identified as applicable to construction work into the Safety and Health Regulations for Construction (29 CFR part 1926). For some time, elements of both labor and management within the construction industry have requested the Agency to develop a single set of OSHA regulations for the exclusive use of that industry. OSHA prepared this document in response to the concerns of the affected parties and because the Agency recognizes the need for uniform enforcement information. This action will assist employers and employees in obtaining more up-to-date information on their construction safety and health obligations. EFFECTIVE DATE: June 30, 1993. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. James F. Foster, U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Room N-3647, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20210; telephone: (202)219-8151. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background OSHA has recognized, since early in its existence, that there are circumstances where the safety and health standards for construction employment (29 CFR part 1926) are less comprehensive than the safety and health standards for general industry employment (29 CFR part 1910). In a number of cases, the Agency has determined that it is appropriate to cite a construction employer for violation of a part 1910 standard, to effectuate the purposes of the OSH Act. (See 29 CFR 1910.5(c), incorporated into the Construction Standards as 29 CFR 1926.20(d).) By 1978, a number of part 1910 standards had been identified as applicable to construction. As a result, both employers and employees requested that OSHA issue a single volume which would present all of the regulations, whether from part 1910 or from part 1926, that the Agency considered applicable to construction employment. The parties requesting consolidation stated that notifying employers of the applicable part 1910 standards would facilitate compliance. On February 9, 1979, OSHA issued a Notice of Enforcement Policy and Republication of Standards (44 FR 8577) which reprinted the entire text of 29 CFR part 1926, together with certain General Industry Safety and Health Standards contained in 29 CFR part 1910 which had been identified as applicable to construction employment. On April 6, 1979, the Agency issued a correction notice (54 FR 20940). Subsequently, to promote uniform enforcement, OSHA addressed the application of part 1910 standards to construction employment in field directives CPL 2- 1.68 (2-28-79) and CPL 2-45A CH-1 (8-18-83). In addition, in 1983 the Agency produced and distributed OSHA Publication 2207, Construction Industry Standards, which presented the part 1910 and part 1926 standards covered by the February 9, 1979, and April 6, 1979, notices. This OSHA publication was reprinted in 1986, and revised in 1987. The volume was available through the Government Printing Office and from the Agency itself in limited quantities. More recently, a number of parties, including the Advisory Committee on Construction Safety and Health (See Transcript of 6-20-90 meeting, pp. 165-169), have suggested that OSHA consolidate all regulations applicable to construction in a single volume, either by revising 29 CFR part 1926 or by updating and reprinting OSHA Publication 2207. In response to these suggestions, the Agency revised and reissued Publication 2207 in 1991. The initial printing run of the 1991 volume has now sold out. In this notice, in order to provide construction employers and employees with a more comprehensive compilation of applicable safety and health standards, OSHA is revising its part 1926 regulations by adding identified part 1910 standards to part 1926, complete with their own part 1926 designations. Most of the General Industry standards incorporated through this action have long been applied to construction employment. A few recent standards, such as the standards for Process Safety Management (PSM), 29 CFR 1910.119, and Hazardous Waste Operations, 29 CFR 1910.120, are being added to part 1926 at this time because OSHA has determined that their inclusion is necessary for the protection of construction workers. For example, the Agency is aware that employees who perform construction work at petrochemical facilities may be exposed to process hazards. The inclusion of the PSM standard, incorporated here as 29 CFR 1926.64, provides clear notice that employers must comply with that standard to protect employees performing construction work from exposure to the process hazards covered by the standard. Also, OSHA is adding an Appendix A to 29 CFR 1926.55, "Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts and mists," to set out the 1970 American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) threshold limit values (TLVs) for airborne contaminants. A reference to the new Appendix A is being added to 29 CFR 1926.55(a). Existing 29 CFR 1926.55(a) requires employers to protect each employee performing construction work from exposures that exceed the 1970 ACGIH TLVs. The existing standard simply references the ACGIH document, so employers have had to look outside 29 CFR part 1926 to determine what TLVs apply to their operations. Recognizing that, with the passage of time, it has become increasingly difficult to obtain the 1970 ACGIH document, OSHA has included the 1970 TLVs in the 1983, 1986, and 1987 editions of OSHA Publication 2207. The Agency believes that spelling out the TLVs in Appendix A will facilitate compliance with 29 CFR 1926.55(a). The substantive provisions of the standard are unchanged. In addition, the list of TLVs in 29 CFR 1926.55, Appendix A, will be annotated as necessary to indicate that, where a particular substance is regulated both by a TLV listed in Appendix A and by a standard incorporated into new 29 CFR part 1926, subpart Z, the subpart Z standard prevails. OSHA is also adding an Appendix A at the end of 29 CFR part 1926 to set out the section numbers for the part 1910 standards incorporated into part 1926, along with the part 1926 designations for the incorporated part 1910 standards. This list is essentially the same as that published in 1979, updated to reflect amendments and revisions to the part 1910 standards since that date. OSHA is adding the Appendix so construction industry employers and employees can readily identify the General Industry Standards that have been incorporated into the Construction Industry Standards. While every effort has been made to identify those General Industry standards which are most likely to be applicable to construction work, OSHA notes that other part 1910 standards may, under some circumstances, also be applicable. A special procedure has been established by the National Office to address any such situations. Insofar as enforcement experience and other information indicate that part 1910 standards not included in the list are applicable to construction, part 1926 will be modified accordingly, through the issuance of technical amendments. Exemption From Notice and Comment Procedures With regard to this action, OSHA has determined that it is not required to follow procedures for public notice and comment rulemaking under either section 4 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) or under section 6(b) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 655(b)). This action does not affect the substantive requirements or coverage of the standards themselves. This incorporation does not modify or revoke existing rights or obligations, nor does it establish new ones. This action simply provides additional information on the existing regulatory burden. OSHA, therefore, finds that notice and public procedure are impracticable and unnecessary within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B). For the same reasons, OSHA also finds that, in accordance with 29 CFR 1911.5, good cause exists for dispensing with the public notice and comment procedures prescribed in section 6(b) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Exemption From Delayed Effective Date Requirement Under 5 U.S.C. 553, OSHA finds that there is good cause for making this Appendix effective upon publication in the Federal Register. This incorporation simply provides additional information on the existing regulatory burden without increasing that burden. List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1926 Construction industry, Electric power, Fire prevention, Hazardous substances, Motor vehicle safety, Noise control, Occupational safety and health, Radiation protection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Signs and symbols. Authority Accordingly, pursuant to sections 4, 6 and 8 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, (29 U.S.C. 653, 655 and 657); section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construction Safety Act) (40 U.S.C. 333); section 4 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553); Secretary of Labor's Order 1-90 (55 FR 9033); and 29 CFR part 1911. 29 CFR part 1926 is amended as set forth below. Signed at Washington, DC, this 16th day of June, 1993. David C. Zeigler, Acting Assistant Secretary of Labor PART 1926 - SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION The following list reflects only new table of contents entries for sections that are being added to part 1926 by this document. The new section headings read as follows: Subpart C - General Safety and Health Provisions Sec. * * * * 1926.33 Access to employee exposure and medical records. 1926.34 Means of egress. 1926.35 Employee emergency action plans. Subpart D - Occupational Health and Environmental Control * * * * 1926.64 Process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals. 1926.65 Hazardous waste operations and emergency response. 1926.66 Criteria for design and construction for spray booths. Subpart E - Personal Protective Equipment and Life Saving Equipment 1926.95 Criteria for personal protective equipment. 1926.96 Occupational foot protection. 1926.97 Protective clothing for fire brigades. 1926.98 Respiratory protection for fire brigades. Subpart F - Fire Protection and Prevention * * * * Fixed Fire Suppression Equipment 1926.156 Fixed extinguishing systems, general. 1926.157 Fixed extinguishing systems, gaseous agent. Other Fire Protection Systems 1926.158 Fire detection systems. 1926.159 Employee alarm systems. Subpart I - Tools - Hand and Power * * * * 1926.306 Air receivers. 1926.307 Mechanical power-transmission apparatus. Subpart L - Scaffolding * * * * 1926.453 Manually propelled mobile ladder stands and scaffolds (towers). Subpart Y - Commercial Diving Operations General 1926.1071 Scope and application. 1926.1072 Definitions. Personnel Requirements 1926.1076 Qualifications of dive team. General Operations Procedures 1926.1080 Safe practices manual. 1926.1081 Pre-dive procedures. 1926.1082 Procedures during dive. 1926.1083 Post-dive procedures. Specific Operations Procedures 1926.1084 SCUBA diving. 1926.1085 Surface-supplied air diving. 1926.1086 Mixed-gas diving. 1926.1087 Liveboating. Equipment Procedures and Requirements 1926.1090 Equipment. Recordkeeping 1926.1091 Recordkeeping requirements. 1926.1092 Effective date. Appendix A to Subpart Y - Examples of Conditions Which May Restrict or Limit Exposure to Hyperbaric Conditions Appendix B to Subpart Y - Guidelines for Scientific Diving Subpart Z - Toxic and Hazardous Substances 1926.1100 - 1926.1101 [Reserved] 1926.1102 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term. 1926.1103 4-Nitrobiphenyl. 1926.1104 alpha-Naphthylamine. 1926.1105 [Reserved] 1926.1106 Methyl chloromethyl ether. 1926.1107 3,3-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts). 1926.1108 bis-Chloromethyl ether. 1926.1109 beta-Naphthylamine. 1926.1110 Benzidine. 1926.1111 4-Aminodiphenyl. 1926.1112 Ethyleneimine. 1926.1113 beta-Propiolactone. 1926.1114 2-Acetylaminofluorene. 1926.1115 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. 1926.1116 N-Nitrosodimethylamine. 1926.1117 Vinyl chloride. 1926.1118 Inorganic arsenic. 1926.1128 Benzene. 1926.1129 Coke oven emissions. 1926.1144 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane. 1926.1145 Acrylonitrile. 1926.1147 Ethylene oxide. 1926.1148 Formaldehyde. Appendix A to Part 1926 - Designations for General Industry Standards Incorporated Into Body of Construction Standards Subpart C - General Safety and Health Provisions Authority: Section 8 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 657; Secretary of Labor's Order No. 9-83 (48 FR 35736) and 29 CFR part 1911. 1. In 1926.20, new paragraphs (c) through (e) are added to read as follows: 1926.20 General safety and health provisions and applicability of standards. * * * * * (c) The standards contained in this part shall apply with respect to employments performed in a workplace in a State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, Wake Island, Outer Continental Shelf lands defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, Johnston Island, and the Canal Zone. (d)(1) If a particular standard is specifically applicable to a condition, practice, means, method, operation, or process, it shall prevail over any different general standard which might otherwise be applicable to the same condition, practice, means, method, operation, or process. (2) On the other hand, any standard shall apply according to its terms to any employment and place of employment in any industry, even though particular standards are also prescribed for the industry to the extent that none of such particular standards applies. (e) In the event a standard protects on its face a class of persons larger than employees, the standard shall be applicable under this part only to employees and their employment and places of employment. 2. In 1926.32, paragraphs (g) through (r) are redesignated as paragraphs (h) through (s), and new paragraph (g) is added. The text of new paragraph (g) reads as follows: 1926.32 Definitions. * * * * * (g) Construction work. For purposes of this section, Construction work means work for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating. * * * * * 3. New 1926.33 is added to read as follows: 1926.33 Access to employee exposure and medical records. (a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide employees and their designated representatives a right of access to relevant exposure and medical records; and to provide representatives of the Assistant Secretary a right of access to these records in order to fulfill responsibilities under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Access by employees, their representatives, and the Assistant Secretary is necessary to yield both direct and indirect improvements in the detection, treatment, and prevention of occupational disease. Each employer is responsible for assuring compliance with this section, but the activities involved in complying with the access to medical records provisions can be carried out, on behalf of the employer, by the physician or other health care personnel in charge of employee medical records. Except as expressly provided, nothing in this section is intended to affect existing legal and ethical obligations concerning the maintenance and confidentiality of employee medical information, the duty to disclose information to a patient/employee or any other aspect of the medical-care relationship, or affect existing legal obligations concerning the protection of trade secret information. (b) Scope and application. (1) This section applies to each general industry, maritime, and construction employer who makes, maintains, contracts for, or has access to employee exposure or medical records, or analyses thereof, pertaining to employees exposed to toxic substances or harmful physical agents. (2) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and analyses thereof, of such employees, whether or not the records are mandated by specific occupational safety and health standards. (3) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and analyses thereof, made or maintained in any manner, including on an in-house of contractual (e.g., fee-for-service) basis. Each employer shall assure that the preservation and access requirements of this section are complied with regardless of the manner in which the records are made or maintained. (c) Definitions - (1) Access means the right and opportunity to examine and copy. (2) Analysis using exposure or medical records means any compilation of data or any statistical study based at least in part on information collected from individual employee exposure or medical records or information collected from health insurance claims records, provided that either the analysis has been reported to the employer or no further work is currently being done by the person responsible for preparing the analysis. (3) Designated representative means any individual or organization to whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise a right of access. For the purposes of access to employee exposure records and analyses using exposure or medical records, a recognized or certified collective bargaining agent shall be treated automatically as a designated representative without regard to written employee authorization. (4) Employee means a current employee, a former employee, or an employee being assigned or transferred to work where there will be exposure to toxic substances or harmful physical agents. In the case of a deceased or legally incapacitated employee, the employee's legal representative may directly exercise all the employee's rights under this section. (5) Employee exposure record means a record containing any of the following kinds of information: (i) Environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent, including personal, area, grab, wipe, or other form of sampling, as well as related collection and analytical methodologies, calculations, and other background data relevant to interpretation of the results obtained; (ii) Biological monitoring results which directly assess the absorption of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent by body systems (e.g., the level of a chemical in the blood, urine, breath, hair, fingernails, etc) but not including results which assess the biological effect of a substance or agent or which assess an employee's use of alcohol or drugs; (iii) Material safety data sheets indicating that the material may pose a hazard to human health; or (iv) In the absence of the above, a chemcial inventory or any other record which reveals where and when used and the identity (e.g., chemical, common, or trade name) of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent. (6)(i) Employee medical record means a record concerning the health status of an employee which is made or maintained by a physician, nurse, or other health care personnel or technician, including: (A) Medical and employment questionnaires or histories (including job description and occupational exposures), (B) The results of medical examinations (pre-employment, pre-assignment, periodic, or episodic) and laboratory tests (including chest and other X-ray examinations taken for the purposes of establishing a base-line or detecting occupational illness, and all biological monitoring not defined as an "employee exposure record"), (C) Medical opinions, diagnoses, progress notes, and recommendations, (D) First aid records, (E) Descriptions of treatments and prescriptions, and (F) Employee medical complaints. (ii) "Employee medical record" does not include medical information in the form of: (A) Physical specimens (e.g., blood or urine samples) which are routinely discarded as a part of normal medical practice; or (B) Records concerning health insurance claims if maintained separately from the employer's medical program and its records, and not accessible to the employer by employee name or other direct personal identifier (e.g., social security number, payroll number, etc.); or (C) Records created solely in preparation for litigation which are privileged from discovery under the applicable rules of procedure or evidence; or (D) Records concerning voluntary employee assistance programs (alcohol, drug abuse, or personal counseling programs) if maintained separately from the employer's medical program and its records. (7) Employer means a current employer, a former employer, or a successor employer. (8) Exposure or exposed means that an employee is subjected to a toxic substance or harmful physical agent in the course of employment through any route of entry (inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.), and includes past exposure and potential (e.g., accidental or possible) exposure, but does not include situations where the employer can demonstrate that the toxic substance or harmful physical agent is not used, handled, stored, generated, or present in the workplace in any manner different from typical non-occupational situations. (9) Health professional means a physician, occupational health nurse, industrial hygienist, toxicologist, or epidemiologist, providing medical or other occupational health services to exposed employees. (10) Record means any item, collection, or grouping of information regardless of the form or process by which it is maintained (e.g., paper document, microfiche, microfilm, X-ray film, or automated data processing). (11) Specific chemical identity means the chemical name, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance. (12)(i) Specific written consent means a written authorization containing the following: (A) The name and signature of the employee authorizing the release of medical information, (B) The date of the written authorization, (C) The name of the individual or organization that is authorized to release the medical information, (D) The name of the designated representative (individual or organization) that is authorized to receive the released information, (E) A general description of the medical information that is authorized to be released, (F) A general description of the purpose for the release of the medical information, and (G) A date or condition upon which the written authorization will expire (if less than one year). (ii) A written authorization does not operate to authorize the release of medical information not in existence on the date of written authorization, unless the release of future information is expressly authorized, and does not operate for more than one year from the date of written authorization. (iii) A written authorization may be revoked in writing prospectively at any time. (13) Toxic substance or harmful physical agent means any chemical substance, biological agent (bacteria, virus, fungus, etc.), or physical stress (noise, heat, cold, vibration, repetitive motion, ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, hypo - or hyperbaric pressure, etc.) which: (i) Is listed in the least printed edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS); or (ii) Has yielded positive evidence of an acute or chronic health hazard in testing conducted by, or known to, the employer; or (iii) Is the subject of a material safety data sheet kept by or known to the employer indicating that the material may pose a hazard to human health. (14) Trade secret means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device, or information or compilation of information that is used in an employer's business and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. (d) Preservation of records. (1) Unless a specific occupational safety and health standard provides a different period of time, each employer shall assure the preservation and retention of records as follows: (i) Employee medical records. The medical record for each employee shall be preserved and maintained for at least the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, except that the following types of records need not be retained for any specified period: (A) Health insurance claims records maintained separately from the employer's medical program and its records, (B) First aid records (not including medical histories) of one-time treatment and subsequent observation of minor scratches, cuts, burns, splinters, and the like which do not involve medical treatment, loss of consciousness, restriction of work or motion, or transfer to another job, if made on-site by a non-physician and if maintained separately from the employer's medical program and its records, and (C) The medical records of employees who have worked for less than (1) year for the employer need not be retained beyond the term of employment if they are provided to the employee upon the termination of employment. (ii) Employee exposure records. Each employee exposure record shall be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years, except that: (A) Background data to environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring, such as laboratory reports and worksheets, need only be retained for one (1) year as long as the sampling results, the collection methodology (sampling plan), a description of the analytical and mathematical methods used, and a summary of other background data relevant to interpretation of the results obtained, are retained for at least thirty (30) years; and (B) Material safety data sheets and paragraph (c)(5)(iv) records concerning the identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for any specified period as long as some record of the identity (chemical name if known) of the substance or agent, where it was used, and when it was used is retained for at least thirty (30) years;(1) and __________________ (1) Material safety data sheets must be kept for those chemicals currently in use that are effected by the Hazard Communication Standard in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.59(g). (C) Biological monitoring results designated as exposure records by specific occupational safety and health standards shall be preserved and maintained as required by the specific standard. (iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. Each analysis using exposure or medial records shall be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years. (2) Nothing in this section is intended to mandate the form, manner, or process by which an employer preserves a record as long as the information contained in the record is preserved and retrievable, except that chest X-ray films shall be preserved in their original state. (e) Access to records - (1) General. (i) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests access to a record, the employer shall assure that access is provided in a reasonable time, place, and manner. If the employer cannot reasonably provide access to the record within fifteen (15) working days, the employer shall within the fifteen (15) working days apprise the employee or designated representative requesting the record of the reason for the delay and the earliest date when the record can be made available. (ii) The employer may require of the requester only such information as should be readily known to the requester and which may be necessary to locate or identify the records being requested (e.g., dates and locations where the employee worked during the time period in question). (iii) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests a copy of a record, the employer shall assure that either: (A) A copy of the record is provided without cost to the employee or representative, (B) The necessary mechanical copying facilities (e.g., photocopying) are made available without cost to the employee or representative for copying the record, or (C) The record is loaned to the employee or representative for a reasonable time to enable a copy to be made. (iv) In the case of an original X-ray, the employer may restrict access to on-site examination or make other suitable arrangements for the temporary loan of the X-ray. (v) Whenever a record has been previously provided without cost to an employee or designated representative, the employer may charge reasonable, non-discriminatory administrative costs (i.e., search and copying expenses but not including overhead expenses) for a request by the employee or designated representative for additional copies of the record, except that (A) An employer shall not charge for an initial request for a copy of new information that has been added to a record which was previously provided; and (B) An employer shall not charge for an initial request by a recognized or certified collective bargaining agent for a copy of an employee exposure record or an analysis using exposure or medical records. (vi) Nothing in this section is intended to preclude employees and collective bargaining agents from collectively bargaining to obtain access to information in addition to that available under this section. (2) Employee and designated representative access - (i) Employee exposure records. (A) Except as limited by paragraph (f) of this section, each employer shall, upon request, assure the access to each employee and designated representative to employee exposure records relevant to the employee. For the purpose of this section, an exposure record relevant to the employee consists of: (1) A record which measures or monitors the amount of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent to which the employee is or has been exposed; (2) In the absence of such directly relevant records, such records of other employees with past or present job duties or working conditions related to or similar to those of the employee to the extent necessary to reasonably indicate the amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents to which the employee is or has been subjected, and (3) Exposure records to the extent necessary to reasonably indicate the amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents at workplaces or under working conditions to which the employee is being assigned or transferred. (B) Requests by designated representatives for unconsented access to employee exposure records shall be in writing and shall specify with reasonable particularity: (1) The records requested to be disclosed; and (2) The occupational health need for gaining access to these records. (ii) Employee medical records. (A) Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each employee to employee medical records of which the employee is the subject, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(D) of this section. (B) Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each designated representative to the employee medical records of any employee who has given the designated representative specific written consent. Appendix A to this section contains a sample form which may be used to establish specific written consent for access to employee medical records. (C) Whenever access to employee medical records is requested, a physician representing the employer may recommend that the employee or designated representative: (1) Consult with the physician for the purposes of reviewing and discussing the records requested, (2) Accept a summary of material facts and opinions in lieu of the records requested, or (3) Accept release of the requested records only to a physician or other designated representative. (D) Whenever an employee requests access to his or her employee medical records, and a physician representing the employer believes that direct employee access to information contained in the records regarding a specific diagnosis of a terminal illness or a psychiatric condition could be detrimental to the employee's health, the employer may inform the employee that access will only be provided to a designated representative of the employee having specific written consent, and deny the employee's request for direct access to this information only. Where a designated representative with specific written consent requests access to information so withheld, the employer shall assure the access of the designated representative to this information, even when it is known that the designated representative will give the information to the employee. (E) A physician, nurse, or other responsible health care personnel maintaining medical records may delete from requested medical records the identity of a family member, personal friend, or fellow employee who has provided confidential information concerning an employee's health status. (iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. (A) Each employee shall, upon request, assure the access of each employee and designated representative to each analysis using exposure or medical records concerning the employee's working conditions or workplace. (B) Whenever access is requested to an analysis which reports the contents of employee medical records by either direct identifier (name, address, social security number, payroll number, etc.) or by information which could reasonably be used under the circumstances indirectly to identify specific employees (exact age, height, weight, race, sex, date of initial employment, job title, etc.), the employer shall assure that personal identifiers are removed before access is provided. If the employer can demonstrate that removal of personal identifiers from an analysis is not feasible, access to the personally identifiable portions of the analysis need not be provided. (3) OSHA access. (i) Each employer shall, upon request, and without derogation of any rights under the Constitution or the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq., that the employer chooses to exercise, assure the prompt access of representatives of the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health to employee exposure and medical records and to analyses using exposure or medical records. Rules of agency practice and procedure governing OSHA access to employee medical records are contained in 29 CFR 1913.10. (ii) Whenever OSHA seeks access to personally identifiable employee medical information by presenting to the employer a written access order pursuant to 29 CFR 1913.10(d), the employer shall prominently post a copy of the written access order and its accompanying cover letter for at least fifteen (15) working days. (f) Trade secrets. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, nothing in this section precludes an employer from deleting from records requested by a health professional, employee, or designated representative any trade secret data which discloses manufacturing processes, or discloses the percentage of a chemical substance in mixture, as long as the health professional, employee, or designated representative is notified that information has been deleted. Whenever deletion of trade secret information substantially impairs evaluation of the place where or the time when exposure to a toxic substance or harmful physical agent occurred, the employer shall provide alternative information which is sufficient to permit the requesting party to identify where and when exposure occurred. (2) The employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, including the chemical name and other specific identification of a toxic substance from a disclosable record provided that: (i) The claim that the information withheld is a trade secret can be supported; (ii) All other available information on the properties and effects of the toxic substance is disclosed; (iii) The employer informs the requesting party that the specific chemical identity is being withheld as a trade secret; and (iv) The specific chemical identity is made available to health professionals, employees and designated representatives in accordance with the specific applicable provisions of this paragraph. (3) Where a treating physician or nurse determines that a medical emergency exists and the specific chemical identity of a toxic substance is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the employer shall immediately disclose the specific chemical identity of a trade secret chemical to the treating physician or nurse, regardless of the existence of a written statement of need or a confidentiality agreement. The employer may require a written statement of need and confidentiality agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (f)(4) and (f)(5), as soon as circumstances permit. (4) In non-emergency situations, an employer shall, upon request, disclose a specific chemical identity, otherwise permitted to be withheld under paragraph (f)(2) of this section, to a health professional, employee, or designated representative if: (i) The request is in writing; (ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the following occupational health needs for the information: (A) To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will be exposed; (B) To conduct or assess sampling of the workplace atmosphere to determine employee exposure levels; (C) To conduct pre-assignment or periodic medical surveillance of exposed employees; (D) To provide medical treatment to exposed employees; (E) To select or assess appropriate personal protective equipment for exposed employees; (F) To design or assess engineering controls or other protective measures for exposed employees; and (G) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure. (iii) The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the specific chemical identity is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the following information would not enable the health professional, employee or designated representative to provide the occupational health services described in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section: (A) The properties and effects of the chemical; (B) Measures for controlling workers' exposure to the chemical; (C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and, (D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical; (iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used to maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and, (v) The health professional, employee, or designated representative and the employer or contractor of the services of the health professional or designated representative agree in a written confidentiality agreement that the health professional, employee or designated representative will not use the trade secret information for any purpose other than the health need(s) asserted and agree not to release the information under any circumstances other than to OSHA, as provided in paragraph (f)(9) of this section, except as authorized by the terms of the agreement or by the employer. (5) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (f)(4)(iv) of this section: (i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes indicated in the written statement of need; (ii) May provide for appropriate legal remedies in the event of a breach of the agreement, including stipulation of a reasonable pre-estimate of likely damages; and, (iii) May not include requirements for the posting of a penalty bond. (6) Nothing in this section is meant to preclude the parties from pursuing non-contractual remedies to the extent permitted by law. (7) If the health professional, employee or designated representative receiving the trade secret information decides that there is a need to disclose it to OSHA, the employer who provided the information shall be informed by the health professional prior to, or at the same time as, such disclosure. (8) If the employer denies a written request for disclosure of a specific chemical identity, the denial must: (i) Be provided to the health professional, employee or designated representative within thirty days of the request; (ii) Be in writing; (iii) Include evidence to support the claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret; (iv) State the specific reasons why the request is being denied; and, (v) Explain in detail how alternative information may satisfy the specific medical or occupational health need without revealing the specific chemical identity. (9) The health professional, employee, or designated representative whose request for information is denied under paragraph (f)(4) of this section may refer the request and the written denial of the request to OSHA for consideration. (10) When a heath professional employee, or designated representative refers a denial to OSHA under paragraph (f)(9) of this section, OSHA shall consider the evidence to determine if: (i) The employer has supported the claim that the specific chemical identity is a trade secret; (ii) The health professional employee, or designated representative has supported the claim that there is a medical or occupational health need for the information; and (iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative has demonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality. (11)(i) If OSHA determines that the specific chemical identity requested under paragraph (f)(4) of this section is not a bona fide trade secret, or that it is a trade secret but the requesting health professional, employee or designated representatives has a legitimate medical or occupational health need for the information, has executed a written confidentiality agreement, and has shown adequate means for complying with the terms of such agreement, the employer will be subject to citation by OSHA. (ii) If an employer demonstrates to OSHA that the execution of a confidentiality agreement would not provide sufficient protection against the potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade secret specific chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary may issue such orders or impose such additional limitations or conditions upon the disclosure of the requested chemical information as may be appropriate to assure that the occupational health needs are met without an undue risk of harm to the employer. (12) Notwithstanding the existence of a trade secret claim, an employer shall, upon request, disclose to the Assistant Secretary any information which this section requires the employer to make available. Where there is a trade secret claim, such claim shall be made no later than at the time the information is provided to the Assistant Secretary so that suitable determinations of trade secret status can be made and the necessary protections can be implemented. (13) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as requiring the disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture information which is trade secret. (g) Employee information. (1) Upon an employee's first entering into employment, and at least annually thereafter, each employer shall inform current employees covered by this section of the following: (i) The existence, location, and availability of any records covered by this section; (ii) The person responsible for maintaining and providing access to records; and (iii) Each employee's rights of access to these records. (2) Each employer shall keep a copy of this section and its appendices, and make copies readily available, upon request, to employees. The employer shall also distribute to current employees any informational materials concerning this section which are made available to the employer by the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health. (h) Transfer of records. (1) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business, the employer shall transfer all records subject to this section to the successor employer. The successor employer shall receive and maintain these records. (2) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and maintain the records subject to this standard, the employer shall notify affected current employees of their rights of access to records at least three (3) months prior to the cessation of the employer's business. (3) Whenever an employer either is ceasing to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and maintain the records, or intends to dispose of any records required to be preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the employer shall: (i) Transfer the records to the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) if so required by a specific occupational safety and health standard; or (ii) Notify the Director of NIOSH in writing of the impending disposal of records at least three (3) months prior to the disposal of the records. (4) Where an employer regularly disposes of records required to be preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the employer may, with at least (3) months notice, notify the Director of NIOSH on an annual basis of the records intended to be disposed of in the coming year. (i) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A and B to this section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed by this section nor detract from any existing obligation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0065) Appendix A to 1926.33 - Sample Authorization Letter for the Release of Employee Medical Record Information to a Designated Representative (Non-Mandatory) I, ______________________ (full name of worker/patient), hereby authorize _________________ (individual or organization holding the medical records) to release to ____________________ (individual or organization authorized to receive the medical information), the following medical information from my personal medical records: _______________________________________ _______________________________________ (Describe generally the information desired to be released) I give my permission for this medical information to be used for the following purpose: _______________________________________ _______________________________________ but I do not give permission for any other use or re-disclosure of this information. (Note: Several extra lines are provided below so that you can place additional restrictions on this authorization letter if you want to. You may, however, leave these lines blank. On the other hand, you may want to (1) specify a particular expiration date for this letter (if less than one year); (2) describe medical information to be created in the future that you intend to be covered by this authorization letter; or (3) describe portions of the medical information in your records which you do not intend to be released as a result of this letter.) _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ Full name of Employee or Legal Representative _______________________________________ Signature of Employee or Legal Representative _______________________________________ _______________________________________ Date of Signature Appendix B to 1926.33 - Availability of NIOSH Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS) (Non-Mandatory) Section 1926.33 applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and analyses thereof, of employees exposed to toxic substances or harmful physical agents (paragraph (b)(2)). The term toxic substance or harmful physical agent is defined by paragraph (c)(13) to encompass chemical substances, biological agents, and physical stresses for which there is evidence of harmful health effects. The regulation uses the latest printed edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS) as one of the chief sources of information as to whether evidence of harmful health effects exists. If a substance is listed in the latest printed RTECS, the regulation applies to exposure and medical records (and analyses of these records) relevant to employees exposed to the substance. It is appropriate to note that the final regulation does not require that employers purchase a copy of RTECS, and many employers need not consult RTECS to ascertain whether their employee exposure or medical records are subject to the rule. Employers who do not currently have the latest printed edition of the NIOSH RTECS, however, may desire to obtain a copy. The RTECS is issued in an annual printed edition as mandated by section 20(a)(6) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 669(a)(6)). The Introduction to the 1980 printed edition describes the RTECS as follows: "The 1980 edition of the Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances, formerly known as the Toxic Substances list, is the ninth revision prepared in compliance with the requirements of Section 20(a)(6) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-596). The original list was completed on June 28, 1971, and has been updated annually in book format. Beginning in October 1977, quarterly revisions have been provided in microfiche. This edition of the Registry contains 168,096 listings of chemical substances: 45,156 are names of different chemicals with their associated toxicity data and 122,940 are synonyms. This edition includes approximately 5,900 new chemical compounds that did not appear in the 1979 Registry. (p. xi) "The Registry's purposes are many, and it serves a variety of users. It is a single source document for basic toxicity information and for other data, such as chemical identifiers ad information necessary for the preparation of safety directives and hazard evaluations for chemical substances. The various types of toxic effects linked to literature citations provide researchers and occupational health scientists with an introduction to the toxicological literature, making their own review of the toxic hazards of a given substance easier. By presenting data on the lowest reported doses that produce effects by several routes of entry in various species, the Registry furnishes valuable information to those responsible for preparing safety data sheets for chemical substances in the workplace. Chemical and production engineers can use the Registry to identify the hazards which may be associated with chemical intermediates in the development of final products, and thus can more readily select substitutes or alternative processes which may be less hazardous. Some organizations, including health agencies and chemical companies, have included the NIOSH Registry accession numbers with the listing of chemicals in their files to reference toxicity information associated with those chemicals. By including foreign language chemical names, a start has been made toward providing rapid identification of substances produced in other countries. (p. xi) "In this edition of the Registry, the editors intend to identify "all known toxic substances" which may exist in the environment and to provide pertinent data on the toxic effects from known doses entering an organism by any route described. (p. xi) "It must be reemphasized that the entry of a substance in the Registry does not automatically mean that it must be avoided. A listing does mean, however, that the substance has the documented potential of being harmful if misused, and care must be exercised to prevent tragic consequences. Thus, the Registry lists many substances that are common in everyday life and are in nearly every household in the United States. One can name a variety of such dangerous substances: prescription and non-prescription drugs; food additives; pesticide concentrates, sprays, and dusts; fungicides; herbicides; paints; glazes, dyes; bleaches and other household cleaning agents; alkalies; and various solvents and diluents. The list is extensive because chemicals have become an integral part of our existence." The RTECS printed edition may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO), Washington, DC 20402 (202-783-3238). Some employers may desire to subscribe to the quarterly update to the RTECS which is published in a microfiche edition. An annual subscription to the quarterly microfiche may be purchased from the GPO (Order the "Microfiche Edition, Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances"). Both the printed edition and the microfiche edition of RTECS are available for review at many university and public libraries throughout the country. The latest RTECS editions may also be examined at the OSHA Technical Data Center, Room N2439 - Rear, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20210 (202-219-7500), or at any OSHA Regional or Area Office (See, major city telephone directories under U.S. Government - Labor Department). 4. New 1926.34 is added to read as follows: 1926.34 Means of egress. (a) General. In every building or structure exits shall be so arranged and maintained as to provide free and unobstructed egress from all parts of the building or structure at all times when it is occupied. No lock or fastening to prevent free escape from the inside of any building shall be installed except in mental, penal, or corrective institutions where supervisory personnel is continually on duty and effective provisions are made to remove occupants in case of fire or other emergency. (b) Exit marking. Exits shall be marked by a readily visible sign. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible signs in all cases where the exit or way to reach it is not immediately visible to the occupants. (c) Maintenance and workmanship. Means of egress shall be continually maintained free of all obstructions or impediments to full instant use in the case of fire or other emergency. 5. New 1926.35 is added to read as follows: 1926.35 Employee emergency action plans. (a) Scope and application. This section applies to all emergency action plans required by a particular OSHA standard. The emergency action plan shall be in writing (except as provided in the last sentence of paragraph (e)(3) of this section) and shall cover those designated actions employers and employees must take to ensure employee safety from fire and other emergencies. (b) Elements. The following elements, at a minimum, shall be included in the plan: (1) Emergency escape procedures and emergency escape route assignments; (2) Procedures to be followed by employees who remain to operate critical plant operations before they evacuate; (3) Procedures to account for all employees after emergency evacuation has been completed; (4) Rescue and medical duties for those employees who are to perform them; (5) The preferred means of reporting fires and other emergencies; and (6) Names or regular job titles of persons or departments who can be contacted for further information or explanation of duties under the plan. (c) Alarm system. (1) The employer shall establish an employee alarm system which complies with 26.159. (2) If the employee alarm system is used for alerting fire brigade members, or for other purposes, a distinctive signal for each purpose shall be used. (d) Evacuation. The employer shall establish in the emergency action plan the types of evacuation to be used in emergency circumstances. (e) Training. (1) Before implementing the emergency action plan, the employer shall designate and train a sufficient number of persons to assist in the safe and orderly emergency evacuation of employees. (2) The employer shall review the plan with each employee covered by the plan at the following times: (i) Initially when the plan is developed, (ii) Whenever the employee's responsibilities or designated actions under the plan change, and (iii) Whenever the plan is changed. (3) The employer shall review with each employee upon initial assignment those parts of the plan which the employee must know to protect the employee in the event of an emergency. The written plan shall be kept at the workplace and made available for employee review. For those employers with 10 or fewer employees the plan may be communicated orally to employees and the employer need not maintain a written plan. Subpart D - Occupational Health and Environmental Control 6. New 1926.50(g) is added to read as follows: 1926.50 Medical services and first aid. * * * * * (g) Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to injurious corrosive materials, suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within the work area for immediate emergency use. 7. New paragraphs (a)(6), (d)(2), (f)(2) through (4) and (g) through (i) are added to 1926.51 and the text of existing 1926.51 (d) and (f) are redesignated as new paragraphs (d)(1) and (f)(1), respectively. The text of these standards read as follows 1926.51 Sanitation. (a) * * * * * (6) Potable water means water which meets the quality standards prescribed in the U.S. Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards, published in 42 CFR part 72, or water which is approved for drinking purposes by the State or local authority having jurisdiction. * * * * * (d) Food handling. * * * * * (2) All employee food service facilities and operations shall be carried out in accordance with sound hygienic principles. In all places of employment where all or part of the food service is provided, the food dispensed shall be wholesome, free from spoilage, and shall be processed, prepared, handled, and stored in such a manner as to be protected against contamination. * * * * * (f) Washing facilities. * * * * * (2) General. Washing facilities shall be maintained in a sanitary condition. (3) Lavatories. (i) Lavatories shall be made available in all places of employment. The requirements of this subdivision do not apply to mobile crews or to normally unattended work locations if employees working at these locations have transportation readily available to nearby washing facilities which meet the other requirements of this paragraph. (ii) Each lavatory shall be provided with hot and cold running water, or tepid running water. (iii) Hand soap or similar cleansing agents shall be provided. (iv) Individual hand towels or sections thereof, of cloth or paper, warm air blowers or clean individual sections of continuous cloth toweling, convenient to the lavatories, shall be provided. (4) Showers. (i) Whenever showers are required by a particular standard, the showers shall be provided in accordance with paragraphs (f)(4) (ii) through (v) of this section. (ii) One shower shall be provided for each 10 employees of each sex, or numerical fraction thereof, who are required to shower during the same shift. (iii) Body soap or other appropriate cleansing agents convenient to the showers shall be provided as specified in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section. (iv) Showers shall be provided with hot and cold water feeding a common discharge line. (v) Employees who use showers shall be provided with individual clean towels. (g) Eating and drinking areas. No employee shall be allowed to consume food or beverages in a toilet room nor in any area exposed to a toxic material. (h) Vermin control. Every enclosed workplace shall be so constructed, equipped, and maintained, so far as reasonably practicable, as to prevent the entrance or harborage of rodents, insects, and other vermin. A continuing and effective extermination program shall be instituted where their presence is detected. (i) Change rooms. Whenever employees are required by a particular standard to wear protective clothing because of the possibility of contamination with toxic materials, change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for the protective clothing shall be provided. 8. In 1926.53, paragraphs (c) through (r) are added to read as follows: 1926.53 Ionizing radiation. * * * * * (c) Definitions applicable to this section. (1) Radiation includes alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays, X-rays, neutrons, high-speed electrons, high-speed protons, and other atomic particles; but such term does not include sound or radio waves, or visible light, or infrared or ultraviolet light. (2) Radioactive material means any material which emits, by spontaneous nuclear disintegration, corpuscular or electromagnetic emanations. (3) Restricted area means any area access to which is controlled by the employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials. (4) Unrestricted area means any area access to which is not controlled by the employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials. (5) Dose means the quantity of ionizing radiation absorbed, per unit of mass, by the body or by any portion of the body. When the provisions in this section specify a dose during a period of time, the dose is the total quantity of radiation absorbed, per unit of mass, by the body or by any portion of the body during such period of time. Several different units of dose are in current use. Definitions of units used in this section are set forth in paragraphs (c)(6) and (7) of this section. (6) Rad means a measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to body tissues in terms of the energy absorbed per unit of mass of the tissue. One rad is the dose corresponding to the absorption of 100 ergs per gram of tissue (1 millirad (mrad)=0.001 rad). (7) Rem means a measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to body tissue in terms of its estimated biological effect relative to a dose of 1 roentgen (r) of X-rays (1 millirem (mrem)=0.001 rem). The relation of the rem to other dose units depends upon the biological effect under consideration and upon the conditions for irradiation. Each of the following is considered to be equivalent to a dose of 1 rem: (i) A dose of 1 roentgen due to X- or gamma radiation; (ii) A dose of 1 rad due to X-, gamma, or beta radiation; (iii) A dose of 0.1 rad due to neutrons or high energy protons; (iv) A dose of 0.05 rad due to particles heavier than protons and with sufficient energy to reach the lens of the eye; (v) If it is more convenient to measure the neutron flux, or equivalent, than to determine the neutron dose in rads, as provided in paragraph (c)(7)(iii) of this section, 1 rem of neutron radiation may, for purposes of the provisions in this section be assumed to be equivalent to 14 million neutrons per square centimeter incident upon the body; or, if there is sufficient information to estimate with reasonable accuracy the approximate distribution in energy of the neutrons, the incident number of neutrons per square centimeter equivalent to 1 rem may be estimated from Table D-53.1: Table D-53.1 - Neutron Flux Dose Equivalents
Neutron energy (million electron volts (Mev)) | Number of neutrons per square centimeter equivalent to a dose of 1 rem (neutrons/cm(2)) | Average flux to deliver 100 millirem in 40 hours (neutrons/cm(2) per sec.) |
Thermal | 970 X 10(6) | 670 |
0.0001 | 720 X 10(6) | 500 |
0.005 | 820 X 10(6) | 570 |
0.02 | 400 X 10(6) | 280 |
0.1 | 120 X 10(6) | 80 |
0.5 | 43 X 10(6) | 30 |
1.0 | 26 X 10(6) | 18 |
2.5 | 29 X 10(6) | 20 |
5.0 | 26 X 10(6) | 18 |
7.5 | 24 X 10(6) | 17 |
10 | 24 X 10(6) | 17 |
10 to 30 | 14 X 10(6) | 10 |
(8) For determining exposures to X- or gamma rays up to 3 Mev., the dose limits specified in this section may be assumed to be equivalent to the "air dose". For the purpose of this section air dose means that the dose is measured by a properly calibrated appropriate instrument in air at or near the body surface in the region of the highest dosage rate. (d) Exposure of individuals to radiation in restricted areas. (1) Except as provided in other paragraphs of this section, no employer shall possess, use, or transfer sources of ionizing radiation in such a manner as to cause any individual in a restricted area to receive in any period of one calendar quarter from sources in the employer's possession or control a dose in excess of the limits specified in Table D-53.2: Table D-53.21
Rems per calendar quarter | |
Whole body: Head and trunk; active blood-forming organs; lens of eyes; or gonads | 1 1/4 |
Hands and forearms; feet and ankles | 18 3/4 |
Skin of whole body | 7 1/2 |
(2) An employer may permit an individual in a restricted area to receive doses to the whole body greater than those permitted under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, so long as: (i) During any calendar quarter the dose to the whole body shall not exceed 3 rems; and (ii) The dose to the whole body, when added to the accumulated occupational dose to the whole body, shall not exceed 5 (N00918) rems, where "N" equals the individual's age in years at his last birthday; and (iii) The employer maintains adequate past and current exposure records which show that the addition of such a dose will not cause the individual to exceed the amount authorized in this subparagraph. As used in this subparagraph Dose to the whole body shall be deemed to include any dose to the whole body, gonad, active bloodforming organs, head and trunk, or lens of the eye. (3) No employer shall permit any employee who is under 18 years of age to receive in any period of one calendar quarter a dose in excess of 10 percent of the limits specified in Table D-53.2. (4) Calendar quarter means any 3-month period determined as follows: (i) The first period of any year may begin on any date in January: Provided, That the second, third, and fourth periods accordingly begin on the same date in April, July, and October, respectively, and that the fourth period extends into January of the succeeding year, if necessary to complete a 3-month quarter. During the first year of use of this method of determination, the first period for that year shall also include any additional days in January preceding the starting date for the first period; or (ii) The first period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the second period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive weeks; the third period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the fourth period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included within the last complete calendar week of that year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there are days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included within the last complete calendar week of the previous year; or (iii) The four periods in a calendar year may consist of the first 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the next 12 complete, consecutive calendar weeks, the next 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks, and the last 12 complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for purposes of this section) within the last complete calendar week of the year. If at the beginning of any calendar year there are days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included (for purposes of this section) within the last complete week of the previous year. (e) Exposure to airborne radioactive material. (1) No employer shall possess, use or transport radioactive material in such a manner as to cause any employee, within a restricted area, to be exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. The limits given in Table 1 are for exposure to the concentrations specified for 40 hours in any workweek of 7 consecutive days. In any such period where the number of hours of exposure is less than 40, the limits specified in the table may be increased proportionately. In any such period where the number of hours of exposure is greater than 40, the limits specified in the table shall be decreased proportionately. (2) No employer shall possess, use, or transfer radioactive material in such a manner as to cause any individual within a restricted area, who is under 18 years of age, to be exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. For purposes of this paragraph, concentrations may be averaged over periods not greater than 1 week. (3) Exposed as used in this paragraph means that the individual is present in an airborne concentration. No allowance shall be made for the use of protective clothing or equipment, or particle size. (f) Precautionary procedures and personal monitoring. (1) Every employer shall make such surveys as may be necessary for him to comply with the provisions in this section. Survey means an evaluation of the radiation hazards incident to the production, use, release, disposal, or presence of radioactive materials or other sources of radiation under a specific set of conditions. When appropriate, such evaluation includes a physical survey of the location of materials and equipment, and measurements of levels of radiation or concentrations of radioactive material present. (2) Every employer shall supply appropriate personnel monitoring equipment, such as film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, or film rings, and shall require the use of such equipment by: (i) Each employee who enters a restricted area under such circumstances that he receives, or is likely to receive, a dose in any calendar quarter in excess of 25 percent of the applicable value specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and (ii) Each employee under 18 years of age who enters a restricted area under such circumstances that he receives, or is likely to receive, a dose in any calendar quarter in excess of 5 percent of the applicable value specified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and (iii) Each employee who enters a high radiation area. (3) As used in this section: (i) Personnel monitoring equipment means devices designed to be worn or carried by an individual for the purpose of measuring the dose received (e.g., film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, film rings, etc.); (ii) Radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, in which there exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of the body could receive in any 1 hour a dose in excess of 5 millirem, or in any 5 consecutive days a dose in excess of 100 millirem; and (iii) High radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, in which there exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of the body could receive in any one hour a dose in excess of 100 millirem. (g) Caution signs, labels, and signals - (1) General. (i) Symbols prescribed by this paragraph shall use the conventional radiation caution colors (magenta or purple on yellow background). The symbol prescribed by this paragraph is the conventional three-bladed design: Figure D-2 Radiation Symbol For Figure D-2 see printed copy of Federal Register June 30, 1993 (2) Radiation area. Each radiation area shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the words: CAUTION RADIATION AREA (3) High radiation area. (i) Each high radiation area shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol and the words: CAUTION HIGH RADIATION AREA (ii) Each high radiation area shall be equipped with a control device which shall either cause the level of radiation to be reduced below that at which an individual might receive a dose of 100 millirems in 1 hour upon entry into the area or shall energize a conspicuous visible or audible alarm signal in such a manner that the individual entering and the employer or a supervisor of the activity are made aware of the entry. In the case of a high radiation area established for a period of 30 days or less, such control device is not required. (4) Airborne radioactivity area. (i) As used in the provisions of this section, airborne radioactivity area means: (A) Any room, enclosure, or operating area in which airborne radioactive materials, composed wholly or partly of radioactive material, exist in concentrations in excess of the amounts specified in column 1 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20 or (B) Any room, enclosure, or operating area in which airborne radioactive materials exist in concentrations which, averaged over the number of hours in any week during which individuals are in the area, exceed 25 percent of the amounts specified in column 1 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. (ii) Each airborne radioactivity area shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the words: CAUTION AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY AREA (5) Additional requirements - (i) Each area or room in which radioactive material is used or stored and which contains any radioactive material (other than natural uranium or thorium) in any amount exceeding 10 times the quantity of such material specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the words: CAUTION RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (ii) Each area or room in which natural uranium or thorium is used or stored in an amount exceeding 100 times the quantity of such material specified in 10 CFR part 20 shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the words: CAUTION RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (6) Containers. (i) Each container in which is transported, stored, or used a quantity of any radioactive material (other than natural uranium or thorium) greater than the quantity of such material specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable, clearly visible label bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the words: CAUTION RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (ii) Each container in which natural uranium or thorium is transported, stored, or used in a quantity greater than 10 times the quantity specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable, clearly visible label bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the words: CAUTION RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (g)(6)(i) and (ii) of this section a label shall not be required: (A) If the concentration of the material in the container does not exceed that specified in column 2 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20, or (B) For laboratory containers, such as beakers, flasks, and test tubes, used transiently in laboratory procedures, when the user is present. (iv) Where containers are used for storage, the labels required in this subparagraph shall state also the quantities and kinds of radioactive materials in the containers and the date of measurement of the quantities. (h) Immediate evacuation warning signal - (1) Signal characteristics. (i) The signal shall be a midfrequency complex sound wave amplitude modulated at a subsonic frequency. The complex sound wave in free space shall have a fundamental frequency (f sub(1)) between 450 and 500 hertz (Hz) modulated at a subsonic rate between 4 and 5 hertz. (ii) The signal generator shall not be less than 75 decibels at every location where an individual may be present whose immediate, rapid, and complete evacuation is essential. (iii) A sufficient number of signal units shall be installed such that the requirements of paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section are met at every location where an individual may be present whose immediate, rapid, and complete evacuation is essential. (iv) The signal shall be unique in the plant or facility in which it is installed. (v) The minimum duration of the signal shall be sufficient to insure that all affected persons hear the signal. (vi) The signal-generating system shall respond automatically to an initiating event without requiring any human action to sound the signal. (2) Design objectives. (i) The signal-generating system shall be designed to incorporate components which enable the system to produce the desired signal each time it is activated within one-half second of activation. (ii) The signal-generating system shall be provided with an automatically activated secondary power supply which is adequate to simultaneously power all emergency equipment to which it is connected, if operation during power failure is necessary, except in those systems using batteries as the primary source of power. (iii) All components of the signal-generating system shall be located to provide maximum practicable protection against damage in case of fire, explosion, corrosive atmosphere, or other environmental extremes consistent with adequate system performance. (iv) The signal-generating system shall be designed with the minimum number of components necessary to make it function as intended, and should utilize components which do not require frequent servicing such as lubrication or cleaning. (v) Where several activating devices feed activating information to a central signal generator, failure of any activating device shall not render the signal-generator system inoperable to activating information from the remaining devices. (vi) The signal-generating system shall be designed to enhance the probability that alarm occurs only when immediate evacuation is warranted. The number of false alarms shall not be so great that the signal will come to be disregarded and shall be low enough to minimize personal injuries or excessive property damage that might result from such evacuation. (3) Testing. (i) Initial tests, inspections, and checks of the signal-generating system shall be made to verify that the fabrication and installation were made in accordance with design plans and specifications and to develop a thorough knowledge of the performance of the system and all components under normal and hostile conditions. (ii) Once the system has been placed in service, periodic tests, inspections, and checks shall be made to minimize the possibility of malfunction. (iii) Following significant alterations or revisions to the system, tests and checks similar to the initial installation tests shall be made. (iv) Tests shall be designed to minimize hazards while conducting the tests. (v) Prior to normal operation the signal-generating system shall be checked physically and functionally to assure reliability and to demonstrate accuracy and performance. Specific tests shall include:
(vi) In addition to the initial startup and operating tests, periodic scheduled performance tests and status checks must be made to insure that the system is at all times operating within design limits and capable of the required response. Specific periodic tests or checks or both shall include: (A) Adequacy of signal activation device. (B) All power sources. (C) Function of all alarm circuits and trouble indicator circuits including trip levels. (D) Air pressure (if used). (E) Function of entire system including operation without power where required. (F) Complete operational tests including sounding of the signal and determination that sound levels are adequate. (vii) Periodic tests shall be scheduled on the basis of need, experience, difficulty, and disruption of operations. The entire system should be operationally tested at least quarterly. (viii) All employees whose work may necessitate their presence in an area covered by the signal shall be made familiar with the actual sound of the signal - preferably as it sounds at their work location. Before placing the system into operation, all employees normally working in the area shall be made acquainted with the signal by actual demonstration at their work locations. (i) Exceptions from posting requirements. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section: (1) A room or area is not required to be posted with a caution sign because of the presence of a sealed source, provided the radiation level 12 inches (30.48 cm) from the surface of the source container or housing does not exceed 5 millirem per hour. (2) Rooms or other areas in onsite medical facilities are not required to be posted with caution signs because of the presence of patients containing radioactive material, provided that there are personnel in attendance who shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure of any individual to radiation or radioactive material in excess of the limits established in the provisions of this section. (3) Caution signs are not required to be posted at areas or rooms containing radioactive materials for periods of less than 8 hours: Provided, That (i) The materials are constantly attended during such periods by an individual who shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure of any individual to radiation or radioactive materials in excess of the limits established in the provisions of this section; and (ii) Such area or room is subject to the employer's control. (j) Exemptions for radioactive materials packaged for shipment. Radioactive materials packaged and labeled in accordance with regulations of the Department of Transportation published in 49 CFR Chapter I, are exempt from the labeling and posting requirements of this subpart during shipment, provided that the inside containers are labeled in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (g) of this section. (i) Instruction of personnel, posting. (1) Employers regulated by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission shall be governed by 10 CFR part 20 standards. Employers in a State named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section shall be governed by the requirements of the laws and regulations of that State. All other employers shall be regulated by the following: (2) All individuals working in or frequenting any portion of a radiation area shall be informed of the occurrence of radioactive materials or of radiation in such portions of the radiation area; shall be instructed in the safety problems associated with exposure to such materials or radiation and in precautions or devices to minimize exposure; shall be instructed in the applicable provisions of this section for the protection of employees from exposure to radiation or radioactive materials; and shall be advised of reports of radiation exposure which employees may request pursuant to the regulations in this section. (3) Each employer to whom this section applies shall post a current copy of its provisions and a copy of the operating procedures applicable to the work conspicuously in such locations as to insure that employees working in or frequenting radiation areas will observe these documents on the way to and from their place of employment, or shall keep such documents available for examination of employees upon request. (l) Storage of radioactive materials. Radioactive materials stored in a nonradiation area shall be secured against unauthorized removal from the place of storage. (m) Waste disposal. No employer shall dispose of radioactive material except by transfer to an authorized recipient, or in a manner approved by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission or a State named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section. (n) Notification of incidents - (1) Immediate notification. Each employer shall immediately notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative, for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph (r)(2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws and regulations of States named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section, by telephone or telegraph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause: (i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 25 rems or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 150 rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or forearms of any individual to 375 rems or more of radiation; or (ii) The release of radioactive material in concentrations which, if averaged over a period of 24 hours, would exceed 5,000 times the limit specified for such materials in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. (2) Twenty-four hour notification. Each employer shall within 24 hours following its occurrence notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph (r)(2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws and applicable regulations of States named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section, by telephone or telegraph of any incident involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause: (i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 5 rems or more of radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 30 rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or forearms to 75 rems or more of radiation; or (o) Reports of overexposure and excessive levels and concentrations. (1) In addition to any notification required by paragraph (n) of this section each employer shall make a report in writing within 30 days to the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative, for employees not protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; or under paragraph (r)(2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws and regulations of States named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section, of each exposure of an individual to radiation or concentrations of radioactive material in excess of any applicable limit in this section. Each report required under this paragraph shall describe the extent of exposure of persons to radiation or to radioactive material; levels of radiation and concentration of radioactive material involved, the cause of the exposure, levels of concentrations; and corrective steps taken or planned to assure against a recurrence. (2) In any case where an employer is required pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph to report to the U.S. Department of Labor any exposure of an individual to radiation or to concentrations of radioactive material, the employer shall also notify such individual of the nature and extent of exposure. Such notice shall be in writing and shall contain the following statement: "You should preserve this report for future reference." (p) Records. (1) Every employer shall maintain records of the radiation exposure of all employees for whom personnel monitoring is required under paragraph (f) of this section and advise each of his employees of his individual exposure on at least an annual basis. (2) Every employer shall maintain records in the same units used in tables in paragraph (d) of this section and appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. (q) Disclosure to former employee of individual employee's record. (1) At the request of a former employee an employer shall furnish to the employee a report of the employee's exposure to radiation as shown in records maintained by the employer pursuant to paragraph (p)(1) of this section. Such report shall be furnished within 30 days from the time the request is made, and shall cover each calendar quarter of the individual's employment involving exposure to radiation or such lesser period as may be requested by the employee. The report shall also include the results of any calculations and analysis of radioactive material deposited in the body of the employee. The report shall be in writing and contain the following statement: "You should preserve this report for future reference." (r) Nuclear Regulatory Commission licensees - NRC contractors operating NRC plants and facilities - NRC Agreement State licensees or registrants. (1) Any employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, under a license issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and in accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR part 20 shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this section with respect to such possession and use. (2) NRC contractors operating NRC plants and facilities: Any employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, special nuclear material, or other radiation sources under a contract with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission for the operation of NRC plants and facilities and in accordance with the standards, procedures, and other requirements for radiation protection established by the Commission for such contract pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this section with respect to such possession and use. (3) NRC-agreement State licensees or registrants: (i) Atomic Energy Act sources. Any employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either registered such sources with, or is operating under a license issued by, a State which has an agreement in effect with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of that State's laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in compliance with the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his possession and use of such material is concerned, unless the Secretary of Labor, after conference with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, shall determine that the State's program for control of these radiation sources is incompatible with the requirements of this section. Such agreements currently are in effect only in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia. (ii) Other sources. Any employer who possesses or uses radiation sources other than source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has either registered such sources with, or is operating under a license issued by a State which has an agreement in effect with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of that State's laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in compliance with the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his possession and use of such material is concerned, provided the State's program for control of these radiation sources is the subject of a currently effective determination by the Assistant Secretary of Labor that such program is compatible with the requirements of this section. Such determinations currently are in effect only in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington, Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia. 1926.55 Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. [Amended] 9. In 1926.55(a), the following new sentence is added to the end of the paragraph: "See Appendix A to this section." In addition, a new table is added as Appendix A to the section. The text of the new appendix reads as follows: Appendix A to 1926.55 - 1970 American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists' Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants for Construction NOTE: Because of the length of the table, explanatory Footnotes applicable to all substances are given below as well as at the end of the table. Footnotes specific only to a limited number of substances are also shown within the table. Footnote(1) [Reserved] Footnote(2) See Mineral Dusts Table. Footnote(3) Use Asbestos Limit 1926.58. Footnote(4) See 1926.58 Footnote(*) The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling limit. Footnote(**) As determined from breathing-zone air samples. Footnote(a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by volume at 25 degrees C and 760 torr. Footnote(b) Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact; when listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate. Footnote(c) [Reserved] Footnote(d) The CAS number is for information only. Enforcement is based on the substance name. For an entry covering more than one metal compound, measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given - not CAS numbers for the individual compounds. Footnote(e) [Reserved] Footnote(f) [Reserved] Footnote(g) For sectors excluded from 1926.1128 the limit is 10 ppm TWA. Footnote(h) Where OSHA has published a proposal for a substance but has not issued a final rule, the proposal is referenced and the existing limit is published. Footnote(i) [Reserved] Footnote(j) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field techniques. Footnote(k) The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. Footnote(l) [Reserved] Footnote(m) Covers all organic and inorganic particulates not otherwise regulated. Same as Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated. The 1970 TLV uses letter designations instead of a numerical value as follows: Footnote(A(1)) [Reserved] Footnote(A(2)) Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations shaould be minimal. Footnote(A(3)) Gasoline and/or Petroleum distillates. The composition of these materials varies gratly and thus a single TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. The content of benzene, other aromatics and additives should be determined to arrive at the appropriate TLV. Footnote(E) Simple asphyxiants. The limiting factor is the available oxygen which shall be at least 19.5 percent and be within the requirements addressing explosion in part 1926. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES OF AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
Substance | CAS No (d) | ppm (a) | mg/m(3)(h) | Skin Design -ation |
Abate; See Temephos |
||||
Acetaldehyde | 75-07-0 | 200 | 360 | |
Acetic acid | 64-19-7 | 10 | 25 | |
Acetic anhydride | 108-24-7 | 5 | 20 | |
Acetone | 67-64-1 | 1000 | 2400 | |
Acetonitrile | 75-05-8 | 40 | 70 | |
2-Acetylaminofluorine; See 1926.1114 |
53-96-3 | |||
Acetylene | 74-86-2 | E | ||
Acetylene dichloride; See 1,2-Dichloroethylene Acetylene tetrabromide |
79-27-6 | 1 | 14 | |
Acrolein | 107-02-8 | 0.1 | 0.25 | |
Acrylamide | 79-06-1 | 0.3 | X | |
Acrylonitrile; See 1926.1145 |
107-13-1 | |||
Aldrin | 309-00-2 | 0.25 | X | |
Allyl alcohol | 107-18-6 | 2 | 5 | X |
Allyl chloride | 107-05-1 | 1 | 3 | |
Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE) | 106-92-3 | (C)10 | (C)45 | |
Allyl propyl disulfide | 2179-59-1 | 2 | 12 | |
alpha-Alumina Total dust Respirable fraction |
1344-28-1 | 15 5 |
||
Aluminum (as Al) Metal Total dust Respirable fraction |
7429-90-5 | 15 5 |
||
Alundum; See alpha-Alumina |
||||
4-Aminodiphenyl; See 1926.1111 |
92-67-1 | |||
2-Aminoethanol; See Ethanolamine |
||||
2-Aminopyridine | 504-29-0 | 0.5 | 2 | |
Ammonia | 7664-41-7 | 50 | 35 | |
Ammonium sulfamate Total dust Respirable fraction |
7773-06-0 | 15 5 |
||
n-Amyl acetate | 628-63-7 | 100 | 525 | |
sec-Amyl acetate | 626-38-0 | 125 | 650 | |
Aniline and homologs | 62-53-3 | 5 | 19 | X |
Anisidine (o-,p-isomers) | 29191-52-4 | 0.5 | X | |
Antimony and compounds (as Sb) | 7440-36-0 | 0.5 | ||
ANTU (alpha Naphthylthiourea) | 86-88-4 | 0.3 | ||
Argon | 7440-37-1 | E | ||
Arsenic, inorganic compounds (as As); See 1926.1118 |
7440-38-2 | |||
Arsenic, organic compounds (as As) | 7440-38-2 | 0.5 | ||
Arsine | 7784-42-1 | 0.05 | 0.2 | |
Asbestos; See 1926.58 |
||||
Azinphos-methyl | 86-50-0 | 0.2 | X | |
Barium, soluble compounds (as Ba) | 7440-39-3 | 0.5 | ||
Barium sulfate Total dust Respirable fraction |
7727-43-7 | 15 5 |
||
Benomyl Total dust Respirable fraction |
17804-35-2 | 15 5 |
||
Benzene(g); See 1926.1128 |
71-43-2 | |||
Benzidine; See 1926.1110 |
92-87-5 | |||
p-Benzoquinone; See Quinone |
||||
Benzo(a)pyrene; See Coal tar pitch volatiles |
||||
Benzoyl peroxide | 94-36-0 | 5 | ||
Benzyl chloride | 100-44-7 | 1 | 5 | |
Beryllium and beryllium compounds (as Be) | 7440-41-7 | 0.002 | ||
Biphenyl; See Diphenyl |
||||
Bismuth telluride, Undoped Total dust Respirable fraction |
1304-82-1 | 15 5 |
||
Bisphenol A; See Diglycidyl ether |
||||
Boron oxide Total dust |
1303-86-2 | 15 | ||
Boron tribromide | 10294-33-4 | 1 | 10 | |
Boron trifluoride | 7637-07-2 | (C)1 | (C)3 | |
Bromine | 7726-95-6 | 0.1 | 0.7 | |
Bromine pentafluoride | 7789-30-2 | 0.1 | 0.7 | |
Bromoform | 75-25-2 | 0.5 | 5 | X |
Butadiene (1,3-Butadiene)(h) | 106-99-0 | 1000 | 2200 | |
Butanethiol; See Butyl mercaptan |
||||
2-Butanone (Methyl ethyl ketone) | 78-93-3 | 200 | 590 | |
2-Butoxyethanol | 111-76-2 | 50 | 240 | X |
n-Butyl-acetate | 123-86-4 | 150 | 710 | |
sec-Butyl acetate | 105-46-4 | 200 | 950 | |
tert-Butyl-acetate | 540-88-5 | 200 | 950 | |
n-Butyl alcohol | 71-36-3 | 100 | 300 | |
sec-Butyl alcohol | 78-92-2 | 150 | 450 | |
tert-Butyl alcohol | 75-65-0 | 100 | 300 | |
Butylamine | 109-73-9 | (C)5 | (C)15 | X |
tert-Butyl chromate (as CrO(3)) | 1189-85-1 | (C)0.1 | X | |
n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) | 2426-08-6 | 50 | 270 | |
Butyl mercaptan | 109-79-5 | 0.5 | 1.5 | |
p-tert-Butyltoluene | 98-51-1 | 10 | 60 | |
Cadmium dust fume (as Cd); See 1910.1027 |
7440-43-9 | |||
Calcium Carbonate Total dust Respirable fraction |
1317-65-3 | 15 5 |
||
Calcium hydroxide Total dust Respirable fraction |
1305-62-0 | 15 5 |
||
Calcium oxide | 1305-78-8 | 5 | ||
Calcium silicate Total dust Respirable fraction |
1344-95-2 | 15 5 |
||
Calcium sulfate Total dust Respirable fraction |
7778-18-9 | 15 5 |
||
Camphor, synthetic | 76-22-2 | 2 | ||
Carbaryl (Sevin) | 63-25-2 | 5 | ||
Carbon black | 1333-86-4 | 3.5 | ||
Carbon dioxide | 124-38-9 | 5000 | 9000 | |
Carbon disulfide | 75-15-0 | 20 | 60 | X |
Carbon monoxide | 630-08-0 | 50 | 55 | |
Carbon tetrachloride | 56-23-5 | 10 | 65 | X |
Cellulose Total dust Respirable fraction |
9004-34-6 | 15 5 |
||
Chlordane | 57-74-9 | 0.5 | X | |
Chlorinated camphene | 8001-35-2 | 0.5 | X | |
Chlorinated diphenyl oxide | 55720-99-5 | 0.5 | ||
Chlorine | 7782-50-5 | 1 | 3 | |
Chlorine trifluoride | 7790-91-2 | (C)0.1 | (C)0.4 | |
Chloroacetaldehyde | 107-20-0 | (C)1 | (C)3 | |
a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride) | 532-27-4 | 0.05 | 0.3 | |
Chlorobenzene | 108-90-7 | 75 | 350 | |
o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile | 2698-41-1 | 0.05 | 0.4 | |
Chlorobromomethane | 74-97-5 | 200 | 1050 | |
2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene; See beta-Chloroprene |
||||
Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine)(PCB) | 53469-21-9 | 1 | X | |
Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine)(PCB) | 11097-69-1 | 0.5 | X | |
1-Chloro-2, | ||||
3-epoxypropane; See Epichlorohydrin |
||||
2-Chloroethanol; See Ethylene chlorohydrin |
||||
Chloroethylene; See Vinyl chloride |
||||
Chloroform (Trichloromethane) | 67-66-3 | 50 | 240 | |
bis(Chloromethyl) ether; See 1926.1108 |
542-88-1 | |||
Chloromethyl methyl ether; See 1926.1106 |
107-30-2 | |||
1-Chloro-1-nitropropane | 600-25-9 | 20 | 100 | |
Chloropicrin | 76-06-2 | 0.1 | 0.7 | |
beta-Chloroprene | 126-99-8 | 25 | 90 | X |
2-Chloro-6 (trichloromethyl) pyridine Total dust Respirable fraction |
1929-82-4 | 15 5 |
||
Chromic acid and | ||||
chromates (as CrO(3)) | Varies with compound | 0.1 | ||
Chromium (II) compounds (as Cr) | 7440-47-3 | 0.5 | ||
Chromium (III) compounds (as Cr) | 7440-47-3 | 0.5 | ||
Chromium metal and insol salts (as Cr) | 7440-47-3 | 1 | ||
Chrysene; See Coal tar pitch volatiles |
||||
Clopidol Total dust Respirable fraction |
2971-90-6 | 15 5 |
||
Coal tar pitch volatiles (benzene soluble fraction), anthracene, BaP, phenanthrene, acridine, chrysene, pyrene | 65966-93-2 | 0.2 | ||
Cobalt metal, dust, and fume (as Co) | 7440-48-4 | 0.1 | ||
Coke oven emissions; See 1926.1129 |
0.15 | |||
Copper Fume (as Cu) Dusts and mists (as Cu) |
7440-50-8 | 0.1 1 |
||
Corundum; See Emery |
||||
Cotton dust (raw) | 1 | |||
Crag herbicide (Sesone) Total dust Respirable fraction |
136-78-7 | 15 5 |
||
Cresol, all isomers | 1319-77-3 | 5 | 22 | X |
Crotonaldehyde | 123-73-9 4170-30-3 |
2 | 6 | |
Cumene | 98-82-8 | 50 | 245 | X |
Cyanides (as CN) | Varies with Compound | 5 | ||
Cyanogen | 460-19-5 | 10 | ||
Cyclohexane | 110-82-7 | 300 | 1050 | |
Cyclohexanol | 108-93-0 | 50 | 200 | |
Cyclohexanone | 108-94-1 | 50 | 200 | |
Cyclohexene | 110-83-8 | 300 | 1015 | |
Cyclonite | 121-82-4 | 1.5 | X | |
Cyclopentadiene | 542-92-7 | 75 | 200 | |
2,4-D (Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) | 94-75-7 | 10 | ||
Decaborane | 17702-41-9 | 0.05 | 0.3 | X |
Demeton (Systox) | 8065-48-3 | 0.1 | X | |
Diacetone alcohol (4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone) | 123-42-2 | 50 | 240 | |
1,2-Diaminoethane; See Ethylenediamine |
||||
Diazomethane | 334-88-3 | 0.2 | 0.4 | |
Diborane | 19287-45-7 | 0.1 | 0.1 | |
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (CBCP); See 1926.1144 |
96-12-8 | |||
1,2-Dibromoethane; See Ethylene dibromide |
||||
Dibutyl phosphate | 107-66-4 | 1 | 5 | |
Dibutyl phthalate | 84-74-2 | 5 | ||
Dichloroacetylene | 7572-29-4 | (C)0.1 | (C)0.4 | |
o-Dichlorobenzene | 95-50-1 | (C)50 | (C)300 | |
p-Dichlorobenzene | 106-46-7 | 75 | 450 | |
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine; See 1926.1107 |
91-94-1 | |||
Dichlorodifluoromethane | 75-71-8 | 1000 | 4950 | |
1,3-Dichloro-5, 5-dimethyl hydantoin | 118-52-5 | 0.2 | ||
Dichlorodiphenyltri-chloroethane (DDT) | 50-29-3 | 1 | X | |
1,1-Dichloroethane | 75-34-3 | 100 | 400 | |
1,2-Dichloroethane; See Ethylene dichloride |
||||
1,2-Dichloroethylene | 540-59-0 | 200 | 790 | |
Dichloroethyl ether | 111-44-4 | (C)15 | (C)90 | X |
Dichloromethane; See Methylene chloride |
||||
Dichloromonofluoro-methane | 75-43-4 | 1000 | 4200 | |
1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane | 594-72-9 | (C)10 | (C)60 | |
1,2-Dichloropropane; See Propylene dichloride |
||||
Dichlorotetrafluoro-ethane | 76-14-2 | 1000 | 7000 | |
Dichlorvos (DDVP) | 62-73-7 | 1 | X | |
Dicyclopentadienyl iron Total dust Respirable fraction |
102-54-5 | 15 5 |
||
Dieldrin | 60-57-1 | 0.25 | X | |
Diethylamine | 109-89-7 | 25 | 75 | |
2-Diethylaminoethanol | 100-37-8 | 10 | 50 | X |
Diethylene triamine | 111-40-0 | (C)10 | (C)42 | X |
Diethyl ether; See Ethyl ether |
||||
Difluorodibromomethane | 75-61-6 | 100 | 860 | |
Diglycidyl ether (DGE) | 2238-07-5 | (C)0.5 | (C)2.8 | |
Dihydroxybenzene; See Hydroquinone |
||||
Diisobutyl ketone | 108-83-8 | 50 | 290 | |
Diisopropylamine | 108-18-9 | 5 | 20 | X |
4-Dimethylaminoazo-benzene; See 1926. 1115 |
60-11-7 | |||
Dimethoxymethane; See Methylal |
||||
Dimethyl acetamide | 127-19-5 | 10 | 35 | X |
Dimethylamine | 124-40-3 | 10 | 18 | |
Dimethylaminobenzene; See Xylidine |
||||
Dimethylaniline (N,N-Dimethylaniline) | 121-69-7 | 5 | 25 | X |
Dimethylbenzene; See Xylene |
||||
Dimethyl-1,2-dibromo-2, 2-dichloroethyl phosphate | 300-76-5 | 3 | ||
Dimethylformamide | 68-12-2 | 10 | 30 | X |
2,6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone; See Diisobutyl ketone |
||||
1,1-Dimethylhydrazine | 57-14-7 | 0.5 | 1 | X |
Dimethylphthalate | 131-11-3 | 5 | ||
Dimethyl sulfate | 77-78-1 | 1 | 5 | X |
Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) (ortho) (meta) (para) |
528-29-0 99-65-0 100-25-4 |
1 |
X | |
Dinitro-o-cresol | 534-52-1 | 0.2 | X | |
Dinitrotoluene | 25321-14-6 | 1.5 | X | |
Dioxane (Diethylene dioxide) | 123-91-1 | 100 | 360 | X |
Diphenyl (Biphenyl) | 92-52-4 | 0.2 | 1 | |
Diphenylamine | 122-39-4 | 10 | ||
Diphenylmethane diisocyanate; See Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate |
||||
Dipropylene glycol methyl ether | 34590-94-8 | 100 | 600 | X |
Di-sec octyl phthalate (Di-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate) | 117-81-7 | 5 | ||
Emery Total dust Respirable fraction |
12415-34-8 | 15 5 |
||
Endosulfan | 115-29-7 | 0.1 | X | |
Endrin | 72-20-8 | 0.1 | X | |
Epichlorohydrin | 106-89-8 | 5 | 19 | X |
EPN | 2104-64-5 | 0.5 | X | |
1,2-Epoxypropane; See Propylene oxide |
||||
2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol; See Glycidol |
||||
Ethane | 74-84-0 | E | ||
Ethanethiol; See Ethyl mercaptan |
||||
Ethanolamine | 141-43-5 | 3 | 6 | |
2-Ethoxyethanol (Cellosolve) | 110-80-5 | 200 | 740 | X |
2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) | 111-15-9 | 100 | 540 | X |
Ethyl acetate | 141-78-6 | 400 | 1400 | |
Ethyl acrylate | 140-88-5 | 25 | 100 | X |
Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) | 64-17-5 | 1000 | 1900 | |
Ethylamine | 75-04-7 | 10 | 18 | |
Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Methyl-3-heptanone) | 541-85-5 | 25 | 130 | |
Ethyl benzene | 100-41-4 | 100 | 435 | |
Ethyl bromide | 74-96-4 | 200 | 890 | |
Ethyl butyl ketone (3-Heptanone) | 106-35-4 | 50 | 230 | |
Ethyl chloride | 75-00-3 | 1000 | 2600 | |
Ethyl ether | 60-29-7 | 400 | 1200 | |
Ethyl formate | 109-94-4 | 100 | 300 | |
Ethyl mercaptan | 75-08-1 | 0.5 | 1 | |
Ethyl silicate | 78-10-4 | 100 | 850 | |
Ethylene | 74-85-1 | E | ||
Ethylene chlorohydrin | 107-07-3 | 5 | 16 | X |
Ethylenediamine | 107-15-3 | 10 | 25 | |
Ethylene dibromide | 106-93-4 | (C)25 | (C)190 | X |
Ethylene dichloride (1,2-Dichloroethane) | 107-06-2 | 50 | 200 | |
Ethylene glycol dinitrate | 628-96-6 | (C)0.2 | (C)1 | X |
Ethylene glycol methyl acetate; See Methyl cellosolve acetate |
||||
Ethyleneimine; See 1926.1112 |
151-56-4 | |||
Ethylene oxide; See 1926.1147 |
75-21-8 | |||
Ethylidene chloride; See 1,1-Dichlorethane |
||||
N-Ethylmorpholine | 100-74-3 | 20 | 94 | X |
Ferbam Total dust |
14484-64-1 | 15 | ||
Ferrovanadium dust | 12604-58-9 | 1 | ||
Fibrous Glass Total dust Respirable fraction |
15 5 |
|||
Fluorides (as F) | Varies with compound | 2.5 | ||
Fluorine | 7782-41-4 | 0.1 | 0.2 | |
Fluorotrichloromethane (Trichloro-fluoromethane) | 75-69-4 | 1000 | 5600 | |
Formaldehyde; See 1926.1148 |
50-00-0 | |||
Formic acid | 64-18-6 | 5 | 9 | |
Furfural | 98-01-1 | 5 | 20 | X |
Furfuryl alcohol | 98-00-0 | 50 | 200 | |
Gasoline | 8006-61-9 | A(3) | ||
Glycerin (mist) Total dust Respirable fraction |
56-81-5 | 15 5 |
||
Glycidol | 556-52-5 | 50 | 150 | |
Glycol monoethyl ether; See 2-Ethoxyethanol |
||||
Graphite, natural respirable dust |
7782-42-5 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Graphite, synthetic Total dust Respirable Fraction |
15 5 |
|||
Guthion; See Azinphos methyl |
||||
Gypsum Total dust Respirable fraction |
13397-24-5 | 15 5 |
||
Hafnium | 7440-58-6 | 0.5 | ||
Helium | 7440-59-7 | E | ||
Heptachlor | 76-44-8 | 0.5 | X | |
Heptane (n-Heptane) | 142-82-5 | 500 | 2000 | |
Hexachloroethane | 67-72-1 | 1 | 10 | X |
Hexachloronaphthalene | 1335-87-1 | 0.2 | X | |
n-Hexane | 110-54-3 | 500 | 1800 | |
2-Hexanone (Methyl n-butyl ketone) | 591-78-6 | 100 | 410 | |
Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone) | 108-10-1 | 100 | 410 | |
sec-Hexyl acetate | 108-84-9 | 50 | 300 | |
Hydrazine | 302-01-2 | 1 | 1.3 | X |
Hydrogen | 1333-74-0 | E | ||
Hydrogen bromide | 10035-10-6 | 3 | 10 | |
Hydrogen chloride | 7647-01-0 | (C)5 | (C)7 | |
Hydrogen cyanide | 74-90-8 | 10 | 11 | X |
Hydrogen fluoride (as F) | 7664-39-3 | 3 | 2 | |
Hydrogen peroxide | 7722-84-1 | 1 | 1.4 | |
Hydrogen selenide (as Se) | 7783-07-5 | 0.05 | ||
Hydrogen sulfide | 7783-06-4 | 10 | 15 | |
Hydroquinone | 123-31-9 | 2 | ||
Indene | 95-13-6 | 10 | 45 | |
Indium and compounds (as in) | 7440-74-6 | 0.1 | ||
Iodine | 7553-56-2 | (C)0.1 | (C)1 | |
Iron oxide fume | 1309-37-1 | 10 | ||
Iron salts (soluble) (as Fe) | Varies with compound | 1 | ||
Isomyl acetate | 123-92-2 | 100 | 525 | |
Isomyl alcohol (primary and secondary) | 123-51-3 | 100 | 360 | |
Isobutyl acetate | 110-19-0 | 150 | 700 | |
Isobutyl alcohol | 78-83-1 | 100 | 300 | |
Isophorone | 78-59-1 | 25 | 140 | |
Isopropyl acetate | 108-21-4 | 250 | 950 | |
Isopropyl alcohol | 67-63-0 | 400 | 980 | |
Isopropylamine | 75-31-0 | 5 | 12 | |
Isopropyl ether | 108-20-3 | 500 | 2100 | |
Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE) | 4016-14-2 | 50 | 240 | |
Kaolin Total dust Respirable fraction |
1332-58-7 | 15 5 |
||
Ketene | 463-51-4 | 0.5 | 0.9 | |
Lead inorganic (as Pb); | 7439-92-1 | 0.2 | ||
Limestone Total dust Respirable fraction |
1317-65-3 | 15 5 |
||
Lindane | 58-89-9 | 0.5 | X | |
Lithium hydride | 7580-67-8 | 0.025 | ||
LPG (Liquified petroleum gas) | 68476-85-7 | 1000 | 1800 | |
Magnesite Total dust Respirable fraction |
546-93-0 | 15 5 |
||
Magnesium oxide fume Total Particulate |
1309-48-4 | 15 | ||
Malathion Total dust |
121-75-5 | 15 | X | |
Maleic anhydride | 108-31-6 | 0.25 | ||
Manganese compounds (as Mn) | 7439-96-5 | (C)5 | ||
Manganese fume (as Mn) | 7439-96-5 | (C)5 | ||
Marble Total dust Respirable fraction |
1317-65-3 | 15 5 |
||
Mercury (aryl and inorganic)(as Hg) | 7439-97-6 | 0.1 | X | |
Mercury (organo) alkyl compounds (as Hg) | 7439-97-6 | 0.01 | X | |
Mercury (vapor) (as Hg) | 7439-97-6 | 0.1 | X | |
Mesityl oxide | 141-79-7 | 25 | 100 | |
Methane | 74-82-8 | E | ||
Methanethiol; See Methyl mercaptan |
||||
Methoxychlor Total dust |
72-43-5 | 15 | ||
2-Methoxyethanol; (Methyl cellosolve) | 109-86-4 | 25 | 80 | X |
2- Methoxyethyl acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate) | 110-49-6 | 25 | 120 | X |
Methyl acetate | 79-20-9 | 200 | 610 | |
Methyl acetylene (Propyne) | 74-99-7 | 1000 | 1650 | |
Methyl acetylene propadiene mixture (MAPP) | 1000 | 1800 | ||
Methyl acrylate | 96-33-3 | 10 | 35 | X |
Methylal (Dimethoxy-methane) | 109-87-5 | 1000 | 3100 | |
Methyl alcohol | 67-56-1 | 200 | 260 | |
Methylamine | 74-89-5 | 10 | 12 | |
Methyl amyl alcohol; See Methyl Isobutyl carbinol |
||||
Methyl n-amyl ketone | 110-43-0 | 100 | 465 | |
Methyl bromide | 74-83-9 | (C)20 | (C)80 | X |
Methyl butyl ketone; See 2-Hexanone |
||||
Methyl cellosolve; See 2-Methoxyethanol |
||||
Methyl cellosolve acetate; See 2-Methoxyethyl acetate |
||||
Methyl chloride | 74-87-3 | 100 | 210 | |
Methyl chloroform (1,1,1-Trichloro-ethane) | 71-55-6 | 350 | 1900 | |
Methylcyclohexane | 108-87-2 | 500 | 2000 | |
Methylcyclohexanol | 25639-42-3 | 100 | 470 | |
o-Methylcyclohexanone | 583-60-8 | 100 | 460 | X |
Methylene chloride(h) See 56 FR 57036 |
75-09-2 | 500 | 1740 | |
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); See 2-Butanone |
||||
Methyl formate | 107-31-3 | 100 | 250 | |
Methyl hydrazine (Monomethyl hydrazine) | 60-34-4 | (C)0.2 | (C)0.35 | X |
Methyl iodide | 74-88-4 | 5 | 28 | X |
Methyl isoamyl ketone | 110-12-3 | 100 | 475 | |
Methyl isobutyl carbinol | 108-11-2 | 25 | 100 | X |
Methyl isobutyl ketone; See Hexone |
||||
Methyl isocyanate | 624-83-9 | 0.02 | 0.05 | X |
Methyl mercaptan | 74-93-1 | 0.5 | 1 | |
Methyl methacrylate | 80-62-6 | 100 | 410 | 100 |
Methyl propyl ketone; See 2-Pentanone |
||||
Methyl silicate | 681-84-5 | 5 | 30 | |
alpha-Methyl styrene | 98-83-9 | (C)100 | (C)480 | |
Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI) | 101-68-8 | (C)0.02 | (C)0.2 | |
Mica; See Silicates |
||||
Mineral wool Total dust Respirable dust |
15 5 |
|||
Molybdenum (as Mo) Soluble compounds Insoluble Compounds Total dust |
7439-98-7 | 5 15 |
||
Monomethyl aniline | 100-61-8 | 2 | 9 | X |
Monomethyl hydrazine; See Methyl hydrazine |
||||
Morpholine | 110-91-8 | 20 | 70 | X |
Naphtha (Coal tar) | 8030-30-6 | 100 | 400 | |
Naphthalene | 91-20-3 | 10 | 50 | |
alpha-Naphthylamine; See 1926.1104 |
134-32-7 | |||
beta-Naphthylamine; See 1926.1109 |
91-59-8 | |||
Neon | 7440-01-9 | E | ||
Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) | 13463-39-3 | 0.001 | 0.007 | |
Nickel, metal and insoluble compounds (as Ni) | 7440-02-0 | 1 | ||
Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni) | 7440-02-0 | 1 | ||
Nicotine | 54-11-5 | 0.5 | X | |
Nitric acid | 7697-37-2 | 2 | 5 | |
Nitric oxide | 10102-43-9 | 25 | 30 | |
p-Nitroaniline | 100-01-6 | 1 | 6 | X |
Nitrobenzene | 98-95-3 | 1 | 5 | X |
p-Nitrochlorobenzene | 100-00-5 | 1 | X | |
4-Nitrodiphenyl; See 1926.1103 |
92-93-3 | |||
Nitroethane | 79-24-3 | 100 | 310 | |
Nitrogen | 7727-37-9 | E | ||
Nitrogen dioxide | 10102-44-0 | (C)5 | (C)9 | |
Nitrogen trifluoride | 7783-54-2 | 10 | 29 | |
Nitroglycerin | 55-63-0 | (C)0.2 | (C)2 | X |
Nitromethane | 75-52-5 | 100 | 250 | |
1-Nitropropane | 108-03-2 | 25 | 90 | |
2-Nitropropane | 79-46-9 | 25 | 90 | |
N-Nitrosodimethylamine; See 1926.1116 |
62-79-9 | |||
Nitrotoluene (all isomers) o-isomer m-isomer p-isomer |
88-72-2 99-08-1 99-99-0 |
5 | 30 | X |
Nitrotrichloromethane; See Chloropicrin |
||||
Nitrous oxide | 10024-97-2 | E | ||
Octachloronaphthalene | 2234-13-1 | 0.1 | X | |
Octane | 111-65-9 | 400 | 1900 | |
Oil mist, mineral | 8012-95-1 | 5 | ||
Osmium tetroxide(as Os) | 20816-12-0 | 0.002 | ||
Oxalic acid | 144-62-7 | 1 | ||
Oxygen difluoride | 7783-41-7 | 0.05 | 0.1 | |
Ozone | 10028-15-6 | 0.1 | 0.2 | |
Paraquat, respirable dust | 4685-14-7 1910-42-5 2074-50-2 |
0.5 | X | |
Parathion | 56-38-2 | 0.1 | X | |
Particulates not otherwise regulated Total dust organic and inorganic |
15 | |||
PCB; See Chlorodiphenyl (42% and 54% chlorine) |
||||
Pentaborane | 19624-22-7 | 0.005 | 0.01 | |
Pentachloronaphthalene | 1321-64-8 | 0.5 | X | |
Pentachlorophenol | 87-86-5 | 0.5 | X | |
Pentaerythritol Total dust Respirable fraction |
115-77-5 | 15 5 |
||
Pentane | 109-66-0 | 500 | 1500 | |
2-Pentanone (Methyl propyl ketone) | 107-87-9 | 200 | 700 | |
Perchloroethylene (Tetrachloroethylene) | 127-18-4 | 100 | 670 | |
Perchloromethyl mercaptan | 594-42-3 | 0.1 | 0.8 | |
Perchloryl fluoride | 7616-94-6 | 3 | 13.5 | |
Perlite Total dust Respirable fraction |
93763-70-3 | 15 5 |
||
Petroleum distillates (Naphtha)(Rubber Solvent) | A(3) | |||
Phenol | 108-95-2 | 5 | 19 | X |
p-Phenylene diamine | 106-50-3 | 0.1 | X | |
Phenyl ether, vapor | 101-84-8 | 1 | 7 | |
Phenyl ether-biphenyl mixture, vapor | 1 | 7 | ||
Phenylethylene; See Styrene |
||||
Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE) | 122-60-1 | 10 | 60 | |
Phenylhydrazine | 100-63-0 | 5 | 22 | X |
Phosdrin (Mevinphos) | 7786-34-7 | 0.1 | X | |
Phosgene (Carbonyl chloride) | 75-44-5 | 0.1 | 0.4 | |
Phosphine | 7803-51-2 | 0.3 | 0.4 | |
Phosphoric acid | 7664-38-2 | 1 | ||
Phosphorus (yellow) | 7723-14-0 | 0.1 | ||
Phosphorus pentachloride | 10026-13-8 | 1 | ||
Phosphorus pentasulfide | 1314-80-3 | 1 | ||
Phosphorus trichloride | 7719-12-2 | 0.5 | 3 | |
Phthalic anhydride | 85-44-9 | 2 | 12 | |
Picloram Total dust Respirable fraction |
1918-02-1 | 15 5 |
||
Picric acid | 88-89-1 | 0.1 | ||
Piperazine dihydrochloride | 142-64-3 | X | ||
Pindone (2-Pivalyl-1, 3-indandione) | 83-26-1 | 0.1 | ||
Plaster of paris Total dust Respirable fraction |
26499-65-0 | 15 5 |
||
Platinum (as Pt) Metal Soluble Salts |
7440-06-4 | 0.002 | ||
Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products |
A(2) | |||
Portland cement Total dust Respirable fraction |
65997-15-1 | 5 |
10 15 |
|
Propargyl alcohol | 107-19-7 | 1 | X | |
beta-Propriolactone; See 1926.1113 |
57-57-8 | |||
Propionic acid | 79-09-4 | |||
n-Propyl acetate | 109-60-4 | 200 | 840 | |
n-Propyl alcohol | 71-23-8 | 200 | 500 | |
n-Propyl nitrate | 627-13-4 | 25 | 110 | |
Propylene dichloride | 78-87-5 | 75 | 350 | |
Propylene imine | 75-55-8 | 2 | 5 | X |
Propylene oxide | 75-56-9 | 100 | 240 | |
Propyne; See Methyl acetylene |
||||
Pyrethrum | 8003-34-7 | 5 | ||
Pyridine | 110-86-1 | 5 | 15 | |
Quinone | 106-51-4 | 0.1 | 0.4 | |
RDX: See Cyclonite |
||||
Rhodium (as Rh), metal fume and insoluble compounds | 7440-16-6 | 0.1 | ||
Rhodium (as Rh), soluble compounds | 7440-16-6 | 0.001 | ||
Ronnel | 299-84-3 | 10 | ||
Rotenone | 83-79-4 | 5 | ||
Rouge Total dust Respirable fraction |
15 5 |
|||
Selenium compounds (as Se) | 7782-49-2 | 0.2 | ||
Selenium hexafluoride (as Se) | 7783-79-1 | 0.05 | 0.4 | |
Silica, amorphous, precipitated and gel | 112926-00-8 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Silica, amorphous, diatomaceous earth, containing less than 1% crystalline silica | 61790-53-2 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Silica, crystalline cristobalite, respirable dust | 14464-46-1 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Silica, crystalline quartz, respirable dust | 14808-60-7 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Silica, crystalline tripoli (as quartz), respirable dust | 1317-95-9 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Silica, crystalline tridymite, respirable dust | 15468-32-3 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Silica, fused, respirable dust | 60676-86-0 | (2) | (2) | (2) |
Silicates (less than 1% crystalline silica) Mica (respirable dust) Soapstone, total dust Soapstone, respirable dust Talc (containing asbestos) |
12001-26-2 |
(2) (2) (2) (3) |
(2) (2) (2) (3) |
(2) (2) (2) (3) |
Talc (containing no asbestos), respirable dust Tremolite |
14807-96-6 |
(2) (1) |
(2) (1) |
(2) (1) |
Silicon Total dust Respirable fraction |
7440-21-3 | 15 5 |
||
Silicon carbide Total dust Respirable fraction |
409-21-2 | 15 5 |
||
Silver, metal and soluble compounds (as Ag) | 7440-22-4 | 0.01 | ||
Soapstone; See Silicates |
||||
Sodium fluoroacetate | 62-74-8 | 0.05 | X | |
Sodium hydroxide | 1310-73-2 | 2 | ||
Starch Total dust Respirable fraction |
9005-25-8 | 15 5 |
||
Stibine | 7803-52-3 | 0.1 | 0.5 | |
Stoddard solvent | 8052-41-3 | 200 | 1150 | |
Strychnine | 57-24-9 | 0.15 | ||
Styrene | 100-42-5 | 100 | 420 | 50 |
Sucrose Total dust Respirable fraction |
57-50-1 | 15 5 |
||
Sulfur dioxide | 7446-09-5 | 5 | 13 | |
Sulfur hexafluoride | 2551-62-4 | 1000 | 6000 | |
Sulfuric acid | 7664-93-9 | 1 | ||
Sulfur monochloride | 10025-67-9 | 1 | 6 | |
Sulfur pentafluoride | 5714-22-7 | 0.025 | 0.25 | |
Sulfuryl fluoride | 2699-79-8 | 5 | 20 | |
Systox; See Demeton |
||||
2,4,5-T (2,4,5-tri-chlorophenoxyacetic acid) | 93-76-5 | 10 | ||
Talc; See Silicates |
||||
Tantalum, metal and oxide dust | 7440-25-7 | 5 | ||
TEDP (Sulfotep) | 3689-24-5 | 0.2 | X | |
Teflon decomposition products | A2 | |||
Tellurium and compounds (as Te) | 13494-80-9 | 0.1 | ||
Tellurium hexafluoride(as Te) | 7783-80-4 | 0.02 | 0.2 | |
Temephos Total dust Respirable fraction |
3383-96-8 | 15 5 |
||
TEPP (Tetraethyl pyrophosphaate) | 107-49-3 | 0.05 | X | |
Terphenylis | 26140-60-3 | (C)1 | (C)9 | |
1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2, 2-difluoroethane | 76-11-9 | 500 | 4170 | |
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1, 2-difluoroethane | 76-12-0 | 500 | 4170 | |
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane | 79-34-5 | 5 | 35 | X |
Tetrachoroethylene; See Perchloroethylene |
||||
Tetrachloromethane; SeeCarbon tetrachloride |
||||
Tetrachloronaphthalene | 1335-88-2 | 2 | X | |
Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) | 78-00-2 | 0.1 | X | |
Tetrahydrofuran | 109-99-9 | 200 | 590 | |
Tetramethyl lead, (as Pb) | 75-74-1 | 0.15 | X | |
Tetramethyl succinonitrile | 3333-52-6 | 0.5 | 3 | X |
Tetranitromethane | 509-14-8 | 1 | 8 | |
Tetryl (2,4,6-Trinitro-phenylmethyl-nitramine) | 479-45-8 | 1.5 | X | |
Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) | 7440-28-0 | 0.1 | X | |
4,4'-Thiobis(6-tert, Butyl-m-cresol) Total dust Respirable fraction |
96-69-5 | 15 5 |
||
Thiram | 137-26-8 | 5 | ||
Tin, inorganic compounds (except oxides) (as Sn) | 7440-31-5 | 2 | ||
Tin, organic compounds (as Sn) | 7440-31-5 | 0.1 | ||
Tin oxide (as Sn) Total dust Respirable fraction |
21651-19-4 | 15 5 |
||
Titanium dioxide Total dust |
13463-67-7 | 15 | ||
Toluene | 108-88-3 | 200 | 750 | 100 |
Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDI) | 584-84-9 | (C)0.02 | (C)0.14 | |
o-Toluidine | 95-53-4 | 5 | 22 | X |
Toxaphene; See Chlorinated camphene |
||||
Tremolite; See Silicates |
||||
Tributyl phosphate | 126-73-8 | 5 | ||
1,1,1-Trichloroethane; See Methyl chloroform |
||||
1,1,2-Trichloroethane | 79-00-5 | 10 | 45 | X |
Trichloroethylene | 79-01-6 | 100 | 535 | |
Trichloromethane; See Chloroform |
||||
Trichloronaphthalene | 1321-65-9 | 5 | X | |
1,2,3-Trichloropropane | 96-18-4 | 50 | 300 | |
1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2, 2-trifluoroethane | 76-13-1 | 1000 | 7600 | |
Triethylamine | 121-44-8 | 25 | 100 | |
Trifluorobromomethane | 75-63-8 | 1000 | 6100 | |
Trimethyl benzene | 25551-13-7 | 25 | 120 | |
2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl; See Picric acid |
||||
2,4,6-Trinitrophenyl-methyl nitramine; See Tetryl |
||||
2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) | 118-96-7 | 15 | X | |
Triorthocresyl phosphate | 78-30-8 | 0.1 | ||
Triphenyl phosphate | 115-86-6 | 3 | ||
Tungsten (as W) Insoluble compounds Soluble compounds |
7440-33-7 | 5 1 |
||
Turpentine | 8006-64-2 | 100 | 560 | |
Uranium (as U) Soluble compounds Insoluble compounds |
7440-61-1 | 0.2 0.2 |
||
Vanadium Respirable dust (as V(2)O(5)) Fume (as V(2)O(5)) |
1314-62-1 | (C)0.5 (C)0.1 |
||
Vegetable oil mist Total dust Respirable fraction |
15 5 |
|||
Vinyl benzene; See Styrene |
||||
Vinyl chloride; See 1926.1117 |
75-01-4 | |||
Vinyl cyanide; See Acrylonitrile |
||||
Vinyl toluene | 25013-15-4 | 100 | 480 | |
Warfarin | 81-81-2 | 0.1 | ||
Xylenes (o-, m-, p-isomers) | 1330-20-7 | 100 | 435 | |
Xylidine | 1300-73-8 | 5 | 25 | X |
Yttrium | 7440-65-5 | 1 | ||
Zinc chloride fume | 7646-85-7 | 1 | ||
Zinc oxide fume | 1314-13-2 | 5 | ||
Zinc oxide Total dust Respirable fraction |
1314-13-2 | 15 5 |
||
Zinc stearate Total dust Respirable fraction |
557-05-1 | 15 5 |
||
Zirconium compounds (as Zr) | 7440-67-7 | 5 |
Substance | mppcf(j) |
SILICA: Crystalline Quartz. Threshold limit calculated from the formula |
250(k) |
percent SiO(2)+5 | |
Cristobalite. Amorphous, including natural diatomaceous earth |
20 |
SILICATES (less than 1 percent crystalline silica) Mica Portland cement Soapstone Talc (non-asbestiform) Talc (fibrous), use asbestos limit Graphite (natural) |
20 50 20 20 -- 15 |
Inert or Nuisance Particulates:(m) | 50 (or 15 mg/m(3) whichever is the the smaller) of total dust less than 1 percent SiO(2) |
Conversion factors. | |
mppcf X 35.3 = million particles | |
per cubic meter = particles per c.c. |
Footnote(1) [Reserved] Footnote(2) See Mineral Dusts Table. Footnote(3) Use Asbestos Limit 1926.58. Footnote(4) See 1926.58 Footnote(*) The PELs are 8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling limit. Footnote(**) As determined from breathing-zone air samples. Footnote(a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by volume at 25 degrees C and 760 torr. Footnote(b) Milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact; when listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate. Footnote(c) [Reserved] Footnote(d) The CAS number is for information only. Enforcement is based on the substance name. For an entry covering more than one metal compound, measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given - not CAS numbers for the individual compounds. Footnote(e) [Reserved] Footnote(f) [Reserved] Footnote(g) For sectors excluded from 1926.1128 the limit is 10 ppm TWA. Footnote(h) Where OSHA has published a proposal for a substance but has not issued a final rule, the proposal is referenced and the existing limit is published. Footnote(i) [Reserved] Footnote(j) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field techniques. Footnote(k) The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. Footnote(l) [Reserved] Footnote(m) Covers all organic and inorganic particulates not otherwise regulated. Same as Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated. The 1970 TLV uses letter designations instead of a numerical value as follows: Footnote(A(1)) [Reserved] Footnote(A(2)) Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations shaould be minimal. Footnote(A(3)) Gasoline and/or Petroleum distillates. The composition of these materials varies gratly and thus a single TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. The content of benzene, other aromatics and additives should be determined to arrive at the appropriate TLV. Footnote(E) Simple asphyxiants. The limiting factor is the available oxygen which shall be at least 19.5 percent and be within the requirements addressing explosion in part 1926. 10. In 1926.57, new paragraphs (f) - (i) are added to read as follows: 1926.57 Ventilation. (f) "Abrasive blasting" - (1) "Definitions applicable to this paragraph" - (i) "Abrasive." A solid substance used in an abrasive blasting operation. (ii) "Abrasive-blasting respirator." A continuous flow air-line respirator constructed so that it will cover the wearer's head, neck, and shoulders to protect him from rebounding abrasive. (iii) "Blast cleaning barrel." A complete enclosure which rotates on an axis, or which has an internal moving tread to tumble the parts, in order to expose various surfaces of the parts to the action of an automatic blast spray. (iv) "Blast cleaning room." A complete enclosure in which blasting operations are performed and where the operator works inside of the room to operate the blasting nozzle and direct the flow of the abrasive material. (v) "Blasting cabinet." An enclosure where the operator stands outside and operates the blasting nozzle through an opening or openings in the enclosure. (vi) "Clean air." Air of such purity that it will not cause harm or discomfort to an individual if it is inhaled for extended periods of time. (vii) "Dust Collector." A device or combination of devices for separating dust from the air handled by an exhaust ventilation system. (viii) "Exhaust ventilation system." A system for removing contaminated air from a space, comprising two or more of the following elements (A) enclosure or hood, (B) duct work, (C) dust collecting equipment, (D) exhauster, and (E) discharge stack. (ix) "Particulate-filter respirator." An air purifying respirator, commonly referred to as a dust or a fume respirator, which removes most of the dust or fume from the air passing through the device. (x) "Respirable dust." Airborne dust in sizes capable of passing through the upper respiratory system to reach the lower lung passages. (xi) "Rotary blast cleaning table." An enclosure where the pieces to be cleaned are positioned on a rotating table and are passed automatically through a series of blast sprays. (xii) "Abrasive blasting." The forcible application of an abrasive to a surface by pneumatic pressure, hydraulic pressure, or centrifugal force. (2) "Dust hazards from abrasive blasting." (i) Abrasives and the surface coatings on the materials blasted are shattered and pulverized during blasting operations and the dust formed will contain particles of respirable size. The composition and toxicity of the dust from these sources shall be considered in making an evaluation of the potential health hazards. (ii) The concentration of respirable dust or fume in the breathing zone of the abrasive-blasting operator or any other worker shall be kept below the levels specified in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part. (iii) Organic abrasives which are combustible shall be used only in automatic systems. Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be present, the construction of the equipment, including the exhaust system and all electric wiring, shall conform to the requirements of American National Standard Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock, and Vapor Removal or Conveying, Z33.1-1961 (NFPA 91-1961), and Subpart S of this part. The blast nozzle shall be bonded and grounded to prevent the build up of static charges. Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be present, the abrasive blasting enclosure, the ducts, and the dust collector shall be constructed with loose panels or explosion venting areas, located on sides away from any occupied area, to provide for pressure relief in case of explosion, following the principles set forth in the National Fire Protection Association Explosion venting Guide. NFPA 68-1954. (3) "Blast-cleaning enclosure." (i) Blast-cleaning enclosures shall be exhaust ventilated in such a way that a continuous inward flow of air will be maintained at all openings in the enclosure during the blasting operation. (A) All air inlets and access openings shall be baffled or so arranged that by the combination of inward air flow and baffling the escape of abrasive or dust particles into an adjacent work area will be minimized and visible spurts of dust will not be observed. (B) The rate of exhaust shall be sufficient to provide prompt clearance of the dust-laden air within the enclosure after the cessation of blasting. (C) Before the enclosure is opened, the blast shall be turned off and the exhaust system shall be run for a sufficient period of time to remove the dusty air within the enclosure. (D) Safety glass protected by screening shall be used in observation windows, where hard deep-cutting abrasives are used. (E) Slit abrasive-resistant baffles shall be installed in multiple sets at all small access openings where dust might escape, and shall be inspected regularly and replaced when needed. {1} Doors shall be flanged and tight when closed. {2} Door on blast-cleaning rooms shall be operable from both inside and outside, except that where there is a small operator access door, the large work access door may be closed or opened from the outside only. (4) "Exhaust ventilation system." (i) The construction, installation, inspection, and maintenance of exhaust systems shall conform to the principles and requirements set forth in American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960, and ANSI Z33.1-1961. (a) When dust leaks are noted, repairs shall be made as soon as possible. (b) The static pressure drop at the exhaust ducts leading from the equipment shall be checked when the installation is completed and periodically thereafter to assure continued satisfactory operation. Whenever an appreciable change in the pressure drop indicates a partial blockage, the system shall be cleaned and returned to normal operating condition. (ii) In installation where the abrasive is recirculated, the exhaust ventilation system for the blasting enclosure shall not be relied upon for the removal of fines from the spent abrasive instead of an abrasive separator. An abrasive separator shall be provided for the purpose. (iii) The air exhausted from blast-cleaning equipment shall be discharged through dust collecting equipment. Dust collectors shall be set up so that the accumulated dust can be emptied and removed without contaminating other working areas. (5) "Personal protective equipment." (i) Only respiratory protective equipment approved by the Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior (see 30 CFR part 11) shall be used for protection of personnel against dusts produced during abrasive-blasting operations. (ii) Abrasive-blasting respirators shall be worn by all abrasive-blasting operators: (A) When working inside of blast-cleaning rooms, or (B) When using silica sand in manual blasting operations where the nozzle and blast are not physically separated from the operator in an exhaust ventilated enclosure, or (C) Where concentrations of toxic dust dispersed by the abrasive blasting may exceed the limits set in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part and the nozzle and blast are not physically separated from the operator in an exhaust-ventilated enclosure. (iii) Particulate filter respirators, commonly referred to as dust-filter respirators, properly fitted, may be used for short, intermittent, or occasional dust exposures such as cleanup, dumping of dust collectors, or unloading shipments of sand at a receiving point, when it is not feasible to control the dust by enclosure, exhaust ventilation, or other means. Respirators used shall be approved (see 30 CFR part 11) for protection against the specific type of dust encountered. (A) Dust-filter respirators may be used to protect the operator of outside abrasive-blasting operations where nonsilica abrasives are used on materials having low toxicities. (B) Dust-filter respirators shall not be used for continuous protection where silica sand is used as the blasting abrasive, or toxic materials are blasted. (iv) A respiratory protection program as defined and described in 1926.103, shall be established wherever it is necessary to use respiratory protective equipment. (v) Operators shall be equipped with heavy canvas or leather gloves and aprons or equivalent protection to protect them from the impact of abrasives. Safety shoes shall be worn to protect against foot injury where heavy pieces of work are handled. (A) Safety shoes shall conform to the requirements of American National Standard for Men's Safety-Toe Footwear, Z41.1-1967. (B) Equipment for protection of the eyes and face shall be supplied to the operator when the respirator design does not provide such protection and to any other personnel working in the vicinity of abrasive blasting operations. This equipment shall conform to the requirements of 1926.102. (6) Air supply and air compressors. The air for abrasive-blasting respirators shall be free of harmful quantities of dust, mists, or noxious gases, and shall meet the requirements for air purity set forth in ANSI Z9.2-1960. The air from the regular compressed air line of the plant may be used for the abrasive-blasting respirator if: (i) A trap and carbon filter are installed and regularly maintained, to remove oil, water, scale, and odor, (ii) A pressure reducing diaphragm or valve is installed to reduce the pressure down to requirements of the particular type of abrasive-blasting respirator, and (iii) An automatic control is provided to either sound an alarm or shut down the compressor in case of overheating. (7) "Operational procedures and general safety." Dust shall not be permitted to accumulate on the floor or on ledges outside of an abrasive-blasting enclosure, and dust spills shall be cleaned up promptly. Aisles and walkways shall be kept clear of steel shot or similar abrasive which may create a slipping hazard. (8) "Scope." (i)(a) This paragraph applies to all operations where an abrasive is forcibly applied to a surface by pneumatic or hydraulic pressure, or by centrifugal force. It does not apply to steam blasting, or steam cleaning, or hydraulic cleaning methods where work is done without the aid of abrasives. (g) "Grinding, polishing, and buffing operations" - (1) "Definitions applicable to this paragraph" - (i) "Abrasive cutting-off wheels." Organic-bonded wheels, the thickness of which is not more than one forty-eighth of their diameter for those up to, and including, 20 inches (50.8 cm) in diameter, and not more than one-sixtieth of their diameter for those larger than 20 inches (50.8 cm) in diameter, used for a multitude of operations variously known as cutting, cutting off, grooving, slotting, coping, and jointing, and the like. The wheels may be "solid" consisting of organic-bonded abrasive material throughout, "steel centered" consisting of a steel disc with a rim of organic-bonded material molded around the periphery, or of the "inserted tooth" type consisting of a steel disc with organic-bonded abrasive teeth or inserts mechanically secured around the periphery. (ii) "Belts." All power-driven, flexible, coated bands used for grinding, polishing, or buffing purposes. (iii) "Branch pipe." The part of an exhaust system piping that is connected directly to the hood or enclosure. (iv) "Cradle." A movable fixture, upon which the part to be ground or polished is placed. (v) "Disc wheels." All power-driven rotatable discs faced with abrasive materials, artificial or natural, and used for grinding or polishing on the side of the assembled disc. (vi) "Entry loss." The loss in static pressure caused by air flowing into a duct or hood. It is usually expressed in inches of water gauge. (vii) "Exhaust system." A system consisting of branch pipes connected to hoods or enclosures, one or more header pipes, an exhaust fan, means for separating solid contaminants from the air flowing in the system, and a discharge stack to outside. (viii) "Grinding wheels." All power-driven rotatable grinding or abrasive wheels, except disc wheels as defined in this standard, consisting of abrasive particles held together by artificial or natural bonds and used for peripheral grinding. (ix) "Header pipe (main pipe)." A pipe into which one or more branch pipes enter and which connects such branch pipes to the remainder of the exhaust system. (x) "Hoods and enclosures." The partial or complete enclosure around the wheel or disc through which air enters an exhaust system during operation. (xi) "Horizontal double-spindle disc grinder." A grinding machine carrying two power-driven, rotatable, coaxial, horizontal spindles upon the inside ends of which are mounted abrasive disc wheels used for grinding two surfaces simultaneously. (xii) Horizontal single-spindle disc grinder. A grinding machine carrying an abrasive disc wheel upon one or both ends of a power-driven, rotatable single horizontal spindle. (xiii) "Polishing and buffing wheels." All power-driven rotatable wheels composed all or in part of textile fabrics, wood, felt, leather, paper, and may be coated with abrasives on the periphery of the wheel for purposes of polishing, buffing, and light grinding. (xiv) "Portable grinder." Any power-driven rotatable grinding, polishing, or buffing wheel mounted in such manner that it may be manually manipulated. (xv) "Scratch brush wheels." All power-driven rotatable wheels made from wire or bristles, and used for scratch cleaning and brushing purposes. (xvi) "Swing-frame grinder." Any power-driven rotatable grinding, polishing, or buffing wheel mounted in such a manner that the wheel with its supporting framework can be manipulated over stationary objects. (xvii) "Velocity pressure (vp)." The kinetic pressure in the direction of flow necessary to cause a fluid at rest to flow at a given velocity. It is usually expressed in inches of water gauge. (xviii) "Vertical spindle disc grinder." A grinding machine having a vertical, rotatable power-driven spindle carrying a horizontal abrasive disc wheel. (2) "Application." Wherever dry grinding, dry polishing or buffing is performed, and employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, exceeds the permissible exposure limits prescribed in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part, a local exhaust ventilation system shall be provided and used to maintain employee exposures within the prescribed limits. (3) "Hood and branch pipe requirements." (i) Hoods connected to exhaust systems shall be used, and such hoods shall be designed, located, and placed so that the dust or dirt particles shall fall or be projected into the hoods in the direction of the air flow. No wheels, discs, straps, or belts shall be operated in such manner and in such direction as to cause the dust and dirt particles to be thrown into the operator's breathing zone. (ii) Grinding wheels on floor stands, pedestals, benches, and special-purpose grinding machines and abrasive cutting-off wheels shall have not less than the minimum exhaust volumes shown in Table D-57.1 with a recommended minimum duct velocity of 4,500 feet per minute in the branch and 3,500 feet per minute in the main. The entry losses from all hoods except the vertical-spindle disc grinder hood, shall equal 0.65 velocity pressure for a straight takeoff and 0.45 velocity pressure for a tapered takeoff. The entry loss for the vertical-spindle disc grinder hood is shown in figure D-57.1 (following paragraph (g) of this section). TABLE D-57.1 - GRINDING AND ABRASIVE CUTTING-OFF WHEELS
Wheel diameter, inches (cm) | Wheel width, inches (cm) | Minimum exhaust volume (feet(3)/min.) |
To 9 (22.86) | 1½ (3.81) | 220 |
Over 9 to 16 (22.86 to 40.64) | 2 (5.08) | 390 |
Over 16 to 19 (40.64 to 48.26) | 3 (7.62) | 500 |
Over 19 to 24 (48.26 to 60.96) | 4 (10.16) | 610 |
ver 24 to 30 (60.96 to 76.2) | 5 (12.7) | 880 |
Over 30 to 36 (76.2 to 91.44) | 6 (15.24) | 1,200 |
For any wheel wider than wheel diameters shown in Table D-57.1, increase the exhaust volume by the ratio of the new width to the width shown. Example: If wheel width = 4 1/2 inches (11.43 cm), then 4.5 + 4 X 610 = 686 (rounded to 690). (iii) Scratch-brush wheels and all buffing and polishing wheels mounted on floor stands, pedestals, benches, or special-purpose machines shall have not less than the minimum exhaust volume shown in Table D-57.2. TABLE D-57.2 - BUFFING AND POLISHING WHEELS
Wheel diameter, inches (cm) | Wheel width, inches (cm) | Minimum exhaust volume (feet(3)/min.) |
To 9 (22.86) | 2 (5.08) | 300 |
Over 9 to 16 (22.86 to 40.64) | 3 (7.62) | 500 |
Over 16 to 19 (40.64 to 48.26) | 4 (10.16) | 610 |
Over 19 to 24 (48.26 to 60.96) | 5 (12.7) | 740 |
ver 24 to 30 (60.96 to 76.2) | 6 (15.24) | 1,040 |
Over 30 to 36 (76.2 to 91.44) | 6 (15.24) | 1,200 |
(iv) Grinding wheels or discs for horizontal single-spindle disc grinders shall be hooded to collect the dust or dirt generated by the grinding operation and the hoods shall be connected to branch pipes having exhaust volumes as shown in Table D-57.3. TABLE D-57.3 - HORIZONTAL SINGLE-SPINDLE DISC GRINDER
Disc diameter, inches (cm) | Exhaust volume (feet(3)/min.) |
Up to 12 (30.48) | 220 |
Over 12 to 19 (30.48 to 48.26 | 390 |
Over 19 to 30 (48.26 to 76.2) | 610 |
Over 30 to 36 (76.2 to 91.44) | 880 |
(v) Grinding wheels or discs for horizontal double-spindle disc grinders shall have a hood enclosing the grinding chamber and the hood shall be connected to one or more branch pipes having exhaust volumes as shown in Table D-57.4. TABLE D-57.4 - HORIZONTAL DOUBLE-SPINDLE DISC GRINDER
Disc diameter, inches (cm) | Exhaust volume (feet(3)/min.) |
Up to 19 (48.26) | 610 Over 19 to 25 |
(48.26 to 63.5) | 880 Over 25 to 30 |
(63.5 to 76.2) | 1,200 Over 30 to 53 |
(76.2 to 134.62) | 1,770 Over 53 to 72 |
(134.62 to 182.88) | 6,280 |
(vi) Grinding wheels or discs for vertical single-spindle disc grinders shall be encircled with hoods to remove the dust generated in the operation. The hoods shall be connected to one or more branch pipes having exhaust volumes as shown in Table D-57.5. TABLE D-57.5 - VERTICAL SPINDLE DISC GRINDER
Disc diameter, inches (cm) | One-half or more of disc covered | Disc not covered | ||
Number(1) | Exhaust foot (3)/ min. | Number(1) | Exhaust foot (3)/ min. | |
Up to 20 (50.8) | 1 | 500 | 2 | 780 |
Over 20 to 30 (50.8 to 76.2) | 2 | 780 | 2 | 1,480 |
Over 30 to 53 (76.2 to 134.62) | 2 | 1,770 | 4 | 3,530 |
Over 53 to 72 (134.62 to 182.88) | 2 | 3,140 | 5 | 6,010 |
Footnote(1) Number of exhaust outlets around periphery of hood, or equal distribution provided by other means. (vii) Grinding and polishing belts shall be provided with hoods to remove dust and dirt generated in the operations and the hoods shall be connected to branch pipes having exhaust volumes as shown in Table D-57.6. TABLE D-57.6 - GRINDING AND POLISHING BELTS
Belts width, inches (cm) | Exhaust volume (feet(3)/min.) |
Up to 3 (7.62) | 220 |
Over 3 to 5 (7.62 to 12.7) | 300 |
Over 5 to 7 (12.7 to 17.78) | 390 |
Over 7 to 9 (17.78 to 22.86) | 500 |
Over 9 to 11 (22.86 to 27.94) | 610 |
Over 11 to 13 (27.94 to 33.02) | 740 |
(viii) Cradles and swing-frame grinders. Where cradles are used for handling the parts to be ground, polished, or buffed, requiring large partial enclosures to house the complete operation, a minimum average air velocity of 150 feet per minute shall be maintained over the entire opening of the enclosure. Swing-frame grinders shall also be exhausted in the same manner as provided for cradles. (See fig. D-57.3) (ix) Where the work is outside the hood, air volumes must be increased as shown in American Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960 (section 4, exhaust hoods). (4) "Exhaust systems." (i) Exhaust systems for grinding, polishing, and buffing operations should be designed in accordance with American Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960. (ii) Exhaust systems for grinding, polishing, and buffing operations shall be tested in the manner described in American Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960. (iii) All exhaust systems shall be provided with suitable dust collectors. (5) "Hood and enclosure design." (i) - (A) It is the dual function of grinding and abrasive cutting-off wheel hoods to protect the operator from the hazards of bursting wheels as well as to provide a means for the removal of dust and dirt generated. All hoods shall be not less in structural strength than specified in the American National Standard Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, B7.1-1970. (B) Due to the variety of work and types of grinding machines employed, it is necessary to develop hoods adaptable to the particular machine in question, and such hoods shall be located as close as possible to the operation. (ii) Exhaust hoods for floor stands, pedestals, and bench grinders shall be designed in accordance with figure D-57.2. The adjustable tongue shown in the figure shall be kept in working order and shall be adjusted within one-fourth inch (0.635 cm) of the wheel periphery at all times. (iii) Swing-frame grinders shall be provided with exhaust booths as indicated in figure D-57.3. (iv) Portable grinding operations, whenever the nature of the work permits, shall be conducted within a partial enclosure. The opening in the enclosure shall be no larger than is actually required in the operation and an average face air velocity of not less than 200 feet per minute shall be maintained. (v) Hoods for polishing and buffing, and scratch-brush wheels shall be constructed to conform as closely to figure D-57.4 as the nature of the work will permit. (vi) Cradle grinding and polishing operations shall be performed within a partial enclosure similar to figure D-57.5. The operator shall be positioned outside the working face of the opening of the enclosure. The face opening of the enclosure should not be any greater in area than that actually required for the performance of the operation and the average air velocity into the working face of the enclosure shall not be less than 150 feet per minute. (vii) Hoods for horizontal single-spindle disc grinders shall be constructed to conform as closely as possible to the hood shown in figure D-57.1. It is essential that there be a space between the back of the wheel and the hood, and a space around the periphery of the wheel of at least 1 inch (2.54 cm) in order to permit the suction to act around the wheel periphery. The opening on the side of the disc shall be no larger than is required for the grinding operation, but must never be less than twice the area of the branch outlet. (viii) Horizontal double-spindle disc grinders shall have a hood encircling the wheels and grinding chamber similar to the illustrated in figure D-57.2. The openings for passing the work into the grinding chamber should be kept as small as possible, but must never be less than twice the area of the branch outlets. (ix) Vertical-spindle disc grinders shall be encircled with a hood so constructed that the heavy dust is drawn off a surface of the disc and the lighter dust exhausted through a continuous slot at the top of the hood as shown in figure D-57.1. (x) Grinding and polishing belt hoods shall be constructed as close to the operation as possible. The hood should extend almost to the belt, and 1-inch (2.54 cm) wide openings should be provided on either side. Figure D-57.3 shows a typical hood for a belt operation. (For Figures and Tables, see printed copy) (6) "Scope." This paragraph (g), prescribes the use of exhaust hood enclosures and systems in removing dust, dirt, fumes, and gases generated through the grinding, polishing, or buffing of ferrous and nonferrous metals. (h) "Spray finishing operations" - (1) "Definitions applicable to this paragraph" - (i) "Spray-finishing operations." Spray-finishing operations are employment of methods wherein organic or inorganic materials are utilized in dispersed form for deposit on surfaces to be coated, treated, or cleaned. Such methods of deposit may involve either automatic, manual, or electrostatic deposition but do not include metal spraying or metallizing, dipping, flow coating, roller coating, tumbling, centrifuging, or spray washing and degreasing as conducted in self-contained washing and degreasing machines or systems. (ii) "Spray booth." Spray booths are defined and described in 1926.66(a). (See sections 103, 104, and 105 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969). (iii) "Spray room." A spray room is a room in which spray-finishing operations not conducted in a spray booth are performed separately from other areas. (iv) "Minimum maintained velocity." Minimum maintained velocity is the velocity of air movement which must be maintained in order to meet minimum specified requirements for health and safety. (2) "Location and application." Spray booths or spray rooms are to be used to enclose or confine all operations. Spray-finishing operations shall be located as provided in sections 201 through 206 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969. (3) "Design and construction of spray booths." (i) Spray booths shall be designed and constructed in accordance with 1926.66(b)(1) through (4) and (6) through (10)(see sections 301-304 and 306-310 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969), for general construction specifications. For a more detailed discussion of fundamentals relating to this subject, see ANSI Z9.2-1960. (A) Lights, motors, electrical equipment, and other sources of ignition shall conform to the requirements of 1926.66(b)(10) and (c). (See section 310 and chapter 4 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials NFPA No. 33-1969.) (B) In no case shall combustible material be used in the construction of a spray booth and supply or exhaust duct connected to it. (ii) Unobstructed walkways shall not be less than 6 1/2 feet (1.976 m) high and shall be maintained clear of obstruction from any work location in the booth to a booth exit or open booth front. In booths where the open front is the only exit, such exits shall be not less than 3 feet (0.912 m) wide. In booths having multiple exits, such exits shall not be less than 2 feet (0.608 m) wide, provided that the maximum distance from the work location to the exit is 25 feet (7.6 m) or less. Where booth exits are provided with doors, such doors shall open outward from the booth. (iii) Baffles, distribution plates, and dry-type overspray collectors shall conform to the requirements of 1926.66(b)(4) and (5). (See sections 304 and 305 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969.) (A) Overspray filters shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the requirements of 1926.66(b)(5), (see section 305 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969), and shall only be in a location easily accessible for inspection, cleaning, or replacement. (B) Where effective means, independent of the overspray filters, are installed which will result in design air distribution across the booth cross section, it is permissible to operate the booth without the filters in place. (iv)(A) For wet or water-wash spray booths, the water-chamber enclosure, within which intimate contact of contaminated air and cleaning water or other cleaning medium is maintained, if made of steel, shall be 18 gage or heavier and adequately protected against corrosion. (B) Chambers may include scrubber spray nozzles, headers, troughs, or other devices. Chambers shall be provided with adequate means for creating and maintaining scrubbing action for removal of particulate matter from the exhaust air stream. (v) Collecting tanks shall be of welded steel construction or other suitable non-combustible material. If pits are used as collecting tanks, they shall be concrete, masonry, or other material having similar properties. (A) Tanks shall be provided with weirs, skimmer plates, or screens to prevent sludge and floating paint from entering the pump suction box. Means for automatically maintaining the proper water level shall also be provided. Fresh water inlets shall not be submerged. They shall terminate at least one pipe diameter above the safety overflow level of the tank. (B) Tanks shall be so constructed as to discourage accumulation of hazardous deposits. (vi) Pump manifolds, raisers, and headers shall be adequately sized to insure sufficient water flow to provide efficient operation of the water chamber. (4) "Design and construction of spray rooms." (i) Spray rooms, including floors, shall be constructed of masonry, concrete, or other noncombustible material. (ii) Spray rooms shall have noncombustible fire doors and shutters. (iii) Spray rooms shall be adequately ventilated so that the atmosphere in the breathing zone of the operator shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (h)(6)(ii) of this section. (iv) Spray rooms used for production spray-finishing operations shall conform to the requirements for spray booths. (5) "Ventilation." (i) Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with provisions of 1926.66(d)(see chapter 5 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable or Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969); and in accordance with the following: (A) Where a fan plenum is used to equalize or control the distribution of exhaust air movement through the booth, it shall be of sufficient strength or rigidity to withstand the differential air pressure or other superficially imposed loads for which the equipment is designed and also to facilitate cleaning. Construction specifications shall be at least equivalent to those of paragraph (h)(5)(iii) of this section. (ii) Inlet or supply ductwork used to transport makeup air to spray booths or surrounding areas shall be constructed of noncombustible materials. (A) If negative pressure exists within inlet ductwork, all seams and joints shall be sealed if there is a possibility of infiltration of harmful quantities of noxious gases, fumes, or mists from areas through which ductwork passes. (B) Inlet ductwork shall be sized in accordance with volume flow requirements and provide design air requirements at the spray booth. (C) Inlet ductwork shall be adequately supported throughout its length to sustain at least its own weight plus any negative pressure which is exerted upon it under normal operating conditions. (iii) [Reserved] (A) Exhaust ductwork shall be adequately supported throughout its length to sustain its weight plus any normal accumulation in interior during normal operating conditions and any negative pressure exerted upon it. (B) Exhaust ductwork shall be sized in accordance with good design practice which shall include consideration of fan capacity, length of duct, number of turns and elbows, variation in size, volume, and character of materials being exhausted. See American National Standard Z9.2-1960 for further details and explanation concerning elements of design. (C) Longitudinal joints in sheet steel ductwork shall be either lock-seamed, riveted, or welded. For other than steel construction, equivalent securing of joints shall be provided. (D) Circumferential joints in ductwork shall be substantially fastened together and lapped in the direction of airflow. At least every fourth joint shall be provided with connecting flanges, bolted together, or of equivalent fastening security. (E) Inspection or clean-out doors shall be provided for every 9 to 12 feet (2.736 to 3.648 m) of running length for ducts up to 12 inches (0.304 m) in diameter, but the distance between clean-out doors may be greater for larger pipes. (See 8.3.21 of American National Standard Z9.1-1951.) A clean-out door or doors shall be provided for servicing the fan and where necessary, a drain shall be provided. (F) Where ductwork passes through a combustible roof or wall, the roof or wall shall be protected at the point of penetration by open space or fire-resistive material between the duct and the roof or wall. When ducts pass through firewalls, they shall be provided with automatic fire dampers on both sides of the wall, except that three-eighth-inch steel plates may be used in lieu of automatic fire dampers for ducts not exceeding 18 inches (45.72 cm) in diameter. (G) Ductwork used for ventilating any process covered in this standard shall not be connected to ducts ventilating any other process or any chimney or flue used for conveying any products of combustion. (6) "Velocity and air flow requirements." (i) Except where a spray booth has an adequate air replacement system, the velocity of air into all openings of a spray booth shall be not less than that specified in Table D-57.7 for the operating conditions specified. An adequate air replacement system is one which introduces replacement air upstream or above the object being sprayed and is so designed that the velocity of air in the booth cross section is not less than that specified in Table D-57.7 when measured upstream or above the object being sprayed. TABLE D-57.7 - MINIMUM MAINTAINED VELOCITIES INTO SPRAY BOOTHS
Operating conditions for objects completely inside booth | Crossdraft, f.p.m. | Airflow velocities, f.p.m. | |
Design | Range | ||
Electrostatic and automatic airless operation contained in booth without operator. Air-operated guns, manual or automatic. |
Negligible. Up to 50 |
50 large booth. 100 large booth. 100 small booth. |
50-75 75-125 75-125 |
Air-operated guns, manual or automatic. | Up to 100. | 150 small booth. 150 large booth. |
125-175 125-175 |
200 small booth.. | 150-250 |
NOTES: (1) Attention is invited to the fact that the effectiveness of the spray booth is dependent upon the relationship of the depth of the booth to its height and width. (2) Crossdrafts can be eliminated through proper design and such design should be sought. Crossdrafts in excess of 100fpm (feet per minute) should not be permitted. (3) Excessive air pressures result in loss of both efficiency and material waste in addition to creating a backlash that may carry overspray and fumes into adjacent work areas. (4) Booths should be designed with velocities shown in the column headed "Design." However, booths operating with velocities shown in the column headed "Range" are in compliance with this standard. (ii) In addition to the requirements in paragraph (h)(6)(i) of this section the total air volume exhausted through a spray booth shall be such as to dilute solvent vapor to at least 25 percent of the lower explosive limit of the solvent being sprayed. An example of the method of calculating this volume is given below. Example: To determine the lower explosive limits of the most common solvents used in spray finishing, see Table D-57.8. Column 1 gives the number of cubic feet of vapor per gallon of solvent and column 2 gives the lower explosive limit (LEL) in percentage by volume of air. Note that the quantity of solvent will be diminished by the quality of solids and nonflammables contained in the finish. To determine the volume of air in cubic feet necessary to dilute the vapor from 1 gallon of solvent to 25 percent of the lower explosive limit, apply the following formula: Dilution volume required per gallon of solvent = 4 (100-LEL) (cubic feet of vapor per gallon) + LEL Using toluene as the solvent. (1) LEL of toluene from Table D-57.8, column 2, is 1.4 percent. (2) Cubic feet of vapor per gallon from Table D-57.8, column 1, is 30.4 cubic feet per gallon. (3) Dilution volume required = 4 (100 - 1.4) 30.4 + 1.4 = 8,564 cubic feet. (4) To convert to cubic feet per minute of required ventilation, multiply the dilution volume required per gallon of solvent by the number of gallons of solvent evaporated per minute. TABLE D-57.8 - LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT OF SOME COMMONLY USED SOLVENTS
Solvent | Cubic feet per gallon of vapor of liquid at 70 deg. F (21.11 deg. C). | Lower explosive limit in percent by volume of air at 70 deg. F (21.11 deg. C). |
Column 1 | Column 2 | |
Acetone | 44.0 | 2.6 |
Amyl Acetate (iso) | 21.6 | (1) 1.0 |
Amyl Alcohol (n) | 29.6 | 1.2 |
Amyl Alcohol (iso) | 29.6 | 1.2 |
Benzene | 36.8 | (1) 1.4 |
Butyl Acetate (n) | 24.8 | 1.7 |
Butyl Alcohol (n) | 35.2 | 1.4 |
Butyl Cellosolve | 24.8 | 1.1 |
Cellosolve | 33.6 | 1.8 |
Cellosolve Acetate | 23.2 | 1.7 |
Cyclohexnone | 31.2 | (1) 1.1 |
1,1 Dichloroethylene | 42.4 | 5.9 |
1,2 Dichloroethylene | 42.4 | 9.7 |
Ethyl Acetate | 32.8 | 2.5 |
Ethyl Alcohol | 55.2 | 4.3 |
Ethyl Lactate | 28.0 | (1) 1.5 |
Methyl Acetate | 40.0 | 3.1 |
Methyl Alcohol | 80.8 | 7.3 |
Methyl Cellosolve | 40.8 | 2.5 |
Methyl Ethyl Ketone | 36.0 | 1.8 |
Methyl n-Propyl Ketone | 30.4 | 1.5 |
Naphtha (VM&P) (76 deg. Naphtha) | 22.4 | 0.9 |
Naphtha (100 deg. Flash) Safety Solvent - Stoddard Solvent | 23.2 | 1.0 |
Propyl Acetate (n) | 27.2 | 2.8 |
Propyl Acetate (iso) | 28.0 | 1.1 |
Propyl Alcohol (n) | 44.8 | 2.1 |
Propyl Alcohol (iso) | 44.0 | 2.0 |
Toluene | 30.4 | 1.4 |
Turpentine | 20.8 | 0.8 |
Xylene (o) | 26.4 | 1.0 |
Footnote(1) At 212 deg. F (100 deg. C). (iii) - (A) When an operator must position himself in a booth downstream of the object being sprayed, an air supplied respirator or other type of respirator approved by the bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior or specified in ANSI Z88.2-1969 for the material being sprayed should be used by the operator. (B) Where downdraft booths are provided with doors, such doors shall be closed when spray painting. (7) "Make-up air." (i) Clean fresh air, free of contamination from adjacent industrial exhaust systems, chimneys, stacks, or vents, shall be supplied to a spray booth or room in quantities equal to the volume of air exhausted through the spray booth. (ii) Where a spray booth or room receives make-up air through self-closing doors, dampers, or louvers, they shall be fully open at all times when the booth or room is in use for spraying. The velocity of air through such doors, dampers, or louvers shall not exceed 200 feet per minute. If the fan characteristics are such that the required air flow through the booth will be provided, higher velocities through the doors, dampers, or louvers may be used. (iii)(A) Where the air supply to a spray booth or room is filtered, the fan static pressure shall be calculated on the assumption that the filters are dirty to the extent that they require cleaning or replacement. (B) The rating of filters shall be governed by the test data supplied by the manufacturer of the filter. A pressure gage shall be installed to show the pressure drop across the filters. This gage shall be marked to show the pressure drop at which the filters require cleaning or replacement. Filters shall be placed or cleaned whenever the pressure drop across them becomes excessive or whenever the air flow through the face of the booth falls below that specified in Table D-57.7. (iv)(A) Means for heating make-up air to any spray booth or room, before or at the time spraying is normally performed, shall be provided in all places where the outdoor temperature may be expected to remain below 55 deg. F. (12.77 deg. C.) for appreciable periods of time during the operation of the booth except where adequate and safe means of radiant heating for all operating personnel affected is provided. The replacement air during the heating seasons shall be maintained at not less than 65 deg. F. (18.33 deg. C.) at the point of entry into the spray booth or spray room. When otherwise unheated make-up air would be at a temperature of more than 10 deg. F. below room temperature, its temperature shall be regulated as provided in section 3.6.3 of ANSI Z9.2-1960. (B) As an alternative to an air replacement system complying with the preceding section, general heating of the building in which the spray room or booth is located may be employed provided that all occupied parts of the building are maintained at not less than 65 deg. F. (18.33 deg. C.) when the exhaust system is in operation or the general heating system supplemented by other sources of heat may be employed to meet this requirement. (C) No means of heating make-up air shall be located in a spray booth. (D) Where make-up air is heated by coal or oil, the products of combustion shall not be allowed to mix with the make-up air, and the products of combustion shall be conducted outside the building through a flue terminating at a point remote from all points where make-up air enters the building. (E) Where Make-up air is heated by gas, and the products of combustion are not mixed with the make-up air but are conducted through an independent flue to a point outside the building remote from all points where make-up air enters the building, it is not necessary to comply with paragraph (h)(7)(iv)(F) of this section. (F) Where make-up air to any manually operated spray booth or room is heated by gas and the products of combustion are allowed to mix with the supply air, the following precautions must be taken: {1} The gas must have a distinctive and strong enough odor to warn workmen in a spray booth or room of its presence if in an unburned state in the make-up air. {2} The maximum rate of gas supply to the make-up air heater burners must not exceed that which would yield in excess of 200 p.p.m. (parts per million) of carbon monoxide or 2,000 p.p.m. of total combustible gases in the mixture if the unburned gas upon the occurrence of flame failure were mixed with all of the make-up air supplied. {3} A fan must be provided to deliver the mixture of heated air and products of combustion from the plenum chamber housing the gas burners to the spray booth or room. (8) "Scope." Spray booths or spray rooms are to be used to enclose or confine all spray finishing operations covered by this paragraph (h). This paragraph does not apply to the spraying of the exteriors of buildings, fixed tanks, or similar structures, nor to small portable spraying apparatus not used repeatedly in the same location. (i) "Open surface tanks" - (1) "General." (i) This paragraph applies to all operations involving the immersion of materials in liquids, or in the vapors of such liquids, for the purpose of cleaning or altering the surface or adding to or imparting a finish thereto or changing the character of the materials, and their subsequent removal from the liquid or vapor, draining, and drying. These operating include washing, electroplating, anodizing, pickling, quenching, dying, dipping, tanning, dressing, bleaching, degreasing, alkaline cleaning, stripping, rinsing, digesting, and other similar operation. (ii) Except where specific construction specifications are prescribed in this section, hoods, ducts, elbows, fans, blowers, and all other exhaust system parts, components, and supports thereof shall be so constructed as to meet conditions of service and to facilitate maintenance and shall conform in construction to the specifications contained in American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960. (2) "Classification of open-surface tank operations." (i) Open-surface tank operations shall be classified into 16 classes, numbered A-1 to D-57.4, inclusive. (ii) "Determination of class." Class is determined by two factors, hazard potential designated by a letter from A to D, inclusive, and rate of gas, vapor, or mist evolution designated by a number from 1 to 4, inclusive (for example, B.3). (iii) Hazard potential is an index, on a scale of from A to D, inclusive, of the severity of the hazard associated with the substance contained in the tank because of the toxic, flammable, or explosive nature of the vapor, gas, or mist produced there from. The toxic hazard is determined from the concentration, measured in parts by volume of a gas or vapor, per million parts by volume of contaminated air (p.p.m.), or in milligrams of mist per cubic meter of air (mg./m(3)), below which ill effects are unlikely to occur to the exposed worker. The concentrations shall be those in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part. (iv) The relative fire or explosion hazard is measured in degrees Fahrenheit in terms of the closed-cup flash point of the substance in the tank. Detailed information on the prevention of fire hazards in dip tanks may be found in Dip Tanks Containing Flammable or Combustible Liquids, NFPA No. 34-1966, National Fire Protection Association. Where the tank contains a mixture of liquids, other than organic solvents, whose effects are additive, the hygienic standard of the most toxic component (for example, the one having the lowest p.p.m. or mg./m(3)) shall be used, except where such substance constitutes an insignificantly small faction of the mixture. For mixtures of organic solvents, their combined effect, rather than that of either individually, shall determine the hazard potential. In the absence of information to the contrary, the effects shall be considered as additive. If the sum of the ratios of the airborne concentration of each contaminant to the toxic concentration of that contaminant exceeds unity, the toxic concentration shall be considered to have been exceeded. (See Note A to paragraph (i)(2)(v) of this section.) (v) Hazard potential shall be determined from Table D-57.9, with the value indicating greater hazard being used. When the hazardous material may be either a vapor with a threshold limit value (TLV) in p.p.m. or a mist with a TLV in mg./m(3), the TLV indicating the greater hazard shall be used (for example, A takes precedence over B or C; B over C; C over D). Note A: (c(1)+TLV(1))+(c(2)+TLV(2))+(c(3)+TLV(3))+;... (c(N)+TLV(N))1 where: c=Concentration measured at the operation in p.p.m. TABLE D-57.9 - DETERMINATION OF HAZARD POTENTIAL
Hazard potential | Toxicity group | ||
Gas or vapor (p.p.m.) | Mist (mg./m(3)) |
Flash point in degrees F. (C.) | |
A | 0-10 | 0-0.1 | |
B | 11-100 | 0.11-1.0 | Under 100 (37.77) |
C | 101-500 | 1.1-10 | 100 - 200 (37.77-93.33) |
D | Over 500 | Over 10 | Over 200 (93.33) |
(vi) Rate of gas, vapor, or mist evolution is a numerical index, on a scale of from 1 to 4, inclusive, both of the relative capacity of the tank to produce gas, vapor, or mist and of the relative energy with which it is projected or carried upwards from the tank. Rate is evaluated in terms of (A) The temperature of the liquid in the tank in degrees Fahrenheit; (B) The number of degrees Fahrenheit that this temperature is below the boiling point of the liquid in degrees Fahrenheit; (C) The relative evaporation of the liquid in still air at room temperature in an arbitrary scale -- fast, medium, slow, or nil; and (D) The extent that the tank gases or produces mist in an arbitrary scale -- high, medium, low, and nil. (See Table D-57.10, Note 2.) Gassing depends upon electrochemical or mechanical processes, the effects of which have to be individually evaluated for each installation (see Table D-57.10, Note 3). (vii) Rate of evolution shall be determined from Table D-57.10. When evaporation and gassing yield different rates, the lowest numerical value shall be used. TABLE D-57.10 - DETERMINATION OF RATE OF GAS, VAPOR, OR MIST EVOLUTION(1)
Rate | Liquid temperature, deg. F (C) |
Degrees below boiling point |
Relative evaporation(2) |
Gassing(3) |
1. | Over 200 (93.33) | 0-20 | Fast | High |
2. | 150-200 (65.55-93.33) | 21-50 | Medium | Medium |
3. | 94-149 (34.44-65) | 51-100 | Slow | Low |
4. | Under 94 (34.44) | Over 100 | Nil | Nil |
Footnote(1) In certain classes of equipment, specifically vapor degreasers, an internal condenser or vapor level thermostat is used to prevent the vapor from leaving the tank during normal operation. In such cases, rate of vapor evolution from the tank into the workroom is not dependent upon the factors listed in the table, but rather upon abnormalities of operating procedure, such as carryout of vapors from excessively fast action, dragout of liquid by entrainment in parts, contamination of solvent by water and other materials, or improper heat balance. When operating procedure is excellent, effective rate of evolution may be taken as 4. When operating procedure is average, the effective rate of evolution may be taken as 3. Footnote(2) Relative evaporation rate is determined according to the methods described by A. K. Doolittle in Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 27 p. 1169, (3) where time for 100-percent evaporation is as follows: Fast: 0-3 hours; Medium: 3-12 hours; Slow: 12-50 hours; Nil: more than 50 hours. Footnote(3) Gassing means the formation by chemical or electrochemical action of minute bubbles of gas under the surface of the liquid in the tank and is generally limited to aqueous solutions. (3) "Ventilation." Where ventilation is used to control potential exposures to workers as defined in paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section, it shall be adequate to reduce the concentration of the air contaminant to the degree that a hazard to the worker does not exist. Methods of ventilation are discussed in American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960. (4) "Control requirements." (i) Control velocities shall conform to Table D-57.11 in all cases where the flow of air past the breathing or working zone of the operator and into the hoods is undisturbed by local environmental conditions, such as open windows, wall fans, unit heaters, or moving machinery. (ii) All tanks exhausted by means of hoods which (A) Project over the entire tank; (B) Are fixed in position in such a location that the head of the workman, in all his normal operating positions while working at the tank, is in front of all hood openings; and (C) Are completely enclosed on at least two sides, shall be considered to be exhausted through an enclosing hood. (D) The quantity of air in cubic feet per minute necessary to be exhausted through an enclosing hood shall be not less than the product of the control velocity times the net area of all openings in the enclosure through which air can flow into the hood. TABLE D-57.11 - CONTROL VELOCITIES IN FEET PER MINUTE (F.P.M.) FOR UNDISTURBED LOCATIONS
Class | Enclosing hood | Lateral exhaust(1) | Canopy hood(2) | ||
One open side | Two open sides | Three open sides | Four open sides | ||
B-1 and A-2 | 100 | 150 | 150 | Do not use | Do not use |
A-3(2), B-1, B-2, and C-1 | 75 | 100 | 100 | 125 | 175 |
A-3, C-2, and D-1(3) | 65 | 90 | 75 | 100 | 150 |
B-4(2), C-3, and D-2(3) | 50 | 75 | 50 | 75 | 125 |
A-4, C-4, D-3(3), and D-4{4} |
Footnote(1) See Table D-57.12 for computation of ventilation rate. Footnote(2) Do not use canopy hood for Hazard Potential A processes. Footnote(3) Where complete control of hot water is desired, design as next highest class. Footnote(4) General room ventilation required. (iii) All tanks exhausted by means of hoods which do not project over the entire tank, and in which the direction of air movement into the hood or hoods is substantially horizontal, shall be considered to be laterally exhausted. The quantity of air in cubic feet per minute necessary to be laterally exhausted per square foot of tank area in order to maintain the required control velocity shall be determined from Table D-57.12 for all variations in ratio of tank width (W) to tank length (L). The total quantity of air in cubic feet per minute required to be exhausted per tank shall be not less than the product of the area of tank surface times the cubic feet per minute per square foot of tank area, determined from Table D-57.12. (A) For lateral exhaust hoods over 42 inches (1.06 m) wide, or where it is desirable to reduce the amount of air removed from the workroom, air supply slots or orifices shall be provided along the side or the center of the tank opposite from the exhaust slots. The design of such systems shall meet the following criteria: {1} The supply air volume plus the entrained air shall not exceed 50 percent of the exhaust volume. {2} The velocity of the supply airstream as it reaches the effective control area of the exhaust slot shall be less than the effective velocity over the exhaust slot area. TABLE D-57.12 - MINIMUM VENTILATION RATE IN CUBIC FEET OF AIR PER MINUTE PER SQUARE FOOT OF TANK AREA FOR LATERAL EXHAUST
Required minimum control velocity, f.p.m. (from Table D-57.11) |
C.f.m. per sq. ft. to maintain required minimumvelocities at following ratios (tank width (W)/tank length (L)(1),(2) | ||||
0.0-0.09 | 0.1-0.24 | 0.25-0.49 | 0.5-0.99 | 1.0-2.0 | |
Hood along one side or two parallel sides of tank when one hood is against a wall or baffle(2). Also for a manifold along tank centerline(3). | |||||
50 | 50 | 60 | 75 | 90 | 100 |
75 | 75 | 90 | 110 | 130 | 150 |
100 | 100 | 125 | 150 | 175 | 200 |
150 | 150 | 190 | 225 | 260 | 300 |
Hood along one side or two parallel sides of free standing tank not against wall or baffle. | |||||
50 | 75 | 90 | 100 | 110 | 125 |
75 | 110 | 130 | 150 | 170 | 190 |
100 | 150 | 175 | 200 | 225 | 250 |
150 | 225 | 260 | 300 | 340 | 375 |
Footnote(1) It is not practicable to ventilate across the long dimension of a tank whose ratio W/L exceeds 2.0. It is undesirable to do so when W/L exceeds 1.0. For circular tanks with lateral exhaust along up to 1/2 the circumference, use W/L=1.0; for over one-half the circumference use W/L=0.5. Footnote(2) Baffle is a vertical plate the same length as the tank, and with the top of the plate as high as the tank is wide. If the exhaust hood is on the side of a tank against a building wall or close to it, it is perfectly baffled. Footnote(3) Use W/2 as tank width in computing when manifold is along centerline, or when hoods are used on two parallel sides of a tank. Tank Width (W) means the effective width over which the hood must pull air to operate (for example, where the hood face is set back from the edge of the tank, this set back must be added in measuring tank width). The surface area of tanks can frequently be reduced and better control obtained (particularly on conveyorized systems) by using covers extending from the upper edges of the slots toward the center of the tank. {3} The vertical height of the receiving exhaust hood, including any baffle, shall not be less than one-quarter the width of the tank. {4} The supply airstream shall not be allowed to impinge on obstructions between it and the exhaust slot in such a manner as to significantly interfere with the performance of the exhaust hood. {5} Since most failure of push-pull systems result from excessive supply air volumes and pressures, methods of measuring and adjusting the supply air shall be provided. When satisfactory control has been achieved, the adjustable features of the hood shall be fixed so that they will not be altered. (iv) All tanks exhausted by means of hoods which project over the entire tank, and which do not conform to the definition of enclosing hoods, shall be considered to be overhead canopy hoods. The quantity of air in cubic feet per minute necessary to be exhausted through a canopy hood shall be not less than the product of the control velocity times the net area of all openings between the bottom edges of the hood and the top edges of the tank. (v) The rate of vapor evolution (including steam or products of combustion) from the process shall be estimated. If the rate of vapor evolution is equal to or greater than 10 percent of the calculated exhaust volume required, the exhaust volume shall be increased in equal amount. (5) "Spray cleaning and degreasing." Wherever spraying or other mechanical means are used to disperse a liquid above an open-surface tank, control must be provided for the airborne spray. Such operations shall be enclosed as completely as possible. The inward air velocity into the enclosure shall be sufficient to prevent the discharge of spray into the workroom. Mechanical baffles may be used to help prevent the discharge of spray. Spray painting operations are covered by paragraph (h) of this section. (6) "Control means other than ventilation." Tank covers, foams, beads, chips, or other materials floating on the tank surface so as to confine gases, mists, or vapors to the area under the cover or to the foam, bead, or chip layer; or surface tension depressive agents added to the liquid in the tank to minimize mist formation, or any combination thereof, may all be used as gas, mist, or vapor control means for open-surface tank operations, provided that they effectively reduce the concentrations of hazardous materials in the vicinity of the worker below the limits set in accordance with paragraph (i)(2) of this section. (7) "System design." (i) The equipment for exhausting air shall have sufficient capacity to produce the flow of air required in each of the hoods and openings of the system. (ii) The capacity required in paragraph (i)(7)(i) of this section shall be obtained when the airflow producing equipment is operating against the following pressure losses, the sum of which is the static pressure: (A) Entrance losses into the hood. (B) Resistance to airflow in branch pipe including bends and transformations. (C) Entrance loss into the main pipe. (D) Resistance to airflow in main pipe including bends and transformations. (E) Resistance of mechanical equipment; that is, filters, washers, condensers, absorbers, etc., plus their entrance and exit losses. (F) Resistance in outlet duct and discharge stack. (iii) Two or more operations shall not be connected to the same exhaust system where either one or the combination of the substances removed may constitute a fire, explosion, or chemical reaction hazard in the duct system. Traps or other devices shall be provided to insure that condensate in ducts does not drain back into any tank. (iv) The exhaust system, consisting of hoods, ducts, air mover, and discharge outlet, shall be designed in accordance with American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960, or the manual, Industrial Ventilation, published by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 1970. Airflow and pressure loss data provided by the manufacturer of any air cleaning device shall be included in the design calculations. (8) "Operation." (i) The required airflow shall be maintained at all times during which gas, mist, or vapor is emitted from the tank, and at all times the tank, the draining, or the drying area is in operation or use. When the system is first installed, the airflow from each hood shall be measured by means of a pitot traverse in the exhaust duct and corrective action taken if the flow is less than that required. When the proper flow is obtained, the hood static pressure shall be measured and recorded. At intervals of not more than 3 months operation, or after a prolonged shutdown period, the hoods and duct system shall be inspected for evidence or corrosion or damage. In any case where the airflow is found to be less than required, it shall be increased to the required value. (Information on airflow and static pressure measurement and calculations may be found in American National Standard Fundamental Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960, or in the manual, Industrial Ventilation, published by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.) (ii) The exhaust system shall discharge to the outer air in such a manner that the possibility of its effluent entering any building is at a minimum. Recirculation shall only be through a device for contaminant removal which will prevent the creation of a health hazard in the room or area to which the air is recirculated. (iii) A volume of outside air in the range of 90 percent to 110 percent of the exhaust volume shall be provided to each room having exhaust hoods. The outside air supply shall enter the workroom in such a manner as not to be detrimental to any exhaust hood. The airflow of the makeup air system shall be measured on installation. Corrective action shall be taken when the airflow is below that required. The makeup air shall be uncontaminated. (9) "Personal protection." (i) All employees working in and around open-surface tank operations must be instructed as to the hazards of their respective jobs, and in the personal protection and first aid procedures applicable to these hazards. (ii) All persons required to work in such a manner that their feet may become wet shall be provided with rubber or other impervious boots or shoes, rubbers, or wooden-soled shoes sufficient to keep feet dry. (iii) All persons required to handle work wet with a liquid other than water shall be provided with gloves impervious to such a liquid and of a length sufficient to prevent entrance of liquid into the tops of the gloves. The interior of gloves shall be kept free from corrosive or irritating contaminants. (iv) All persons required to work in such a manner that their clothing, may become wet shall be provided with such aprons, coats, jackets, sleeves, or other garments made of rubber, or of other materials impervious to liquids other than water, as are required to keep their clothing dry. Aprons shall extend well below the top of boots to prevent liquid splashing into the boots. Provision of dry, clean, cotton clothing along with rubber shoes or short boots and an apron impervious to liquids other than water shall be considered a satisfactory substitute where small parts are cleaned, plated, or acid dipped in open tanks and rapid work is required. (v) Whenever there is a danger of splashing, for example, when additions are made manually to the tanks, or when acids and chemicals are removed from the tanks, the employees so engaged shall be required to wear either tight-fitting chemical goggles or an effective face shield. See 1926.102. (vi) When, during emergencies as described in paragraph (i)(11)(v) of this section, workers must be in areas where concentrations of air contaminants are greater than the limit set by paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section, or oxygen concentrations are less than 19.5 percent, they shall be required to wear respirators adequate to reduce their exposure to a level below these below these limits, or to provide adequate oxygen. Such respirators shall also be provided in marked, quickly accessible storage compartments built for the purpose, when there exits the possibility of accidental release of hazardous concentrations of air contaminants. Respirators shall be approved by the U.S. Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior and shall be selected by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified source. Respirators shall be used in accordance with 1926.103, and persons who may require them shall be trained in their use. (vii) Near each tank containing a liquid which may burn, irritate, or otherwise be harmful to the skin if splashed upon the worker's body, there shall be a supply of clean cold water. The water pipe (carrying a pressure not exceeding 25 pounds(11.325 kg)) shall be provided with a quick opening valve and at least 48 inches (1.216 m) of hose not smaller than three-fourths inch, so that no time may be lost in washing off liquids from the skin or clothing. Alternatively, deluge showers and eye flushes shall be provided in cases where harmful chemicals may be splashed on parts of the body. (viii) Operators with sores, burns, or other skin lesions requiring medical treatment shall not be allowed to work at their regular operations until so authorized by a physician. Any small skin abrasions, cuts, rash, or open sores which are found or reported shall be treated by a properly designated person so that chances of exposures to the chemicals are removed. Workers exposed to chromic acids shall have a periodic examination made of nostrils and other parts of the body, to detect incipient ulceration. (ix) Sufficient washing facilities, including soap, individual towels, and hot water, shall be provided for all persons required to use or handle any liquids which may burn, irritate, or otherwise be harmful to the skin, on the basis of at least one basin (or its equivalent) with a hot water faucet for every 10 employees, See 1926.51(f). (x) Locker space or equivalent clothing storage facilities shall be provided to prevent contamination of street clothing. (xi) First aid facilities specific to the hazards of the operations conducted shall be readily available. (10) "Special precautions for cyanide." Dikes or other arrangements shall be provided to prevent the possibility of intermixing of cyanide and acid in the event of tank rupture. (11) "Inspection, maintenance, and installation." (i) Floors and platforms around tanks shall be prevented from becoming slippery both by original type of construction and by frequent flushing. They shall be firm, sound, and of the design and construction to minimize the possibility of tripping. (ii) Before cleaning the interior of any tank, the contents shall be drained off, and the cleanout doors shall be opened where provided. All pockets in tanks or pits, where it is possible for hazardous vapors to collect, shall be ventilated and cleared of such vapors. (iii) Tanks which have been drained to permit employees to enter for the purposes of cleaning, inspection, or maintenance may contain atmospheres which are hazardous to life or health, through the presence of flammable or toxic air contaminants, or through the absence of sufficient oxygen. Before employees shall be permitted to enter any such tank, appropriate tests of the atmosphere shall be made to determine if the limits set by paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section are exceeded, or if the oxygen concentration is less than 19.5 percent. (iv) If the tests made in accordance with paragraph (i)(1)(iii) of this section indicate that the atmosphere in the tank is unsafe, before any employee is permitted to enter the tank, the tank shall be ventilated until the hazardous atmosphere is removed, and ventilation shall be continued so as to prevent the occurrence of a hazardous atmosphere as long as an employee is in the tank. (v) If, in emergencies, such as rescue work, it is necessary to enter a tank which may contain a hazardous atmosphere, suitable respirators, such as self-contained breathing apparatus; hose mask with blower, if there is a possibility of oxygen deficiency; or a gas mask, selected and operated in accordance with paragraph (i)(9)(vi) of this section, shall be used. If a contaminant in the tank can cause dermatitis, or be absorbed through the skin, the employee entering the tank shall wear protective clothing. At least one trained standby employee, with suitable respirator, shall be present in the nearest uncontaminated area. The standby employee must be able to communicate with the employee in the tank and be able to haul him out of the tank with a lifeline if necessary. (vi) Maintenance work requiring welding or open flame, where toxic metal fumes such a cadmium, chromium, or lead may be evolved, shall be done only with sufficient local exhaust ventilation to prevent the creation of a health hazard, or be done with respirators selected and used in accordance with paragraph (i)(9)(iv) of this section. Welding, or the use of open flames near any solvent cleaning equipment shall be permitted only after such equipment has first been thoroughly cleared of solvents and vapors. (12) "Vapor degreasing tanks." (i) In any vapor degreasing tank equipped with a condenser or vapor level thermostat, the condenser or thermostat shall keep the level of vapors below the top edge of the tank by a distance at least equal to one-half the tank width, or at least 36 inches (0.912 m), whichever is shorter. (ii) Where gas is used as a fuel for heating vapor degreasing tanks, the combustion chamber shall be of tight construction, except for such openings as the exhaust flue, and those that are necessary for supplying air for combustion. Flues shall be of corrosion-resistant construction and shall extend to the outer air. If mechanical exhaust is used on this flue, a draft diverter shall be used. Special precautions must be taken to prevent solvent fumes from entering the combustion air of this or any other heater when chlorinated or fluorinated hydrocarbon solvents (for example, trichloroethylene, Freon) are used. (iii) Heating elements shall be so designed and maintained that their surface temperature will not cause the solvent or mixture to decompose, break down, or be converted into an excessive quantity of vapor. (iv) Tanks or machines of more than 4 square feet (0.368 m(2)) of vapor area, used for solvent cleaning or vapor degreasing, shall be equipped with a suitable cleanout or sludge doors located near the bottom of each tank or still. These doors shall be so designed and gasketed that there will be no leakage of solvent when they are closed. (13) "Scope." (i) This paragraph (i) applies to all operations involving the immersion of materials in liquids, or in the vapors of such liquids, for the purpose of cleaning or altering their surfaces, or adding or imparting a finish thereto, or changing the character of the materials, and their subsequent removal from the liquids or vapors, draining, and drying. Such operations include washing, electroplating, anodizing, pickling, quenching, dyeing, dipping, tanning, dressing, bleaching, degreasing, alkaline cleaning, stripping, rinsing, digesting, and other similar operations, but do not include molten materials handling operations, or surface coating operations. (ii) "Molton materials handling operations" means all operations, other than welding, burining, and soldering operations, involving the use, melting, smelting, or pouring of metals, alloys, salts, or other similar substances in the molten state. Such operations also include heat treating baths, descaling baths, die casting stereotyping, galvanizing, tinning, and similar operations. (iii) "Surface coating operations" means all operations involving the application of protective, decorative, adhesive, or strengthening coating or impregnation to one or more surfaces, or into the interstices of any object or material, by means of spraying, spreading, flowing, brushing, roll coating, pouring, cementing, or similar means; and any subsequent draining or drying operations excluding open-tank operations. 11. In subpart D, a new 1926.64 is added to read as follows: 1926.64 Process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals. "Purpose." This section contains requirements for preventing or minimizing the consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable, or explosive chemicals. These releases may result in toxic, fire or explosion hazards. (a) "Application." (1) This section applies to the following: (i) A process which involves a chemical at or above the specified threshold quantities listed in Appendix A to this section; (ii) A process which involves a flammable liquid or gas (as defined in 1926.59(c) of this part) on site in one location, in a quantity of 10,000 pounds (4535.9 kg) or more except for: (A) Hydrocarbon fuels used solely for workplace consumption as a fuel (e.g., propane used for comfort heating, gasoline for vehicle refueling), if such fuels are not a part of a process containing another highly hazardous chemical covered by this standard; (B) Flammable liquids stored in atmospheric tanks or transferred which are kept below their normal boiling point without benefit of chilling or refrigeration. (2) This section does not apply to: (i) Retail facilities; (ii) Oil or gas well drilling or servicing operations; or, (iii) Normally unoccupied remote facilities. (b) "Definitions." Atmospheric tank means a storage tank which has been designed to operate at pressures from atmospheric through 0.5 p.s.i.g. (pounds per square inch gauge, 3.45 Kpa). "Boiling point" means the boiling point of a liquid at a pressure of 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (p.s.i.a.) (760 mm.). For the purposes of this section, where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point, the 10 percent point of a distillation performed in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Distillation of Petroleum Products, ASTM D-86-62, may be used as the boiling point of the liquid. "Catastrophic release" means a major uncontrolled emission, fire, or explosion, involving one or more highly hazardous chemicals, that presents serious danger to employees in the workplace. "Facility" means the buildings, containers or equipment which contain a process. "Highly hazardous chemical" means a substance possessing toxic, reactive, flammable, or explosive properties and specified by paragraph (a)(1) of this section. "Hot work" means work involving electric or gas welding, cutting, brazing, or similar flame or spark-producing operations. "Normally unoccupied remote facility" means a facility which is operated, maintained or serviced by employees who visit the facility only periodically to check its operation and to perform necessary operating or maintenance tasks. No employees are permanently stationed at the facility. Facilities meeting this definition are not contiguous with, and must be geographically remote from all other buildings, processes or persons. "Process" means any activity involving a highly hazardous chemical including any use, storage, manufacturing, handling, or the on-site movement of such chemicals, or combination of these activities. For purposes of this definition, any group of vessels which are interconnected and separate vessels which are located such that a highly hazardous chemical could be involved in a potential release shall be considered a single process. "Replacement in kind" means a replacement which satisfies the design specification. "Trade secret" means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device, information or compilation of information that is used in an employer's business, and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. Appendix D contained in 1926.59 sets out the criteria to be used in evaluating trade secrets. (c) "Employee participation." (1) Employers shall develop a written plan of action regarding the implementation of the employee participation required by this paragraph. (2) Employers shall consult with employees and their representatives on the conduct and development of process hazards analyses and on the development of the other elements of process safety management in this standard. (3) Employers shall provide to employees and their representatives access to process hazard analyses and to all other information required to be developed under this standard. (d) "Process safety information." In accordance with the schedule set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the employer shall complete a compilation of written process safety information before conducting any process hazard analysis required by the standard. The compilation of written process safety information is to enable the employer and the employees involved in operating the process to identify and understand the hazards posed by those processes involving highly hazardous chemicals. This process safety information shall include information pertaining to the hazards of the highly hazardous chemicals used or produced by the process, information pertaining to the technology of the process, and information pertaining to the equipment in the process. (1) "Information pertaining to the hazards of the highly hazardous chemicals in the process." This information shall consist of at least the following:
Note: Material Safety Data Sheets meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(g) may be used to comply with this requirement to the extent they contain the information required by this subparagraph. (2) "Information pertaining to the technology of the process." (i) Information concerning the technology of the process shall include at least the following: (A) A block flow diagram or simplified process flow diagram (see Appendix B to this section); (B) Process chemistry; (C) Maximum intended inventory; (D) Safe upper and lower limits for such items as temperatures, pressures, flows or compositions; and, (E) An evaluation of the consequences of deviations, including those affecting the safety and health of employees. (ii) Where the original technical information no longer exists, such information may be developed in conjunction with the process hazard analysis in sufficient detail to support the analysis. (3) "Information pertaining to the equipment in the process." (i) Information pertaining to the equipment in the process shall include: (A) Materials of construction; (B) Piping and instrument diagrams (P&ID's); (C) Electrical classification; (D) Relief system design and design basis; (E) Ventilation system design; (F) Design codes and standards employed; (G) Material and energy balances for processes built after May 26, 1992; and, (H) Safety systems (e.g. interlocks, detection or suppression systems). (ii) The employer shall document that equipment complies with recognized and generally accepted good engineering practices. (iii) For existing equipment designed and constructed in accordance with codes, standards, or practices that are no longer in general use, the employer shall determine and document that the equipment is designed, maintained, inspected, tested, and operating in a safe manner. (e) "Process hazard analysis." (1) The employer shall perform an initial process hazard analysis (hazard evaluation) on processes covered by this standard. The process hazard analysis shall be appropriate to the complexity of the process and shall identify, evaluate, and control the hazards involved in the process. Employers shall determine and document the priority order for conducting process hazard analyses based on a rationale which includes such considerations as extent of the process hazards, number of potentially affected employees, age of the process, and operating history of the process. The process hazard analysis shall be conducted as soon as possible, but not later than the following schedule: (i) No less than 25 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by May 26, 1994; (ii) No less than 50 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by May 26, 1995; (iii) No less than 75 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by May 26, 1996; (iv) All initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by May 26, 1997. (v) Process hazards analyses completed after May 26, 1987 which meet the requirements of this paragraph are acceptable as initial process hazards analyses. These process hazard analyses shall be updated and revalidated, based on their completion date, in accordance with paragraph (e)(6) of this standard. (2) The employer shall use one or more of the following methodologies that are appropriate to determine and evaluate the hazards of the process being analyzed. (i) What-If; (ii) Checklist; (iii) What-If/Checklist; (iv) Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP); (v) Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA); (vi) Fault-Tree Analysis; or (vii) An appropriate equivalent methodology. (3) The process hazard analysis shall address: (i) The hazards of the process; (ii) The identification of any previous incident which had a likely potential for catastrophic consequences in the workplace; (iii) Engineering and administrative controls applicable to the hazards and their interrelationships such as appropriate application of detection methodologies to provide early warning of releases. (Acceptable detection methods might include process monitoring and control instrumentation with alarms, and detection hardware such as hydrocarbon sensors.); (iv) Consequences of failure of engineering and administrative controls; (v) Facility siting; (vi) Human factors; and (vii) A qualitative evaluation of a range of the possible safety and health effects of failure of controls on employees in the workplace. (4) The process hazard analysis shall be performed by a team with expertise in engineering and process operations, and the team shall include at least one employee who has experience and knowledge specific to the process being evaluated. Also, one member of the team must be knowledgeable in the specific process hazard analysis methodology being used. (5) The employer shall establish a system to promptly address the team's findings and recommendations; assure that the recommendations are resolved in a timely manner and that the resolution is documented; document what actions are to be taken; complete actions as soon as possible; develop a written schedule of when these actions are to be completed; communicate the actions to operating, maintenance and other employees whose work assignments are in the process and who may be affected by the recommendations or actions. (6) At least every five (5) years after the completion of the initial process hazard analysis, the process hazard analysis shall be updated and revalidated by a team meeting the requirements in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, to assure that the process hazard analysis is consistent with the current process. (7) Employers shall retain process hazards analyses and updates or revalidations for each process covered by this section, as well as the documented resolution of recommendations described in paragraph (e)(5) of this section for the life of the process. (f) "Operating procedures." (1) The employer shall develop and implement written operating procedures that provide clear instructions for safely conducting activities involved in each covered process consistent with the process safety information and shall address at least the following elements. (i) Steps for each operating phase: (A) Initial startup; (B) Normal operations; (C) Temporary operations; (D) Emergency shutdown including the conditions under which emergency shutdown is required, and the assignment of shutdown responsibility to qualified operators to ensure that emergency shutdown is executed in a safe and timely manner. (E) Emergency operations; (F) Normal shutdown; and, (G) Startup following a turnaround, or after an emergency shutdown. (ii) Operating limits: (A) Consequences of deviation; and (B) Steps required to correct or avoid deviation. (iii) Safety and health considerations: (A) Properties of, and hazards presented by, the chemicals used in the process; (B) Precautions necessary to prevent exposure, including engineering controls, administrative controls, and personal protective equipment; (C) Control measures to be taken if physical contact or airborne exposure occurs; (D) Quality control for raw materials and control of hazardous chemical inventory levels; and, (E) Any special or unique hazards. (iv) Safety systems and their functions. (2) Operating procedures shall be readily accessible to employees who work in or maintain a process. (3) The operating procedures shall be reviewed as often as necessary to assure that they reflect current operating practice, including changes that result from changes in process chemicals, technology, and equipment, and changes to facilities. The employer shall certify annually that these operating procedures are current and accurate. (4) The employer shall develop and implement safe work practices to provide for the control of hazards during operations such as lockout/tagout; confined space entry; opening process equipment or piping; and control over entrance into a facility by maintenance, contractor, laboratory, or other support personnel. These safe work practices shall apply to employees and contractor employees. (g) "Training" - (1) "Initial training." (i) Each employee presently involved in operating a process, and each employee before being involved in operating a newly assigned process, shall be trained in an overview of the process and in the operating procedures as specified in paragraph (f) of this section. The training shall include emphasis on the specific safety and health hazards, emergency operations including shutdown, and safe work practices applicable to the employee's job tasks. (ii) In lieu of initial training for those employees already involved in operating a process on May 26, 1992, an employer may certify in writing that the employee has the required knowledge, skills, and abilities to safely carry out the duties and responsibilities as specified in the operating procedures. (2) "Refresher training." Refresher training shall be provided at least every three years, and more often if necessary, to each employee involved in operating a process to assure that the employee understands and adheres to the current operating procedures of the process. The employer, in consultation with the employees involved in operating the process, shall determine the appropriate frequency of refresher training. (3) "Training documentation." The employer shall ascertain that each employee involved in operating a process has received and understood the training required by this paragraph. The employer shall prepare a record which contains the identity of the employee, the date of training, and the means used to verify that the employee understood the training. (h) "Contractors" - (1) "Application." This paragraph applies to contractors performing maintenance or repair, turnaround, major renovation, or specialty work on or adjacent to a covered process. It does not apply to contractors providing incidental services which do not influence process safety, such as janitorial work, food and drink services, laundry, delivery or other supply services. (2) "Employer responsibilities." (i) The employer, when selecting a contractor, shall obtain and evaluate information regarding the contract employer's safety performance and programs. (ii) The employer shall inform contract employers of the known potential fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards related to the contractor's work and the process. (iii) The employer shall explain to contract employers the applicable provisions of the emergency action plan required by paragraph (n) of this section. (iv) The employer shall develop and implement safe work practices consistent with paragraph (f)(4) of this section, to control the entrance, presence and exit of contract employers and contract employees in covered process areas. (v) The employer shall periodically evaluate the performance of contract employers in fulfilling their obligations as specified in paragraph (h)(3) of this section. (vi) The employer shall maintain a contract employee injury and illness log related to the contractor's work in process areas. (3) "Contract employer responsibilities." (i) The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee is trained in the work practices necessary to safely perform his/her job. (ii) The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee is instructed in the known potential fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards related to his/her job and the process, and the applicable provisions of the emergency action plan. (iii) The contract employer shall document that each contract employee has received and understood the training required by this paragraph. The contract employer shall prepare a record which contains the identity of the contract employee, the date of training, and the means used to verify that the employee understood the training. (iv) The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee follows the safety rules of the facility including the safe work practices required by paragraph (f)(4) of this section. (v) The contract employer shall advise the employer of any unique hazards presented by the contract employer's work, or of any hazards found by the contract employer's work. (i) "Pre-startup safety review." (1) The employer shall perform a pre-startup safety review for new facilities and for modified facilities when the modification is significant enough to require a change in the process safety information. (2) The pre-startup safety review shall confirm that prior to the introduction of highly hazardous chemicals to a process: (i) Construction and equipment is in accordance with design specifications; (ii) Safety, operating, maintenance, and emergency procedures are in place and are adequate; (iii) For new facilities, a process hazard analysis has been performed and recommendations have been resolved or implemented before startup; and modified facilities meet the requirements contained in management of change, paragraph (l). (iv) Training of each employee involved in operating a process has been completed. (j) "Mechanical integrity" - (1) "Application." Paragraphs (j)(2) through (j)(6) of this section apply to the following process equipment: (i) Pressure vessels and storage tanks; (ii) Piping systems (including piping components such as valves); (iii) Relief and vent systems and devices; (iv) Emergency shutdown systems; (v) Controls (including monitoring devices and sensors, alarms, and interlocks) and, (vi) Pumps. (2) "Written procedures." The employer shall establish and implement written procedures to maintain the on-going integrity of process equipment. (3) "Training for process maintenance activities." The employer shall train each employee involved in maintaining the on-going integrity of process equipment in an overview of that process and its hazards and in the procedures applicable to the employee's job tasks to assure that the employee can perform the job tasks in a safe manner. (4) "Inspection and testing." (i) Inspections and tests shall be performed on process equipment. (ii) Inspection and testing procedures shall follow recognized and generally accepted good engineering practices. (iii) The frequency of inspections and tests of process equipment shall be consistent with applicable manufacturers' recommendations and good engineering practices, and more frequently if determined to be necessary by prior operating experience. (iv) The employer shall document each inspection and test that has been performed on process equipment. The documentation shall identify the date of the inspection or test, the name of the person who performed the inspection or test, the serial number or other identifier of the equipment on which the inspection or test was performed, a description of the inspection or test performed, and the results of the inspection or test. (5) "Equipment deficiencies." The employer shall correct deficiencies in equipment that are outside acceptable limits (defined by the process safety information in paragraph (d) of this section) before further use or in a safe and timely manner when necessary means are taken to assure safe operation. (6) "Quality assurance." (i) In the construction of new plants and equipment, the employer shall assure that equipment as it is fabricated is suitable for the process application for which they will be used. (ii) Appropriate checks and inspections shall be performed to assure that equipment is installed properly and consistent with design specifications and the manufacturer's instructions. (iii) The employer shall assure that maintenance materials, spare parts and equipment are suitable for the process application for which they will be used. (k) "Hot work permit." (1) The employer shall issue a hot work permit for hot work operations conducted on or near a covered process. (2) The permit shall document that the fire prevention and protection requirements in 29 CFR 1926.352 have been implemented prior to beginning the hot work operations; it shall indicate the date(s) authorized for hot work; and identify the object on which hot work is to be performed. The permit shall be kept on file until completion of the hot work operations. (l) "Management of change." (1) The employer shall establish and implement written procedures to manage changes (except for "replacements in kind") to process chemicals, technology, equipment, and procedures; and, changes to facilities that affect a covered process. (2) The procedures shall assure that the following considerations are addressed prior to any change: (i) The technical basis for the proposed change; (ii) Impact of change on safety and health; (iii) Modifications to operating procedures; (iv) Necessary time period for the change; and, (v) Authorization requirements for the proposed change. (3) Employees involved in operating a process and maintenance and contract employees whose job tasks will be affected by a change in the process shall be informed of, and trained in, the change prior to start-up of the process or affected part of the process. (4) If a change covered by this paragraph results in a change in the process safety information required by paragraph (d) of this section, such information shall be updated accordingly. (5) If a change covered by this paragraph results in a change in the operating procedures or practices required by paragraph (f) of this section, such procedures or practices shall be updated accordingly. (m) "Incident investigation." (1) The employer shall investigate each incident which resulted in, or could reasonably have resulted in a catastrophic release of highly hazardous chemical in the workplace. (2) An incident investigation shall be initiated as promptly as possible, but not later than 48 hours following the incident. (3) An incident investigation team shall be established and consist of at least one person knowledgeable in the process involved, including a contract employee if the incident involved work of the contractor, and other persons with appropriate knowledge and experience to thoroughly investigate and analyze the incident. (4) A report shall be prepared at the conclusion of the investigation which includes at a minimum: (i) Date of incident; (ii) Date investigation began; (iii) A description of the incident; (iv) The factors that contributed to the incident; and, (v) Any recommendations resulting from the investigation. (5) The employer shall establish a system to promptly address and resolve the incident report findings and recommendations. Resolutions and corrective actions shall be documented. (6) The report shall be reviewed with all affected personnel whose job tasks are relevant to the incident findings including contract employees where applicable. (7) Incident investigation reports shall be retained for five years. (n) Emergency planning and response. The employer shall establish and implement an emergency action plan for the entire plant in accordance with the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.35(a). In addition, the emergency action plan shall include procedures for handling small releases. Employers covered under this standard may also be subject to the hazardous waste and emergency response provisions contained in 29 CFR 1926.65(a), (p) and (q). (o) "Compliance audits." (1) Employers shall certify that they have evaluated compliance with the provisions of this section at least every three years to verify that the procedures and practices developed under the standard are adequate and are being followed. (2) The compliance audit shall be conducted by at least one person knowledgeable in the process. (3) A report of the findings of the audit shall be developed. (4) The employer shall promptly determine and document an appropriate response to each of the findings of the compliance audit, and document that deficiencies have been corrected. (5) Employers shall retain the two (2) most recent compliance audit reports. (p) "Trade secrets." (1) Employers shall make all information necessary to comply with the section available to those persons responsible for compiling the process safety information (required by paragraph (d) of this section), those assisting in the development of the process hazard analysis (required by paragraph (e) of this section), those responsible for developing the operating procedures (required by paragraph (f) of this section), and those involved in incident investigations (required by paragraph (m) of this section), emergency planning and response (paragraph (n) of this section) and compliance audits (paragraph (o) of this section) without regard to possible trade secret status of such information. (2) Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the employer from requiring the persons to whom the information is made available under paragraph (p)(1) of this section to enter into confidentiality agreements not to disclose the information as set forth in 29 CFR 1926.59. (3) Subject to the rules and procedures set forth in 29 CFR 1926.59(i) (1) through (12), employees and their designated representatives shall have access to trade secret information contained within the process hazard analysis and other documents required to be developed by this standard. Appendix A to 1926.64 - List of Highly Hazardous Chemicals, Toxics and Reactives (Mandatory) This Appendix contains a listing of toxic and reactive highly hazardous chemicals which present a potential for a catastrophic event at or above the threshold quantity.
Chemical Name | CAS** | TQ** |
Acetaldehyde | 75-07-0 | 2500 |
Acrolein (2-Propenal) | 107-02-8 | 150 |
Acrylyl Chloride | 814-68-6 | 250 |
Allyl Chloride | 107-05-1 | 1000 |
Allylamine | 107-11-9 | 1000 |
Alkylaluminums | Varies | 5000 |
Ammonia, Anhydrous | 7664-41-7 | 10000 |
Ammonia solutions (greater than 44% ammonia by weight) | 7664-41-7 | 15000 |
Ammonium Perchlorate | 7790-98-9 | 500 |
Ammonium Permanganate | 7787-36-2 | 7500 |
Arsine (also called Arsenic Hydride) | 7784-42-1 | 100 |
Bis(Chloromethyl) Ether | 542-88-1 | 100 |
Boron Trichloride | 10294-34-5 | 2500 |
Boron Trifluoride | 7637-07-2 | 250 |
Bromine | 7726-95-6 | 1500 |
Bromine Chloride | 13863-41-7 | 1500 |
Bromine Pentafluoride | 7789-30-2 | 2500 |
Bromine Trifluoride | 7787-71-5 | 15000 |
3-Bromopropyne (also called Propargyl Bromide) | 106-96-7 | 100 |
Butyl Hydroperoxide (Tertiary) | 75-91-2 | 5000 |
Butyl Perbenzoate (Tertiary) | 614-45-9 | 7500 |
Carbonyl Chloride (see Phosgene) | 75-44-5 | 100 |
* Carbonyl Fluoride | 353-50-4 | 2500 |
Cellulose Nitrate (concentration greater than 12.6% nitrogen | 9004-70-0 | 2500 |
Chlorine | 7782-50-5 | 1500 |
Chlorine Dioxide | 10049-04-4 | 1000 |
Chlorine Pentrafluoride | 13637-63-3 | 1000 |
Chlorine Trifluoride | 7790-91-2 | 1000 |
Chlorodiethylaluminum (also called Diethylaluminum Chloride) | 96-10-6 | 5000 |
1-Chloro-2,4-Dinitrobenzene | 97-00-7 | 5000 |
Chloromethyl Methyl Ether | 107-30-2 | 500 |
Chloropicrin | 76-06-2 | 500 |
Chloropicrin and Methyl Bromide mixture | None | 1500 |
Chloropicrin and Methyl Chloride mixture | None | 1500 |
Commune Hydroperoxide | 80-15-9 | 5000 |
Cyanogen | 460-19-5 | 2500 |
Cyanogen Chloride | 506-77-4 | 500 |
Cyanuric Fluoride | 675-14-9 | 100 |
Diastole Peroxide (concentration greater than 70%) | 110-22-5 | 5000 |
Diazomethane | 334-88-3 | 500 |
Dibenzoyl Peroxide | 94-36-0 | 7500 |
Diborane | 19287-45-7 | 100 |
Dibutyl Peroxide (Tertiary) | 110-05-4 | 5000 |
Dichloro Acetylene | 7572-29-4 | 250 |
Dichlorosilane | 4109-96-0 | 2500 |
Diethylzinc | 557-20-0 | 10000 |
Diisopropyl Peroxydicarbonate | 105-64-6 | 7500 |
Dilauroyl Peroxide | 105-74-8 | 7500 |
Dimethyldichlorosilane | 75-78-5 | 1000 |
Dimethylhydrazine, 1,1- | 57-14-7 | 1000 |
Dimethylamine, Anhydrous | 124-40-3 | 2500 |
2,4-Dinitroaniline | 97-02-9 | 5000 |
Ethyl Methyl Ketone Peroxide (also Methyl Ethyl Ketone Peroxide; concentration greater than 60%) | 1338-23-4 | 5000 |
Ethyl Nitrite | 109-95-5 | 5000 |
Ethylamine | 75-04-7 | 7500 |
Ethylene Fluorohydrin | 371-62-0 | 100 |
Ethylene Oxide | 75-21-8 | 5000 |
Ethyleneimine | 151-56-4 | 1000 |
Fluorine | 7782-41-4 | 1000 |
Formaldehyde (Formalin) | 50-00-0 | 1000 |
Furan | 110-00-9 | 500 |
Hexafluoroacetone | 684-16-2 | 5000 |
Hydrochloric Acid, Anhydrous | 7647-01-0 | 5000 |
Hydrofluoric Acid, Anhydrous | 7664-39-3 | 1000 |
Hydrogen Bromide | 10035-10-6 | 5000 |
Hydrogen Chloride | 7647-01-0 | 5000 |
Hydrogen Cyanide, Anhydrous | 74-90-8 | 1000 |
Hydrogen Fluoride | 7664-39-3 | 1000 |
Hydrogen Peroxide (52% by weight or greater) | 7722-84-1 | 7500 |
Hydrogen Selenide | 7783-07-5 | 150 |
Hydrogen Sulfide | 7783-06-4 | 1500 |
Hydroxylamine | 7803-49-8 | 2500 |
Iron, Pentacarbonyl | 13463-40-6 | 250 |
Isopropylamine | 75-31-0 | 5000 |
Ketene | 463-51-4 | 100 |
Methacrylaldehyde | 78-85-3 | 1000 |
Methacryloyl Chloride | 920-46-7 | 150 |
Methacryloyloxyethyl Isocyanate | 30674-80-7 | 100 |
Methyl Acrylonitrile | 126-98-7 | 250 |
Methylamine, Anhydrous | 74-89-5 | 1000 |
Methyl Bromide | 74-83-9 | 2500 |
Methyl Chloride | 74-87-3 | 15000 |
Methyl Chloroformate | 79-22-1 | 500 |
Methyl Ethyl Ketone Peroxide (concentration greater than 60%) | 1338-23-4 | 5000 |
Methyl Fluoroacetate | 453-18-9 | 100 |
Methyl Fluorosulfate | 421-20-5 | 100 |
Methyl Hydrazine | 60-34-4 | 100 |
Methyl Iodide | 74-88-4 | 7500 |
Methyl Isocyanate | 624-83-9 | 250 |
Methyl Mercaptan | 74-93-1 | 5000 |
Methyl Vinyl Ketone | 79-84-4 | 100 |
Methyltrichlorosilane | 75-79-6 | 500 |
Nickel Carbonly (Nickel Tetracarbonyl) | 13463-39-3 | 150 |
Nitric Acid (94.5% by weight or greater) | 7697-37-2 | 500 |
Nitric Oxide | 10102-43-9 | 250 |
Nitroaniline (para Nitroaniline) | 100-01-6 | 5000 |
Nitromethane | 75-52-5 | 2500 |
Nitrogen Dioxide | 10102-44-0 | 250 |
Nitrogen Oxides (NO; NO(2); N2O4; N2O3) | 10102-44-0 | 250 |
Nitrogen Tetroxide (also called Nitrogen Peroxide) | 10544-72-6 | 250 |
Nitrogen Trifluoride | 7783-54-2 | 5000 |
Nitrogen Trioxide | 10544-73-7 | 250 |
Oleum (65% to 80% by weight; also called Fuming Sulfuric Acid) | 8014-94-7 | 1000 |
Osmium Tetroxide | 20816-12-0 | 100 |
Oxygen Difluoride (Fluorine Monoxide) | 7783-41-7 | 100 |
Ozone | 10028-15-6 | 100 |
Pentaborane | 19624-22-7 | 100 |
Peracetic Acid (concentration greater 60% Acetic Acid; also called Peroxyacetic Acid) | 79-21-0 | 1000 |
Perchloric Acid (concentration greater than 60% by weight) | 7601-90-3 | 5000 |
Perchloromethyl Mercaptan | 594-42-3 | 150 |
Perchloryl Fluoride | 7616-94-6 | 5000 |
Peroxyacetic Acid (concentration greater than 60% Acetic Acid; also called Peracetic Acid) | 79-21-0 | 1000 |
Phosgene (also called Carbonyl Chloride) | 75-44-5 | 100 |
Phosphine (Hydrogen Phosphide) | 7803-51-2 | 100 |
Phosphorus Oxychloride (also called Phosphoryl Chloride) | 10025-87-3 | 1000 |
Phosphorus Trichloride | 7719-12-2 | 1000 |
Phosphoryl Chloride (also called Phosphorus Oxychloride) | 10025-87-3 | 1000 |
Propargyl Bromide | 106-96-7 | 100 |
Propyl Nitrate | 627-3-4 | 2500 |
Sarin | 107-44-8 | 100 |
Selenium Hexafluoride | 7783-79-1 | 1000 |
Stibine (Antimony Hydride) | 7803-52-3 | 500 |
Sulfur Dioxide (liquid) | 7446-09-5 | 1000 |
Sulfur Pentafluoride | 5714-22-7 | 250 |
Sulfur Tetrafluoride | 7783-60-0 | 250 |
Sulfur Trioxide (also called Sulfuric Anhydride) | 7446-11-9 | 1000 |
Sulfuric Anhydride (also called Sulfur Trioxide) | 7446-11-9 | 1000 |
Tellurium Hexafluoride | 7783-80-4 | 250 |
Tetrafluoroethylene | 116-14-3 | 5000 |
Tetrafluorohydrazine | 10036-47-2 | 5000 |
Tetramethyl Lead | 75-74-1 | 1000 |
Thionyl Chloride | 7719-09-7 | 250 |
Trichloro (Chloromethyl) Silane | 1558-25-4 | 100 |
Trichloro (dichlorophenyl) Silane | 27137-85-5 | 2500 |
Trichlorosilane | 10025-78-2 | 5000 |
Trifluorochloroethylene | 79-38-9 | 10000 |
Trimethyoxysilane | 2487-90-3 | 1500 |
Footnote(*) Chemical Abstract Service Number Footnote(**) Threshold Quantity in Pounds (Amount necessary to be covered by this standard.) 1926.64 Appendix B Block Flow Diagram and Simplified Process Flow Diagram (Nonmandatory) EXAMPLE OF A BLOCK FLOW DIAGRAM (For Illustration A, see printed copy) EXAMPLE OF A PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM (For Illustration B, see printed copy) 1926.64 Appendix C Compliance Guidelines and Recommendations for Process Safety Management (Nonmandatory) This appendix serves as a nonmandatory guideline to assist employers and employees in complying with the requirements of this section, as well as provides other helpful recommendations and information. Examples presented in this appendix are not the only means of achieving the performance goals in the standard. This appendix neither adds nor detracts from the requirements of the standard. 1. "Introduction to Process Safety Management." The major objective of process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals is to prevent unwanted releases of hazardous chemicals especially into locations which could expose employees and others to serious hazards. An effective process safety management program requires a systematic approach to evaluating the whole process. Using this approach the process design, process technology, operational and maintenance activities and procedures, nonroutine activities and procedures, emergency preparedness plans and procedures, training programs, and other elements which impact the process are all considered in the evaluation. The various lines of defense that have been incorporated into the design and operation of the process to prevent or mitigate the release of hazardous chemicals need to be evaluated and strengthened to assure their effectiveness at each level. Process safety management is the proactive identification, evaluation and mitigation or prevention of chemical releases that could occur as a result of failures in process, procedures or equipment. The process safety management standard targets highly hazardous chemicals that have the potential to cause a catastrophic incident. This standard as a whole is to aid employers in their efforts to prevent or mitigate episodic chemical releases that could lead to a catastrophe in the workplace and possibly to the surrounding community. To control these types of hazards, employers need to develop the necessary expertise, experiences, judgment and proactive initiative within their workforce to properly implement and maintain an effective process safety management program as envisioned in the OSHA standard. This OSHA standard is required by the Clean Air Act Amendments as is the Environmental Protection Agency's Risk Management Plan. Employers, who merge the two sets of requirements into their process safety management program, will better assure full compliance with each as well as enhancing their relationship with the local community. While OSHA believes process safety management will have a positive effect on the safety of employees in workplaces and also offers other potential benefits to employers (increased productivity), smaller businesses which may have limited resources available to them at this time, might consider alternative avenues of decreasing the risks associated with highly hazardous chemicals at their workplaces. One method which might be considered is the reduction in the inventory of the highly hazardous chemical. This reduction in inventory will result in a reduction of the risk or potential for a catastrophic incident. Also, employers including small employers may be able to establish more efficient inventory control by reducing the quantities of highly hazardous chemicals on site below the established threshold quantities. This reduction can be accomplished by ordering smaller shipments and maintaining the minimum inventory necessary for efficient and safe operation. When reduced inventory is not feasible, then the employer might consider dispersing inventory to several locations on site. Dispersing storage into locations where a release in one location will not cause a release in another location is a practical method to also reduce the risk or potential for catastrophic incidents. 2. "Employee Involvement in Process Safety Management." Section 304 of the Clean Air Act Amendments states that employers are to consult with their employees and their representatives regarding the employers efforts in the development and implementation of the process safety management program elements and hazard assessments. Section 304 also requires employers to train and educate their employees and to inform affected employees of the findings from incident investigations required by the process safety management program. Many employers, under their safety and health programs, have already established means and methods to keep employees and their representatives informed about relevant safety and health issues and employers may be able to adapt these practices and procedures to meet their obligations under this standard. Employers who have not implemented an occupational safety and health program may wish to form a safety and health committee of employees and management representatives to help the employer meet the obligations specified by this standard. These committees can become a significant ally in helping the employer to implement and maintain an effective process safety management program for all employees. 3. "Process Safety Information." Complete and accurate written information concerning process chemicals, process technology, and process equipment is essential to an effective process safety management program and to a process hazards analysis. The compiled information will be a necessary resource to a variety of users including the team that will perform the process hazards analysis as required under paragraph (e); those developing the training programs and the operating procedures; contractors whose employees will be working with the process; those conducting the pre-startup reviews; local emergency preparedness planners; and insurance and enforcement officials. The information to be compiled about the chemicals, including process intermediates, needs to be comprehensive enough for an accurate assessment of the fire and explosion characteristics, reactivity hazards, the safety and health hazards to workers, and the corrosion and erosion effects on the process equipment and monitoring tools. Current material safety data sheet (MSDS) information can be used to help meet this requirement which must be supplemented with process chemistry information including runaway reaction and over pressure hazards if applicable. Process technology information will be a part of the process safety information package and it is expected that it will include diagrams of the type shown in Appendix B of this section as well as employer established criteria for maximum inventory levels for process chemicals; limits beyond which would be considered upset conditions; and a qualitative estimate of the consequences or results of deviation that could occur if operating beyond the established process limits. Employers are encouraged to use diagrams which will help users understand the process. A block flow diagram is used to show the major process equipment and interconnecting process flow lines and show flow rates, stream composition, temperatures, and pressures when necessary for clarity. The block flow diagram is a simplified diagram. Process flow diagrams are more complex and will show all main flow streams including valves to enhance the understanding of the process, as well as pressures and temperatures on all feed and product lines within all major vessels, in and out of headers and heat exchangers, and points of pressure and temperature control. Also, materials of construction information, pump capacities and pressure heads, compressor horsepower and vessel design pressures and temperatures are shown when necessary for clarity. In addition, major components of control loops are usually shown along with key utilities on process flow diagrams. Piping and instrument diagrams (P&Ids) may be the more appropriate type of diagrams to show some of the above details and to display the information for the piping designer and engineering staff. The P&Ids are to be used to describe the relationships between equipment and instrumentation as well as other relevant information that will enhance clarity. Computer software programs which do P&Ids or other diagrams useful to the information package, may be used to help meet this requirement. The information pertaining to process equipment design must be documented. In other words, what were the codes and standards relied on to establish good engineering practice. These codes and standards are published by such organizations as the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Petroleum Institute, American National Standards Institute, National Fire Protection Association, American Society for Testing and Materials, National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, National Association of Corrosion Engineers, American Society of Exchange Manufacturers Association, and model building code groups. In addition, various engineering societies issue technical reports which impact process design. For example, the American Institute of Chemical Engineers has published technical reports on topics such as two phase flow for venting devices. This type of technically recognized report would constitute good engineering practice. For existing equipment designed and constructed many years ago in accordance with the codes and standards available at that time and no longer in general use today, the employer must document which codes and standards were used and that the design and construction along with the testing, inspection and operation are still suitable for the intended use. Where the process technology requires a design which departs from the applicable codes and standards, the employer must document that the design and construction is suitable for the intended purpose. 4. "Process Hazard Analysis." A process hazard analysis (PHA), sometimes called a process hazard evaluation, is one of the most important elements of the process safety management program. A PHA is an organized and systematic effort to identify and analyze the significance of potential hazards associated with the processing or handling of highly hazardous chemicals. A PHA provides information which will assist employers and employees in making decisions for improving safety and reducing the consequences of unwanted or unplanned releases of hazardous chemicals. A PHA is directed toward analyzing potential causes and consequences of fires, explosions, releases of toxic or flammable chemicals and major spills of hazardous chemicals. The PHA focuses on equipment, instrumentation, utilities, human actions (routine and nonroutine), and external factors that might impact the process. These considerations assist in determining the hazards and potential failure points or failure modes in a process. The selection of a PHA methodology or technique will be influenced by many factors including the amount of existing knowledge about the process. Is it a process that has been operated for a long period of time with little or no innovation and extensive experience has been generated with its use? Or, is it a new process or one which has been changed frequently by the inclusion of innovative features? Also, the size and complexity of the process will influence the decision as to the appropriate PHA methodology to use. All PHA methodologies are subject to certain limitations. For example, the checklist methodology works well when the process is very stable and no changes are made, but it is not as effective when the process has undergone extensive change. The checklist may miss the most recent changes and consequently the changes would not be evaluated. Another limitation to be considered concerns the assumptions made by the team or analyst. The PHA is dependent on good judgment and the assumptions made during the study need to be documented and understood by the team and reviewer and kept for a future PHA. The team conducting the PHA need to understand the methodology that is going to be used. A PHA team can vary in size from two people to a number of people with varied operational and technical backgrounds. Some team members may only be a part of the team for a limited time. The team leader needs to be fully knowledgeable in the proper implementation of the PHA methodology that is to be used and should be impartial in the evaluation. The other full or part time team members need to provide the team with expertise in areas such as process technology, process design, operating procedures and practices, including how the work is actually performed, alarms, emergency procedures, instrumentation, maintenance procedures, both routine and nonroutine tasks, including how the tasks are authorized, procurement of parts and supplies, safety and health, and any other relevant subject as the need dictates. At least one team member must be familiar with the process. The ideal team will have an intimate knowledge of the standards, codes, specifications and regulations applicable to the process being studied. The selected team members need to be compatible and the team leader needs to be able to manage the team and the PHA study. The team needs to be able to work together while benefiting from the expertise of others on the team or outside the team, to resolve issues, and to forge a consensus on the findings of the study and the recommendations. The application of a PHA to a process may involve the use of different methodologies for various parts of the process. For example, a process involving a series of unit operations of varying sizes, complexities, and ages may use different methodologies and team members for each operation. Then the conclusions can be integrated into one final study and evaluation. A more specific example is the use of a checklist PHA for a standard boiler or heat exchanger and the use of a Hazard and Operability PHA for the overall process. Also, for batch type processes like custom batch operations, a generic PHA of a representative batch may be used where there are only small changes of monomer or other ingredient ratios and the chemistry is documented for the full range and ratio of batch ingredients. Another process that might consider using a generic type of PHA is a gas plant. Often these plants are simply moved from site to site and therefore, a generic PHA may be used for these movable plants. Also, when an employer has several similar size gas plants and no sour gas is being processed at the site, then a generic PHA is feasible as long as the variations of the individual sites are accounted for in the PHA. Finally, when an employer has a large continuous process which has several control rooms for different portions of the process such as for a distillation tower and a blending operation, the employer may wish to do each segment separately and then integrate the final results. Additionally, small businesses which are covered by this rule, will often have processes that have less storage volume, less capacity, and less complicated than processes at a large facility. Therefore, OSHA would anticipate that the less complex methodologies would be used to meet the process hazard analysis criteria in the standard. These process hazard analyses can be done in less time and with a few people being involved. A less complex process generally means that less data, P&Ids, and process information is needed to perform a process hazard analysis. Many small businesses have processes that are not unique, such as cold storage lockers or water treatment facilities. Where employer associations have a number of members with such facilities, a generic PHA, evolved from a checklist or what-if questions, could be developed and used by each employer effectively to reflect his/her particular process; this would simplify compliance for them. When the employer has a number of processes which require a PHA, the employer must set up a priority system of which PHAs to conduct first. A preliminary or gross hazard analysis may be useful in prioritizing the processes that the employer has determined are subject to coverage by the process safety management standard. Consideration should first be given to those processes with the potential of adversely affecting the largest number of employees. This prioritizing should consider the potential severity of a chemical release, the number of potentially affected employees, the operating history of the process such as the frequency of chemical releases, the age of the process and any other relevant factors. These factors would suggest a ranking order and would suggest either using a weighing factor system or a systematic ranking method. The use of a preliminary hazard analysis would assist an employer in determining which process should be of the highest priority and thereby the employer would obtain the greatest improvement in safety at the facility. Detailed guidance on the content and application of process hazard analysis methodologies is available from the American Institute of Chemical Engineers' Center for Chemical Process Safety (see Appendix D). 5. "Operating Procedures and Practices." Operating procedures describe tasks to be performed, data to be recorded, operating conditions to be maintained, samples to be collected, and safety and health precautions to be taken. The procedures need to be technically accurate, understandable to employees, and revised periodically to ensure that they reflect current operations. The process safety information package is to be used as a resource to better assure that the operating procedures and practices are consistent with the known hazards of the chemicals in the process and that the operating parameters are accurate. Operating procedures should be reviewed by engineering staff and operating personnel to ensure that they are accurate and provide practical instructions on how to actually carry out job duties safely. Operating procedures will include specific instructions or details on what steps are to be taken or followed in carrying out the stated procedures. These operating instructions for each procedure should include the applicable safety precautions and should contain appropriate information on safety implications. For example, the operating procedures addressing operating parameters will contain operating instructions about pressure limits, temperature ranges, flow rates, what to do when an upset condition occurs, what alarms and instruments are pertinent if an upset condition occurs, and other subjects. Another example of using operating instructions to properly implement operating procedures is in starting up or shutting down the process. In these cases, different parameters will be required from those of normal operation. These operating instructions need to clearly indicate the distinctions between startup and normal operations such as the appropriate allowances for heating up a unit to reach the normal operating parameters. Also the operating instructions need to describe the proper method for increasing the temperature of the unit until the normal operating temperature parameters are achieved. Computerized process control systems add complexity to operating instructions. These operating instructions need to describe the logic of the software as well as the relationship between the equipment and the control system; otherwise, it may not be apparent to the operator. Operating procedures and instructions are important for training operating personnel. The operating procedures are often viewed as the standard operating practices (SOPs) for operations. Control room personnel and operating staff, in general, need to have a full understanding of operating procedures. If workers are not fluent in English then procedures and instructions need to be prepared in a second language understood by the workers. In addition, operating procedures need to be changed when there is a change in the process as a result of the management of change procedures. The consequences of operating procedure changes need to be fully evaluated and the information conveyed to the personnel. For example, mechanical changes to the process made by the maintenance department (like changing a valve from steel to brass or other subtle changes) need to be evaluated to determine if operating procedures and practices also need to be changed. All management of change actions must be coordinated and integrated with current operating procedures and operating personnel must be oriented to the changes in procedures before the change is made. When the process is shutdown in order to make a change, then the operating procedures must be updated before startup of the process. Training in how to handle upset conditions must be accomplished as well as what operating personnel are to do in emergencies such as when a pump seal fails or a pipeline ruptures. Communication between operating personnel and workers performing work within the process area, such as nonroutine tasks, also must be maintained. The hazards of the tasks are to be conveyed to operating personnel in accordance with established procedures and to those performing the actual tasks. When the work is completed, operating personnel should be informed to provide closure on the job. 6. "Employee Training." All employees, including maintenance and contractor employees, involved with highly hazardous chemicals need to fully understand the safety and health hazards of the chemicals and processes they work with for the protection of themselves, their fellow employees and the citizens of nearby communities. Training conducted in compliance with 1926.59, the Hazard Communication standard, will help employees to be more knowledgeable about the chemicals they work with as well as familiarize them with reading and understanding MSDS. However, additional training in subjects such as operating procedures and safety work practices, emergency evacuation and response, safety procedures, routine and nonroutine work authorization activities, and other areas pertinent to process safety and health will need to be covered by an employer's training program. In establishing their training programs, employers must clearly define the employees to be trained and what subjects are to be covered in their training. Employers in setting up their training program will need to clearly establish the goals and objectives they wish to achieve with the training that they provide to their employees. The learning goals or objectives should be written in clear measurable terms before the training begins. These goals and objectives need to be tailored to each of the specific training modules or segments. Employers should describe the important actions and conditions under which the employee will demonstrate competence or knowledge as well as what is acceptable performance. Hands-on-training where employees are able to use their senses beyond listening, will enhance learning. For example, operating personnel, who will work in a control room or at control panels, would benefit by being trained at a simulated control panel or panels. Upset conditions of various types could be displayed on the simulator, and then the employee could go through the proper operating procedures to bring the simulator panel back to the normal operating parameters. A training environment could be created to help the trainee feel the full reality of the situation but, of course, under controlled conditions. This realistic type of training can be very effective in teaching employees correct procedures while allowing them to also see the consequences of what might happens if they do not follow established operating procedures. Other training techniques using videos or on-the-job training can also be very effective for teaching other job tasks, duties, or other important information. An effective training program will allow the employee to fully participate in the training process and to practice their skill or knowledge. Employers need to periodically evaluate their training programs to see if the necessary skills, knowledge, and routines are being properly understood and implemented by their trained employees. The means or methods for evaluating the training should be developed along with the training program goals and objectives. Training program evaluation will help employers to determine the amount of training their employees understood, and whether the desired results were obtained. If, after the evaluation, it appears that the trained employees are not at the level of knowledge and skill that was expected, the employer will need to revise the training program, provide retraining, or provide more frequent refresher training sessions until the deficiency is resolved. Those who conducted the training and those who received the training should also be consulted as to how best to improve the training process. If there is a language barrier, the language known to the trainees should be used to reinforce the training messages and information. Careful consideration must be given to assure that employees including maintenance and contract employees receive current and updated training. For example, if changes are made to a process, impacted employees must be trained in the changes and understand the effects of the changes on their job tasks (e.g., any new operating procedures pertinent to their tasks). Additionally, as already discussed the evaluation of the employee's absorption of training will certainly influence the need for training. 7. "Contractors." Employers who use contractors to perform work in and around processes that involve highly hazardous chemicals, will need to establish a screening process so that they hire and use contractors who accomplish the desired job tasks without compromising the safety and health of employees at a facility. For contractors, whose safety performance on the job is not known to the hiring employer, the employer will need to obtain information on injury and illness rates and experience and should obtain contractor references. Additionally, the employer must assure that the contractor has the appropriate job skills, knowledge and certifications (such as for pressure vessel welders). Contractor work methods and experiences should be evaluated. For example, does the contractor conducting demolition work swing loads over operating processes or does the contractor avoid such hazards? Maintaining a site injury and illness log for contractors is another method employers must use to track and maintain current knowledge of work activities involving contract employees working on or adjacent to covered processes. Injury and illness logs of both the employer's employees and contract employees allow an employer to have full knowledge of process injury and illness experience. This log will also contain information which will be of use to those auditing process safety management compliance and those involved in incident investigations. Contract employees must perform their work safely. Considering that contractors often perform very specialized and potentially hazardous tasks such as confined space entry activities and nonroutine repair activities it is quite important that their activities be controlled while they are working on or near a covered process. A permit system or work authorization system for these activities would also be helpful to all affected employers. The use of a work authorization system keeps an employer informed of contract employee activities, and as a benefit the employer will have better coordination and more management control over the work being performed in the process area. A well run and well maintained process where employee safety is fully recognized will benefit all of those who work in the facility whether they be contract employees or employees of the owner. 8. "Pre-Startup Safety." For new processes, the employer will find a PHA helpful in improving the design and construction of the process from a reliability and quality point of view. The safe operation of the new process will be enhanced by making use of the PHA recommendations before final installations are completed. P&Ids are to be completed along with having the operating procedures in place and the operating staff trained to run the process before startup. The initial startup procedures and normal operating procedures need to be fully evaluated as part of the pre-startup review to assure a safe transfer into the normal operating mode for meeting the process parameters. For existing processes that have been shutdown for turnaround, or modification, etc., the employer must assure that any changes other than "replacement in kind" made to the process during shutdown go through the management of change procedures. P&Ids will need to be updated as necessary, as well as operating procedures and instructions. If the changes made to the process during shutdown are significant and impact the training program, then operating personnel as well as employees engaged in routine and nonroutine work in the process area may need some refresher or additional training in light of the changes. Any incident investigation recommendations, compliance audits or PHA recommendations need to be reviewed as well to see what impacts they may have on the process before beginning the startup. 9. "Mechanical Integrity." Employers will need to review their maintenance programs and schedules to see if there are areas where "breakdown" maintenance is used rather than an on-going mechanical integrity program. Equipment used to process, store, or handle highly hazardous chemicals needs to be designed, constructed, installed and maintained to minimize the risk of releases of such chemicals. This requires that a mechanical integrity program be in place to assure the continued integrity of process equipment. Elements of a mechanical integrity program include the identification and categorization of equipment and instrumentation, inspections and tests, testing and inspection frequencies, development of maintenance procedures, training of maintenance personnel, the establishment of criteria for acceptable test results, documentation of test and inspection results, and documentation of manufacturer recommendations as to meantime to failure for equipment and instrumentation. The first line of defense an employer has available is to operate and maintain the process as designed, and to keep the chemicals contained. This line of defense is backed up by the next line of defense which is the controlled release of chemicals through venting to scrubbers or flares, or to surge or overflow tanks which are designed to receive such chemicals, etc. These lines of defense are the primary lines of defense or means to prevent unwanted releases. The secondary lines of defense would include fixed fire protection systems like sprinklers, water spray, or deluge systems, monitor guns, etc., dikes, designed drainage systems, and other systems which would control or mitigate hazardous chemicals once an unwanted release occurs. These primary and secondary lines of defense are what the mechanical integrity program needs to protect and strengthen these primary and secondary lines of defenses where appropriate. The first step of an effective mechanical integrity program is to compile and categorize a list of process equipment and instrumentation for inclusion in the program. This list would include pressure vessels, storage tanks, process piping, relief and vent systems, fire protection system components, emergency shutdown systems and alarms and interlocks and pumps. For the categorization of instrumentation and the listed equipment the employer would prioritize which pieces of equipment require closer scrutiny than others. Meantime to failure of various instrumentation and equipment parts would be known from the manufacturers data or the employer's experience with the parts, which would then influence the inspection and testing frequency and associated procedures. Also, applicable codes and standards such as the National Board Inspection Code, or those from the American Society for Testing and Material, American Petroleum Institute, National Fire Protection Association, American National Standards Institute, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, and other groups, provide information to help establish an effective testing and inspection frequency, as well as appropriate methodologies. The applicable codes and standards provide criteria for external inspections for such items as foundation and supports, anchor bolts, concrete or steel supports, guy wires, nozzles and sprinklers, pipe hangers, grounding connections, protective coatings and insulation, and external metal surfaces of piping and vessels, etc. These codes and standards also provide information on methodologies for internal inspection, and a frequency formula based on the corrosion rate of the materials of construction. Also, erosion both internal and external needs to be considered along with corrosion effects for piping and valves. Where the corrosion rate is not known, a maximum inspection frequency is recommended, and methods of developing the corrosion rate are available in the codes. Internal inspections need to cover items such as vessel shell, bottom and head; metallic linings; nonmetallic linings; thickness measurements for vessels and piping; inspection for erosion, corrosion, cracking and bulges; internal equipment like trays, baffles, sensors and screens for erosion, corrosion or cracking and other deficiencies. Some of these inspections may be performed by state or local government inspectors under state and local statutes. However, each employer needs to develop procedures to ensure that tests and inspections are conducted properly and that consistency is maintained even where different employees may be involved. Appropriate training is to be provided to maintenance personnel to ensure that they understand the preventive maintenance program procedures, safe practices, and the proper use and application of special equipment or unique tools that may be required. This training is part of the overall training program called for in the standard. A quality assurance system is needed to help ensure that the proper materials of construction are used, that fabrication and inspection procedures are proper, and that installation procedures recognize field installation concerns. The quality assurance program is an essential part of the mechanical integrity program and will help to maintain the primary and secondary lines of defense that have been designed into the process to prevent unwanted chemical releases or those which control or mitigate a release. "As built" drawings, together with certifications of coded vessels and other equipment, and materials of construction need to be verified and retained in the quality assurance documentation. Equipment installation jobs need to be properly inspected in the field for use of proper materials and procedures and to assure that qualified craftsmen are used to do the job. The use of appropriate gaskets, packing, bolts, valves, lubricants and welding rods need to be verified in the field. Also, procedures for installation of safety devices need to be verified, such as the torque on the bolts on ruptured disc installations, uniform torque on flange bolts, proper installation of pump seals, etc. If the quality of parts is a problem, it may be appropriate to conduct audits of the equipment supplier's facilities to better assure proper purchases of required equipment which is suitable for its intended service. Any changes in equipment that may become necessary will need to go through the management of change procedures. 10. "Nonroutine Work Authorizations." Nonroutine work which is conducted in process areas needs to be controlled by the employer in a consistent manner. The hazards identified involving the work that is to be accomplished must be communicated to those doing the work, but also to those operating personnel whose work could affect the safety of the process. A work authorization notice or permit must have a procedure that describes the steps the maintenance supervisor, contractor representative or other person needs to follow to obtain the necessary clearance to get the job started. The work authorization procedures need to reference and coordinate, as applicable, lockout/tagout procedures, line breaking procedures, confined space entry procedures and hot work authorizations. This procedure also needs to provide clear steps to follow once the job is completed in order to provide closure for those that need to know the job is now completed and equipment can be returned to normal. 11. "Managing Change." To properly manage changes to process chemicals, technology, equipment and facilities, one must define what is meant by change. In this process safety management standard, change includes all modifications to equipment, procedures, raw materials and processing conditions other than "replacement in kind." These changes need to be properly managed by identifying and reviewing them prior to implementation of the change. For example, the operating procedures contain the operating parameters (pressure limits, temperature ranges, flow rates, etc.) and the importance of operating within these limits. While the operator must have the flexibility to maintain safe operation within the established parameters, any operation outside of these parameters requires review and approval by a written management of change procedure. Management of change covers such as changes in process technology and changes to equipment and instrumentation. Changes in process technology can result from changes in production rates, raw materials, experimentation, equipment unavailability, new equipment, new product development, change in catalyst and changes in operating conditions to improve yield or quality. Equipment changes include among others change in materials of construction, equipment specifications, piping pre-arrangements, experimental equipment, computer program revisions and changes in alarms and interlocks. Employers need to establish means and methods to detect both technical changes and mechanical changes. Temporary changes have caused a number of catastrophes over the years, and employers need to establish ways to detect temporary changes as well as those that are permanent. It is important that a time limit for temporary changes be established and monitored since, without control, these changes may tend to become permanent. Temporary changes are subject to the management of change provisions. In addition, the management of change procedures are used to insure that the equipment and procedures are returned to their original or designed conditions at the end of the temporary change. Proper documentation and review of these changes is invaluable in assuring that the safety and health considerations are being incorporated into the operating procedures and the process. Employers may wish to develop a form or clearance sheet to facilitate the processing of changes through the management of change procedures. A typical change form may include a description and the purpose of the change, the technical basis for the change, safety and health considerations, documentation of changes for the operating procedures, maintenance procedures, inspection and testing, P&Ids, electrical classification, training and communications, pre-startup inspection, duration if a temporary change, approvals and authorization. Where the impact of the change is minor and well understood, a check list reviewed by an authorized person with proper communication to others who are affected may be sufficient. However, for a more complex or significant design change, a hazard evaluation procedure with approvals by operations, maintenance, and safety departments may be appropriate. Changes in documents such as P&Ids, raw materials, operating procedures, mechanical integrity programs, electrical classifications, etc., need to be noted so that these revisions can be made permanent when the drawings and procedure manuals are updated. Copies of process changes need to be kept in an accessible location to ensure that design changes are available to operating personnel as well as to PHA team members when a PHA is being done or one is being updated. 12. "Investigation of Incidents." Incident investigation is the process of identifying the underlying causes of incidents and implementing steps to prevent similar events from occurring. The intent of an incident investigation is for employers to learn from past experiences and thus avoid repeating past mistakes. The incidents for which OSHA expects employers to become aware and to investigate are the types of events which result in or could reasonably have resulted in a catastrophic release. Some of the events are sometimes referred to as "near misses," meaning that a serious consequence did not occur, but could have. Employers need to develop in-house capability to investigate incidents that occur in their facilities. A team needs to be assembled by the employer and trained in the techniques of investigation including how to conduct interviews of witnesses, needed documentation and report writing. A multi-disciplinary team is better able to gather the facts of the event and to analyze them and develop plausible scenarios as to what happened, and why. Team members should be selected on the basis of their training, knowledge and ability to contribute to a team effort to fully investigate the incident. Employees in the process area where the incident occurred should be consulted, interviewed or made a member of the team. Their knowledge of the events form a significant set of facts about the incident which occurred. The report, its findings and recommendations are to be shared with those who can benefit from the information. The cooperation of employees is essential to an effective incident investigation. The focus of the investigation should be to obtain facts, and not to place blame. The team and the investigation process should clearly deal with all involved individuals in a fair, open and consistent manner. 13. "Emergency Preparedness." Each employer must address what actions employees are to take when there is an unwanted release of highly hazardous chemicals. Emergency preparedness or the employer's tertiary (third) lines of defense are those that will be relied on along with the secondary lines of defense when the primary lines of defense which are used to prevent an unwanted release fail to stop the release. Employers will need to decide if they want employees to handle and stop small or minor incidental releases. Whether they wish to mobilize the available resources at the plant and have them brought to bear on a more significant release. Or whether employers want their employees to evacuate the danger area and promptly escape to a preplanned safe zone area, and allow the local community emergency response organizations to handle the release. Or whether the employer wants to use some combination of these actions. Employers will need to select how many different emergency preparedness or tertiary lines of defense they plan to have and then develop the necessary plans and procedures, and appropriately train employees in their emergency duties and responsibilities and then implement these lines of defense. Employers at a minimum must have an emergency action plan which will facilitate the prompt evacuation of employees when an unwanted release of highly hazardous chemical. This means that the employer will have a plan that will be activated by an alarm system to alert employees when to evacuate and, that employees who are physically impaired, will have the necessary support and assistance to get them to the safe zone as well. The intent of these requirements is to alert and move employees to a safe zone quickly. Delaying alarms or confusing alarms are to be avoided. The use of process control centers or similar process buildings in the process area as safe areas is discouraged. Recent catastrophes have shown that a large life loss has occurred in these structures because of where they have been sited and because they are not necessarily designed to withstand over-pressures from shockwaves resulting from shockwaves resulting from explosions in the process area. Unwanted incidental releases of highly hazardous chemicals in the process area must be addressed by the employer as to what actions employees are to take. If the employer wants employees to evacuate the area, then the emergency action plan will be activated. For outdoor processes where wind direction is important for selecting the safe route to a refuge area, the employer should place a wind direction indicator such as a wind sock or pennant at the highest point that can be seen throughout the process area. Employees can move in the direction of cross wind to upwind to gain safe access to the refuge area by knowing the wind direction. If the employer wants specific employees in the release area to control or stop the minor emergency or incidental release, these actions must be planned for in advance and procedures developed and implemented. Preplanning for handling incidental releases for minor emergencies in the process area needs to be done, appropriate equipment for the hazards must be provided, and training conducted for those employees who will perform the emergency work before they respond to handle an actual release. The employer's training program, including the Hazard Communication standard training is to address the training needs for employees who are expected to handle incidental or minor releases. Preplanning for releases that are more serious than incidental releases is another important line of defense to be used by the employer. When a serious release of a highly hazardous chemical occurs, the employer through preplanning will have determined in advance what actions employees are to take. The evacuation of the immediate release area and other areas as necessary would be accomplished under the emergency action plan. If the employer wishes to use plant personnel such as a fire brigade, spill control team, a hazardous materials team, or use employees to render aid to those in the immediate release area and control or mitigate the incident, these actions are covered by 1926.65, the Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) standard. If outside assistance is necessary, such as through mutual aid agreements between employers or local government emergency response organizations, these emergency responders are also covered by HAZWOPER. The safety and health protections required for emergency responders are the responsibility of their employers and of the on-scene incident commander. Responders may be working under very hazardous conditions and therefore the objective is to have them competently led by an on-scene incident commander and the commander's staff, properly equipped to do their assigned work safely, and fully trained to carry out their duties safely before they respond to an emergency. Drills, training exercises, or simulations with the local community emergency response planners and responder organizations is one means to obtain better preparedness. This close cooperation and coordination between plant and local community emergency preparedness managers will also aid the employer in complying with the Environmental Protection Agency's Risk Management Plan criteria. One effective way for medium to large facilities to enhance coordination and communication during emergencies for on plant operations and with local community organizations is for employers to establish and equip an emergency control center. The emergency control center would be sited in a safe zone area so that it could be occupied throughout the duration of an emergency. The center would serve as the major communication link between the on-scene incident commander and plant or corporate management as well as with the local community officials. The communication equipment in the emergency control center should include a network to receive and transmit information by telephone, radio or other means. It is important to have a backup communication network in case of power failure or one communication means fails. The center should also be equipped with the plant layout and community maps, utility drawings including fire water, emergency lighting, appropriate reference materials such as a government agency notification list, company personnel phone list, SARA Title III reports and material safety data sheets, emergency plans and procedures manual, a listing with the location of emergency response equipment, mutual aid information, and access to meteorological or weather condition data and any dispersion modeling data. 14. "Compliance Audits." Employers need to select a trained individual or assemble a trained team of people to audit the process safety management system and program. A small process or plant may need only one knowledgeable person to conduct an audit. The audit is to include an evaluation of the design and effectiveness of the process safety management system and a field inspection of the safety and health conditions and practices to verify that the employer's systems are effectively implemented. The audit should be conducted or lead by a person knowledgeable in audit techniques and who is impartial towards the facility or area being audited. The essential elements of an audit program include planning, staffing, conducting the audit, evaluation and corrective action, follow-up and documentation. Planning in advance is essential to the success of the auditing process. Each employer needs to establish the format, staffing, scheduling and verification methods prior to conducting the audit. The format should be designed to provide the lead auditor with a procedure or checklist which details the requirements of each section of the standard. The names of the audit team members should be listed as part of the format as well. The checklist, if properly designed, could serve as the verification sheet which provides the auditor with the necessary information to expedite the review and assure that no requirements of the standard are omitted. This verification sheet format could also identify those elements that will require evaluation or a response to correct deficiencies. This sheet could also be used for developing the follow-up and documentation requirements. The selection of effective audit team members is critical to the success of the program. Team members should be chosen for their experience, knowledge, and training and should be familiar with the processes and with auditing techniques, practices and procedures. The size of the team will vary depending on the size and complexity of the process under consideration. For a large, complex, highly instrumented plant, it may be desirable to have team members with expertise in process engineering and design, process chemistry, instrumentation and computer controls, electrical hazards and classifications, safety and health disciplines, maintenance, emergency preparedness, warehousing or shipping, and process safety auditing. The team may use part-time members to provide for the depth of expertise required as well as for what is actually done or followed, compared to what is written. An effective audit includes a review of the relevant documentation and process safety information, inspection of the physical facilities, and interviews with all levels of plant personnel. Utilizing the audit procedure and checklist developed in the preplanning stage, the audit team can systematically analyze compliance with the provisions of the standard and any other corporate policies that are relevant. For example, the audit team will review all aspects of the training program as part of the overall audit. The team will review the written training program for adequacy of content, frequency of training, effectiveness of training in terms of its goals and objectives as well as to how it fits into meeting the standard's requirements, documentation, etc. Through interviews, the team can determine the employee's knowledge and awareness of the safety procedures, duties, rules, emergency response assignments, etc. During the inspection, the team can observe actual practices such as safety and health policies, procedures, and work authorization practices. This approach enables the team to identify deficiencies and determine where corrective actions or improvements are necessary. An audit is a technique used to gather sufficient facts and information, including statistical information, to verify compliance with standards. Auditors should select as part of their preplanning a sample size sufficient to give a degree of confidence that the audit reflects the level of compliance with the standard. The audit team, through this systematic analysis, should document areas which require corrective action as well as those areas where the process safety management system is effective and working in an effective manner. This provides a record of the audit procedures and findings, and serves as a baseline of operation data for future audits. It will assist future auditors in determining changes or trends from previous audits. Corrective action is one of the most important parts of the audit. It includes not only addressing the identified deficiencies, but also planning, followup, and documentation. The corrective action process normally begins with a management review of the audit findings. The purpose of this review is to determine what actions are appropriate, and to establish priorities, timetables, resource allocations and requirements and responsibilities. In some cases, corrective action may involve a simple change in procedure or minor maintenance effort to remedy the concern. Management of change procedures need to be used, as appropriate, even for what may seem to be a minor change. Many of the deficiencies can be acted on promptly, while some may require engineering studies or indepth review of actual procedures and practices. There may be instances where no action is necessary and this is a valid response to an audit finding. All actions taken, including an explanation where no action is taken on a finding, needs to be documented as to what was done and why. It is important to assure that each deficiency identified is addressed, the corrective action to be taken noted, and the audit person or team responsible be properly documented by the employer. To control the corrective action process, the employer should consider the use of a tracking system. This tracking system might include periodic status reports shared with affected levels of management, specific reports such as completion of an engineering study, and a final implementation report to provide closure for audit findings that have been through management of change, if appropriate, and then shared with affected employees and management. This type of tracking system provides the employer with the status of the corrective action. It also provides the documentation required to verify that appropriate corrective actions were taken on deficiencies identified in the audit. 1926.64 Appendix D Sources of Further Information (Nonmandatory) 1. Center for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017, (212) 705-7319. 2. "Guidelines for Hazard Evaluation Procedures," American Institute of Chemical Engineers; 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017. 3. "Guidelines for Technical Management of Chemical Process Safety," Center for Chemical Process Safety of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers; 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017. 4. "Evaluating Process Safety in the Chemical Industry," Chemical Manufacturers Association; 2501 M Street NW, Washington, DC 20037. 5. "Safe Warehousing of Chemicals," Chemical Manufacturers Association; 2501 M Street NW, Washington, DC 20037. 6. "Management of Process Hazards," American Petroleum Institute (API Recommended Practice 750); 1220 L Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005. 7. "Improving Owner and Contractor Safety Performance," American Petroleum Institute (API Recommended Practice 2220); API, 1220 L Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005. 8. Chemical Manufacturers Association (CMA's Manager Guide), First Edition, September 1991; CMA, 2501 M Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037. 9. "Improving Construction Safety Performance," Report A-3, The Business Roundtable; The Business Roundtable, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166. (Report includes criteria to evaluate contractor safety performance and criteria to enhance contractor safety performance). 10. "Recommended Guidelines for Contractor Safety and Health," Texas Chemical Council; Texas Chemical Council, 1402 Nueces Street, Austin, TX 78701-1534. 11. "Loss Prevention in the Process Industries," Volumes I and II; Frank P. Lees, Butterworth; London 1983. 12. "Safety and Health Program Management Guidelines," 1989; U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 13. "Safety and Health Guide for the Chemical Industry," 1986, (OSHA 3091); U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration; 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. 14. "Review of Emergency Systems," June 1988; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC 20460. 15. "Technical Guidance for Hazards Analysis, Emergency Planning for Extremely Hazardous Substances," December 1987; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) and U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), Washington, DC 20460. 16. "Accident Investigation...A New Approach," 1983, National Safety Council; 444 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611-3991. 17. "Fire & Explosion Index Hazard Classification Guide," 6th Edition, May 1987, Dow Chemical Company; Midland, Michigan 48674. 18. "Chemical Exposure Index," May 1988, Dow Chemical Company; Midland, Michigan 48674. 12. New 1926.65 is added to read as follows: 1926.65 Hazardous waste operations and emergency response. (a) "Scope, application, and definitions" - (1) "Scope." This section covers the following operations, unless the employer can demonstrate that the operation does not involve employee exposure or the reasonable possibility for employee exposure to safety or health hazards: (i) Clean-up operations required by a governmental body, whether Federal, state, local or other involving hazardous substances that are conducted at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites (including, but not limited to, the EPA's National Priority Site List (NPL), state priority site lists, sites recommended for the EPA NPL, and initial investigations of government identified sites which are conducted before the presence or absence of hazardous substances has been ascertained); (ii) Corrective actions involving clean-up operations at sites covered by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.); (iii) Voluntary clean-up operations at sites recognized by Federal, state, local or other governmental bodies as uncontrolled hazardous waste sites; (iv) Operations involving hazardous wastes that are conducted at treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) facilities regulated by 40 CFR parts 264 and 265 pursuant to RCRA; or by agencies under agreement with U.S.E.P.A. to implement RCRA regulations; and (v) Emergency response operations for releases of, or substantial threats of releases of, hazardous substances without regard to the location of the hazard. (2) "Application." (i) All requirements of part 1910 and part 1926 of title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations apply pursuant to their terms to hazardous waste and emergency response operations whether covered by this section or not. If there is a conflict or overlap, the provision more protective of employee safety and health shall apply without regard to 29 CFR 1926.20(e)(1). (ii) Hazardous substance clean-up operations within the scope of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iii) of this section must comply with all paragraphs of this section except paragraphs (p) and (q). (iii) Operations within the scope of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section must comply only with the requirements of paragraph (p) of this section. Notes and Exceptions: (A) All provisions of paragraph (p) of this section cover any treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) operation regulated by 40 CFR parts 264 and 265 or by state law authorized under RCRA, and required to have a permit or interim status from EPA pursuant to 40 CFR 270.1 or from a state agency pursuant to RCRA. (B) Employers who are not required to have a permit or interim status because they are conditionally exempt small quantity generators under 40 CFR 261.5 or are generators who qualify under 40 CFR 262.34 for exemptions from regulation under 40 CFR parts 264, 265 and 270 ("excepted employers") are not covered by paragraphs (p)(1) through (p)(7) of this section. Excepted employers who are required by the EPA or state agency to have their employees engage in emergency response or who direct their employees to engage in emergency response are covered by paragraph (p)(8) of this section, and cannot be exempted by (p)(8)(i) of this section. Excepted employers who are not required to have employees engage in emergency response, who direct their employees to evacuate in the case of such emergencies and who meet the requirements of paragraph (p)(8)(i) of this section are exempt from the balance of paragraph (p)(8) of this section. (C) If an area is used primarily for treatment, storage or disposal, any emergency response operations in that area shall comply with paragraph (p)(8) of this section. In other areas not used primarily for treatment, storage, or disposal, any emergency response operations shall comply with paragraph (q) of this section. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (q) of this section shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (p)(8) of this section. (iv) Emergency response operations for releases of, or substantial threats of releases of, hazardous substances which are not covered by paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section must only comply with the requirements of paragraph (q) of this section. (3) "Definitions" - "Buddy system" means a system of organizing employees into work groups in such a manner that each employee of the work group is designated to be observed by at least one other employee in the work group. The purpose of the buddy system is to provide rapid assistance to employees in the event of an emergency. "Clean-up operation" means an operation where hazardous substances are removed, contained, incinerated, neutralized, stabilized, cleared-up, or in any other manner processed or handled with the ultimate goal of making the site safer for people or the environment. "Decontamination" means the removal of hazardous substances from employees and their equipment to the extent necessary to preclude the occurrence of foreseeable adverse health affects. "Emergency response or responding to emergencies" means a response effort by employees from outside the immediate release area or by other designated responders (i.e., mutual-aid groups, local fire departments, etc.) to an occurrence which results, or is likely to result, in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous substance. Responses to incidental releases of hazardous substances where the substance can be absorbed, neutralized, or otherwise controlled at the time of release by employees in the immediate release area, or by maintenance personnel are not considered to be emergency responses within the scope of this standard. Responses to releases of hazardous substances where there is no potential safety or health hazard (i.e., fire, explosion, or chemical exposure) are not considered to be emergency responses. "Facility" means (A) any building, structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline (including any pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works), well, pit, pond, lagoon, impoundment, ditch, storage container, motor vehicle, rolling stock, or aircraft, or (B) any site or area where a hazardous substance has been deposited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or otherwise come to be located; but does not include any consumer product in consumer use or any water-borne vessel. "Hazardous materials response (HAZMAT) team" means an organized group of employees, designated by the employer, who are expected to perform work to handle and control actual or potential leaks or spills of hazardous substances requiring possible close approach to the substance. The team members perform responses to releases or potential releases of hazardous substances for the purpose of control or stabilization of the incident. A HAZMAT team is not a fire brigade nor is a typical fire brigade a HAZMAT team. A HAZMAT team, however, may be a separate component of a fire brigade or fire department. "Hazardous substance" means any substance designated or listed under paragraphs (A) through (D) of this definition, exposure to which results or may result in adverse affects on the health or safety of employees: (A) Any substance defined under section 101(14) of CERCLA; (B) Any biological agent and other disease-causing agent which after release into the environment and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation, or assimilation into any person, either directly from the environment or indirectly by ingestion through food chains, will or may reasonably be anticipated to cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutation, physiological malfunctions (including malfunctions in reproduction) or physical deformations in such persons or their offspring; (C) Any substance listed by the U.S. Department of Transportation as hazardous materials under 49 CFR 172.101 and appendices; and (D) Hazardous waste as herein defined. "Hazardous waste" means - (A) A waste or combination of wastes as defined in 40 CFR 261.3, or (B) Those substances defined as hazardous wastes in 49 CFR 171.8. "Hazardous waste operation" means any operation conducted within the scope of this standard. "Hazardous waste site" or "Site" means any facility or location within the scope of this standard at which hazardous waste operations take place. "Health hazard" means a chemical, mixture of chemicals or a pathogen for which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one study conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term "health hazard" includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, heptaotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or mucous membranes. It also includes stress due to temperature extremes. Further definition of the terms used above can be found in appendix A to 29 CFR 1926.59. "IDLH" or "Immediately dangerous to life or health" means an atmospheric concentration of any toxic, corrosive or asphyxiant substance that poses an immediate threat to life or would cause irreversible or delayed adverse health effects or would interfere with an individual's ability to escape from a dangerous atmosphere. "Oxygen deficiency" means that concentration of oxygen by volume below which atmosphere supplying respiratory protection must be provided. It exists in atmospheres where the percentage of oxygen by volume is less than 19.5 percent oxygen. "Permissible exposure limit" means the exposure, inhalation or dermal permissible exposure limit specified either in 1926.55, elsewhere in subpart D, or in other pertinent sections of this part. "Published exposure level" means the exposure limits published in "NIOSH Recommendations for Occupational Health Standards" dated 1986 incorporated by reference, or if none is specified, the exposure limits published in the standards specified by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists in their publication "Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices for 1987-88" dated 1987 incorporated by reference. "Post emergency response" means that portion of an emergency response performed after the immediate threat of a release has been stabilized or eliminated and clean-up of the site has begun. If post emergency response is performed by an employer's own employees who were part of the initial emergency response, it is considered to be part of the initial response and not post emergency response. However, if a group of an employer's own employees, separate from the group providing initial response, performs the clean-up operation, then the separate group of employees would be considered to be performing post-emergency response and subject to paragraph (q)(11) of this section. "Qualified person" means a person with specific training, knowledge and experience in the area for which the person has the responsibility and the authority to control. "Site safety and health supervisor (or official)" means the individual located on a hazardous waste site who is responsible to the employer and has the authority and knowledge necessary to implement the site safety and health plan and verify compliance with applicable safety and health requirements. "Small quantity generator" means a generator of hazardous wastes who in any calendar month generates no more than 1,000 kilograms (2,205 pounds) of hazardous waste in that month. "Uncontrolled hazardous waste site," means an area identified as an uncontrolled hazardous waste site by a governmental body, whether Federal, state, local or other where an accumulation of hazardous substances creates a threat to the health and safety of individuals or the environment or both. Some sites are found on public lands such as those created by former municipal, county or state landfills where illegal or poorly managed waste disposal has taken place. Other sites are found on private property, often belonging to generators or former generators of hazardous substance wastes. Examples of such sites include, but are not limited to, surface impoundments, landfills, dumps, and tank or drum farms. Normal operations at TSD sites are not covered by this definition. (b) "Safety and health program." Note to (b): Safety and health programs developed and implemented to meet other Federal, state, or local regulations are considered acceptable in meeting this requirement if they cover or are modified to cover the topics required in this paragraph. An additional or separate safety and health program is not required by this paragraph. (1) "General." (i) Employers shall develop and implement a written safety and health program for their employees involved in hazardous waste operations. The program shall be designed to identify, evaluate, and control safety and health hazards, and provide for emergency response for hazardous waste operations. (ii) The written safety and health program shall incorporate the following: (A) An organizational structure; (B) A comprehensive workplan; (C) A site-specific safety and health plan which need not repeat the employer's standard operating procedures required in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(F) of this section; (D) The safety and health training program; (E) The medical surveillance program; (F) The employer's standard operating procedures for safety and health; and (G) Any necessary interface between general program and site specific activities. (iii) "Site excavation." Site excavations created during initial site preparation or during hazardous waste operations shall be shored or sloped as appropriate to prevent accidental collapse in accordance with subpart P of 29 CFR part 1926. (iv) "Contractors and sub-contractors." An employer who retains contractor or sub-contractor services for work in hazardous waste operations shall inform those contractors, sub-contractors, or their representatives of the site emergency response procedures and any potential fire, explosion, health, safety or other hazards of the hazardous waste operation that have been identified by the employer, including those identified in the employer's information program. (v) "Program availability." The written safety and health program shall be made available to any contractor or subcontractor or their representative who will be involved with the hazardous waste operation; to employees; to employee designated representatives; to OSHA personnel, and to personnel of other Federal, state, or local agencies with regulatory authority over the site. (2) "Organizational structure part of the site program" - (i) The organizational structure part of the program shall establish the specific chain of command and specify the overall responsibilities of supervisors and employees. It shall include, at a minimum, the following elements: (A) A general supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to direct all hazardous waste operations. (B) A site safety and health supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to develop and implement the site safety and health plan and verify compliance. (C) All other personnel needed for hazardous waste site operations and emergency response and their general functions and responsibilities. (D) The lines of authority, responsibility, and communication. (ii) The organizational structure shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to reflect the current status of waste site operations. (3) "Comprehensive workplan part of the site program." The comprehensive workplan part of the program shall address the tasks and objectives of the site operations and the logistics and resources required to reach those tasks and objectives. (i) The comprehensive workplan shall address anticipated clean-up activities as well as normal operating procedures which need not repeat the employer's procedures available elsewhere. (ii) The comprehensive workplan shall define work tasks and objectives and identify the methods for accomplishing those tasks and objectives. (iii) The comprehensive workplan shall establish personnel requirements for implementing the plan. (iv) The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the training required in paragraph (e) of this section. (v) The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the required informational programs required in paragraph (i) of this section. (vi) The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the medical surveillance program described in paragraph (f) of this section. (4) "Site-specific safety and health plan part of the program" - (i) "General." The site safety and health plan, which must be kept on site, shall address the safety and health hazards of each phase of site operation and include the requirements and procedures for employee protection. (ii) "Elements." The site safety and health plan, as a minimum, shall address the following: (A) A safety and health risk or hazard analysis for each site task and operation found in the workplan. (B) Employee training assignments to assure compliance with paragraph (e) of this section. (C) Personal protective equipment to be used by employees for each of the site tasks and operations being conducted as required by the personal protective equipment program in paragraph (g)(5) of this section. (D) Medical surveillance requirements in accordance with the program in paragraph (f) of this section. (E) Frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and environmental sampling techniques and instrumentation to be used, including methods of maintenance and calibration of monitoring and sampling equipment to be used. (F) Site control measures in accordance with the site control program required in paragraph (d) of this section. (G) Decontamination procedures in accordance with paragraph (k) of this section. (H) An emergency response plan meeting the requirements of paragraph (l) of this section for safe and effective responses to emergencies, including the necessary PPE and other equipment. (I) Confined space entry procedures. (J) A spill containment program meeting the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section. (iii) "Pre-entry briefing." The site specific safety and health plan shall provide for pre-entry briefings to be held prior to initiating any site activity, and at such other times as necessary to ensure that employees are apprised of the site safety and health plan and that this plan is being followed. The information and data obtained from site characterization and analysis work required in paragraph (c) of this section shall be used to prepare and update the site safety and health plan. (iv) "Effectiveness of site safety and health plan." Inspections shall be conducted by the site safety and health supervisor or, in the absence of that individual, another individual who is knowledgeable in occupational safety and health, acting on behalf of the employer as necessary to determine the effectiveness of the site safety and health plan. Any deficiencies in the effectiveness of the site safety and health plan shall be corrected by the employer. (c) "Site characterization and analysis" - (1) "General." Hazardous waste sites shall be evaluated in accordance with this paragraph to identify specific site hazards and to determine the appropriate safety and health control procedures needed to protect employees from the identified hazards. (2) "Preliminary evaluation." A preliminary evaluation of a site's characteristics shall be performed prior to site entry by a qualified person in order to aid in the selection of appropriate employee protection methods prior to site entry. Immediately after initial site entry, a more detailed evaluation of the site's specific characteristics shall be performed by a qualified person in order to further identify existing site hazards and to further aid in the selection of the appropriate engineering controls and personal protective equipment for the tasks to be performed. (3) "Hazard identification." All suspected conditions that may pose inhalation or skin absorption hazards that are immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH), or other conditions that may cause death or serious harm, shall be identified during the preliminary survey and evaluated during the detailed survey. Examples of such hazards include, but are not limited to, confined space entry, potentially explosive or flammable situations, visible vapor clouds, or areas where biological indicators such as dead animals or vegetation are located. (4) "Required information." The following information to the extent available shall be obtained by the employer prior to allowing employees to enter a site: (i) Location and approximate size of the site. (ii) Description of the response activity and/or the job task to be performed. (iii) Duration of the planned employee activity. (iv) Site topography and accessibility by air and roads. (v) Safety and health hazards expected at the site. (vi) Pathways for hazardous substance dispersion. (vii) Present status and capabilities of emergency response teams that would provide assistance to hazardous waste clean-up site employees at the time of an emergency. (viii) Hazardous substances and health hazards involved or expected at the site, and their chemical and physical properties. (5) "Personal protective equipment." Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be provided and used during initial site entry in accordance with the following requirements: (i) Based upon the results of the preliminary site evaluation, an ensemble of PPE shall be selected and used during initial site entry which will provide protection to a level of exposure below permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels for known or suspected hazardous substances and health hazards, and which will provide protection against other known and suspected hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation. If there is no permissible exposure limit or published exposure level, the employer may use other published studies and information as a guide to appropriate personal protective equipment. (ii) If positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus is not used as part of the entry ensemble, and if respiratory protection is warranted by the potential hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation, an escape self-contained breathing apparatus of at least five minute's duration shall be carried by employees during initial site entry. (iii) If the preliminary site evaluation does not produce sufficient information to identify the hazards or suspected hazards of the site, an ensemble providing protection equivalent to Level B PPE shall be provided as minimum protection, and direct reading instruments shall be used as appropriate for identifying IDLH conditions. (See appendix B for a description of Level B hazards and the recommendations for Level B protective equipment.) (iv) Once the hazards of the site have been identified, the appropriate PPE shall be selected and used in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. (6) "Monitoring." The following monitoring shall be conducted during initial site entry when the site evaluation produces information that shows the potential for ionizing radiation or IDLH conditions, or when the site information is not sufficient reasonably to eliminate these possible conditions: (i) Monitoring with direct reading instruments for hazardous levels of ionizing radiation. (ii) Monitoring the air with appropriate direct reading test equipment (i.e., combustible gas meters, detector tubes) for IDLH and other conditions that may cause death or serious harm (combustible or explosive atmospheres, oxygen deficiency, toxic substances). (iii) Visually observing for signs of actual or potential IDLH or other dangerous conditions. (iv) An ongoing air monitoring program in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section shall be implemented after site characterization has determined the site is safe for the start-up of operations. (7) "Risk identification." (i) Once the presence and concentrations of specific hazardous substances and health hazards have been established, the risks associated with these substances shall be identified. Employees who will be working on the site shall be informed of any risks that have been identified. In situations covered by the Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1926.59, training required by that standard need not be duplicated. Note to (c)(7) - Risks to consider include, but are not limited to:
(8) "Employee notification." Any information concerning the chemical, physical, and toxicologic properties of each substance known or expected to be present on site that is available to the employer and relevant to the duties an employee is expected to perform shall be made available to the affected employees prior to the commencement of their work activities. The employer may utilize information developed for the hazard communication standard for this purpose. (d) "Site control" - (1) "General." Appropriate site control procedures shall be implemented to control employee exposure to hazardous substances before clean-up work begins. (2) "Site control program." A site control program for protecting employees which is part of the employer's site safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section shall be developed during the planning stages of a hazardous waste clean-up operation and modified as necessary as new information becomes available. (3) "Elements of the site control program." The site control program shall, as a minimum, include: A site map; site work zones; the use of a "buddy system"; site communications including alerting means for emergencies; the standard operating procedures or safe work practices; and, identification of the nearest medical assistance. Where these requirements are covered elsewhere they need not be repeated. (e) "Training" - (1) "General." (i) All employees working on site (such as but not limited to equipment operators, general laborers and others) exposed to hazardous substances, health hazards, or safety hazards and their supervisors and management responsible for the site shall receive training meeting the requirements of this paragraph before they are permitted to engage in hazardous waste operations that could expose them to hazardous substances, safety, or health hazards, and they shall receive review training as specified in this paragraph. (ii) Employees shall not be permitted to participate in or supervise field activities until they have been trained to a level required by their job function and responsibility. (2) "Elements to be covered." The training shall thoroughly cover the following: (i) Names of personnel and alternates responsible for site safety and health; (ii) Safety, health and other hazards present on the site; (iii) Use of personal protective equipment; (iv) Work practices by which the employee can minimize risks from hazards; (v) Safe use of engineering controls and equipment on the site; (vi) Medical surveillance requirements, including recognition of symptoms and signs which might indicate overexposure to hazards; and (vii) The contents of paragraphs (G) through (J) of the site safety and health plan set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section. (3) "Initial training." (i) General site workers (such as equipment operators, general laborers and supervisory personnel) engaged in hazardous substance removal or other activities which expose or potentially expose workers to hazardous substances and health hazards shall receive a minimum of 40 hours of instruction off the site, and a minimum of three days actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor. (ii) Workers on site only occasionally for a specific limited task (such as, but not limited to, ground water monitoring, land surveying, or geo-physical surveying) and who are unlikely to be exposed over permissible exposure limits and published exposure limits shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of instruction off the site, and the minimum of one day actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor. (iii) Workers regularly on site who work in areas which have been monitored and fully characterized indicating that exposures are under permissible exposure limits and published exposure limits where respirators are not necessary, and the characterization indicates that there are no health hazards or the possibility of an emergency developing, shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of instruction off the site and the minimum of one day actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor. (iv) Workers with 24 hours of training who are covered by paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) and (e)(3)(iii) of this section, and who become general site workers or who are required to wear respirators, shall have the additional 16 hours and two days of training necessary to total the training specified in paragraph (e)(3)(i). (4) "Management and supervisor training." On-site management and supervisors directly responsible for, or who supervise employees engaged in, hazardous waste operations shall receive 40 hours initial training, and three days of supervised field experience (the training may be reduced to 24 hours and one day if the only area of their responsibility is employees covered by paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) and (e)(3)(iii)) and at least eight additional hours of specialized training at the time of job assignment on such topics as, but not limited to, the employer's safety and health program and the associated employee training program, personal protective equipment program, spill containment program, and health hazard monitoring procedure and techniques. (5) "Qualifications for trainers." Trainers shall be qualified to instruct employees about the subject matter that is being presented in training. Such trainers shall have satisfactorily completed a training program for teaching the subjects they are expected to teach, or they shall have the academic credentials and instructional experience necessary for teaching the subjects. Instructors shall demonstrate competent instructional skills and knowledge of the applicable subject matter. (6) "Training certification." Employees and supervisors that have received and successfully completed the training and field experience specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(4) of this section shall be certified by their instructor or the head instructor and trained supervisor as having successfully completed the necessary training. A written certificate shall be given to each person so certified. Any person who has not been so certified or who does not meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(9) of this section shall be prohibited from engaging in hazardous waste operations. (7) "Emergency response." Employees who are engaged in responding to hazardous emergency situations at hazardous waste clean-up sites that may expose them to hazardous substances shall be trained in how to respond to such expected emergencies. (8) "Refresher training." Employees specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, and managers and supervisors specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, shall receive eight hours of refresher training annually on the items specified in paragraph (e)(2) and/or (e)(4) of this section, any critique of incidents that have occurred in the past year that can serve as training examples of related work, and other relevant topics. (9) "Equivalent training." Employers who can show by documentation or certification that an employee's work experience and/or training has resulted in training equivalent to that training required in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(4) of this section shall not be required to provide the initial training requirements of those paragraphs to such employees and shall provide a copy of the certification or documentation to the employee upon request. However, certified employees or employees with equivalent training new to a site shall receive appropriate, site specific training before site entry and have appropriate supervised field experience at the new site. Equivalent training includes any academic training or the training that existing employees might have already received from actual hazardous waste site work experience. (f) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." Employers engaged in operations specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section and not covered by (a)(2)(iii) exceptions and employers of employees specified in paragraph (q)(9) shall institute a medical surveillance program in accordance with this paragraph. (2) "Employees covered." The medical surveillance program shall be instituted by the employer for the following employees: (i) All employees who are or may be exposed to hazardous substances or health hazards at or above the permissible exposure limits or, if there is no permissible exposure limit, above the published exposure levels for these substances, without regard to the use of respirators, for 30 days or more a year; (ii) All employees who wear a respirator for 30 days or more a year or as required by 1926.103; (iii) All employees who are injured, become ill or develop signs or symptoms due to possible overexposure involving hazardous substances or health hazards from an emergency response or hazardous waste operation; and (iv) Members of HAZMAT teams. (3) "Frequency of medical examinations and consultations." Medical examinations and consultations shall be made available by the employer to each employee covered under paragraph (f)(2) of this section on the following schedules: (i) For employees covered under paragraphs (f)(2)(i), (f)(2)(ii), and (f)(2)(iv): (A) Prior to assignment; (B) At least once every twelve months for each employee covered unless the attending physician believes a longer interval (not greater than biennially) is appropriate; (C) At termination of employment or reassignment to an area where the employee would not be covered if the employee has not had an examination within the last six months; (D) As soon as possible upon notification by an employee that the employee has developed signs or symptoms indicating possible overexposure to hazardous substances or health hazards, or that the employee has been injured or exposed above the permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels in an emergency situation; (E) At more frequent times, if the examining physician determines that an increased frequency of examination is medically necessary. (ii) For employees covered under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) and for all employees including those of employers covered by paragraph (a)(1)(v) who may have been injured, received a health impairment, developed signs or symptoms which may have resulted from exposure to hazardous substances resulting from an emergency incident, or exposed during an emergency incident to hazardous substances at concentrations above the permissible exposure limits or the published exposure levels without the necessary personal protective equipment being used: (A) As soon as possible following the emergency incident or development of signs or symptoms; (B) At additional times, if the examining physician determines that follow-up examinations or consultations are medically necessary. (4) "Content of medical examinations and consultations." (i) Medical examinations required by paragraph (f)(3) of this section shall include a medical and work history (or updated history if one is in the employee's file) with special emphasis on symptoms related to the handling of hazardous substances and health hazards, and to fitness for duty including the ability to wear any required PPE under conditions (i.e., temperature extremes) that may be expected at the work site. (ii) The content of medical examinations or consultations made available to employees pursuant to paragraph (f) shall be determined by the attending physician. The guidelines in the "Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities" (See appendix D, Reference number 10) should be consulted. (5) "Examination by a physician and costs." All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, preferably one knowledgeable in occupational medicine, and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place. (6) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide one copy of this standard and its appendices to the attending physician, and in addition the following for each employee: (i) A description of the employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposures. (ii) The employee's exposure levels or anticipated exposure levels. (iii) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used. (iv) Information from previous medical examinations of the employee which is not readily available to the examining physician. (v) Information required by 1926.103. (7) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain and furnish the employee with a copy of a written opinion from the attending physician containing the following: (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from work in hazardous waste operations or emergency response, or from respirator use. (B) The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's assigned work. (C) The results of the medical examination and tests if requested by the employee. (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require further examination or treatment. (ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposures. (8) "Recordkeeping." (i) An accurate record of the medical surveillance required by paragraph (f) of this section shall be retained. This record shall be retained for the period specified and meet the criteria of 29 CFR 1926.33. (ii) The record required in paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section shall include at least the following information: (A) The name and social security number of the employee; (B) Physician's written opinions, recommended limitations, and results of examinations and tests; (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to hazardous substances; (D) A copy of the information provided to the examining physician by the employer, with the exception of the standard and its appendices. (g) "Engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment for employee protection." Engineering controls, work practices, personal protective equipment, or a combination of these shall be implemented in accordance with this paragraph to protect employees from exposure to hazardous substances and safety and health hazards. (1) "Engineering controls, work practices and PPE for substances regulated either in 1926.55, elsewhere in subpart D, or in other pertinent sections of this part." (i) Engineering controls and work practices shall be instituted to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits for substances regulated either in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part, except to the extent that such controls and practices are not feasible. Note to (g)(1)(i): Engineering controls which may be feasible include the use of pressurized cabs or control booths on equipment, and/or the use of remotely operated material handling equipment. Work practices which may be feasible are removing all non-essential employees from potential exposure during opening of drums, wetting down dusty operations and locating employees upwind of possible hazards. (ii) Whenever engineering controls and work practices are not feasible or not required, any reasonable combination of engineering controls, work practices and PPE shall be used to reduce and maintain employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limits or dose limits for substances regulated either in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part. (iii) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a means of compliance with permissible exposure limits or dose limits except when there is no other feasible way of complying with the airborne or dermal dose limits for ionizing radiation. (iv) The provisions of subpart D shall be followed. (2) "Engineering controls, work practices, and PPE for substances not regulated either in 1926.55, elsewhere in subpart D, or in other pertinent sections of this part. An appropriate combination of engineering controls, work practices and personal protective equipment shall be used to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below published exposure levels for hazardous substances and health hazards not regulated either in 1926.55, elsewhere in subpart D, or in other pertinent sections of this part. The employer may use the published literature and MSDS as a guide in making the employer's determination as to what level of protection the employer believes is appropriate for hazardous substances and health hazards for which there is no permissible exposure limit or published exposure limit. (3) "Personal protective equipment selection." (i) Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be selected and used which will protect employees from the hazards and potential hazards they are likely to encounter as identified during the site characterization and analysis. (ii) Personal protective equipment selection shall be based on an evaluation of the performance characteristics of the PPE relative to the requirements and limitations of the site, the task-specific conditions and duration, and the hazards and potential hazards identified at the site. (iii) Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, or positive pressure air-line respirators equipped with an escape air supply, shall be used when chemical exposure levels present will create a substantial possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or impair the ability to escape. (iv) Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits (protection equivalent to Level A protection as recommended in appendix B) shall be used in conditions where skin absorption of a hazardous substance may result in a substantial possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or impair the ability to escape. (v) The level of protection provided by PPE selection shall be increased when additional information on site conditions indicates that increased protection is necessary to reduce employee exposures below permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels for hazardous substances and health hazards. (See appendix B for guidance on selecting PPE ensembles.) Note to (g)(3): The level of employee protection provided may be decreased when additional information or site conditions show that decreased protection will not result in hazardous exposures to employees. (vi) Personal protective equipment shall be selected and used to meet the requirements of subpart E of this part and additional requirements specified in this section. (4) "Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits." (i) Totally-encapsulating suits shall protect employees from the particular hazards which are identified during site characterization and analysis. (ii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of maintaining positive air pressure. (See appendix A for a test method which may be used to evaluate this requirement.) (iii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of preventing inward test gas leakage of more than 0.5 percent. (See appendix A for a test method which may be used to evaluate this requirement.) (5) "Personal protective equipment (PPE) program." A written personal protective equipment program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section or required in paragraph (p)(1) of this section and which is also a part of the site-specific safety and health plan shall be established. The PPE program shall address the elements listed below. When elements, such as donning and doffing procedures, are provided by the manufacturer of a piece of equipment and are attached to the plan, they need not be rewritten into the plan as long as they adequately address the procedure or element. (i) PPE selection based upon site hazards, (ii) PPE use and limitations of the equipment, (iii) Work mission duration, (iv) PPE maintenance and storage, (v) PPE decontamination and disposal, (vi) PPE training and proper fitting, (vii) PPE donning and doffing procedures, (viii) PPE inspection procedures prior to, during, and after use, (ix) Evaluation of the effectiveness of the PPE program, and (x) Limitations during temperature extremes, heat stress, and other appropriate medical considerations. (h) "Monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Monitoring shall be performed in accordance with this paragraph where there may be a question of employee exposure to hazardous concentrations of hazardous substances in order to assure proper selection of engineering controls, work practices and personal protective equipment so that employees are not exposed to levels which exceed permissible exposure limits, or published exposure levels if there are no permissible exposure limits, for hazardous substances. (ii) Air monitoring shall be used to identify and quantify airborne levels of hazardous substances and safety and health hazards in order to determine the appropriate level of employee protection needed on site. (2) "Initial entry." Upon initial entry, representative air monitoring shall be conducted to identify any IDLH condition, exposure over permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels, exposure over a radioactive material's dose limits or other dangerous condition such as the presence of flammable atmospheres or oxygen-deficient environments. (3) "Periodic monitoring." Periodic monitoring shall be conducted when the possibility of an IDLH condition or flammable atmosphere has developed or when there is indication that exposures may have risen over permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels since prior monitoring. Situations where it shall be considered whether the possibility that exposures have risen are as follows: {i} When work begins on a different portion of the site. {ii} When contaminants other than those previously identified are being handled. {iii} When a different type of operation is initiated (e.g., drum opening as opposed to exploratory well drilling). {iv} When employees are handling leaking drums or containers or working in areas with obvious liquid contamination (e.g., a spill or lagoon). (4) "Monitoring of high-risk employees." After the actual clean-up phase of any hazardous waste operation commences; for example, when soil, surface water or containers are moved or disturbed; the employer shall monitor those employees likely to have the highest exposures to hazardous substances and health hazards likely to be present above permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels by using personal sampling frequently enough to characterize employee exposures. If the employees likely to have the highest exposure are over permissible exposure limits or published exposure limits, then monitoring shall continue to determine all employees likely to be above those limits. The employer may utilize a representative sampling approach by documenting that the employees and chemicals chosen for monitoring are based on the criteria stated above. Note to (h): It is not required to monitor employees engaged in site characterization operations covered by paragraph (c) of this section. (i) "Informational programs." Employers shall develop and implement a program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section, to inform employees, contractors, and subcontractors (or their representative) actually engaged in hazardous waste operations of the nature, level and degree of exposure likely as a result of participation in such hazardous waste operations. Employees, contractors and subcontractors working outside of the operations part of a site are not covered by this standard. (j) "Handling drums and containers" - (1) "General." (i) Hazardous substances and contaminated soils, liquids, and other residues shall be handled, transported, labeled, and disposed of in accordance with this paragraph. (ii) Drums and containers used during the clean-up shall meet the appropriate DOT, OSHA, and EPA regulations for the wastes that they contain. (iii) When practical, drums and containers shall be inspected and their integrity shall be assured prior to being moved. Drums or containers that cannot be inspected before being moved because of storage conditions (i.e., buried beneath the earth, stacked behind other drums, stacked several tiers high in a pile, etc.) shall be moved to an accessible location and inspected prior to further handling. (iv) Unlabelled drums and containers shall be considered to contain hazardous substances and handled accordingly until the contents are positively identified and labeled. (v) Site operations shall be organized to minimize the amount of drum or container movement. (vi) Prior to movement of drums or containers, all employees exposed to the transfer operation shall be warned of the potential hazards associated with the contents of the drums or containers. (vii) U.S. Department of Transportation specified salvage drums or containers and suitable quantities of proper absorbent shall be kept available and used in areas where spills, leaks, or ruptures may occur. (viii) Where major spills may occur, a spill containment program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of this section, shall be implemented to contain and isolate the entire volume of the hazardous substance being transferred. (ix) Drums and containers that cannot be moved without rupture, leakage, or spillage shall be emptied into a sound container using a device classified for the material being transferred. (x) A ground-penetrating system or other type of detection system or device shall be used to estimate the location and depth of buried drums or containers. (xi) Soil or covering material shall be removed with caution to prevent drum or container rupture. (xii) Fire extinguishing equipment meeting the requirements of subpart F of this part shall be on hand and ready for use to control incipient fires. (2) "Opening drums and containers." The following procedures shall be followed in areas where drums or containers are being opened: (i) Where an airline respirator system is used, connections to the source of air supply shall be protected from contamination and the entire system shall be protected from physical damage. (ii) Employees not actually involved in opening drums or containers shall be kept a safe distance from the drums or containers being opened. (iii) If employees must work near or adjacent to drums or containers being opened, a suitable shield that does not interfere with the work operation shall be placed between the employee and the drums or containers being opened to protect the employee in case of accidental explosion. (iv) Controls for drum or container opening equipment, monitoring equipment, and fire suppression equipment shall be located behind the explosion-resistant barrier. (v) When there is a reasonable possibility of flammable atmospheres being present, material handling equipment and hand tools shall be of the type to prevent sources of ignition. (vi) Drums and containers shall be opened in such a manner that excess interior pressure will be safely relieved. If pressure can not be relieved from a remote location, appropriate shielding shall be placed between the employee and the drums or containers to reduce the risk of employee injury. (vii) Employees shall not stand upon or work from drums or containers. (3) "Material handling equipment." Material handling equipment used to transfer drums and containers shall be selected, positioned and operated to minimize sources of ignition related to the equipment from igniting vapors released from ruptured drums or containers. (4) "Radioactive wastes." Drums and containers containing radioactive wastes shall not be handled until such time as their hazard to employees is properly assessed. (5) "Shock sensitive wastes." As a minimum, the following special precautions shall be taken when drums and containers containing or suspected of containing shock-sensitive wastes are handled: (i) All non-essential employees shall be evacuated from the area of transfer. (ii) Material handling equipment shall be provided with explosive containment devices or protective shields to protect equipment operators from exploding containers. (iii) An employee alarm system capable of being perceived above surrounding light and noise conditions shall be used to signal the commencement and completion of explosive waste handling activities. (iv) Continuous communications (i.e., portable radios, hand signals, telephones, as appropriate) shall be maintained between the employee-in-charge of the immediate handling area and both the site safety and health supervisor and the command post until such time as the handling operation is completed. Communication equipment or methods that could cause shock sensitive materials to explode shall not be used. (v) Drums and containers under pressure, as evidenced by bulging or swelling, shall not be moved until such time as the cause for excess pressure is determined and appropriate containment procedures have been implemented to protect employees from explosive relief of the drum. (vi) Drums and containers containing packaged laboratory wastes shall be considered to contain shock-sensitive or explosive materials until they have been characterized. Caution: Shipping of shock sensitive wastes may be prohibited under U.S. Department of Transportation regulations. Employers and their shippers should refer to 49 CFR 173.21 and 173.50. (6) "Laboratory waste packs." In addition to the requirements of paragraph (j)(5) of this section, the following precautions shall be taken, as a minimum, in handling laboratory waste packs (lab packs): (i) Lab packs shall be opened only when necessary and then only by an individual knowledgeable in the inspection, classification, and segregation of the containers within the pack according to the hazards of the wastes. (ii) If crystalline material is noted on any container, the contents shall be handled as a shock-sensitive waste until the contents are identified. (7) "Sampling of drum and container contents." Sampling of containers and drums shall be done in accordance with a sampling procedure which is part of the site safety and health plan developed for and available to employees and others at the specific worksite. (8) "Shipping and transport." (i) Drums and containers shall be identified and classified prior to packaging for shipment. (ii) Drum or container staging areas shall be kept to the minimum number necessary to identify and classify materials safely and prepare them for transport. (iii) Staging areas shall be provided with adequate access and egress routes. (iv) Bulking of hazardous wastes shall be permitted only after a thorough characterization of the materials has been completed. (9) "Tank and vault procedures." (i) Tanks and vaults containing hazardous substances shall be handled in a manner similar to that for drums and containers, taking into consideration the size of the tank or vault. (ii) Appropriate tank or vault entry procedures as described in the employer's safety and health plan shall be followed whenever employees must enter a tank or vault. (k) "Decontamination" - (1) "General." Procedures for all phases of decontamination shall be developed and implemented in accordance with this paragraph. (2) "Decontamination procedures." (i) A decontamination procedure shall be developed, communicated to employees and implemented before any employees or equipment may enter areas on site where potential for exposure to hazardous substances exists. (ii) Standard operating procedures shall be developed to minimize employee contact with hazardous substances or with equipment that has contacted hazardous substances. (iii) All employees leaving a contaminated area shall be appropriately decontaminated; all contaminated clothing and equipment leaving a contaminated area shall be appropriately disposed of or decontaminated. (iv) Decontamination procedures shall be monitored by the site safety and health supervisor to determine their effectiveness. When such procedures are found to be ineffective, appropriate steps shall be taken to correct any deficiencies. (3) "Location." Decontamination shall be performed in geographical areas that will minimize the exposure of uncontaminated employees or equipment to contaminated employees or equipment. (4) "Equipment and solvents." All equipment and solvents used for decontamination shall be decontaminated or disposed of properly. (5) "Personal protective clothing and equipment." (i) Protective clothing and equipment shall be decontaminated, cleaned, laundered, maintained or replaced as needed to maintain their effectiveness. (ii) Employees whose non-impermeable clothing becomes wetted with hazardous substances shall immediately remove that clothing and proceed to shower. The clothing shall be disposed of or decontaminated before it is removed from the work zone. (6) "Unauthorized employees." Unauthorized employees shall not remove protective clothing or equipment from change rooms. (7) "Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments." Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments that decontaminate protective clothing or equipment shall be informed of the potentially harmful effects of exposures to hazardous substances. (8) "Showers and change rooms." Where the decontamination procedure indicates a need for regular showers and change rooms outside of a contaminated area, they shall be provided and meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.141. If temperature conditions prevent the effective use of water, then other effective means for cleansing shall be provided and used. (l) "Emergency response by employees at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites" - (1) "Emergency response plan." (i) An emergency response plan shall be developed and implemented by all employers within the scope of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (ii) of this section to handle anticipated emergencies prior to the commencement of hazardous waste operations. The plan shall be in writing and available for inspection and copying by employees, their representatives, OSHA personnel and other governmental agencies with relevant responsibilities. (ii) Employers who will evacuate their employees from the danger area when an emergency occurs, and who do not permit any of their employees to assist in handling the emergency, are exempt from the requirements of this paragraph if they provide an emergency action plan complying with 1926.35 of this part. (2) "Elements of an emergency response plan." The employer shall develop an emergency response plan for emergencies which shall address, as a minimum, the following: (i) Pre-emergency planning. (ii) Personnel roles, lines of authority, and communication. (iii) Emergency recognition and prevention. (iv) Safe distances and places of refuge. (v) Site security and control. (vi) Evacuation routes and procedures. (vii) Decontamination procedures which are not covered by the site safety and health plan. (viii) Emergency medical treatment and first aid. (ix) Emergency alerting and response procedures. (x) Critique of response and follow-up. (xi) PPE and emergency equipment. (3) "Procedures for handling emergency incidents." (i) In addition to the elements for the emergency response plan required in paragraph (1)(2) of this section, the following elements shall be included for emergency response plans: (A) Site topography, layout, and prevailing weather conditions. (B) Procedures for reporting incidents to local, state, and federal governmental agencies. (ii) The emergency response plan shall be a separate section of the Site Safety and Health Plan. (iii) The emergency response plan shall be compatible and integrated with the disaster, fire and/or emergency response plans of local, state, and federal agencies. (iv) The emergency response plan shall be rehearsed regularly as part of the overall training program for site operations. (v) The site emergency response plan shall be reviewed periodically and, as necessary, be amended to keep it current with new or changing site conditions or information. (vi) An employee alarm system shall be installed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.159 to notify employees of an emergency situation; to stop work activities if necessary; to lower background noise in order to speed communication; and to begin emergency procedures. (vii) Based upon the information available at time of the emergency, the employer shall evaluate the incident and the site response capabilities and proceed with the appropriate steps to implement the site emergency response plan. (m) "Illumination." Areas accessible to employees shall be lighted to not less than the minimum illumination intensities listed in the following Table D-65.1 while any work is in progress: TABLE D-65.1 - MINIMUM ILLUMINATION INTENSITIES IN FOOT-CANDLES
Foot-candles | Area or operations |
5 | General site areas. |
3 | Excavation and waste areas, access ways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and field maintenance areas. |
5 | Indoors: Warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exitways. |
5 | Tunnels, shafts, and general underground work areas. (Exception: Minimum of 10 foot-candles is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling mucking, and scaling. Mine Safety and Health Administration approved cap lights shall be acceptable for use in the tunnel heading.) |
10 | General shops (e.g., mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, active storerooms, barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, dining areas, and indoor toilets and workrooms.) |
30 | First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices. |
(n) "Sanitation at temporary workplaces" - (1) "Potable water." (i) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided on the site. (ii) Portable containers used to dispense drinking water shall be capable of being tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from containers. (iii) Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly marked as to the nature of its contents and not used for any other purpose. (iv) Where single service cups (to be used but once) are supplied, both a sanitary container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the used cups shall be provided. (2) "Nonpotable water." (i) Outlets for nonpotable water, such as water for fire fighting purposes, shall be identified to indicate clearly that the water is unsafe and is not to be used for drinking, washing, or cooking purposes. (ii) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system furnishing potable water and a system furnishing nonpotable water. (3) "Toilet facilities." (i) Toilets shall be provided for employees according to the following Table D-65.2. TABLE D-65.2 - TOILET FACILITIES
Number of employees | Minimum number of facilities |
20 or fewer | One. |
More than 20, fewer than 200 | One toilet seat and one urinal per 40 employees. |
More than 200 | One toilet seat and one urinal per 50 employees. |
(ii) Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure that at least one toilet facility is available. (iii) Hazardous waste sites not provided with a sanitary sewer shall be provided with the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local codes: (A) Chemical toilets; (B) Recirculating toilets; (C) Combustion toilets; or (D) Flush toilets. (iv) The requirements of this paragraph for sanitation facilities shall not apply to mobile crews having transportation readily available to nearby toilet facilities. (v) Doors entering toilet facilities shall be provided with entrance locks controlled from inside the facility. (4) "Food handling." All food service facilities and operations for employees shall meet the applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of the jurisdictions in which they are located. (5) "Temporary sleeping quarters." When temporary sleeping quarters are provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, and lighted. (6) "Washing facilities." The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities for employees engaged in operations where hazardous substances may be harmful to employees. Such facilities shall be in near proximity to the worksite; in areas where exposures are below permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels and which are under the controls of the employer; and shall be so equipped as to enable employees to remove hazardous substances from themselves. (7) "Showers and change rooms." When hazardous waste clean-up or removal operations commence on a site and the duration of the work will require six months or greater time to complete, the employer shall provide showers and change rooms for all employees exposed to hazardous substances and health hazards involved in hazardous waste clean-up or removal operations. (i) Showers shall be provided and shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.51(f)(4). (ii) Change rooms shall be provided and shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.51(i). Change rooms shall consist of two separate change areas separated by the shower area required in paragraph (n)(7)(i) of this section. One change area, with an exit leading off the worksite, shall provide employees with a clean area where they can remove, store, and put on street clothing. The second area, with an exit to the worksite, shall provide employees with an area where they can put on, remove and store work clothing and personal protective equipment. (iii) Showers and change rooms shall be located in areas where exposures are below the permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels. If this cannot be accomplished, then a ventilation system shall be provided that will supply air that is below the permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels. (iv) Employers shall assure that employees shower at the end of their work shift and when leaving the hazardous waste site. (o) "New technology programs." (1) The employer shall develop and implement procedures for the introduction of effective new technologies and equipment developed for the improved protection of employees working with hazardous waste clean-up operations, and the same shall be implemented as part of the site safety and health program to assure that employee protection is being maintained. (2) New technologies, equipment or control measures available to the industry, such as the use of foams, absorbents, adsorbents, neutralizers, or other means to suppress the level of air contaminates while excavating the site or for spill control, shall be evaluated by employers or their representatives. Such an evaluation shall be done to determine the effectiveness of the new methods, materials, or equipment before implementing their use on a large scale for enhancing employee protection. Information and data from manufacturers or suppliers may be used as part of the employer's evaluation effort. Such evaluations shall be made available to OSHA upon request. (p) "Certain operations conducted under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA)." Employers conducting operations at treatment, storage and disposal (TSD) facilities specified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section shall provide and implement the programs specified in this paragraph. See the "Notes and Exceptions" to paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section for employers not covered. (1) "Safety and health program." The employer shall develop and implement a written safety and health program for employees involved in hazardous waste operations that shall be available for inspection by employees, their representatives and OSHA personnel. The program shall be designed to identify, evaluate and control safety and health hazards in their facilities for the purpose of employee protection, to provide for emergency response meeting the requirements of paragraph (p)(8) of this section and to address as appropriate site analysis, engineering controls, maximum exposure limits, hazardous waste handling procedures and uses of new technologies. (2) "Hazard communication program." The employer shall implement a hazard communication program meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59 as part of the employer's safety and program. Note to 1926.65 - The exemption for hazardous waste provided in 1926.59 is applicable to this section. (3) "Medical surveillance program." The employer shall develop and implement a medical surveillance program meeting the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. (4) "Decontamination program." The employer shall develop and implement a decontamination procedure meeting the requirements of paragraph (k) of this section. (5) "New technology program." The employer shall develop and implement procedures meeting the requirements of paragraph (o) of this section for introducing new and innovative equipment into the workplace. (6) "Material handling program." Where employees will be handling drums or containers, the employer shall develop and implement procedures meeting the requirements of paragraphs (j)(1) (ii) through (viii) and (xi) of this section, as well as (j)(3) and (j)(8) of this section prior to starting such work. (7) "Training program" - (i) "New employees." The employer shall develop and implement a training program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program, for employees exposed to health hazards or hazardous substances at TSD operations to enable the employees to perform their assigned duties and functions in a safe and healthful manner so as not endanger themselves or other employees. The initial training shall be for 24 hours and refresher training shall be for eight hours annually. Employees who have received the initial training required by this paragraph shall be given a written certificate attesting that they have successfully completed the necessary training. (ii) "Current employees." Employers who can show by an employee's previous work experience and/or training that the employee has had training equivalent to the initial training required by this paragraph, shall be considered as meeting the initial training requirements of this paragraph as to that employee. Equivalent training includes the training that existing employees might have already received from actual site work experience. Current employees shall receive eight hours of refresher training annually. (iii) "Trainers." Trainers who teach initial training shall have satisfactorily completed a training course for teaching the subjects they are expected to teach or they shall have the academic credentials and instruction experience necessary to demonstrate a good command of the subject matter of the courses and competent instructional skills. (8) "Emergency response program" - (i) "Emergency response plan." An emergency response plan shall be developed and implemented by all employers. Such plans need not duplicate any of the subjects fully addressed in the employer's contingency planning required by permits, such as those issued by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, provided that the contingency plan is made part of the emergency response plan. The emergency response plan shall be a written portion of the employers safety and health program required in paragraph (p)(1) of this section. Employers who will evacuate their employees from the worksite location when an emergency occurs and who do not permit any of their employees to assist in handling the emergency are exempt from the requirements of paragraph (p)(8) if they provide an emergency action plan complying with 1926.35 of this part. (ii) "Elements of an emergency response plan." The employer shall develop an emergency response plan for emergencies which shall address, as a minimum, the following areas to the extent that they are not addressed in any specific program required in this paragraph: (A) Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outside parties. (B) Personnel roles, lines of authority, and communication. (C) Emergency recognition and prevention. (D) Safe distances and places of refuge. (E) Site security and control. (F) Evacuation routes and procedures. (G) Decontamination procedures. (H) Emergency medical treatment and first aid. (I) Emergency alerting and response procedures. (J) Critique of response and follow-up. (K) PPE and emergency equipment. (iii) "Training." (A) Training for emergency response employees shall be completed before they are called upon to perform in real emergencies. Such training shall include the elements of the emergency response plan, standard operating procedures the employer has established for the job, the personal protective equipment to be worn and procedures for handling emergency incidents. Exception Number 1: An employer need not train all employees to the degree specified if the employer divides the work force in a manner such that a sufficient number of employees who have responsibility to control emergencies have the training specified, and all other employees, who may first respond to an emergency incident, have sufficient awareness training to recognize that an emergency response situation exists and that they are instructed in that case to summon the fully trained employees and not attempt control activities for which they are not trained. Exception Number 2: An employer need not train all employees to the degree specified if arrangements have been made in advance for an outside fully-trained emergency response team to respond in a reasonable period and all employees, who may come to the incident first, have sufficient awareness training to recognize that an emergency response situation exists and they have been instructed to call the designated outside fully-trained emergency response team for assistance. (B) Employee members of TSD facility emergency response organizations shall be trained to a level of competence in the recognition of health and safety hazards to protect themselves and other employees. This would include training in the methods used to minimize the risk from safety and health hazards; in the safe use of control equipment; in the selection and use of appropriate personal protective equipment; in the safe operating procedures to be used at the incident scene; in the techniques of coordination with other employees to minimize risks; in the appropriate response to over exposure from health hazards or injury to themselves and other employees; and in the recognition of subsequent symptoms which may result from over exposures. (C) The employer shall certify that each covered employee has attended and successfully completed the training required in paragraph (p)(8)(iii) of this section, or shall certify the employee's competency at least yearly. The method used to demonstrate competency for certification of training shall be recorded and maintained by the employer. (iv) "Procedures for handling emergency incidents." (A) In addition to the elements for the emergency response plan required in paragraph (p)(8)(ii) of this section, the following elements shall be included for emergency response plans to the extent that they do not repeat any information already contained in the emergency response plan: (1) Site topography, layout, and prevailing weather conditions. (2) Procedures for reporting incidents to local, state, and federal governmental agencies. (B) The emergency response plan shall be compatible and integrated with the disaster, fire and/or emergency response plans of local, state, and federal agencies. (C) The emergency response plan shall be rehearsed regularly as part of the overall training program for site operations. (D) The site emergency response plan shall be reviewed periodically and, as necessary, be amended to keep it current with new or changing site conditions or information. (E) An employee alarm system shall be installed in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.159 to notify employees of an emergency situation; to stop work activities if necessary; to lower background noise in order to speed communication; and to begin emergency procedures. (F) Based upon the information available at time of the emergency, the employer shall evaluate the incident and the site response capabilities and proceed with the appropriate steps to implement the site emergency response plan. (q) "Emergency response to hazardous substance releases." This paragraph covers employers whose employees are engaged in emergency response no matter where it occurs except that it does not cover employees engaged in operations specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section. Those emergency response organizations who have developed and implemented programs equivalent to this paragraph for handling releases of hazardous substances pursuant to section 303 of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C. 11003) shall be deemed to have met the requirements of this paragraph. (1) "Emergency response plan." An emergency response plan shall be developed and implemented to handle anticipated emergencies prior to the commencement of emergency response operations. The plan shall be in writing and available for inspection and copying by employees, their representatives and OSHA personnel. Employers who will evacuate their employees from the danger area when an emergency occurs, and who do not permit any of their employees to assist in handling the emergency, are exempt from the requirements of this paragraph if they provide an emergency action plan in accordance with 1926.35 of this part. (2) "Elements of an emergency response plan." The employer shall develop an emergency response plan for emergencies which shall address, as a minimum, the following to the extent that they are not addressed elsewhere: (i) Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outside parties. (ii) Personnel roles, lines of authority, training, and communication. (iii) Emergency recognition and prevention. (iv) Safe distances and places of refuge. (v) Site security and control. (vi) Evacuation routes and procedures. (vii) Decontamination. (viii) Emergency medical treatment and first aid. (ix) Emergency alerting and response procedures. (x) Critique of response and follow-up. (xi) PPE and emergency equipment. (xii) Emergency response organizations may use the local emergency response plan or the state emergency response plan or both, as part of their emergency response plan to avoid duplication. Those items of the emergency response plan that are being properly addressed by the SARA Title III plans may be substituted into their emergency plan or otherwise kept together for the employer and employee's use. (3) "Procedures for handling emergency response." (i) The senior emergency response official responding to an emergency shall become the individual in charge of a site-specific Incident Command System (ICS). All emergency responders and their communications shall be coordinated and controlled through the individual in charge of the ICS assisted by the senior official present for each employer. Note to (q)(3)(i). - The "senior official" at an emergency response is the most senior official on the site who has the responsibility for controlling the operations at the site. Initially it is the senior officer on the first-due piece of responding emergency apparatus to arrive on the incident scene. As more senior officers arrive (i.e., battalion chief, fire chief, state law enforcement official, site coordinator, etc.) the position is passed up the line of authority which has been previously established. (ii) The individual in charge of the ICS shall identify, to the extent possible, all hazardous substances or conditions present and shall address as appropriate site analysis, use of engineering controls, maximum exposure limits, hazardous substance handling procedures, and use of any new technologies. (iii) Based on the hazardous substances and/or conditions present, the individual in charge of the ICS shall implement appropriate emergency operations, and assure that the personal protective equipment worn is appropriate for the hazards to be encountered. However, personal protective equipment shall meet, at a minimum, the criteria contained in 29 CFR 1926.97 when worn while performing fire fighting operations beyond the incipient stage for any incident. (iv) Employees engaged in emergency response and exposed to hazardous substances presenting an inhalation hazard or potential inhalation hazard shall wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus while engaged in emergency response, until such time that the individual in charge of the ICS determines through the use of air monitoring that a decreased level of respiratory protection will not result in hazardous exposures to employees. (v) The individual in charge of the ICS shall limit the number of emergency response personnel at the emergency site, in those areas of potential or actual exposure to incident or site hazards, to those who are actively performing emergency operations. However, operations in hazardous areas shall be performed using the buddy system in groups of two or more. (vi) Back-up personnel shall stand by with equipment ready to provide assistance or rescue. Advance first aid support personnel, as a minimum, shall also stand by with medical equipment and transportation capability. (vii) The individual in charge of the ICS shall designate a safety official, who is knowledgeable in the operations being implemented at the emergency response site, with specific responsibility to identify and evaluate hazards and to provide direction with respect to the safety of operations for the emergency at hand. (viii) When activities are judged by the safety official to be an IDLH condition and/or to involve an imminent danger condition, the safety official shall have the authority to alter, suspend, or terminate those activities. The safety official shall immediately inform the individual in charge of the ICS of any actions needed to be taken to correct these hazards at the emergency scene. (ix) After emergency operations have terminated, the individual in charge of the ICS shall implement appropriate decontamination procedures. (x) When deemed necessary for meeting the tasks at hand, approved self-contained compressed air breathing apparatus may be used with approved cylinders from other approved self-contained compressed air breathing apparatus provided that such cylinders are of the same capacity and pressure rating. All compressed air cylinders used with self-contained breathing apparatus shall meet U.S. Department of Transportation and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health criteria. (4) "Skilled support personnel." Personnel, not necessarily an employer's own employees, who are skilled in the operation of certain equipment, such as mechanized earth moving or digging equipment or crane and hoisting equipment, and who are needed temporarily to perform immediate emergency support work that cannot reasonably be performed in a timely fashion by an employer's own employees, and who will be or may be exposed to the hazards at an emergency response scene, are not required to meet the training required in this paragraph for the employer's regular employees. However, these personnel shall be given an initial briefing at the site prior to their participation in any emergency response. The initial briefing shall include instruction in the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment, what chemical hazards are involved, and what duties are to be performed. All other appropriate safety and health precautions provided to the employer's own employees shall be used to assure the safety and health of these personnel. (5) "Specialist employees." Employees who, in the course of their regular job duties, work with and are trained in the hazards of specific hazardous substances, and who will be called upon to provide technical advice or assistance at a hazardous substance release incident to the individual in charge, shall receive training or demonstrate competency in the area of their specialization annually. (6) "Training." Training shall be based on the duties and function to be performed by each responder of an emergency response organization. The skill and knowledge levels required for all new responders, those hired after the effective date of this standard, shall be conveyed to them through training before they are permitted to take part in actual emergency operations on an incident. Employees who participate, or are expected to participate, in emergency response, shall be given training in accordance with the following paragraphs: (i) "First responder awareness level." First responders at the awareness level are individuals who are likely to witness or discover a hazardous substance release and who have been trained to initiate an emergency response sequence by notifying the proper authorities of the release. They would take no further action beyond notifying the authorities of the release. First responders at the awareness level shall have sufficient training or have had sufficient experience to objectively demonstrate competency in the following areas: (A) An understanding of what hazardous substances are, and the risks associated with them in an incident. (B) An understanding of the potential outcomes associated with an emergency created when hazardous substances are present. (C) The ability to recognize the presence of hazardous substances in an emergency. (D) The ability to identify the hazardous substances, if possible. (E) An understanding of the role of the first responder awareness individual in the employer's emergency response plan including site security and control and the U.S. Department of Transportation's Emergency Response Guidebook. (F) The ability to realize the need for additional resources, and to make appropriate notifications to the communication center. (ii) "First responder operations level." First responders at the operations level are individuals who respond to releases or potential releases of hazardous substances as part of the initial response to the site for the purpose of protecting nearby persons, property, or the environment from the effects of the release. They are trained to respond in a defensive fashion without actually trying to stop the release. Their function is to contain the release from a safe distance, keep it from spreading, and prevent exposures. First responders at the operational level shall have received at least eight hours of training or have had sufficient experience to objectively demonstrate competency in the following areas in addition to those listed for the awareness level and the employer shall so certify: (A) Knowledge of the basic hazard and risk assessment techniques. (B) Know how to select and use proper personal protective equipment provided to the first responder operational level. (C) An understanding of basic hazardous materials terms. (D) Know how to perform basic control, containment and/or confinement operations within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available with their unit. (E) Know how to implement basic decontamination procedures. (F) An understanding of the relevant standard operating procedures and termination procedures. (iii) "Hazardous materials technician." Hazardous materials technicians are individuals who respond to releases or potential releases for the purpose of stopping the release. They assume a more aggressive role than a first responder at the operations level in that they will approach the point of release in order to plug, patch or otherwise stop the release of a hazardous substance. Hazardous materials technicians shall have received at least 24 hours of training equal to the first responder operations level and in addition have competency in the following areas and the employer shall so certify: (A) Know how to implement the employer's emergency response plan. (B) Know the classification, identification and verification of known and unknown materials by using field survey instruments and equipment. (C) Be able to function within an assigned role in the Incident Command System. (D) Know how to select and use proper specialized chemical personal protective equipment provided to the hazardous materials technician. (E) Understand hazard and risk assessment techniques. (F) Be able to perform advance control, containment, and/or confinement operations within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available with the unit. (G) Understand and implement decontamination procedures. (H) Understand termination procedures. (I) Understand basic chemical and toxicological terminology and behavior. (iv) "Hazardous materials specialist." Hazardous materials specialists are individuals who respond with and provide support to hazardous materials technicians. Their duties parallel those of the hazardous materials technician, however, those duties require a more directed or specific knowledge of the various substances they may be called upon to contain. The hazardous materials specialist would also act as the site liaison with Federal, state, local and other government authorities in regards to site activities. Hazardous materials specialists shall have received at least 24 hours of training equal to the technician level and in addition have competency in the following areas and the employer shall so certify: (A) Know how to implement the local emergency response plan. (B) Understand classification, identification and verification of known and unknown materials by using advanced survey instruments and equipment. (C) Know of the state emergency response plan. (D) Be able to select and use proper specialized chemical personal protective equipment provided to the hazardous materials specialist. (E) Understand in-depth hazard and risk techniques. (F) Be able to perform specialized control, containment, and/or confinement operations within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available. (G) Be able to determine and implement decontamination procedures. (H) Have the ability to develop a site safety and control plan. (I) Understand chemical, radiological and toxicological terminology and behavior. (v) "On scene incident commander." Incident commanders, who will assume control of the incident scene beyond the first responder awareness level, shall receive at least 24 hours of training equal to the first responder operations level and in addition have competency in the following areas and the employer shall so certify: (A) Know and be able to implement the employer's incident command system. (B) Know how to implement the employer's emergency response plan. (C) Know and understand the hazards and risks associated with employees working in chemical protective clothing. (D) Know how to implement the local emergency response plan. (E) Know of the state emergency response plan and of the Federal Regional Response Team. (F) Know and understand the importance of decontamination procedures. (7) "Trainers." Trainers who teach any of the above training subjects shall have satisfactorily completed a training course for teaching the subjects they are expected to teach, such as the courses offered by the U.S. National Fire Academy, or they shall have the training and/or academic credentials and instructional experience necessary to demonstrate competent instructional skills and a good command of the subject matter of the courses they are to teach. (8) "Refresher training." (i) Those employees who are trained in accordance with paragraph (q)(6) of this section shall receive annual refresher training of sufficient content and duration to maintain their competencies, or shall demonstrate competency in those areas at least yearly. (ii) A statement shall be made of the training or competency, and if a statement of competency is made, the employer shall keep a record of the methodology used to demonstrate competency. (9) "Medical surveillance and consultation." (i) Members of an organized and designated HAZMAT team and hazardous materials specialists shall receive a baseline physical examination and be provided with medical surveillance as required in paragraph (f) of this section. (ii) Any emergency response employees who exhibits signs or symptoms which may have resulted from exposure to hazardous substances during the course of an emergency incident, either immediately or subsequently, shall be provided with medical consultation as required in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section. (10) "Chemical protective clothing." Chemical protective clothing and equipment to be used by organized and designated HAZMAT team members, or to be used by hazardous materials specialists, shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (g) (3) through (5) of this section. (11) "Post-emergency response operations." Upon completion of the emergency response, if it is determined that it is necessary to remove hazardous substances, health hazards, and materials contaminated with them (such as contaminated soil or other elements of the natural environment) from the site of the incident, the employer conducting the clean-up shall comply with one of the following: (i) Meet all of the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (o) of this section; or (ii) Where the clean-up is done on plant property using plant or workplace employees, such employees shall have completed the training requirements of the following: 29 CFR 1926.35, 1926.59, and 1926.103, and other appropriate safety and health training made necessary by the tasks that they are expected to be performed such as personal protective equipment and decontamination procedures. All equipment to be used in the performance of the clean-up work shall be in serviceable condition and shall have been inspected prior to use. 1926.65 Appendix A Personal Protective Equipment Test Methods Note: The following appendices serve as non-mandatory guidelines to assist employees and employers in complying with the appropriate requirements of this section. However 1926.65(g) makes mandatory in certain circumstances the use of Level A and Level B PPE protection. This appendix sets forth the non-mandatory examples of tests which may be used to evaluate compliance with 1926.65(g)(4)(ii) and (iii). Other tests and other challenge agents may be used to evaluate compliance. A. "Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit pressure test" 1.0 - Scope 1.1 This practice measures the ability of a gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit material, seams, and closures to maintain a fixed positive pressure. The results of this practice allow the gas tight integrity of a totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit to be evaluated. 1.2 Resistance of the suit materials to permeation, penetration, and degradation by specific hazardous substances is not determined by this test method. 2.0 - Definition of terms 2.1 "Totally-encapsulated chemical protective suit (TECP suit)" means a full body garment which is constructed of protective clothing materials; covers the wearer's torso, head, arms, legs and respirator; may cover the wearer's hands and feet with tightly attached gloves and boots; completely encloses the wearer and respirator by itself or in combination with the wearer's gloves and boots. 2.2 "Protective clothing material" means any material or combination of materials used in an item of clothing for the purpose of isolating parts of the body from direct contact with a potentially hazardous liquid or gaseous chemicals. 2.3 "Gas tight" means, for the purpose of this test method, the limited flow of a gas under pressure from the inside of a TECP suit to atmosphere at a prescribed pressure and time interval. 3.0 - Summary of test method 3.1 The TECP suit is visually inspected and modified for the test. The test apparatus is attached to the suit to permit inflation to the pre-test suit expansion pressure for removal of suit wrinkles and creases. The pressure is lowered to the test pressure and monitored for three minutes. If the pressure drop is excessive, the TECP suit fails the test and is removed from service. The test is repeated after leak location and repair. 4.0 - Required Supplies 4.1 Source of compressed air. 4.2 Test apparatus for suit testing, including a pressure measurement device with a sensitivity of at least 1/4 inch water gauge. 4.3 Vent valve closure plugs or sealing tape. 4.4 Soapy water solution and soft brush. 4.5 Stop watch or appropriate timing device. 5.0 - Safety Precautions 5.1 Care shall be taken to provide the correct pressure safety devices required for the source of compressed air used. 6.0 - Test Procedure 6.1 Prior to each test, the tester shall perform a visual inspection of the suit. Check the suit for seam integrity by visually examining the seams and gently pulling on the seams. Ensure that all air supply lines, fittings, visor, zippers, and valves are secure and show no signs of deterioration. 6.1.1 Seal off the vent valves along with any other normal inlet or exhaust points (such as umbilical air line fittings or face piece opening) with tape or other appropriate means (caps, plugs, fixture, etc.). Care should be exercised in the sealing process not to damage any of the suit components. 6.1.2 Close all closure assemblies. 6.1.3 Prepare the suit for inflation by providing an improvised connection point on the suit for connecting an airline. Attach the pressure test apparatus to the suit to permit suit inflation from a compressed air source equipped with a pressure indicating regulator. The leak tightness of the pressure test apparatus should be tested before and after each test by closing off the end of the tubing attached to the suit and assuring a pressure of three inches water gauge for three minutes can be maintained. If a component is removed for the test, that component shall be replaced and a second test conducted with another component removed to permit a complete test of the ensemble. 6.1.4 The pre-test expansion pressure (A) and the suit test pressure (B) shall be supplied by the suit manufacturer, but in no case shall they be less than: (A)=three inches water gauge; and (B)=two inches water gauge. The ending suit pressure (C) shall be no less than 80 percent of the test pressure (B); i.e., the pressure drop shall not exceed 20 percent of the test pressure (B). 6.1.5 Inflate the suit until the pressure inside is equal to pressure (A), the pre-test expansion suit pressure. Allow at least one minute to fill out the wrinkles in the suit. Release sufficient air to reduce the suit pressure to pressure (B), the suit test pressure. Begin timing. At the end of three minutes, record the suit pressure as pressure (C), the ending suit pressure. The difference between the suit test pressure and the ending suit test pressure (B-C) shall be defined as the suit pressure drop. 6.1.6 If the suit pressure drop is more than 20 percent of the suit test pressure (B) during the three-minute test period, the suit fails the test and shall be removed from service. 7.0 - Retest Procedure 7.1 If the suit fails the test check for leaks by inflating the suit to pressure (A) and brushing or wiping the entire suit (including seams, closures, lens gaskets, glove-to-sleeve joints, etc.) with a mild soap and water solution. Observe the suit for the formation of soap bubbles, which is an indication of a leak. Repair all identified leaks. 7.2 Retest the TECP suit as outlined in Test procedure 6.0. 8.0 - Report 8.1 Each TECP suit tested by this practice shall have the following information recorded: 8.1.1 Unique identification number, identifying brand name, date of purchase, material of construction, and unique fit features, e.g., special breathing apparatus. 8.1.2 The actual values for test pressures (A), (B), and (C) shall be recorded along with the specific observation times. If the ending pressure (C) is less than 80 percent of the test pressure (B), the suit shall be identified as failing the test. When possible, the specific leak location shall be identified in the test records. Retest pressure data shall be recorded as an additional test. 8.1.3 The source of the test apparatus used shall be identified and the sensitivity of the pressure gauge shall be recorded. 8.1.4 Records shall be kept for each pressure test even if repairs are being made at the test location. CAUTION Visually inspect all parts of the suit to be sure they are positioned correctly and secured tightly before putting the suit back into service. Special care should be taken to examine each exhaust valve to make sure it is not blocked. Care should also be exercised to assure that the inside and outside of the suit is completely dry before it is put into storage. B. "Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit qualitative leak test" 1.0 - Scope 1.1 This practice semi-qualitatively tests gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit integrity by detecting inward leakage of ammonia vapor. Since no modifications are made to the suit to carry out this test, the results from this practice provide a realistic test for the integrity of the entire suit. 1.2 Resistance of the suit materials to permeation, penetration, and degradation is not determined by this test method. ASTM test methods are available to test suit materials for these characteristics and the tests are usually conducted by the manufacturers of the suits. 2.0 - Definition of terms 2.1 "Totally-encapsulated chemical protective suit (TECP suit)" means a full body garment which is constructed of protective clothing materials; covers the wearer's torso, head, arms, legs and respirator; may cover the wearer's hands and feet with tightly attached gloves and boots; completely encloses the wearer and respirator by itself or in combination with the wearer's gloves, and boots. 2.2 "Protective clothing material" means any material or combination of materials used in an item of clothing for the purpose of isolating parts of the body from direct contact with a potentially hazardous liquid or gaseous chemicals. 2.3 "Gas tight" means, for the purpose of this test method, the limited flow of a gas under pressure from the inside of a TECP suit to atmosphere at a prescribed pressure and time interval. 2.4 "Intrusion Coefficient" means a number expressing the level of protection provided by a gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit. The intrusion coefficient is calculated by dividing the test room challenge agent concentration by the concentration of challenge agent found inside the suit. The accuracy of the intrusion coefficient is dependent on the challenge agent monitoring methods. The larger the intrusion coefficient the greater the protection provided by the TECP suit. 3.0 - Summary of recommended practice 3.1 The volume of concentrated aqueous ammonia solution (ammonia hydroxide NH(4)OH) required to generate the test atmosphere is determined using the directions outlined in 6.1. The suit is donned by a person wearing the appropriate respiratory equipment (either a positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus or a positive pressure supplied air respirator) and worn inside the enclosed test room. The concentrated aqueous ammonia solution is taken by the suited individual into the test room and poured into an open plastic pan. A two-minute evaporation period is observed before the test room concentration is measured, using a high range ammonia length of stain detector tube. When the ammonia vapor reaches a concentration of between 1000 and 1200 ppm, the suited individual starts a standardized exercise protocol to stress and flex the suit. After this protocol is completed, the test room concentration is measured again. The suited individual exits the test room and his stand-by person measures the ammonia concentration inside the suit using a low range ammonia length of stain detector tube or other more sensitive ammonia detector. A stand-by person is required to observe the test individual during the test procedure; aid the person in donning and doffing the TECP suit; and monitor the suit interior. The intrusion coefficient of the suit can be calculated by dividing the average test area concentration by the interior suit concentration. A colorimetric ammonia indicator strip of bromophenol blue or equivalent is placed on the inside of the suit face piece lens so that the suited individual is able to detect a color change and know if the suit has a significant leak. If a color change is observed the individual shall leave the test room immediately. 4.0 - Required supplies 4.1 A supply of concentrated aqueous ammonium hydroxide (58% by weight). 4.2 A supply of bromophenol/blue indicating paper or equivalent, sensitive to 5-10 ppm ammonia or greater over a two-minute period of exposure. [pH 3.0 (yellow) to pH 4.6 (blue)] 4.3 A supply of high range (0.5-10 volume percent) and low range (5-700 ppm) detector tubes for ammonia and the corresponding sampling pump. More sensitive ammonia detectors can be substituted for the low range detector tubes to improve the sensitivity of this practice. 4.4 A shallow plastic pan (PVC) at least 12":14":1" and a half pint plastic container (PVC) with tightly closing lid. 4.5 A graduated cylinder or other volumetric measuring device of at least 50 milliliters in volume with an accuracy of at least plus or minus milliliters. 5.0 - Safety precautions 5.1 Concentrated aqueous ammonium hydroxide, NH(4)OH, is a corrosive volatile liquid requiring eye, skin, and respiratory protection. The person conducting the test shall review the MSDS for aqueous ammonia. 5.2 Since the established permissible exposure limit for ammonia is 35 ppm as a 15 minute STEL, only persons wearing a positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus or a positive pressure supplied air respirator shall be in the chamber. Normally only the person wearing the totally-encapsulating suit will be inside the chamber. A stand-by person shall have a positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, or a positive pressure supplied air respirator available to enter the test area should the suited individual need assistance. 5.3 A method to monitor the suited individual must be used during this test. Visual contact is the simplest but other methods using communication devices are acceptable. 5.4 The test room shall be large enough to allow the exercise protocol to be carried out and then to be ventilated to allow for easy exhaust of the ammonia test atmosphere after the test(s) are completed. 5.5 Individuals shall be medically screened for the use of respiratory protection and checked for allergies to ammonia before participating in this test procedure. 6.0 - Test procedure 6.1.1 Measure the test area to the nearest foot and calculate its volume in cubic feet. Multiply the test area volume by 0.2 milliliters of concentrated aqueous ammonia solution per cubic foot of test area volume to determine the approximate volume of concentrated aqueous ammonia required to generate 1000 ppm in the test area. 6.1.2 Measure this volume from the supply of concentrated aqueous ammonia and place it into a closed plastic container. 6.1.3 Place the container, several high range ammonia detector tubes, and the pump in the clean test pan and locate it near the test area entry door so that the suited individual has easy access to these supplies. 6.2.1 In a non-contaminated atmosphere, open a pre-sealed ammonia indicator strip and fasten one end of the strip to the inside of the suit face shield lens where it can be seen by the wearer. Moisten the indicator strip with distilled water. Care shall be taken not to contaminate the detector part of the indicator paper by touching it. A small piece of masking tape or equivalent should be used to attach the indicator strip to the interior of the suit face shield. 6.2.2 If problems are encountered with this method of attachment, the indicator strip can be attached to the outside of the respirator face piece lens being used during the test. 6.3 Don the respiratory protective device normally used with the suit, and then don the TECP suit to be tested. Check to be sure all openings which are intended to be sealed (zippers, gloves, etc.) are completely sealed. DO NOT, however, plug off any venting valves. 6.4 Step into the enclosed test room such as a closet, bathroom, or test booth, equipped with an exhaust fan. No air should be exhausted from the chamber during the test because this will dilute the ammonia challenge concentrations. 6.5 Open the container with the pre-measured volume of concentrated aqueous ammonia within the enclosed test room, and pour the liquid into the empty plastic test pan. Wait two minutes to allow for adequate volatilization of the concentrated aqueous ammonia. A small mixing fan can be used near the evaporation pan to increase the evaporation rate of the ammonia solution. 6.6 After two minutes a determination of the ammonia concentration within the chamber should be made using the high range colorimetric detector tube. A concentration of 1000 ppm ammonia or greater shall be generated before the exercises are started. 6.7 To test the integrity of the suit the following four minute exercise protocol should be followed: 6.7.1 Raising the arms above the head with at least 15 raising motions completed in one minute. 6.7.2 Walking in place for one minute with at least 15 raising motions of each leg in a one-minute period. 6.7.3 Touching the toes with a least 10 complete motions of the arms from above the head to touching of the toes in a one-minute period. 6.7.4 Knee bends with at least 10 complete standing and squatting motions in a one-minute period. 6.8 If at any time during the test the colorimetric indicating paper should change colors, the test should be stopped and section 6.10 and 6.12 initiated (See paragraph 4.2). 6.9 After completion of the test exercise, the test area concentration should be measured again using the high range colorimetric detector tube. 6.10 Exit the test area. 6.11 The opening created by the suit zipper or other appropriate suit penetration should be used to determine the ammonia concentration in the suit with the low range length of stain detector tube or other ammonia monitor. The internal TECP suit air should be sampled far enough from the enclosed test area to prevent a false ammonia reading. 6.12 After completion of the measurement of the suit interior ammonia concentration the test is concluded and the suit is doffed and the respirator removed. 6.13 The ventilating fan for the test room should be turned on and allowed to run for enough time to remove the ammonia gas. The fan shall be vented to the outside of the building. 6.14 Any detectable ammonia in the suit interior (five ppm ammonia (NH(3)) or more for the length of stain detector tube) indicates that the suit has failed the test. When other ammonia detectors are used a lower level of detection is possible, and it should be specified as the pass/fail criteria. 6.15 By following this test method, an intrusion coefficient of approximately 200 or more can be measured with the suit in a completely operational condition. If the intrusion coefficient is 200 or more, then the suit is suitable for emergency response and field use. 7.0 - Retest procedures 7.1 If the suit fails this test, check for leaks by following the pressure test in test A above. 7.2 Retest the TECP suit as outlined in the test procedure 6.0. 8.0 - Report 8.1 Each gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit tested by this practice shall have the following information recorded. 8.1.1 Unique identification number, identifying brand name, date of purchase, material of construction, and unique suit features; e.g., special breathing apparatus. 8.1.2 General description of test room used for test. 8.1.3 Brand name and purchase date of ammonia detector strips and color change data. 8.1.4 Brand name, sampling range, and expiration date of the length of stain ammonia detector tubes. The brand name and model of the sampling pump should also be recorded. If another type of ammonia detector is used, it should be identified along with its minimum detection limit for ammonia. 8.1.5 Actual test results shall list the two test area concentrations, their average, the interior suit concentration, and the calculated intrusion coefficient. Retest data shall be recorded as an additional test. 8.2 The evaluation of the data shall be specified as "suit passed" or "suit failed," and the date of the test. Any detectable ammonia (five ppm or greater for the length of stain detector tube) in the suit interior indicates the suit has failed this test. When other ammonia detectors are used, a lower level of detection is possible and it should be specified as the pass fail criteria. CAUTION Visually inspect all parts of the suit to be sure they are positioned correctly and secured tightly before putting the suit back into service. Special care should be taken to examine each exhaust valve to make sure it is not blocked. Care should also be exercised to assure that the inside and outside of the suit is completely dry before it is put into storage. 1926.65 Appendix B General Description and Discussion of the Levels of Protection and Protective Gear This appendix sets forth information about personal protective equipment (PPE) protection levels which may be used to assist employers in complying with the PPE requirements of this section. As required by the standard, PPE must be selected which will protect employees from the specific hazards which they are likely to encounter during their work on-site. Selection of the appropriate PPE is a complex process which should take into consideration a variety of factors. Key factors involved in this process are identification of the hazards, or suspected hazards; their routes of potential hazard to employees (inhalation, skin absorption, ingestion, and eye or skin contact); and the performance of the PPE materials (and seams) in providing a barrier to these hazards. The amount of protection provided by PPE is material-hazard specific. That is, protective equipment materials will protect well against some hazardous substances and poorly, or not at all, against others. In many instances, protective equipment materials cannot be found which will provide continuous protection from the particular hazardous substance. In these cases the breakthrough time of the protective material should exceed the work durations. Other factors in this selection process to be considered are matching the PPE to the employee's work requirements and task-specific conditions. The durability of PPE materials, such as tear strength and seam strength, should be considered in relation to the employee's tasks. The effects of PPE in relation to heat stress and task duration are a factor in selecting and using PPE. In some cases layers of PPE may be necessary to provide sufficient protection, or to protect expensive PPE inner garments, suits or equipment. The more that is known about the hazards at the site, the easier the job of PPE selection becomes. As more information about the hazards and conditions at the site becomes available, the site supervisor can make decisions to up-grade or down-grade the level of PPE protection to match the tasks at hand. The following are guidelines which an employer can use to begin the selection of the appropriate PPE. As noted above, the site information may suggest the use of combinations of PPE selected from the different protection levels (i.e., A, B, C, or D) as being more suitable to the hazards of the work. It should be cautioned that the listing below does not fully address the performance of the specific PPE material in relation to the specific hazards at the job site, and that PPE selection, evaluation and re-selection is an ongoing process until sufficient information about the hazards and PPE performance is obtained. Part A. Personal protective equipment is divided into four categories based on the degree of protection afforded. (See Part B of this appendix for further explanation of Levels A, B, C, and D hazards.) I. Level A - To be selected when the greatest level of skin, respiratory, and eye protection is required. The following constitute Level A equipment; it may be used as appropriate; 1. Positive pressure, full face-piece self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or positive pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA, approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). 2. Totally-encapsulating chemical-protective suit. 3. Coveralls.(1) 4. Long underwear.(1) 5. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant. 6. Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant. 7. Boots, chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank. 8. Hard hat (under suit).(1) 9. Disposable protective suit, gloves and boots (depending on suit construction, may be worn over totally-encapsulating suit). II. Level B - The highest level of respiratory protection is necessary but a lesser level of skin protection is needed. The following constitute Level B equipment; it may be used as appropriate. 1. Positive pressure, full-facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), or positive pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA (NIOSH approved). 2. Hooded chemical-resistant clothing (overalls and long-sleeved jacket; coveralls; one or two-piece chemical-splash suit; disposable chemical-resistant overalls). 3. Coveralls.(1) 4. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant. 5. Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant. 6. Boots, outer, chemical-resistant steel toe and shank. 7. Boot-covers, outer, chemical-resistant (disposable).(1) 8. Hard hat.(1) 9. [Reserved] 10. Face shield.(1) III. Level C - The concentration(s) and type(s) of airborne substance(s) is known and the criteria for using air purifying respirators are met. The following constitute Level C equipment; it may be used as appropriate. 1. Full-face or half-mask, air purifying respirators (NIOSH approved). 2. Hooded chemical-resistant clothing (overalls; two-piece chemical-splash suit; disposable chemical-resistant overalls). 3. Coveralls.(1) 4. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant. 5. Gloves, inner, chemical-resistant. 6. Boots (outer), chemical-resistant steel toe and shank.(1) 7. Boot-covers, outer, chemical-resistant (disposable).(1) 8. Hard hat.(1) 9. Escape mask.(1) 10. Face shield.(1) IV. Level D - A work uniform affording minimal protection, used for nuisance contamination only. The following constitute Level D equipment; it may be used as appropriate: 1. Coveralls. 2. Gloves.(1) 3. Boots/shoes, chemical-resistant steel toe and shank. 4. Boots, outer, chemical-resistant (disposable).(1) 5. Safety glasses or chemical splash goggles*. 6. Hard hat.(1) 7. Escape mask.(1) 8. Face shield.(1) ___________ Footnote (1) Optional, as applicable. Part B. The types of hazards for which levels A, B, C, and D protection are appropriate are described below: I. Level A - Level A protection should be used when: 1. The hazardous substance has been identified and requires the highest level of protection for skin, eyes, and the respiratory system based on either the measured (or potential for) high concentration of atmospheric vapors, gases, or particulates; or the site operations and work functions involve a high potential for splash, immersion, or exposure to unexpected vapors, gases, or particulates of materials that are harmful to skin or capable of being absorbed through the skin; 2. Substances with a high degree of hazard to the skin are known or suspected to be present, and skin contact is possible; or 3. Operations are being conducted in confined, poorly ventilated areas, and the absence of conditions requiring Level A have not yet been determined. II. Level B - Level B protection should be used when: 1. The type and atmospheric concentration of substances have been identified and require a high level of respiratory protection, but less skin protection; 2. The atmosphere contains less than 19.5 percent oxygen; or 3. The presence of incompletely identified vapors or gases is indicated by a direct-reading organic vapor detection instrument, but vapors and gases are not suspected of containing high levels of chemicals harmful to skin or capable of being absorbed through the skin. Note: This involves atmospheres with IDLH concentrations of specific substances that present severe inhalation hazards and that do not represent a severe skin hazard; or that do not meet the criteria for use of air-purifying respirators. III. Level C - Level C protection should be used when: 1. The atmospheric contaminants, liquid splashes, or other direct contact will not adversely affect or be absorbed through any exposed skin; 2. The types of air contaminants have been identified, concentrations measured, and an air-purifying respirator is available that can remove the contaminants; and 3. All criteria for the use of air-purifying respirators are met. IV. Level D - Level D protection should be used when: 1. The atmosphere contains no known hazard; and 2. Work functions preclude splashes, immersion, or the potential for unexpected inhalation of or contact with hazardous levels of any chemicals. Note: As stated before, combinations of personal protective equipment other than those described for Levels A, B, C, and D protection may be more appropriate and may be used to provide the proper level of protection. As an aid in selecting suitable chemical protective clothing, it should be noted that the National Fire Protection Association is developing standards on chemical protective clothing. These standards are currently undergoing public review prior to adoption, including: NFPA 1991 - Standard on Vapor-Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies (EPA Level A Protective Clothing) NFPA 1992 - Standard on Liquid Splash-Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies (EPA Level B Protective Clothing) NFPA 1993 - Standard on Liquid Splash-Protective Suits for Non-emergency, Non-flammable Hazardous Chemical Situations (EPA Level B Protective Clothing) These standards would apply documentation and performance requirements to the manufacture of chemical protective suits. Chemical protective suits meeting these requirements would be labeled as compliant with the appropriate standard. When these standards are adopted by the National Fire Protection Association, it is recommended that chemical protective suits which meet these standards be used. 1926.65 App C Compliance Guidelines 1. "Occupational Safety and Health Program." Each hazardous waste site clean-up effort will require an occupational safety and health program headed by the site coordinator or the employer's representative. The purpose of the program will be the protection of employees at the site and will be an extension of the employer's overall safety and health program. The program will need to be developed before work begins on the site and implemented as work proceeds as stated in paragraph (b). The program is to facilitate coordination and communication of safety and health issues among personnel responsible for the various activities which will take place at the site. It will provide the overall means for planning and implementing the needed safety and health training and job orientation of employees who will be working at the site. The program will provide the means for identifying and controlling worksite hazards and the means for monitoring program effectiveness. The program will need to cover the responsibilities and authority of the site coordinator or the employer's manager on the site for the safety and health of employees at the site, and the relationships with contractors or support services as to what each employer's safety and health responsibilities are for their employees on the site. Each contractor on the site needs to have its own safety and health program so structured that it will smoothly interface with the program of the site coordinator or principal contractor. Also those employers involved with treating, storing or disposal of hazardous waste as covered in paragraph (p) must have implemented a safety and health program for their employees. This program is to include the hazard communication program required in paragraph (p)(1) and the training required in paragraphs (p)(7) and (p)(8) as parts of the employers comprehensive overall safety and health program. This program is to be in writing. Each site or workplace safety and health program will need to include the following: (1) Policy statements of the line of authority and accountability for implementing the program, the objectives of the program and the role of the site safety and health supervisor or manager and staff; (2) means or methods for the development of procedures for identifying and controlling workplace hazards at the site; (3) means or methods for the development and communication to employees of the various plans, work rules, standard operating procedures and practices that pertain to individual employees and supervisors; (4) means for the training of supervisors and employees to develop the needed skills and knowledge to perform their work in a safe and healthful manner; (5) means to anticipate and prepare for emergency situations; and (6) means for obtaining information feedback to aid in evaluating the program and for improving the effectiveness of the program. The management and employees should be trying continually to improve the effectiveness of the program thereby enhancing the protection being afforded those working on the site. Accidents on the site or workplace should be investigated to provide information on how such occurrences can be avoided in the future. When injuries or illnesses occur on the site or workplace, they will need to be investigated to determine what needs to be done to prevent this incident from occurring again. Such information will need to be used as feedback on the effectiveness of the program and the information turned into positive steps to prevent any reoccurrence. Receipt of employee suggestions or complaints relating to safety and health issues involved with site or workplace activities is also a feedback mechanism that can be used effectively to improve the program and may serve in part as an evaluative tool(s). For the development and implementation of the program to be the most effective, professional safety and health personnel should be used. Certified Safety Professionals, Board Certified Industrial Hygienists or Registered Professional Safety Engineers are good examples of professional stature for safety and health managers who will administer the employer's program. 2. "Training." The training programs for employees subject to the requirements of paragraph (e) of this standard should address: the safety and health hazards employees should expect to find on hazardous waste clean-up sites; what control measures or techniques are effective for those hazards; what monitoring procedures are effective in characterizing exposure levels; what makes an effective employer's safety and health program; what a site safety and health plan should include; hands on training with personal protective equipment and clothing they may be expected to use; the contents of the OSHA standard relevant to the employee's duties and function; and, employee's responsibilities under OSHA and other regulations. Supervisors will need training in their responsibilities under the safety and health program and its subject areas such as the spill containment program, the personal protective equipment program, the medical surveillance program, the emergency response plan and other areas. The training programs for employees subject to the requirements of paragraph (p) of this standard should address: the employers safety and health program elements impacting employees; the hazard communication program; the medical surveillance program; the hazards and the controls for such hazards that employees need to know for their job duties and functions. All require annual refresher training. The training programs for employees covered by the requirements of paragraph (q) of this standard should address those competencies required for the various levels of response such as: the hazards associated with hazardous substances; hazard identification and awareness; notification of appropriate persons; the need for and use of personal protective equipment including respirators; the decontamination procedures to be used; preplanning activities for hazardous substance incidents including the emergency response plan; company standard operating procedures for hazardous substance emergency responses; the use of the incident command system and other subjects. Hands-on training should be stressed whenever possible. Critiques done after an incident which include an evaluation of what worked and what did not and how could the incident be better handled the next time may be counted as training time. For hazardous materials specialists (usually members of hazardous materials teams), the training should address the care, use and/or testing of chemical protective clothing including totally encapsulating suits, the medical surveillance program, the standard operating procedures for the hazardous materials team including the use of plugging and patching equipment and other subject areas. Officers and leaders who may be expected to be in charge at an incident should be fully knowledgeable of their company's incident command system. They should know where and how to obtain additional assistance and be familiar with the local district's emergency response plan and the state emergency response plan. Specialist employees such as technical experts, medical experts or environmental experts that work with hazardous materials in their regular jobs, who may be sent to the incident scene by the shipper, manufacturer or governmental agency to advise and assist the person in charge of the incident should have training on an annual basis. Their training should include the care and use of personal protective equipment including respirators; knowledge of the incident command system and how they are to relate to it; and those areas needed to keep them current in their respective field as it relates to safety and health involving specific hazardous substances. Those skilled support personnel, such as employees who work for public works departments or equipment operators who operate bulldozers, sand trucks, backhoes, etc., who may be called to the incident scene to provide emergency support assistance, should have at least a safety and health briefing before entering the area of potential or actual exposure. These skilled support personnel, who have not been a part of the emergency response plan and do not meet the training requirements, should be made aware of the hazards they face and should be provided all necessary protective clothing and equipment required for their tasks. There are two National Fire Protection Association standards, NFPA 472 - "Standard for Professional Competence of Responders to Hazardous Material Incidents" and NFPA 471 - "Recommended Practice for Responding to Hazardous Material Incidents", which are excellent resource documents to aid fire departments and other emergency response organizations in developing their training program materials. NFPA 472 provides guidance on the skills and knowledge needed for first responder awareness level, first responder operations level, hazmat technicians, and hazmat specialist. It also offers guidance for the officer corp who will be in charge of hazardous substance incidents. 3. "Decontamination." Decontamination procedures should be tailored to the specific hazards of the site, and may vary in complexity and number of steps, depending on the level of hazard and the employee's exposure to the hazard. Decontamination procedures and PPE decontamination methods will vary depending upon the specific substance, since one procedure or method may not work for all substances. Evaluation of decontamination methods and procedures should be performed, as necessary, to assure that employees are not exposed to hazards by re-using PPE. References in appendix D may be used for guidance in establishing an effective decontamination program. In addition, the U.S. Coast Guard's Manual, "Policy Guidance for Response to Hazardous Chemical Releases," U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC (COMDTINST M16465.30) is a good reference for establishing an effective decontamination program. 4. "Emergency response plans." States, along with designated districts within the states, will be developing or have developed local emergency response plans. These state and district plans should be utilized in the emergency response plans called for in the standard. Each employer should assure that its emergency response plan is compatible with the local plan. The major reference being used to aid in developing the state and local district plans is the "Hazardous Materials Emergency Planning Guide", NRT-1. The current Emergency Response Guidebook from the U.S. Department of Transportation, CMA's CHEMTREC and the Fire Service Emergency Management Handbook may also be used as resources. Employers involved with treatment, storage, and disposal facilities for hazardous waste, which have the required contingency plan called for by their permit, would not need to duplicate the same planning elements. Those items of the emergency response plan that are properly addressed in the contingency plan may be substituted into the emergency response plan required in 1926.65 or otherwise kept together for employer and employee use. 5. "Personal protective equipment programs." The purpose of personal protective clothing and equipment (PPE) is to shield or isolate individuals from the chemical, physical, and biologic hazards that may be encountered at a hazardous substance site. As discussed in appendix B, no single combination of protective equipment and clothing is capable of protecting against all hazards. Thus PPE should be used in conjunction with other protective methods and its effectiveness evaluated periodically. The use of PPE can itself create significant worker hazards, such as heat stress, physical and psychological stress, and impaired vision, mobility, and communication. For any given situation, equipment and clothing should be selected that provide an adequate level of protection. However, over-protection, as well as under-protection, can be hazardous and should be avoided where possible. Two basic objectives of any PPE program should be to protect the wearer from safety and health hazards, and to prevent injury to the wearer from incorrect use and/or malfunction of the PPE. To accomplish these goals, a comprehensive PPE program should include hazard identification, medical monitoring, environmental surveillance, selection, use, maintenance, and decontamination of PPE and its associated training. The written PPE program should include policy statements, procedures, and guidelines. Copies should be made available to all employees, and a reference copy should be made available at the worksite. Technical data on equipment, maintenance manuals, relevant regulations, and other essential information should also be collected and maintained. 6. "Incident command system (ICS)." Paragraph 1926.65(q)(3)(ii) requires the implementation of an ICS. The ICS is an organized approach to effectively control and manage operations at an emergency incident. The individual in charge of the ICS is the senior official responding to the incident. The ICS is not much different than the "command post" approach used for many years by the fire service. During large complex fires involving several companies and many pieces of apparatus, a command post would be established. This enabled one individual to be in charge of managing the incident, rather than having several officers from different companies making separate, and sometimes conflicting, decisions. The individual in charge of the command post would delegate responsibility for performing various tasks to subordinate officers. Additionally, all communications were routed through the command post to reduce the number of radio transmissions and eliminate confusion. However, strategy, tactics, and all decisions were made by one individual. The ICS is a very similar system, except it is implemented for emergency response to all incidents, both large and small, that involve hazardous substances. For a small incident, the individual in charge of the ICS may perform many tasks of the ICS. There may not be any, or little, delegation of tasks to subordinates. For example, in response to a small incident, the individual in charge of the ICS, in addition to normal command activities, may become the safety officer and may designate only one employee (with proper equipment) as a back-up to provide assistance if needed. OSHA does recommend, however, that at least two employees be designated as back-up personnel since the assistance needed may include rescue. To illustrate the operation of the ICS, the following scenario might develop during a small incident, such as an overturned tank truck with a small leak of flammable liquid. The first responding senior officer would implement and take command of the ICS. That person would size-up the incident and determine if additional personnel and apparatus were necessary; would determine what actions to take to control the leak; and, determine the proper level of personal protective equipment. If additional assistance is not needed, the individual in charge of the ICS would implement actions to stop and control the leak using the fewest number of personnel that can effectively accomplish the tasks. The individual in charge of the ICS then would designate himself as the safety officer and two other employees as a back-up in case rescue may become necessary. In this scenario, decontamination procedures would not be necessary. A large complex incident may require many employees and difficult, time-consuming efforts to control. In these situations, the individual in charge of the ICS will want to delegate different tasks to subordinates in order to maintain a span of control that will keep the number of subordinates, that are reporting, to a manageable level. Delegation of task at large incidents may be by location, where the incident scene is divided into sectors, and subordinate officers coordinate activities within the sector that they have been assigned. Delegation of tasks can also be by function. Some of the functions that the individual in charge of the ICS may want to delegate at a large incident are: medical services; evacuation; water supply; resources (equipment, apparatus); media relations; safety; and, site control (integrate activities with police for crowd and traffic control). Also for a large incident, the individual in charge of the ICS will designate several employees as back-up personnel; and a number of safety officers to monitor conditions and recommend safety precautions. Therefore, no matter what size or complexity an incident may be, by implementing an ICS there will be one individual in charge who makes the decisions and gives directions; and, all actions, and communications are coordinated through one central point of command. Such a system should reduce confusion, improve safety, organize and coordinate actions, and should facilitate effective management of the incident. 7. "Site Safety and Control Plans." The safety and security of response personnel and others in the area of an emergency response incident site should be of primary concern to the incident commander. The use of a site safety and control plan could greatly assist those in charge of assuring the safety and health of employees on the site. A comprehensive site safety and control plan should include the following: summary analysis of hazards on the site and a risk analysis of those hazards; site map or sketch; site work zones (clean zone, transition or decontamination zone, work or hot zone); use of the buddy system; site communications; command post or command center; standard operating procedures and safe work practices; medical assistance and triage area; hazard monitoring plan (air contaminate monitoring, etc.); decontamination procedures and area; and other relevant areas. This plan should be a part of the employer's emergency response plan or an extension of it to the specific site. 8. "Medical surveillance programs." Workers handling hazardous substances may be exposed to toxic chemicals, safety hazards, biologic hazards, and radiation. Therefore, a medical surveillance program is essential to assess and monitor workers' health and fitness for employment in hazardous waste operations and during the course of work; to provide emergency and other treatment as needed; and to keep accurate records for future reference. The "Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities" developed by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA); October 1985 provides an excellent example of the types of medical testing that should be done as part of a medical surveillance program. 9. "New Technology and Spill Containment Programs." Where hazardous substances may be released by spilling from a container that will expose employees to the hazards of the materials, the employer will need to implement a program to contain and control the spilled material. Diking and ditching, as well as use of absorbents like diatomaceous earth, are traditional techniques which have proven to be effective over the years. However, in recent years new products have come into the marketplace, the use of which complement and increase the effectiveness of these traditional methods. These new products also provide emergency responders and others with additional tools or agents to use to reduce the hazards of spilled materials. These agents can be rapidly applied over a large area and can be uniformly applied or otherwise can be used to build a small dam, thus improving the workers' ability to control spilled material. These application techniques enhance the intimate contact between the agent and the spilled material allowing for the quickest effect by the agent or quickest control of the spilled material. Agents are available to solidify liquid spilled materials, to suppress vapor generation from spilled materials, and to do both. Some special agents, which when applied as recommended by the manufacturer, will react in a controlled manner with the spilled material to neutralize acids or caustics, or greatly reduce the level of hazard of the spilled material. There are several modern methods and devices for use by emergency response personnel or others involved with spill control efforts to safely apply spill control agents to control spilled material hazards. These include portable pressurized applicators similar to hand-held portable fire extinguishing devices, and nozzle and hose systems similar to portable fire fighting foam systems which allow the operator to apply the agent without having to come into contact with the spilled material. The operator is able to apply the agent to the spilled material from a remote position. The solidification of liquids provides for rapid containment and isolation of hazardous substance spills. By directing the agent at run-off points or at the edges of the spill, the reactant solid will automatically create a barrier to slow or stop the spread of the material. Clean-up of hazardous substances is greatly improved when solidifying agents, acid or caustic neutralizers, or activated carbon adsorbents are used. Properly applied, these agents can totally solidify liquid hazardous substances or neutralize or absorb them, which results in materials which are less hazardous and easier to handle, transport, and dispose of. The concept of spill treatment, to create less hazardous substances, will improve the safety and level of protection of employees working at spill clean-up operations or emergency response operations to spills of hazardous substances. The use of vapor suppression agents for volatile hazardous substances, such as flammable liquids and those substances which present an inhalation hazard, is important for protecting workers. The rapid and uniform distribution of the agent over the surface of the spilled material can provide quick vapor knockdown. There are temporary and long-term foam-type agents which are effective on vapors and dusts, and activated carbon adsorption agents which are effective for vapor control and soaking-up of the liquid. The proper use of hose lines or hand-held portable pressurized applicators provides good mobility and permits the worker to deliver the agent from a safe distance without having to step into the untreated spilled material. Some of these systems can be recharged in the field to provide coverage of larger spill areas than the design limits of a single charged applicator unit. Some of the more effective agents can solidify the liquid flammable hazardous substances and at the same time elevate the flashpoint above 140 deg. F so the resulting substance may be handled as a nonhazardous waste material if it meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's 40 CFR part 261 requirements (See particularly 261.21). All workers performing hazardous substance spill control work are expected to wear the proper protective clothing and equipment for the materials present and to follow the employer's established standard operating procedures for spill control. All involved workers need to be trained in the established operating procedures; in the use and care of spill control equipment; and in the associated hazards and control of such hazards of spill containment work. These new tools and agents are the things that employers will want to evaluate as part of their new technology program. The treatment of spills of hazardous substances or wastes at an emergency incident as part of the immediate spill containment and control efforts is sometimes acceptable to EPA and a permit exception is described in 40 CFR 264.1(g)(8) and 265.1(c)(11). 1926.65 App D References The following references may be consulted for further information on the subject of this standard: 1. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2.70 - January 29, 1986, "Special Emphasis Program: Hazardous Waste Sites." 2. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2-2.37A - January 29, 1986, "Technical Assistance and Guidelines for Superfund and Other Hazardous Waste Site Activities." 3. OSHA Instruction DTS CPL 2.74 - January 29, 1986, "Hazardous Waste Activity Form, OSHA 175." 4. "Hazardous Waste Inspections Reference Manual," U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 1986. 5. Memorandum of Understanding Among the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the United States Coast Guard, and the United States Environmental Protection Agency, "Guidance for Worker Protection During Hazardous Waste Site Investigations and Clean-up and Hazardous Substance Emergencies." December 18, 1980. 6. "National Priorities List," 1st Edition, October 1984; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Revised periodically. 7. "The Decontamination of Response Personnel," Field Standard Operating Procedures (F.S.O.P.) 7; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support Division, December 1984. 8. "Preparation of a Site Safety Plan," Field Standard Operating Procedures (F.S.O.P.) 9; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support Division, April 1985. 9. "Standard Operating Safety Guidelines;" U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support Division, Environmental Response Team; November 1984. 10. "Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities," National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA); October 1985. 11. "Protecting Health and Safety at Hazardous Waste Sites: An Overview," U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA/625/9-85/006; September 1985. 12. "Hazardous Waste Sites and Hazardous Substance Emergencies," NIOSH Worker Bulletin, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health; December 1982. 13. "Personal Protective Equipment for Hazardous Materials Incidents: A Selection Guide;" U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Centers for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health; October 1984. 14. "Fire Service Emergency Management Handbook," International Association of Fire Chiefs Foundation, 101 East Holly Avenue, Unit 10B, Sterling, VA 22170, January 1985. 15. "Emergency Response Guidebook," U.S Department of Transportation, Washington, DC, 1987. 16. "Report to the Congress on Hazardous Materials Training, Planning and Preparedness," Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC, July 1986. 17. "Workbook for Fire Command," Alan V. Brunacini and J. David Beageron, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269, 1985. 18. "Fire Command," Alan V. Brunacini, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park,, Quincy, MA 02269, 1985. 19. "Incident Command System," Fire Protection Publications, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK 74078, 1983. 20. "Site Emergency Response Planning," Chemical Manufacturers Association, Washington, DC 20037, 1986. 21. "Hazardous Materials Emergency Planning Guide," NRT-1, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC, March 1987. 22. "Community Teamwork: Working Together to Promote Hazardous Materials Transportation Safety." U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC, May 1983. 23. "Disaster Planning Guide for Business and Industry," Federal Emergency Management Agency, Publication No. FEMA 141, August 1987. (The Office of Management and Budget has approved the information collection requirements in this section under control number 1218-0139) 13. In subpart D, a new 1926.66 is added to read as follows: 1926.66 Criteria for design and construction of spray booths. (a) "Definitions applicable to this section" - (1) "Aerated solid powders." Aerated powders shall mean any powdered material used as a coating material which shall be fluidized within a container by passing air uniformly from below. It is common practice to fluidize such materials to form a fluidized powder bed and then dip the part to be coated into the bed in a manner similar to that used in liquid dipping. Such beds are also used as sources for powder spray operations. (2) "Spraying area." Any area in which dangerous quantities of flammable vapors or mists, or combustible residues, dusts, or deposits are present due to the operation of spraying processes. (3) "Spray booth." A power-ventilated structure provided to enclose or accommodate a spraying operation to confine and limit the escape of spray, vapor, and residue, and to safely conduct or direct them to an exhaust system. (4) "Waterwash spray booth." A spray booth equipped with a water washing system designed to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts and to permit the recovery of overspray finishing material. (5) "Dry spray booth." A spray booth not equipped with a water washing system as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. A dry spray booth may be equipped with (i) Distribution or baffle plates to promote an even flow of air through the booth or cause the deposit of overspray before it enters the exhaust duct; or (ii) Overspray dry filters to minimize dusts; or (iii) Overspray dry filters to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts; or (iv) Overspray dry filter rolls designed to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts; or (v) Where dry powders are being sprayed, with powder collection systems so arranged in the exhaust to capture oversprayed material. (6) "Fluidized bed." A container holding powder coating material which is aerated from below so as to form an air-supported expanded cloud of such material through which the preheated object to be coated is immersed and transported. (7) "Electrostatic fluidized bed." A container holding powder coating material which is aerated from below so as to form an air-supported expanded cloud of such material which is electrically charged with a charge opposite to the charge of the object to be coated; such object is transported, through the container immediately above the charged and aerated materials in order to be coated. (8) "Approved." Shall mean approved and listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. (9) "Listed." See "approved" in paragraph (a)(8) of this section. (b) "Spray booths" - (1) "Construction." Spray booths shall be substantially constructed of steel, securely and rigidly supported, or of concrete or masonry except that aluminum or other substantial noncombustible material may be used for intermittent or low volume spraying. Spray booths shall be designed to sweep air currents toward the exhaust outlet. (2) "Interiors." The interior surfaces of spray booths shall be smooth and continuous without edges and otherwise designed to prevent pocketing of residues and facilitate cleaning and washing without injury. (3) "Floors." The floor surface of a spray booth and operator's working area, if combustible, shall be covered with noncombustible material of such character as to facilitate the safe cleaning and removal of residues. (4) "Distribution or baffle plates." Distribution or baffle plates, if installed to promote an even flow of air through the booth or cause the deposit of overspray before it enters the exhaust duct, shall be of noncombustible material and readily removable or accessible on both sides for cleaning. Such plates shall not be located in exhaust ducts. (5) "Dry type overspray collectors" - "(exhaust air filters)." In conventional dry type spray booths, overspray dry filters or filter rolls, if installed, shall conform to the following: (i) The spraying operations except electrostatic spraying operations shall be so designed, installed and maintained that the average air velocity over the open face of the booth (or booth cross section during spraying operations) shall be not less than 100 linear feet per minute. Electrostatic spraying operations may be conducted with an air velocity over the open face of the booth of not less than 60 linear feet per minute, or more, depending on the volume of the finishing material being applied and its flammability and explosion characteristics. Visible gauges or audible alarm or pressure activated devices shall be installed to indicate or insure that the required air velocity is maintained. Filter rolls shall be inspected to insure proper replacement of filter media. (ii) All discarded filter pads and filter rolls shall be immediately removed to a safe, well-detached location or placed in a water-filled metal container and disposed of at the close of the day's operation unless maintained completely in water. (iii) The location of filters in a spray booth shall be so as to not reduce the effective booth enclosure of the articles being sprayed. (iv) Space within the spray booth on the downstream and upstream sides of filters shall be protected with approved automatic sprinklers. (v) Filters or filter rolls shall not be used when applying a spray material known to be highly susceptible to spontaneous heating and ignition. (vi) Clean filters or filter rolls shall be noncombustible or of a type having a combustibility not in excess of class 2 filters as listed by Underwriters; Laboratories, Inc. Filters and filter rolls shall not be alternately used for different types of coating materials, where the combination of materials may be conductive to spontaneous ignition. (6) "Frontal area." Each spray booth having a frontal area larger than 9 square feet shall have a metal deflector or curtain not less than 2 1/2 inches (5.35 cm) deep installed at the upper outer edge of the booth over the opening. (7) "Conveyors." Where conveyors are arranged to carry work into or out of spray booths, the openings therefor shall be small as practical. (8) "Separation of operations." Each spray booth shall be separated from other operations by not less than 3 feet (0.912 m), or by a greater distance, or by such partition or wall as to reduce the danger from juxtaposition of hazardous operations. See also paragraph (c)(1) of this section. (9) "Cleaning." Spray booth shall be so installed that all portions are readily accessible for cleaning. A clear space of not less than 3 feet (0.912 m) on all sides shall be kept free from storage or combustible construction. (10) "Illumination." When spraying areas are illuminated through glass panels or other transparent materials, only fixed lighting units shall be used as a source of illumination. Panels shall effectively isolate the spraying area from the area in which the lighting unit is located, and shall be of a noncombustible material of such a nature or so protected that breakage will be unlikely. Panels shall be so arranged that normal accumulations of residue on the exposed surface of the panel will not be raised to a dangerous temperature by radiation or conduction from the source of illumination. (c) "Electrical and other sources of ignition" - (1) "Conformance." All electrical equipment, open flames and other sources of ignition shall conform to the requirements of this paragraph, except as follows: (i) Electrostatic apparatus shall conform to the requirements of paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section; (ii) Drying, curing, and fusion apparatus shall conform to the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (iii) [Reserved] (iv) Powder coating equipment shall conform to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section. (2) "Minimum separation." There shall be no open flame or spark producing equipment in any spraying area nor within 20 feet (6.08 m) thereof, unless separated by a partition. (3) "Hot surfaces." Space-heating appliances, steampipes, or hot surfaces shall not be located in a spraying area where deposits of combustible residues may readily accumulate. (4) "Wiring conformance." Electrical wiring and equipment shall conform to the provisions of this paragraph and shall otherwise be in accordance with subpart S of this part. (5) "Combustible residues, areas." Unless specifically approved for locations containing both deposits of readily ignitable residues and explosive vapors, there shall be no electrical equipment in any spaying area, whereon deposits of combustible residues may readily accumulate, except wiring in rigid conduit or in boxes or fittings containing no taps, splices, or terminal connections. (6) "Wiring type approved." Electrical wiring and equipment not subject to deposits of combustible residues but located in a spraying area as herein defined shall be of explosion-proof type approved for Class I, group D locations and shall otherwise conform to the provisions of subpart S of this part, for Class I, Division 1, Hazardous Locations. Electrical wiring, motors, and other equipment outside of but within 20 feet (6.08 m) of any spraying area, and not separated therefrom by partitions, shall not produce sparks under normal operating conditions and shall otherwise conform to the provisions of subpart S of this part for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Locations. (7) "Lamps." Electric lamps outside of, but within 20 feet (6.08 m) of any spraying area, and not separated therefrom by a partition, shall be totally enclosed to prevent the falling of hot particles and shall be protected from mechanical injury by suitable guards or by location. (8) Portable lamps." Portable electric lamps shall not be used in any spraying area during spraying operations. Portable electric lamps, if used during cleaning or repairing operations, shall be of the type approved for hazardous Class I locations. (9) "Grounding." (i) All metal parts of spray booths, exhaust ducts, and piping systems conveying flammable or combustible liquids or aerated solids shall be properly electrically grounded in an effective and permanent manner. (d) "Ventilation" - (1) "Conformance." Ventilating and exhaust systems shall be in accordance with the Standard for Blower and Exhaust Systems for Vapor Removal, NFPA No. 91-1961, where applicable and shall also conform to the provisions of this section. (2) "General." All spraying areas shall be provided with mechanical ventilation adequate to remove flammable vapors, mists or powders to a safe location and to confine and control combustible residues so that life is not endangered. Mechanical ventilation shall be kept in operation at all times while spraying operations are being conducted and for a sufficient time thereafter to allow vapors from drying coated articles and drying finishing material residue to be exhausted. (3) "Independent exhaust." Each spray booth shall have an independent exhaust duct system discharging to the exterior of the building, except that multiple cabinet spray booths in which identical spray finishing material is used with a combined frontal area of not more than 18 square feet may have a common exhaust. If more than one fan serves one booth, all fans shall be so interconnected that one fan cannot operate without all fans being operated. (4) "Fan-rotating element." The fan-rotating element shall be nonferrous or nonsparking or the casing shall consist of or be lined with such material. There shall be ample clearance between the fan-rotating element and the fan casing to avoid a fire by friction, necessary allowance being made for ordinary expansion and loading to prevent contact between moving parts and the duct or fan housing. Fan blades shall be mounted on a shaft sufficiently heavy to maintain perfect alignment even when the blades of the fan are heavily loaded, the shaft preferably to have bearings outside the duct and booth. All bearings shall be of the self-lubricating type, or lubricated from the outside duct. (5) "Electric motors." Electric motors driving exhaust fans shall not be placed inside booths or ducts. See also paragraph (c) of this section. (6) "Belts." Belts shall not enter the duct or booth unless the belt and pulley within the duct or booth are thoroughly enclosed. (7) "Exhaust ducts." Exhaust ducts shall be constructed of steel and shall be substantially supported. Exhaust ducts without dampers are preferred; however, if dampers are installed, they shall be maintained so that they will be in a full open position at all times the ventilating system is in operation. (i) Exhaust ducts shall be protected against mechanical damage and have a clearance from unprotected combustible construction or other combustible material of not less than 18 inches (45.72 cm). (ii) If combustible construction is provided with the following protection applied to all surfaces within 18 inches (45.72 cm), clearances may be reduced to the distances indicated:
(a) 28-gage sheet metal on 1/4-inch asbestos mill board. | 12 inches (30.48 cm). |
(b) 28-gage sheet metal on 1/8-inch asbestos mill board spaced out 1 inch (2.54 cm) on noncombustible spacers. | 9 inches (22.86 cm). |
(c) 22-gage sheet metal on 1-inch rockwool batts reinforced with wire mesh or the equivalent. | 3 inches (7.62 cm). |
(d) Where ducts are protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system, properly maintained, the clearance required in paragraph | |
(d)(7)(i) of this section may be reduced to 6 inches (15.24 cm). |
(8) "Discharge clearance." Unless the spray booth exhaust duct terminal is from a water-wash spray booth, the terminal discharge point shall be not less than 6 feet from any combustible exterior wall or roof nor discharge in the direction of any combustible construction or unprotected opening in any noncombustible exterior wall within 25 feet (7.6 m). (9) "Air exhaust." Air exhaust from spray operations shall not be directed so that it will contaminate makeup air being introduced into the spraying area or other ventilating intakes, nor directed so as to create a nuisance. Air exhausted from spray operations shall not be recirculated. (10) "Access doors." When necessary to facilitate cleaning, exhaust ducts shall be provided with an ample number of access doors. (11) "Room intakes." Air intake openings to rooms containing spray finishing operations shall be adequate for the efficient operation of exhaust fans and shall be so located as to minimize the creation of dead air pockets. (12) "Drying spaces." Freshly sprayed articles shall be dried only in spaces provided with adequate ventilation to prevent the formation of explosive vapors. In the event adequate and reliable ventilation is not provided such drying spaces shall be considered a spraying area. (e) "Fixed electrostatic apparatus" - (1) "Conformance." Where installation and use of electrostatic spraying equipment is used, such installation and use shall conform to all other paragraphs of this section, and shall also conform to the requirements of this paragraph. (2) "Type approval." Electrostatic apparatus and devices used in connection with coating operations shall be of approved types. (3) "Location." Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment, with the exception of high-voltage grids, electrodes, and electrostatic atomizing heads and their connections, shall be located outside of the spraying area, or shall otherwise conform to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. (4) "Support." Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads shall be adequately supported in permanent locations and shall be effectively insulated from the ground. Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads which are permanently attached to their bases, supports, or reciprocators, shall be deemed to comply with this section. Insulators shall be nonporous and noncombustible. (5) "Insulators, grounding." High-voltage leads to electrodes shall be properly insulated and protected from mechanical injury or exposure to destructive chemicals. Electrostatic atomizing heads shall be effectively and permanently supported on suitable insulators and shall be effectively guarded against accidental contact or grounding. An automatic means shall be provided for grounding the electrode system when it is electrically deenergized for any reason. All insulators shall be kept clean and dry. (6) "Safe distance." A safe distance shall be maintained between goods being painted and electrodes or electrostatic atomizing heads or conductors of at least twice the sparking distance. A suitable sign indicating this safe distance shall be conspicuously posted near the assembly. (7) "Conveyors required." Goods being painted using this process are to be supported on conveyors. The conveyors shall be so arranged as to maintain safe distances between the goods and the electrodes or electrostatic atomizing heads at all times. Any irregularly shaped or other goods subject to possible swinging or movement shall be rigidly supported to prevent such swinging or movement which would reduce the clearance to less than that specified in paragraph (e)(6) of this section. (8) "Prohibition." This process is not acceptable where goods being coated are manipulated by hand. When finishing materials are applied by electrostatic equipment which is manipulated by hand, see paragraph (f) of this section for applicable requirements. (9) "Fail-safe controls." Electrostatic apparatus shall be equipped with automatic controls which will operate without time delay to disconnect the power supply to the high voltage transformer and to signal the operator under any of the following conditions: (i) Stoppage of ventilating fans or failure of ventilating equipment from any cause. (ii) Stoppage of the conveyor carrying goods through the high voltage field. (iii) Occurrence of a ground or of an imminent ground at any point on the high voltage system. (iv) Reduction of clearance below that specified in paragraph (e)(6) of this section. (10) "Guarding." Adequate booths, fencing, railings, or guards shall be so placed about the equipment that they, either by their location or character or both, assure that a safe isolation of the process is maintained from plant storage or personnel. Such railings, fencing, and guards shall be of conducting material, adequately grounded. (11) "Ventilation." Where electrostatic atomization is used the spraying area shall be so ventilated as to insure safe conditions from a fire and health standpoint. (12) "Fire protection." All areas used for spraying, including the interior of the booth, shall be protected by automatic sprinklers where this protection is available. Where this protection is not available, other approved automatic extinguishing equipment shall be provided. (f) "Electrostatic hand spraying equipment" - (1) "Application." This paragraph shall apply to any equipment using electrostatically charged elements for the atomization and/or, precipitation of materials for coatings on articles, or for other similar purposes in which the atomizing device is hand held and manipulated during the spraying operation. (2) "Conformance." Electrostatic hand spraying equipment shall conform with the other provisions of this section. (3) "Equipment approval and specifications." Electrostatic hand spray apparatus and devices used in connection with coating operations shall be of approved types. The high voltage circuits shall be designed so as to not produce a spark of sufficient intensity to ignite any vapor-air mixtures nor result in appreciable shock hazard upon coming in contact with a grounded object under all normal operating conditions. The electrostatically charged exposed elements of the handgun shall be capable of being energized only by a switch which also controls the coating material supply. (4) "Electrical support equipment." Transformers, powerpacks, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment, with the exception of the handgun itself and its connections to the power supply shall be located outside of the spraying area or shall otherwise conform to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. (5) "Spray gun ground." The handle of the spraying gun shall be electrically connected to ground by a metallic connection and to be so constructed that the operator in normal operating position is in intimate electrical contact with the grounded handle. (6) "Grounding-general." All electrically conductive objects in the spraying area shall be adequately grounded. This requirement shall apply to paint containers, wash cans, and any other objects or devices in the area. The equipment shall carry a prominent permanently installed warning regarding the necessity for this grounding feature. (7) "Maintenance of grounds." Objects being painted or coated shall be maintained in metallic contact with the conveyor or other grounded support. Hooks shall be regularly cleaned to insure this contact and areas of contact shall be sharp points or knife edges where possible. Points of support of the object shall be concealed from random spay where feasible and where the objects being sprayed are supported from a conveyor, the point of attachment to the conveyor shall be so located as to not collect spray material during normal operation. (8) "Interlocks." The electrical equipment shall be so interlocked with the ventilation of the spraying area that the equipment cannot be operated unless the ventilation fans are in operation. (9) "Ventilation." The spraying operation shall take place within a spray area which is adequately ventilated to remove solvent vapors released from the operation. (g) Drying, curing, or fusion apparatus" - (1) "Conformance." Drying, curing, or fusion apparatus in connection with spray application of flammable and combustible finishes shall conform to the Standard for Ovens and Furnaces, NFPA 86A-1969, where applicable and shall also conform with the following requirements of this paragraph. (2) "Alternate use prohibited." Spray booths, rooms, or other enclosures used for spraying operations shall not alternately be used for the purpose of drying by any arrangement which will cause a material increase in the surface temperature of the spray booth, room, or enclosure. (3) "Adjacent system interlocked." Except as specifically provided in paragraph (g)(4) of this section, drying, curing, or fusion units utilizing a heating system having open flames or which may produce sparks shall not be installed in a spraying area, but may be installed adjacent thereto when equipped with an interlocked ventilating system arranged to: (i) Thoroughly ventilate the drying space before the heating system can be started; (ii) Maintain a safe atmosphere at any source of ignition; (iii) Automatically shut down the heating system in the event of failure of the ventilating system. (4) "Alternate use permitted." Automobile finishing spray booths or enclosures, otherwise installed and maintained in full conformity with this section, may alternately be used for drying with portable electrical infrared drying apparatus when conforming with the following: (i) Interior (especially floors) of spray enclosures shall be kept free of overspray deposits. (ii) During spray operations, the drying apparatus and electrical connections and wiring thereto shall not be located within spray enclosure nor in any other location where spray residues may be deposited thereon. (iii) The spraying apparatus, the drying apparatus, and the ventilating system of the spray enclosure shall be equipped with suitable interlocks so arranged that: (a) The spraying apparatus cannot be operated while the drying apparatus is inside the spray enclosure. (b) The spray enclosure will be purged of spray vapors for a period of not less than 3 minutes before the drying apparatus can be energized. (c) The ventilating system will maintain a safe atmosphere within the enclosure during the drying process and the drying apparatus will automatically shut off in the event of failure of the ventilating system. (iv) All electrical wiring and equipment of the drying apparatus shall conform with the applicable sections of Subpart S of this part. Only equipment of a type approved for Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations shall be located within 18 inches (45.72 cm) of floor level. All metallic parts of the drying apparatus shall be properly electrically bonded and grounded. (v) The drying apparatus shall contain a prominently located, permanently attached warning sign indicating that ventilation should be maintained during the drying period and that spraying should not be conducted in the vicinity that spray will deposit on apparatus. 14. In Subpart E, new 1926.95 through 1926.97 are added to read as follows 1926.95 Criteria for personal protective equipment. (a) "Application." Protective equipment, including personal protective equipment for eyes, face, head, and extremities, protective clothing, respiratory devices, and protective shields and barriers, shall be provided, used, and maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition wherever it is necessary by reason of hazards of processes or environment, chemical hazards, radiological hazards, or mechanical irritants encountered in a manner capable of causing injury or impairment in the function of any part of the body through absorption, inhalation or physical contact. (b) "Employee-owned equipment." Where employees provide their own protective equipment, the employer shall be responsible to assure its adequacy, including proper maintenance, and sanitation of such equipment. (c) "Design." All personal protective equipment shall be of safe design and construction for the work to be performed. 1926.96 Occupational foot protection. Safety-toe footwear for employees shall meet the requirements and specifications in American National Standard for Men's Safety-Toe Footwear, Z41.1-1967. 1926.97 Protective clothing for fire brigades. The following requirements apply to those employees who perform interior structural fire fighting. The requirements do not apply to employees who use fire extinguishers or standpipe systems to control or extinguish fires only in the incipient stage. (a) "General." (1) The employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure the use of protective clothing which complies with the requirements of this paragraph. The employer shall assure that protective clothing ordered or purchased after July 1, 1981, meets the requirements contained in this paragraph. As the new equipment is provided, the employer shall assure that all fire brigade members wear the equipment when performing interior structural fire fighting. After July 1, 1985, the employer shall assure that all fire brigade members wear protective clothing meeting the requirements of this paragraph when performing interior structural fire fighting. (2) The employer shall assure that protective clothing protects the head, body, and extremities, and consists of at least the following components: foot and leg protection; hand protection; body protection; eye, face and head protection. (b) "Foot and leg protection." (1) Foot and leg protection shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section, and may be achieved by either of the following methods: (i) Fully extended boots which provide protection for the legs; or (ii) Protective shoes or boots worn in combination with protective trousers that meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. (2) Protective footwear shall meet the requirements of 1926.96 for Class 75 footwear. In addition, protective footwear shall be water-resistant for at least 5 inches (12.7 cm) above the bottom of the heel and shall be equipped with slip-resistant outer soles. (3) Protective footwear shall be tested in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section, and shall provide protection against penetration of the midsole by a size 8D common nail when at least 300 pounds (1330 N) of static force is applied to the nail. (c) "Body protection." (1) Body protection shall be coordinated with foot and leg protection to ensure full body protection for the wearer. This shall be achieved by one of the following methods: (i) Wearing of a fire-resistive coat meeting the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section in combination with fully extended boots meeting the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section; or (ii) Wearing of a fire-resistive coat in combination with protective trousers both of which meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (2) The performance, construction, and testing of fire-resistive coats and protective trousers shall be at least equivalent to the requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standard NFPA No. 1971-1975, "Protective Clothing for Structural Fire Fighting," with the following permissible variations from those requirements: (i) Tearing strength of the outer shell shall be a minimum of 8 pounds (35.6 N) in any direction when tested in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section; and (ii) The outer shell may discolor but shall not separate or melt when placed in a forced air laboratory oven at a temperature of 500 deg. F (260 deg. C) for a period of five minutes. After cooling to ambient temperature and using the test method specified in paragraph (h) of this section, char length shall not exceed 4.0 inches (10.2 cm) and after-flame shall not exceed 2.0 seconds. (d) "Hand protection." (1) Hand protection shall consist of protective gloves or glove system which will provide protection against cut, puncture, and heat penetration. Gloves or glove system shall be tested in accordance with the test methods contained in the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 1976 publication, "The Development of Criteria for Fire Fighter's Gloves; Vol. II, Part II: Test Methods," and shall meet the following criteria for cut, puncture, and heat penetration: (i) Materials used for gloves shall resist surface cut by a blade with an edge having a 60 deg. included angle and a .001 inch (.0025 cm.) radius, under an applied force of 16 lbf (72N), and at a slicing velocity of greater or equal to 60 in/min (2.5 cm./sec); (ii) Materials used for the palm and palm side of the fingers shall resist puncture by a penetrometer (simulating a 4d lath nail), under an applied force of 13.2 lbf (60N), and at a velocity greater or equal to 20 in/min(.85 cm./sec); and (iii) The temperature inside the palm and gripping surface of the fingers of gloves shall not exceed 135 deg. F. (57 deg. C.) when gloves or glove system are exposed to 932 deg. F. (500 deg. C.) for five seconds at 4 psi (28 kPa) pressure. (2) Exterior materials of gloves shall be flame resistant and shall be tested in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section. Maximum allowable afterflame shall be 2.0 seconds and the maximum char length shall be 4.0 inches (10.2 cm). (3) When design of the fire-resistive coat does not otherwise provide protection for the wrists, protective gloves shall have wristlets of at least 4.0 inches (10.2 cm) in length to protect the wrist area when the arms are extended upward and outward from the body. (e) "Head, eye and face protection." (1) Head protection shall consist of a protective head device with ear flaps and chin strap which meet the performance, construction, and testing requirements of the National Fire Safety and Research Office of the National Fire Prevention and Control Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce (now known as the U.S. Fire Administration), which are contained in "Model Performance Criteria for Structural Firefighters' Helmets" (August 1977). (2) Protective eye and face devices which comply with 1926.102 shall be used by fire brigade members when performing operations where the hazards of flying or falling materials which may cause eye and face injuries are present. Protective eye and face devices provided as accessories to protective head devices (face shields) are permitted when such devices meet the requirements of 1926.102. (3) Full facepieces, helmets, or hoods of breathing apparatus which meet the requirements of 1926.98 and 1926.103 of this part, shall be acceptable as meeting the eye and face protection requirements of this section. (f) "Puncture resistance test method for foot protection" - (1) "Apparatus." The puncture resistance test shall be performed on a testing machine having a movable platform adjusted to travel at 1/4-inch/min (0.1 cm/sec). Two blocks of hardwood, metal, or plastic shall be prepared as follows: the blocks shall be prepared as follows: the blocks shall be of such size and thickness as to insure a suitable rigid test ensemble and allow for at least one-inch of the pointed end of an 8D nail to be exposed for the penetration. One block shall have a hole drilled to hold an 8D common nail firmly at an angle of 98 deg. The second block shall have a maximum 1/2-inch (1.3 cm) diameter hole drilled through it so that the hole will allow free passage of the nail after it penetrates the insole during the test. (2) "Procedure." The test ensemble consisting of the sample unit, the two prepared blocks, a piece of leather outsole 10 to 11 irons thick, and a new 8D nail, shall be placed as follows: the 8D nail in the hole, the sample of outsole stock superimposed above the nail, the area of the sole plate to be tested placed on the outsole, and the second block with hole so placed as to allow for free passage of the nail after it passes through the outside stock and sole plate in that order. The machine shall be started and the pressure, in pounds required for the nail to completely penetrate the outsole and sole plate, recorded to the nearest five pounds. Two determinations shall be made on each sole plate and the results averaged. A new nail shall be used for each determination. (3) "Source." These test requirements are contained in "Military Specification For Fireman's Boots," MIL-B-2885D (1973 and amendment dated 1975) and are reproduced for your convenience. g) "Test method for determining the strength of cloth by tearing: Trapezoid Method" - (1) "Test specimen." The specimen shall be a rectangle of cloth 3 inches by 6 inches (7.6 cm by 15.2 cm). The long dimension shall be parallel to the warp for warp tests and parallel to the filling for filling tests. No two specimens for warp tests shall contain the same warp yarns, nor shall any two specimens for filling tests contain the same filling yarns. The specimen shall be taken no nearer the selvage than 1/10 the width of the cloth. An isosceles trapezoid having an altitude of 3 inches (7.6 cm) and bases of 1 inch (2.5 cm) and 4 inches (10.2 cm) in length, respectively, shall be marked on each specimen, preferably with the aid of a template. A cut approximately 3/8-inch (1 cm) in length shall then be made in the center of a perpendicular to the 1-inch (2.5 cm) edge. (2) "Apparatus." (i) Six-ounce (.17 kg) weight tension clamps shall be used so designed that the six ounces (.17 kg) of weight are distributed evenly across the complete width of the sample. (ii) The machine shall consist of three main parts: Straining mechanism, clamps for holding specimen, and load and elongation recording mechanisms. (iii) A machine wherein the specimen is held between two clamps and strained by a uniform movement of the pulling clamp shall be used. (iv) The machine shall be adjusted so that the pulling clamp shall have a uniform speed of 12 plus or minus 10.5 inches per minute (0.5 plus or minus .02 cm/sec). (v) The machine shall have two clamps with two jaws on each clamp. The design of the two clamps shall be such that one gripping surface or jaw may be an integral part of the rigid frame of the clamp or be fastened to allow a slight vertical movement, while the other gripping surface or jaw shall be completely movable. The dimension of the immovable jaw of each clamp parallel to the application of the load shall measure one-inch and the dimension of the jaw perpendicular to this direction shall measure three inches or more. The face of the movable jaw of each clamp shall measure one-inch by 3 inches (7.62 cm) Each jaw face shall have a flat smooth, gripping surface. All edges which might cause a cutting action shall be rounded to a radius of not over 1/64-inch (.04 cm). In cases where a cloth tends to slip when being tested, the jaws may be faced with rubber or other material to prevent slippage. The distance between the jaws (gage length) shall be one-inch at the start of the test. (vi) Calibrated dial; scale or chart shall be used to indicate applied load and elongation. The machine shall be adjusted or set, so that the maximum load required to break the specimen will remain indicated on the calibrated dial or scale after the test specimen has ruptured. (vii) The machine shall be of such capacity that the maximum load required to break the specimen shall be not greater than 85 percent or less than 15 percent of the rated capacity. (viii) The error of the machine shall not exceed 2 percent up to and including a 50-pound load (22.6 kg) and 1 percent over a 50-pound load (22.6 kg) at any reading within its loading range. (ix) All machine attachments for determining maximum loads shall be disengaged during this test. (3) "Procedure." (i) The specimen shall be clamped in the machine along the nonparallel sides of the trapezoid so that these sides lie along the lower edge of the upper clamp and the upper edge of the lower clamp with the cut halfway between the clamps. The short trapezoid base shall be held taut and the long trapezoid base shall lie in the folds. (ii) The machine shall be started and the force necessary to tear the cloth shall be observed by means of an autographic recording device. The speed of the pulling clamp shall be 12 inches plus or minus 0.5 inch per minute (0.5 plus or minus .02 cm/sec). (iii) If a specimen slips between the jaws, breaks in or at the edges of the jaws, or if for any reason attributable to faulty technique, an individual measurement falls markedly below the average test results for the sample unit, such result shall be discarded and another specimen shall be tested. (iv) The tearing strength of the specimen shall be the average of the five highest peak loads of resistance registered for 3 inches (7.6 cm) of separation of the tear. (4) "Report." (i) Five specimens in each of the warp and filling directions shall be tested from each sample unit. (ii) The tearing strength of the sample unit shall be the average of the results obtained from the specimens tested in each of the warp and filling directions and shall be reported separately to the nearest 0.1-pound (.05 kg). (5) "Source." These test requirements are contained in "Federal Test Method Standard 191, Method 5136" and are reproduced for your convenience. (h) "Test method for determining flame resistance of cloth; vertical" - (1) "Test specimen." The specimen shall be a rectangle of cloth 2 3/4 inches (7.0 cm) by 12 inches (30.5 cm) with the long dimension parallel to either the warp or filling direction of the cloth. No two warp specimens shall contain the same warp yarns, and no two filling specimens shall contain the same filling yarn. (2) "Number of determinations." Five specimens from each of the warp and filling directions shall be tested from each sample unit. (3) "Apparatus" - (i) "Cabinet." A cabinet and accessories shall be fabricated in accordance with the requirements specified in Figures E-97.1, E-97.2, and E-97.3. Galvanized sheet metal or other suitable metal shall be used. The entire inside back wall of the cabinet shall be painted black to facilitate the viewing of the test specimen and pilot flame. (ii) "Burner." The burner shall be equipped with a variable orifice to adjust the flame height, a barrel having a 3/8-inch (1 cm) inside diameter and a pilot light. (a) The burner may be constructed by combining a 3/8-inch (1 cm) inside diameter barrel 3 plus or minus 1/4 inches (7.6 plus or minus .6 cm) long from a fixed orifice burner with a base from a variable orifice burner. (b) The pilot light tube shall have a diameter of approximately 1/16-inch (.2 cm) and shall be spaced 1/8-inch (.3 cm) away from the burner edge with a pilot flame 1/8-inch (.3 cm) long. (c) The necessary gas connections and the applicable plumbing shall be as specified in Figure E-97.4 except that a solenoid valve may be used in lieu of the stopcock valve to which the burner is attached. The stopcock valve or solenoid valve, whichever is used, shall be capable of being fully opened or fully closed in 0.1-second. (d) On the side of the barrel of the burner, opposite the pilot light there shall be a metal rod of approximately 1/8-inch (.3 cm) diameter spaced 1/2-inch (1.3 cm) from the barrel and extending above the burner. The rod shall have two 5/16-inch (.8 cm) prongs marking the distances of 3/4-inch (1.9 cm) and 1 1/2-inches (3.8 cm) above the top of the burner. (e) The burner shall be fixed in a position so that the center of the barrel of the burner is directly below the center of the specimen. (iii) There shall be a control valve system with a delivery rate designed to furnish gas to the burner under a pressure of 2 1/2 plus or minus 1/4 (psi)(17.5 plus or minus 1.8 kPa) per square inch at the burner inlet (see (g)(3)(vi)(A)). The manufacturer's recommended delivery rate for the valve system shall be included in the required pressure. (iv) A synthetic gas mixture shall be of the following composition within the following limits (analyzed at standard conditions): 55 plus or minus 3 percent hydrogen, 24 plus or minus 1 percent methane, 3 plus or minus 1 percent ethane, and 18 plus or minus 1 percent carbon monoxide which will give a specific gravity of 0.365 plus or minus 0.018 (air = 1) and a B.T.U. content of 540 plus or minus 20 per cubic foot (20.1 plus or minus 3.7 kJ/L)(dry basis) at 69.8 deg F (21 deg. C). (v) There shall be metal hooks and weights to produce a series of total loads to determine length of char. The metal hooks shall consist of No. 19 gage steel wire or equivalent and shall be made from 3-inch (7.6 cm) lengths of wire and bent 1/2-inch (1.3 cm) from one end to a 45 degree hook. One end of the hook shall be fastened around the neck of the weight to be used. (vi) There shall be a stop watch or other device to measure the burning time to 0.2-second. (vii) There shall be a scale, graduated in 0.1 inch (.3 cm) to measure the length of char. (4) "Procedure." (i) The material undergoing test shall be evaluated for the characteristics of after-flame time and char length on each specimen. (ii) All specimens to be tested shall be at moisture equilibrium under standard atmospheric conditions in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this section. Each specimen to be tested shall be exposed to the test flame within 20 seconds after removal from the standard atmosphere. In case of dispute, all testing will be conducted under Standard Atmospheric Conditions in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this section. (iii) The specimen in its holder shall be suspended vertically in the cabinet in such a manner that the entire length of the specimen is exposed and the lower end is 3/4-inch (1.9 cm) above the top of the gas burner. The apparatus shall be set up in a draft free area. (iv) Prior to inserting the specimen, the pilot flame shall be adjusted to approximately 1/8-inch (.3 cm) in height measured from its lowest point to the tip. The burner flame shall be adjusted by means of the needle valve in the base of the burner to give a flame height of 1 1/2 inches (3.8 cm) with the stopcock fully open and the air supply to the burner shut off and taped. The 1 1/2-inch (3.8 cm) flame height is obtained by adjusting the valve so that the uppermost portion (tip) of the flame is level with the tip of the metal prong (see Figure E-97.2) specified for adjustment of flame height. It is an important aspect of the evaluation that the flame height be adjusted with the tip of the flame level with the tip of the metal prong. After inserting the specimen, the stopcock shall be fully opened, and the burner flame applied vertically at the middle of the lower edge of the specimen for 12 seconds and the burner turned off. The cabinet door shall remain shut during testing. (v) The after-flame shall be the time the specimen continues to flame after the burner flame is shut off. (vi) After each specimen is removed, the test cabinet shall be cleared of fumes and smoke prior to testing the next specimen. (vii) After both flaming and glowing have ceased, the char length shall be measured. The char length shall be the distance from the end of the specimen, which was exposed to the flame, to the end of a tear (made lengthwise) of the specimen through the center of the charred area as follows: The specimen shall be folded lengthwise and creased by hand along a line through the highest peak of the charred area. The hook shall be inserted in the specimen (or a hole, 1/4-inch (.6 cm) diameter or less, punched out for the hook) at one side of the charred area 1/4-inch (.6 cm) from the adjacent outside edge and 1/4-inch (.6 cm) in from the lower end. A weight of sufficient size such that the weight and hook together shall equal the total tearing load required in Table E-97.1 of this section shall be attached to the hook. (viii) A tearing force shall be applied gently to the specimen by grasping the corner of the cloth at the opposite edge of the char from the load and raising the specimen and weight clear of the supporting surface. The end of the tear shall be marked off on the edge and the char length measurement made along the undamaged edge. Loads for determining char length applicable to the weight of the test cloth shall be as shown in Table E-97.1. Table E-97.1(1)
Specified weight per square yard of cloth before any fire retardant treatment or coating - ounces |
Total tearing weight for determining the charred length - pound |
2.0 to 6.0 | 0.25 |
Over 6.0 to 15.0 | 0.50 |
Over 15.0 to 23.0 | 0.75 |
Over 23.0 | 1.0 |
Footnote(1) To change into S.I. (System International) units, 1 ounce=28.35 grams, 1 pound=453 grams, 1 yard=.91 meter (ix) The after-flame time of the specimen shall be recorded to the nearest 0.2-second and the char length to the nearest 0.1-inch (.3 cm). (5) "Report." (i) The after-flame time and char length of the sample unit shall be the average of the results obtained from the individual specimens tested. All values obtained from the individual specimens shall be recorded. (ii) The after-flame time shall be reported to the nearest 0.2-second and the char length to the nearest 0.1-inch (.3 cm). (6) "Source." These test requirements are contained in "Federal Test Method Standard 191, Method 5903 (1971)" and are reproduced for your convenience. Figure E-97.1 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus. (For Figure E-97.1, see printed copy) Figure E-97.2 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus, door and top view w/baffle. (For Figure E-97.2, see printed copy) Figure E-97.3 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus, view and details. (For Figure E-97.3, see printed copy) Figure E-97.4 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus. (For Figure E-97.4, see printed copy) 15. A new 1926.98 is added to read as follows 1926.98 Respiratory protection for fire brigades. (a) "General requirements." (1) The employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure the use of respirators which comply with the requirements of this paragraph. The employer shall assure that respiratory protective devices worn by fire brigade members meet the requirements contained in 1926.103 and the requirements contained in this paragraph, and are certified under 30 CFR Part 11. (2) Approved self-contained breathing apparatus with full-facepiece, or with approved helmet or hood configuration, shall be provided to and worn by fire brigade members while working inside buildings or confined spaces where toxic products of combustion or an oxygen deficiency may be present. Such apparatus shall also be worn during emergency situations involving toxic substances. (3) Approved self-contained breathing apparatus may be equipped with either a "buddy-breathing" device or a quick disconnect valve, even if these devices are not certified by NIOSH. If these accessories are used, they shall not cause damage to the apparatus, or restrict the air flow of the apparatus, or obstruct the normal operation of the apparatus. (4) Approved self-contained compressed air breathing apparatus may be used with approved cylinders from other approved self-contained compressed air breathing apparatus provided that such cylinders are of the same capacity and pressure rating. All compressed air cylinders used with self-contained breathing apparatus shall meet DOT and NIOSH criteria. (5) Self-contained breathing apparatus shall have a minimum service life rating of 30 minutes in accordance with the methods and requirements of the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and NIOSH, except for escape self-contained breathing apparatus (ESCBA) used only for emergency escape purposes. (6) Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be provided with an indicator which automatically sounds an audible alarm when the remaining service life of the apparatus is reduced to within a range of 20 to 25 percent of its rated service time. (b) "Positive-pressure breathing apparatus." (1) The employer shall assure that self-contained breathing apparatus ordered or purchased after July 1, 1981, for use by fire brigade members performing interior structural fire fighting operations, are of the pressure-demand or other positive-pressure type. Effective July 1, 1983, only pressure-demand or other positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus shall be worn by fire brigade members performing interior structural fire fighting. (2) This paragraph does not prohibit the use of a self-contained breathing apparatus where the apparatus can be switched from a demand to a positive-pressure mode. However, such apparatus shall be in the positive-pressure mode when fire brigade members are performing interior structural fire fighting operations. (3) Negative-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus with a rated service life of more than 2 hours and which have a minimum protection factor of 5,000, as determined by an acceptable quantitative fit test performed on each individual, is acceptable for use only during those interior structural fire fighting situations for which the employer demonstrates that long duration breathing apparatus is necessary. Quantitative fit test procedures shall be available for inspection by the Assistant Secretary or authorized representative. Such negative-pressure breathing apparatus will continue to be acceptable for 18 months after a positive-pressure breathing apparatus with the same or longer-rated service life is certified by NIOSH. After this 18-month period, all self-contained breathing apparatus used for these long duration situations shall be of the positive-pressure type. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0075) 1926.99 [Reserved] 16. In 1926.102, new paragraphs (a)(6) through (8) are added to read as follows: 1926.102 Eye and Face Protection (a) General. * * * * * * * (6) Protectors shall meet the following minimum requirements: (i) They shall provide adequate protection against the particular hazards for which they are designed. (ii) They shall be reasonably comfortable when worn under the designated conditions. (iii) They shall fit snugly and shall not unduly interfere with the movements of the wearer. (iv) They shall be durable. (v) They shall be capable of being disinfected. (vi) They shall be easily cleanable. (7) Every protector shall be distinctly marked to facilitate identification only of the manufacturer. (8) When limitations or precautions are indicated by the manufacturer, they shall be transmitted to the user and care taken to see that such limitations and precautions are strictly observed. 17. New paragraphs (d) through (i) are added to 1926.103. The text of the standards reads as follows: 1926.103 Respiratory protection. (d) "Permissible practice. (1) In the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. This shall be accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering control measures (for example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, general and local ventilation, and substitution of less toxic materials). When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being instituted, appropriate respirators shall be used pursuant to the following requirements. (2) Respirators shall be provided by the employer when such equipment is necessary to protect the health of the employee. The employer shall provide the respirators which are applicable and suitable for the purpose intended. The employer shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a respiratory protective program which shall include the requirements outlined in paragraph (e) of this section. (3) The employee shall use the provided respiratory protection in accordance with instructions and training received. (e) "Requirements for a minimal acceptable program." (1) Written standard operating procedures governing the selection and use of respirators shall be established. (2) Respirators shall be selected on the basis of hazards to which the worker is exposed. (3) The user shall be instructed and trained in the proper use of respirators and their limitations. (4) [Reserved] (5) Respirators shall be regularly cleaned and disinfected. Those used by more than one worker shall be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected after each use. (6) Respirators shall be stored in a convenient, clean, and sanitary location. (7) Respirators used routinely shall be inspected during cleaning. Worn or deteriorated parts shall be replaced. Respirators for emergency use such as self-contained devices shall be thoroughly inspected at least once a month and after each use. (8) Appropriate surveillance of work area conditions and degree of employee exposure or stress shall be maintained. (9) There shall be regular inspection and evaluation to determine the continued effectiveness of the program. (10) Persons should not be assigned to tasks requiring use of respirators unless it has been determined that they are physically able to perform the work and use the equipment. The local physician shall determine what health and physical conditions are pertinent. The respirator user's medical status should be reviewed periodically (for instance, annually). (11) Respirators shall be selected from among those jointly approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11. (f) "Air quality." (1) Compressed air, compressed oxygen, liquid air, and liquid oxygen used for respiration shall be of high purity. Oxygen shall meet the requirements of the United States Pharmacopoeia for medical or breathing oxygen. Breathing air shall meet at least the requirements of the specification for Grade D breathing air as described in Compressed Gas Association Commodity Specification G-7.1-1966. Compressed oxygen shall not be used in supplied-air respirators or in open circuit self-contained breathing apparatus that have previously used compressed air. Oxygen must never be used with air line respirators. (2) Breathing air may be supplied to respirators from cylinders or air compressors. (i) Cylinders shall be tested and maintained as prescribed in the Shipping Container Specification Regulations of the Department of Transportation (49 CFR part 178). (ii) The compressor for supplying air shall be equipped with necessary safety and standby devices. A breathing air-type compressor shall be used. Compressors shall be constructed and situated so as to avoid entry of contaminated air into the system and suitable in-line air purifying sorbent beds and filters installed to further assure breathing air quality. A receiver of sufficient capacity to enable the respirator wearer to escape from a contaminated atmosphere in event of compressor failure, and alarms to indicate compressor failure and overheating shall be installed in the system. If an oil-lubricated compressor is used, it shall have a high-temperature or carbon monoxide alarm, or both. If only a high-temperature alarm is used, the air from the compressor shall be frequently tested for carbon monoxide to insure that it meets the specifications in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. (3) Air line couplings shall be incompatible with outlets for other gas systems to prevent inadvertent servicing of air line respirators with nonrespirable gases or oxygen. (4) Breathing gas containers shall be marked in accordance with American National Standard Method of Marking Portable Compressed Gas Containers to Identify the Material Contained, Z48.1-1954; Federal Specification BB-A-1034a, June 21, 1968, Air, Compressed for Breathing Purposes; or Interim Federal Specification GG-B-00675b, April 27, 1965, Breathing Apparatus, Self-Contained. (g) "Use of respirators." (1) Standard procedures shall be developed for respirator use. These should include all information and guidance necessary for their proper selection, use, and care. Possible emergency and routine uses of respirators should be anticipated and planned for. (2) The correct respirator shall be specified for each job. The respirator type is usually specified in the work procedures by a qualified individual supervising the respiratory protective program. The individual issuing them shall be adequately instructed to insure that the correct respirator is issued. (3) Written procedures shall be prepared covering safe use of respirators in dangerous atmospheres that might be encountered in normal operations or in emergencies. Personnel shall be familiar with these procedures and the available respirators. (i) In areas where the wearer, with failure of the respirator, could be overcome by a toxic or oxygen-deficient atmosphere, at least one additional man shall be present. Communications (visual, voice, or signal line) shall be maintained between both or all individuals present. Planning shall be such that one individual will be unaffected by any likely incident and have the proper rescue equipment to be able to assist the other(s) in case of emergency. (ii) When self-contained breathing apparatus or hose masks with blowers are used in atmospheres immediately dangerous to life or health, standby men must be present with suitable rescue equipment. (iii) Persons using air line respirators in atmospheres immediately hazardous to life or health shall be equipped with safety harnesses and safety lines for lifting or removing persons from hazardous atmospheres or other and equivalent provisions for the rescue of persons from hazardous atmospheres shall be used. A standby man or men with suitable self-contained breathing apparatus shall be at the nearest fresh air base for emergency rescue. (4) Respiratory protection is no better than the respirator in use, even though it is worn conscientiously. Frequent random inspections shall be conducted by a qualified individual to assure that respirators are properly selected, used, cleaned, and maintained. (5) For safe use of any respirator, it is essential that the user be properly instructed in its selection, use, and maintenance. Both supervisors and workers shall be so instructed by competent persons. Training shall provide the men an opportunity to handle the respirator, have it fitted properly, test its face-piece-to-face seal, wear it in normal air for a long familiarity period, and, finally, to wear it in a test atmosphere. (i) Every respirator wearer shall receive fitting instructions including demonstrations and practice in how the respirator should be worn, how to adjust it, and how to determine if it fits properly. Respirators shall not be worn when conditions prevent a good face seal. Such conditions may be a growth of beard, sideburns, a skull cap that projects under the facepiece, or temple pieces on glasses. Also, the absence of one or both dentures can seriously affect the fit of a facepiece. The worker's diligence in observing these factors shall be evaluated by periodic check. To assure proper protection, the facepiece fit shall be checked by the wearer each time he puts on the respirator. This may be done by following the manufacturer's facepiece fitting instructions. (ii) Providing respiratory protection for individuals wearing corrective glasses is a serious problem. A proper seal cannot be established if the temple bars of eye glasses extend through the sealing edge of the full facepiece. As a temporary measure, glasses with short temple bars or without temple bars may be taped to the wearer's head. Wearing of contact lenses in contaminated atmospheres with a respirator shall not be allowed. Systems have been developed for mounting corrective lenses inside full facepieces. When a workman must wear corrective lenses as part of the facepiece, the facepiece and lenses shall be fitted by qualified individuals to provide good vision, comfort, and a gas-tight seal. (iii) If corrective spectacles or goggles are required, they shall be worn so as not to affect the fit of the facepiece. Proper selection of equipment will minimize or avoid this problem. (h) "Maintenance and care of respirators." (1) A program for maintenance and care of respirators shall be adjusted to the type of plant, working conditions, and hazards involved, and shall include the following basic services: {i} Inspection for defects (including a leak check), {ii} Cleaning and disinfecting, {iii} Repair, {iv} Storage Equipment shall be properly maintained to retain its original effectiveness. (2) - (i) All respirators shall be inspected routinely before and after each use. A respirator that is not routinely used but is kept ready for emergency use shall be inspected after each use and at least monthly to assure that it is in satisfactory working condition. (ii) Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be inspected monthly. Air and oxygen cylinders shall be fully charged according to the manufacturer's instructions. It shall be determined that the regulator and warning devices function properly. (iii) Respirator inspection shall include a check of the tightness of connections and the condition of the facepiece, headbands, valves, connecting tube, and canisters. Rubber or elastomer parts shall be inspected for pliability and signs of deterioration. Stretching and manipulating rubber or elastomer parts with massaging action will keep them pliable and flexible and prevent them from taking a set during storage. (iv) A record shall be kept of inspection dates and findings for respirators maintained for emergency use. (3) Routinely used respirators shall be collected, cleaned, and disinfected as frequently as necessary to insure that proper protection is provided for the wearer. Respirators maintained for emergency use shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use. (4) Replacement or repairs shall be done only by experienced persons with parts designed for the respirator. No attempt shall be made to replace components or to make adjustment or repairs beyond the manufacturer's recommendations. Reducing or admission valves or regulators shall be returned to the manufacturer or to a trained technician for adjustment or repair. (5)(i) After inspection, cleaning, and necessary repair, respirators shall be stored to protect against dust, sunlight, heat, extreme cold, excessive moisture, or damaging chemicals. Respirators placed at stations and work areas for emergency use should be quickly accessible at all times and should be stored in compartments built for the purpose. The compartments should be clearly marked. Routinely used respirators, such as dust respirators, may be placed in plastic bags. Respirators should not be stored in such places as lockers or tool boxes unless they are in carrying cases or cartons. (ii) Respirators should be packed or stored so that the facepiece and exhalation valve will rest in a normal position and function will not be impaired by the elastomer setting in an abnormal position. (iii) Instructions for proper storage of emergency respirators, such as gas masks and self-contained breathing apparatus, are found in "use and care" instructions usually mounted inside the carrying case lid. (i) "Identification of gas mask canisters." (1) The primary means of identifying a gas mask canister shall be by means of properly worded labels. The secondary means of identifying a gas mask canister shall be by a color code. (2) All who issue or use gas masks falling within the scope of this section shall see that all gas mask canisters purchased or used by them are properly labeled and colored in accordance with these requirements before they are placed in service and that the labels and colors are properly maintained at all times thereafter until the canisters have completely served their purpose. (3) On each canister shall appear in bold letters the following: (i) -- Canister for ________________ (Name for atmospheric contaminant) or Type N Gas Mask Canister (ii) In addition, essentially the following wording shall appear beneath the appropriate phrase on the canister label: "For respiratory protection in atmospheres containing not more than _____________ percent by volume of ______________." (Name of atmospheric contaminant) (4) Canisters having a special high-efficiency filter for protection against radionuclides and other highly toxic particulates shall be labeled with a statement of the type and degree of protection afforded by the filter. The label shall be affixed to the neck end of, or to the gray stripe which is around and near the top of, the canister. The degree of protection shall be marked as the percent of penetration of the canister by a 0.3-micron-diameter dioctyl phthalate (DOP) smoke at a flow rate of 85 liters per minute. (5) Each canister shall have a label warning that gas masks should be used only in atmospheres containing sufficient oxygen to support life (at least 16 percent by volume), since gas mask canisters are only designed to neutralize or remove contaminants from the air. (6) Each gas mask canister shall be painted a distinctive color or combination of colors indicated in Table E-5. All colors used shall be such that they are clearly identifiable by the user and clearly distinguishable from one another. The color coating used shall offer a high degree of resistance to chipping, scaling, peeling, blistering, fading, and the effects of the ordinary atmospheres to which they may be exposed under normal conditions of storage and use. Appropriately colored pressure sensitive tape may be used for the stripes. TABLE E-5
Atmospheric contaminants to be protected against | Colors assigned(1) |
Acid gases | White. |
Hydrocyanic acid gas | White with 1/2-inch green stripe completely around the canister near the bottom |
Chlorine gas | White with 1/2-inch yellow stripe completely around the canister near the bottom |
Organic vapors | Black |
Ammonia gas | Green. |
Acid gases and ammonia gas | Green with 1/2-inch white stripe completely around the canister near the bottom |
Carbon monoxide | Blue. |
Acid gases and organic vapors | Yellow. |
Hydrocyanic acid gas and chloropicrin vapor | Yellow with 1/2-inch blue stripe completely around the canister near the bottom |
Acid gases, organic vapors, and ammonia gases | Brown |
Radioactive materials, excepting tritium and noble gases | Purple (Magenta) |
Particulates (dusts, fumes, mists, fogs, or smokes) in combination with any of the above gases or vapors | Canister color for contaminant, as designated above, with 1/2-inch gray stripe completely around the canister near the top |
All of the above atmospheric contaminants | Red with 1/2-inch gray stripe completely around the canister near the top |
Footnote(1) Gray shall not be assigned as the main color for a canister designed to remove acids or vapors. NOTE: Orange shall be used as a complete body, or stripe color to represent gases not included in this table. The user will need to refer to the canister label to determine the degree of protection the canister will afford. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0099) 18. In 1926.150, new paragraphs (c)(1)(xi) through (xiv) are added to read as follows: 1926.150 Fire protection. * * * * * * (c) Portable firefighting equipment- (1) Fire extinguishers and small hose lines. * * * * * * (xi) "Employment and training." Where the employer has provided portable fire extinguishers for employee use in the workplace, the employer shall also provide an educational program to familiarize employees with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with incipient stage fire fighting. (xii) The employer shall provide the education required in paragraph (c)(1)(xi) of this section upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter. (xiii) The employer shall assure that portable fire extinguishers are maintained in a fully charged and operable condition and kept in their designated places at all times except during use. (xiv) The employer shall assure that portable fire extinguishers are subjected to an annual maintenance check. Stored pressure extinguishers do not require an internal examination. The employer shall record the annual maintenance date and retain this record for one year after the last entry or the life of the shell, whichever is less. The record shall be available to the Assistant Secretary upon request. 19. In 1926.152, new paragraphs (b)(5) and (h) through (k) are added to read as follows: 1926.152 Flammable and combustible liquids. * * * * * * (b) "Indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids." * * * * * * (5) "Quantity." The quantity of flammable or combustible liquids kept in the vicinity of spraying operations shall be the minimum required for operations and should ordinarily not exceed a supply for 1 day or one shift. Bulk storage of portable containers of flammable or combustible liquids shall be in a separate, constructed building detached from other important buildings or cut off in a standard manner. * * * * * * * (h) "Scope." This section applies to the handling, storage, and use of flammable and combustible liquids with a flashpoint below 200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C). This section does not apply to: (1) Bulk transportation of flammable and combustible liquids; and (2) Storage, handling, and use of fuel oil tanks and containers connected with oil burning equipment. (i) "Tank storage" - (1) "Design and construction of tanks" - (i) "Materials." (A) Tanks shall be built of steel except as provided in paragraphs (i)(1)(i)(B) through (E) of this section. (B) Tanks may be built of materials other than steel for installation underground or if required by the properties of the liquid stored. Tanks located above ground or inside buildings shall be of noncombustible construction. (C) Tanks built of materials other than steel shall be designed to specifications embodying principles recognized as good engineering design for the material used. (D) Unlined concrete tanks may be used for storing flammable or combustible liquids having a gravity of 40 deg. API or heavier. Concrete tanks with special lining may be used for other services provided the design is in accordance with sound engineering practice. (E) [Reserved] (F) Special engineering consideration shall be required if the specific gravity of the liquid to be stored exceeds that of water or if the tanks are designed to contain flammable or combustible liquids at a liquid temperature below 0 deg. F. (ii) "Fabrication." (A) [Reserved] (B) Metal tanks shall be welded, riveted, and caulked, brazed, or bolted, or constructed by use of a combination of these methods. Filler metal used in brazing shall be nonferrous metal or an alloy having a melting point above 1000 deg. F. and below that of the metal joined. (iii) "Atmospheric tanks." (A) Atmospheric tanks shall be built in accordance with acceptable good standards of design. Atmospheric tanks may be built in accordance with: {1} Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Subjects No. 142, Standard for Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, 1968; No. 58, Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, Fifth Edition, December 1961; or No. 80, Standard for Steel Inside tanks for Oil-Burner Fuel, September 1963. {2} American Petroleum Institute Standards No. 12A, Specification for Oil Storage Tanks with Riveted Shells, Seventh Edition, September 1951, or No. 650, Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage, Third Edition, 1966. {3} American Petroleum Institute Standards No. 12B, Specification for Bolted Production Tanks, Eleventh Edition, May 1958, and Supplement 1, March 1962; No. 12D, Specification for Large Welded Production Tanks, Seventh Edition, August 1957; or No. 12F, Specification for Small Welded Production Tanks, Fifth Edition, March 1961. Tanks built in accordance with these standards shall be used only as production tanks for storage of crude petroleum in oil-producing areas. (B) Tanks designed for underground service not exceeding 2,500 gallons (9,462.5 L) capacity may be used aboveground. (C) Low-pressure tanks and pressure vessels may be used as atmospheric tanks. (D) Atmospheric tanks shall not be used for the storage of a flammable or combustible liquid at a temperature at or above its boiling point. (iv) "Low pressure tanks." (A) The normal operating pressure of the tank shall not exceed the design pressure of the tank. (B) Low-pressure tanks shall be built in accordance with acceptable standards of design. Low-pressure tanks may be built in accordance with: {1} American Petroleum Institute Standard No. 620. Recommended Rules for the Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks, Third Edition, 1966. {2} The principles of the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code, 1968. (C) Atmospheric tanks built according to Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., requirements in paragraph (i)(1)(iii)(A) of this section and shall be limited to 2.5 p.s.i.g. under emergency venting conditions. This paragraph may be used for operating pressures not exceeding 1 p.s.i.g. (D) Pressure vessels may be used as low-pressure tanks. (v) "Pressure vessels." (A) The normal operating pressure of the vessel shall not exceed the design pressure of the vessel. (B) Pressure vessels shall be built in accordance with the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code 1968. (vi) "Provisions for internal corrosion." When tanks are not designed in accordance with the American Petroleum Institute, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, or the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.'s, standards, or if corrosion is anticipated beyond that provided for in the design formulas used, additional metal thickness or suitable protective coatings or linings shall be provided to compensate for the corrosion loss expected during the design life of the tank. (2) "Installation of outside aboveground tanks." (i) [Reserved] (ii) "Spacing (shell-to-shell) between aboveground tanks." (A) The distance between any two flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks shall not be less than 3 feet (0.912 m). (B) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, the distance between any two adjacent tanks shall not be less than one-sixth the sum of their diameters. When the diameter of one tank is less than one-half the diameter of the adjacent tank, the distance between the two tanks shall not be less than one-half the diameter of the smaller tank. (C) Where crude petroleum in conjunction with production facilities are located in noncongested areas and have capacities not exceeding 126,000 gallons (3,000 barrels), the distance between such tanks shall not be less than 3 feet (0.912 m). (D) Where unstable flammable or combustible liquids are stored, the distance between such tanks shall not be less than one-half the sum of their diameters. (E) When tanks are compacted in three or more rows or in an irregular pattern, greater spacing or other means shall be provided so that inside tanks are accessible for firefighting purposes. (F) The minimum separation between a liquefied petroleum gas container and a flammable or combustible liquid storage tank shall be 20 feet (6.08 m), except in the case of flammable or combustible liquid tanks operating at pressures exceeding 2.5 p.s.i.g. or equipped with emergency venting which will permit pressures to exceed 2.5 p.s.i.g. in which case the provisions of paragraphs (i)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section shall apply. Suitable means shall be taken to prevent the accumulation of flammable or combustible liquids under adjacent liquefied petroleum gas containers such as by diversion curbs or grading. When flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks are within a diked area, the liquefied petroleum gas containers shall be outside the diked area and at least 10 feet (3.04 m) away from the centerline of the wall of the diked area. The foregoing provisions shall not apply when liquefied petroleum gas containers of 125 gallons (473.125 L) or less capacity are installed adjacent to fuel oil supply tanks of 550 gallons (2,081.75 L) or less capacity. (iii) [Reserved] (iv) "Normal venting for aboveground tanks." (A) Atmospheric storage tanks shall be adequately vented to prevent the development of vacuum or pressure sufficient to distort the roof of a cone roof tank or exceeding the design pressure in the case of other atmospheric tanks, as a result of filling or emptying, and atmospheric temperature changes. (B) Normal vents shall be sized either in accordance with: {1} The American Petroleum Institute Standard 2000 (1968), Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks; or {2} other accepted standard; or {3} shall be at least as large as the filling or withdrawal connection, whichever is larger but in no case less than 1 1/4 inch (3.175 cm) normal inside diameter. (C) Low-pressure tanks and pressure vessels shall be adequately vented to prevent development of pressure or vacuum, as a result of filling or emptying and atmospheric temperature changes, from exceeding the design pressure of the tank or vessel. Protection shall also be provided to prevent overpressure from any pump discharging into the tank or vessel when the pump discharge pressure can exceed the design pressure of the tank or vessel. (D) If any tank or pressure vessel has more than one fill or withdrawal connection and simultaneous filling or withdrawal can be made, the vent size shall be based on the maximum anticipated simultaneous flow. (E) Unless the vent is designed to limit the internal pressure 2.5 p.s.i. or less, the outlet of vents and vent drains shall be arranged to discharge in such a manner as to prevent localized overheating of any part of the tank in the event vapors from such vents are ignited. (F) Tanks and pressure vessels storing Class IA liquids shall be equipped with venting devices which shall be normally closed except when venting to pressure or vacuum conditions. Tanks and pressure vessels storing Class IB and IC liquids shall be equipped with venting devices which shall be normally closed except when venting under pressure or vacuum conditions, or with approved flame arresters. "Exemption:" Tanks of 3,000 bbls (84 m(3)) capacity or less containing crude petroleum in crude-producing areas; and, outside aboveground atmospheric tanks under 1,000 gallons (3,785 L) capacity containing other than Class IA flammable liquids may have open vents. (See paragraph (i)(2)(vi)(B) of this section.) (G) Flame arresters or venting devices required in paragraph (i)(2)(iv)(F) of this section may be omitted for Class IB and IC liquids where conditions are such that their use may, in case of obstruction, result in tank damage. (v) "Emergency relief venting for fire exposure for aboveground tanks." (A) Every aboveground storage tank shall have some form of construction or device that will relieve excessive internal pressure caused by exposure fires. (B) In a vertical tank the construction referred to in paragraph (i)(2)(v)(A) of this section may take the form of a floating roof, lifter roof, a weak room-to-shell seam, or other approved pressure relieving construction. The weak roof-to-shell seam shall be constructed to fail preferential to any other seam. (C) Where entire dependence for emergency relief is placed upon pressure relieving devices, the total venting capacity of both normal and emergency vents shall be enough to prevent rupture of the shell or bottom of the tank if vertical, or of the shell or heads if horizontal. If unstable liquids are stored, the effects of heat or gas resulting from polymerization, decomposition, condensation, or self-reactivity shall be taken into account. The total capacity of both normal and emergency venting devices shall be not less than that derived from Table F-10 except as provided in paragraph (i)(2)(v)(E) or (F) of this section. Such device may be a self-closing manhole cover, or one using long bolts that permit the cover to lift under internal pressure, or an additional or larger relief valve or valves. The wetted area of the tank shall be calculated on the basis of 55 percent of the total exposed area of a sphere or spheroid, 75 percent of the total exposed area of a horizontal tank and the first 30 feet (9.12 m) above grade of the exposed shell are of a vertical tank. TABLE F-10 - WETTED AREA VERSUS CUBIC FEET (METERS) FREE AIR PER HOUR (For Table, see printed copy) (D) For tanks and storage vessels designed for pressure over 1 p.s.i.g., the total rate of venting shall be determined in accordance with Table F-10, except that when the exposed wetted area of the surface is greater than 2,800 square feet (257.6 m(2)), the total rate of venting shall be calculated by the following formula: CFH=1,107A(0.82) Where: CFH=Venting requirement, in cubic feet (meters) of free air per hour. A=Exposed wetted surface, in square feet (m(2)). NOTE: The foregoing formula is based on Q=21,000A(0.82). (E) The total emergency relief venting capacity for any specific stable liquid may be determined by the following formula: V=1337+L square root M V= Cubic feet (meters) of free air per hour from Table F-10. L= Latent heat of vaporization of specific liquid in B.t.u. per pound. M= Molecular weight of specific liquids. (F) The required airflow rate of paragraph (i)(2)(v)(C) or (E) of this section may be multiplied by the appropriate factor listed in the following schedule when protection is provided as indicated. Only one factor may be used for any one tank. 0.5 for drainage in accordance with paragraph (i)(2)(vii)(B) of this section for tanks over 200 square feet (18.4 m(2)) of wetted area. 0.3 for approved water spray. 0.3 for approved insulation. 0.15 for approved water spray with approved insulation. (G) The outlet of all vents and vent drains on tanks equipped with emergency venting to permit pressures exceeding 2.5 p.s.i.g. shall be arranged to discharge in such a way as to prevent localized overheating of any part of the tank, in the event vapors from such vents are ignited. (H) Each commercial tank venting device shall have stamped on it the opening pressure, the pressure at which the valve reaches the full open position, and the flow capacity at the latter pressure, expressed in cubic feet (meters) per hour of air at 60 deg. F. (15.55 deg C) and at a pressure of 14.7 p.s.i.a. (I) The flow capacity of tank venting devices 12 inches (30.48 cm) and smaller in nominal pipe size shall be determined by actual test of each type and size of vent. These flow tests may be conducted by the manufacturer if certified by a qualified impartial observer, or may be conducted by an outside agency. The flow capacity of tank venting devices larger than 12 inches (30.48 cm) nominal pipe size, including manhole covers with long bolts or equivalent, may be calculated provided that the opening pressure is actually measured, the rating pressure and corresponding free orifice area are stated, the word "calculated" appears on the nameplate, and the computation is based on a flow coefficient of 0.5 applied to the rated orifice area. (vi) "Vent piping for aboveground tanks." (A) Vent piping shall be constructed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. (B) Where vent pipe outlets for tanks storing Class I liquids are adjacent to buildings or public ways, they shall be located so that the vapors are released at a safe point outside of buildings and not less than 12 feet (3.648 m) above the adjacent ground level. In order to aid their dispersion, vapors shall be discharged upward or horizontally away from closely adjacent walls. Vent outlets shall be located so that flammable vapors will not be trapped by eaves or other obstructions and shall be at least 5 feet (1.52 m) from building openings. (C) When tank vent piping is manifolded, pipe sizes shall be such as to discharge, within the pressure limitations of the system, the vapors they may be required to handle when manifolded tanks are subject to the same fire exposure. (vii) "Drainage, dikes, and walls for aboveground tanks" - (A) "Drainage and diked areas." The area surrounding a tank or a group of tanks shall be provided with drainage as in paragraph (i)(2)(vii)(B) of this section, or shall be diked as provided in (i)(2)(vii)(C) of this section, to prevent accidental discharge of liquid from endangering adjoining property or reaching waterways. (B) "Drainage." Where protection of adjoining property or waterways is by means of a natural or manmade drainage system, such systems shall comply with the following: (1) [Reserved] (2) The drainage system shall terminate in vacant land or other area or in an impounding basin having a capacity not smaller than that of the largest tank served. This termination area and the route of the drainage system shall be so located that, if the flammable or combustible liquids in the drainage system are ignited, the fire will not seriously expose tanks or adjoining property. (C) "Diked areas." Where protection of adjoining property or waterways is accomplished by retaining the liquid around the tank by means of a dike, the volume of the diked area shall comply with the following requirements: {1} Except as provided in paragraph (1)(2)(vii)(C)(2) of this section, the volumetric capacity of the diked area shall not be less than the greatest amount of liquid that can be released from the largest tank within the diked area, assuming a full tank. The capacity of the diked area enclosing more than one tank shall be calculated by deducting the volume of the tanks other than the largest tank below the height of the dike. {2} For a tank or group of tanks with fixed roofs containing crude petroleum with boilover characteristics, the volumetric capacity of the diked area shall be not less than the capacity of the largest tank served by the enclosure, assuming a full tank. The capacity of the diked enclosure shall be calculated by deducting the volume below the height of the dike of all tanks within the enclosure. {3} Walls of the diked area shall be of earth, steel, concrete or solid masonry designed to be liquidtight and to withstand a full hydrostatic head. Earthen walls 3 feet (0.912 m) or more in height shall have a flat section at the top not less than 2 feet (0.608 m) wide. The slope of an earthen wall shall be consistent with the angle of repose of the material of which the wall is constructed. {4} The walls of the diked area shall be restricted to an average height of 6 feet (1.824 m) above interior grade. {5} [Reserved] {6} No loose combustible material, empty or full drum or barrel, shall be permitted within the diked area. (viii) "Tank openings other than vents for aboveground tanks." (A) - (B) - (C) [Reserved] (D) Openings for gaging shall be provided with a vaportight cap or cover. (E) For Class IB and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the possibility of generating static electricity. A fill pipe entering the top of a tank shall terminate within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of the bottom of the tank and shall be installed to avoid excessive vibration. (F) Filling and emptying connections which are made and broken shall be located outside of buildings at a location free from any source of ignition and not less than 5 feet (1.52 m) away from any building opening. Such connection shall be closed and liquidtight when not in use. The connection shall be properly identified. (3) "Installation of underground tanks" - (i) "Location." Evacuation for underground storage tanks shall be made with due care to avoid undermining of foundations of existing structures. Underground tanks or tanks under buildings shall be so located with respect to existing building foundations and supports that the loads carried by the latter cannot be transmitted to the tank. The distance from any part of tank storing Class I liquids to the nearest wall of any basement or pit shall be not less than 1 foot (0.304 m), and to any property line that may be built upon, not less than 3 feet (0.912 m). The distance from any part of a tank storing Class II or Class III liquids to the nearest wall of any basement, pit or property line shall be not less than 1 foot (0.304 m). (ii) "Depth and cover." Underground tanks shall be set on firm foundations and surrounded with at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) of noncorrosive, inert materials such as clean sand, earth, or gravel well tamped in place. The tank shall be placed in the hole with care since dropping or rolling the tank into the hole can break a weld, puncture or damage the tank, or scrape off the protective coating of coated tanks. Tanks shall be covered with a minimum of 2 feet(0.608 m) of earth, or shall be covered with not less than 1 foot (0.304 m) of earth, on top of which shall be placed a slab of reinforced concrete not less than 4 inches (10.16 cm) thick. When underground tanks are, or are likely to be, subject to traffic, they shall be protected against damage from vehicles passing over them by at least 3 feet (0.912 m) of earth cover, or 18 inches (45.72 cm) of well-tamped earth, plus 6 inches (15.24 cm) of reinforced concrete or 8 inches (20.32 cm) of asphaltic concrete. When asphaltic or reinforced concrete paving is used as part of the protection, it shall extend at least 1 foot (0.304 m) horizontally beyond the outline of the tank in all directions. (iii) "Corrosion protection." Corrosion protection for the tank and its piping shall be provided by one or more of the following methods: (A) Use of protective coatings or wrappings; (B) Cathodic protection; or, (C) Corrosion resistant materials of construction. (iv) "Vents." (A) Location and arrangement of vents for Class I liquids. Vent pipes from tanks storing Class I liquids shall be so located that the discharge point is outside of buildings, higher than the fill pipe opening, and not less than 12 feet (3,648 m) above the adjacent ground level. Vent pipes shall discharge only upward in order to disperse vapors. Vent pipes 2 inches (5.08 cm) or less in nominal inside diameter shall not be obstructed by devices that will cause excessive back pressure. Vent pipe outlets shall be so located that flammable vapors will not enter building openings, or be trapped under eaves or other obstructions. If the vent pipe is less than 10 feet (3.04 m) in length, or greater than 2 inches (5.08 cm) in nominal inside diameter, the outlet shall be provided with a vacuum and pressure relief device or there shall be an approved flame arrester located in the vent line at the outlet or within the approved distance from the outlet. (B) Size of vents. Each tank shall be vented through piping adequate in size to prevent blow-back of vapor or liquid at the fill opening while the tank is being filled. Vent pipes shall be not less than 1 1/4 inch (3.175 cm) nominal inside diameter. TABLE F-11 - VENT LINE DIAMETERS
Maximum flow GPM (L) |
Pipe length(1) | ||
50 feet (15.2 m) | 100 feet (30.4 m) | 200 feet (60.8 m) | |
Inches (cm) | Inches (cm) | Inches (cm) | |
100 (378.5) | 1 1/4 (3.175) | 1 1/4 (3.175) | 1 1/4 (3.175) |
200 (757) | 1 1/4 (3.175) | 1 1/4 (3.175) | 1 1/4 (3.175) |
300 (1,135.5) | 1 1/4 (3.175) | 1 1/4 (3.175) | 1 1/2 (3.81) |
400 (1,514) | 1 1/4 (3.175) | 1 1/2 (3.81) | 2 (5.08) |
500 (1,892.5) | 1 1/2 (3.81) | 1 1/2 (3.81) | 2 (5.08) |
600 (2,271) | 1 1/2 (3.81) | 2 (5.08) | 2 (5.08) |
700 (2,649.5) | 2 (5.08) | 2 (5.08) | 2 (5.08) |
800 (3,028) | 2 (5.08) | 2 (5.08) | 3 (7.62) |
900 (3,406.5) | 2 (5.08) | 2 (5.08) | 3 (7.62) |
1,000 (3,785) | 2 (5.08) | 2 (5.08) | 3 (7.62) |
Footnote(1) Vent lines of 50 feet (15.2 m), 100 feet (30.4 m), and 200 feet (60.8 m) of pipe plus 7 ells. (C) Location and arrangement of vents for Class II or Class III liquids. Vent pipes from tanks storing Class II or Class III flammable liquids shall terminate outside of the building and higher than the fill pipe opening. Vent outlets shall be above normal snow level. They may be fitted with return bends, coarse screens or other devices to minimize ingress of foreign material. (D) Vent piping shall be constructed in accordance with paragraph (3)(iv)(C) of this section. Vent pipes shall be so laid as to drain toward the tank without sags or traps in which liquid can collect. They shall be located so that they will not be subjected to physical damage. The tank end of the vent pipe shall enter the tank through the top. (E) When tank vent piping is manifolded, pipe sizes shall be such as to discharge, within the pressure limitations of the system, the vapors they may be required to handle when manifolded tanks are filled simultaneously. (v) "Tank openings other than vents." (A) Connections for all tank openings shall be vapor or liquid tight. (B) Openings for manual gaging, if independent of the fill pipe, shall be provided with a liquid-tight cap or cover. If inside a building, each such opening shall be protected against liquid overflow and possible vapor release by means of a spring loaded check valve or other approved device. (C) Fill and discharge lines shall enter tanks only through the top. Fill lines shall be sloped toward the tank. (D) For Class IB and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the possibility of generating static electricity by terminating within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of the bottom of the tank. (E) Filling and emptying connections which are made and broken shall be located outside of buildings at a location free from any source of ignition and not less than 5 feet (1.52 m) away from any building opening. Such connection shall be closed and liquidtight when not in use. The connection shall be properly identified. (4) "Installation of tanks inside of buildings" - (i) "Location." Tanks shall not be permitted inside of buildings except as provided in paragraphs (e), (g), (h), or (i) of this section. (ii) "Vents." Vents for tanks inside of buildings shall be as provided in paragraphs (i)(2)(iv), (v), (vi)(B), and (3)(iv) of this section, except that emergency venting by the use of weak roof seams on tanks shall not be permitted. Vents shall discharge vapors outside the buildings. (iii) "Vent piping." Vent piping shall be constructed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. (iv) "Tank openings other than vents." (A) Connections for all tank openings shall be vapor or liquidtight. Vents are covered in paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of this section. (B) Each connection to a tank inside of buildings through which liquid can normally flow shall be provided with an internal or external valve located as close as practical to the shell of the tank. Such valves, when external, and their connections to the tank shall be of steel except when the chemical characteristics of the liquid stored are incompatible with steel. When materials other than steel are necessary, they shall be suitable for the pressures, structural stresses, and temperatures involved, including fire exposures. (C) Flammable or combustible liquid tanks located inside of buildings, except in one-story buildings designed and protected for flammable or combustible liquid storage, shall be provided with an automatic-closing heat-actuated valve on each withdrawal connection below the liquid level, except for connections used for emergency disposal, to prevent continued flow in the event of fire in the vicinity of the tank. This function may be incorporated in the valve required in paragraph (i)(4)(iv)(B) of this section, and if a separate valve, shall be located adjacent to the valve required in paragraph (i)(4)(iv)(B) of this section. (D) Openings for manual gaging, if independent of the fill pipe (see paragraph (i)(4)(iv)(F) of this section), shall be provided with a vaportight cap or cover. Each such opening shall be protected against liquid overflow and possible vapor release by means of a spring loaded check valve or other approved device. (E) For Class IB and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the possibility of generating static electricity by terminating within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of the bottom of the tank. (F) The fill pipe inside of the tank shall be installed to avoid excessive vibration of the pipe. (G) The inlet of the fill pipe shall be located outside of buildings at a location free from any source of ignition and not less than 5 feet (1.52 m) away from any building opening. The inlet of the fill pipe shall be closed and liquidtight when not in use. The fill connection shall be properly identified. (H) Tanks inside buildings shall be equipped with a device, or other means shall be provided, to prevent overflow into the building. (5) "Supports, foundations, and anchorage for all tank locations" - (i) "General." Tank supports shall be installed on firm foundations. Tank supports shall be of concrete, masonry, or protected steel. Single wood timber supports (not cribbing) laid horizontally may be used for outside aboveground tanks if not more than 12 inches (30.48 cm) high at their lowest point. (ii) "Fire resistance." Steel supports or exposed piling shall be protected by materials having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours, except that steel saddles need not be protected if less than 12 inches (30.48 cm) high at their lowest point. Water spray protection or its equivalent may be used in lieu of fire-resistive materials to protect supports. (iii) "Spheres." The design of the supporting structure for tanks such as spheres shall receive special engineering consideration. (iv) "Load distribution." Every tank shall be so supported as to prevent the excessive concentration of loads on the supporting portion of the shell. (v) "Foundations." Tanks shall rest on the ground or on foundations made of concrete, masonry, piling, or steel. Tank foundations shall be designed to minimize the possibility of uneven settling of the tank and to minimize corrosion in any part of the tank resting on the foundation. (vi) "Flood areas." Where a tank is located in an area that may be subjected to flooding, the applicable precautions outlined in this subdivision shall be observed. (A) No aboveground vertical storage tank containing a flammable or combustible liquid shall be located so that the allowable liquid level within the tank is below the established maximum flood stage, unless the tank is provided with a guiding structure such as described in paragraphs (i)(5)(vi)(M), (N), and (O) of this section. (B) Independent water supply facilities shall be provided at locations where there is no ample and dependable public water supply available for loading partially empty tanks with water. (C) In addition to the preceding requirements, each tank so located that more than 70 percent, but less than 100 percent, of its allowable liquid storage capacity will be submerged at the established maximum flood stage, shall be safeguarded by one of the following methods: Tank shall be raised, or its height shall be increased, until its top extends above the maximum flood stage a distance equivalent to 30 percent or more of its allowable liquid storage capacity: "Provided, however," That the submerged part of the tank shall not exceed two and one-half times the diameter. Or, as an alternative to the foregoing, adequate noncombustible structural guides, designed to permit the tank to float vertically without loss of product, shall be provided. (D) Each horizontal tank so located that more than 70 percent of its storage capacity will be submerged at the established flood stage, shall be anchored, attached to a foundation of concrete or of steel and concrete, of sufficient weight to provide adequate load for the tank when filled with flammable or combustible liquid and submerged by flood waters to the established flood stage, or adequately secured by other means. (E) [Reserved] (F) At locations where there is no ample and dependable water supply, or where filling of underground tanks with liquids is impracticable because of the character of their contents, their use, or for other reasons, each tank shall be safeguarded against movement when empty and submerged by high ground water or flood waters by anchoring, weighting with concrete or other approved solid loading material, or securing by other means. Each such tank shall be so constructed and installed that it will safety resist external pressures due to high ground water or flood waters. (G) At locations where there is an ample and dependable water supply available, underground tanks containing flammable or combustible liquids, so installed that more than 70 percent of their storage capacity will be submerged at the maximum flood stage, shall be so anchored, weighted, or secured by other means, as to prevent movement by such tanks when filled with flammable or combustible liquids, and submerged by flood waters to the established flood stage. (H) Pipe connections below the allowable liquid level in a tank shall be provided with valves or cocks located as closely as practicable to the tank shell. Such valves and their connections to tanks shall be of steel or other material suitable for use with the liquid being stored. Cast iron shall not be permitted. (I) At locations where an independent water supply is required, it shall be entirely independent of public power and water supply. Independent source of water shall be available when flood waters reach a level not less than 10 feet (3.04 m) below the bottom of the lowest tank on a property. (J) The self-contained power and pumping unit shall be so located or so designed that pumping into tanks may be carried on continuously throughout the rise in flood waters from a level 10 feet (3.04 m) below the lowest tank to the level of the potential flood stage. (K) Capacity of the pumping unit shall be such that the rate of rise of water in all tanks shall be equivalent to the established potential average rate of rise of flood waters at any stage. (L) Each independent pumping unit shall be tested periodically to insure that it is in satisfactory operating condition. (M) Structural guides for holding floating tanks above their foundations shall be so designed that there will be no resistance to the free rise of a tank, and shall be constructed of noncombustible material. (N) The strength of the structure shall be adequate to resist lateral movement of a tank subject to a horizontal force in any direction equivalent to not less than 25 pounds per square foot (1.05 kg m(2)) acting on the projected vertical cross-sectional area of the tank. (O) Where tanks are situated on exposed points or bends in a shoreline where swift currents in flood waters will be present, the structures shall be designed to withstand a unit force of not less than 50 pounds per square foot (2.1 kg m(2)). (P) The filling of a tank to be protected by water loading shall be started as soon as flood waters reach a dangerous flood stage. The rate of filling shall be at least equal to the rate of rise of the floodwaters (or the established average potential rate of rise). (Q) Sufficient fuel to operate the water pumps shall be available at all times to insure adequate power to fill all tankage with water. (R) All valves on connecting pipelines shall be closed and locked in closed position when water loading has been completed. (S) Where structural guides are provided for the protection of floating tanks, all rigid connections between tanks and pipelines shall be disconnected and blanked off or blinded before the floodwaters reach the bottom of the tank, unless control valves and their connections to the tank are of a type designed to prevent breakage between the valve and the tank shell. (T) All valves attached to tanks other than those used in connection with water loading operations shall be closed and locked. (U) If a tank is equipped with a swing line, the swing pipe shall be raised to and secured at its highest position. (V) Inspections. The Assistant Secretary or his designated representative shall make periodic inspections of all plants where the storage of flammable or combustible liquids is such as to require compliance with the foregoing requirements, in order to assure the following: (1) That all flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks are in compliance with these requirements and so maintained. (2) That detailed printed instructions of what to do in flood emergencies are properly posted. (3) That station operators and other employees depended upon to carry out such instructions are thoroughly informed as to the location and operation of such valves and other equipment necessary to effect these requirements. (vii) "Earthquake areas." In areas subject to earthquakes, the tank supports and connections shall be designed to resist damage as a result of such shocks. (6) "Sources of ignition." In locations where flammable vapors may be present, precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition by eliminating or controlling sources of ignition. Sources of ignition may include open flames, lightning, smoking, cutting and welding, hot surfaces, frictional heat, sparks (static, electrical, and mechanical), spontaneous ignition, chemical and physical-chemical reactions, and radiant heat. (7) "Testing" - (i) "General." All tanks, whether shop built or field erected, shall be strength tested before they are placed in service in accordance with the applicable paragraphs of the code under which they were built. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) code stamp, American Petroleum Institute (API) monogram, or the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., on a tank shall be evidence of compliance with this strength test. Tanks not marked in accordance with the above codes shall be strength tested before they are placed in service in accordance with good engineering principles and reference shall be made to the sections on testing in the codes listed in paragraphs (i)(1)(iii)(A), (iv)(B), or (v)(B) of this section. (ii) "Strength." When the vertical length of the fill and vent pipes is such that when filled with liquid the static head imposed upon the bottom of the tank exceeds 10 pounds per square inch (68.94 kPa), the tank and related piping shall be tested hydrostatically to a pressure equal to the static head thus imposed. (iii) "Tightness." In addition to the strength test called for in paragraphs (i)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section, all tanks and connections shall be tested for tightness. Except for underground tanks, this tightness test shall be made at operating pressure with air, inert gas, or water prior to placing the tank in service. In the case of field-erected tanks the strength test may be considered to be the test for tank tightness. Underground tanks and piping, before being covered, enclosed, or placed in use, shall be tested for tightness hydrostatically, or with air pressure at not less than 3 pounds per square inch (20.68 kPa) and not more than 5 pounds per square inch (34.47 kPa). (iv) "Repairs." All leaks or deformations shall be corrected in an acceptable manner before the tank is placed in service. Mechanical caulking is not permitted for correcting leaks in welded tanks except pinhole leaks in the roof. (v) "Derated operations." Tanks to be operated at pressures below their design pressure may be tested by the applicable provisions of paragraphs (i)(7)(i) or (ii) of this section, based upon the pressure developed under full emergency venting of the tank. (j) "Piping, valves, and fittings" - (1) "General" - (i) "Design." The design (including selection of materials) fabrication, assembly, test, and inspection of piping systems containing flammable or combustible liquids shall be suitable for the expected working pressures and structural stresses. Conformity with the applicable provisions of Pressure Piping, ANSI B31 series and the provisions of this paragraph, shall be considered prima facie evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions. (ii) "Exceptions." This paragraph does not apply to any of the following: (A) Tubing or casing on any oil or gas wells and any piping connected directly thereto. (B) Motor vehicle, aircraft, boat, or portable or stationary engines. (C) Piping within the scope of any applicable boiler and pressure vessel code. (iii) "Definitions." As used in this paragraph, piping systems consist of pipe, tubing, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings, the pressure containing parts of other components such as expansion joints and strainers, and devices which serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing, distributing, metering, or controlling flow. (2) "Materials for piping, valves, and fittings" - (i) "Required materials." Materials for piping, valves, or fittings shall be steel, nodular iron, or malleable iron, except as provided in paragraphs (j)(2)(ii), (iii) and (iv) of this section. (ii) "Exceptions." Materials other than steel, nodular iron, or malleable iron may be used underground, or if required by the properties of the flammable or combustible liquid handled. Material other than steel, nodular iron, or malleable iron shall be designed to specifications embodying principles recognized as good engineering practices for the material used. (iii) "Linings." Piping, valves, and fittings may have combustible or noncombustible linings. (iv) "Low-melting materials." When low-melting point materials such as aluminum and brass or materials that soften on fire exposure such as plastics, or non-ductile materials such as cast iron, are necessary, special consideration shall be given to their behavior on fire exposure. If such materials are used in above ground piping systems or inside buildings, they shall be suitably protected against fire exposure or so located that any spill resulting from the failure of these materials could not unduly expose persons, important buildings or structures or can be readily controlled by remote valves. (3) "Pipe joints." Joints shall be made liquid tight. Welded or screwed joints or approved connectors shall be used. Threaded joints and connections shall be made up tight with a suitable lubricant or piping compound. Pipe joints dependent upon the friction characteristics of combustible materials for mechanical continuity of piping shall not be used inside buildings. They may be used outside of buildings above or below ground. If used above ground, the piping shall either be secured to prevent disengagement at the fitting or the piping system shall be so designed that any spill resulting from such disengagement could not unduly expose persons, important buildings or structures, and could be readily controlled by remote valves. (4) "Supports." Piping systems shall be substantially supported and protected against physical damage and excessive stresses arising from settlement, vibration, expansion, or contraction. (5) "Protection against corrosion." All piping for flammable or combustible liquids, both aboveground and underground, where subject to external corrosion, shall be painted or otherwise protected. (6) "Valves." Piping systems shall contain a sufficient number of valves to operate the system properly and to protect the plant. Piping systems in connection with pumps shall contain a sufficient number of valves to control properly the flow of liquid in normal operation and in the event of physical damage. Each connection to pipelines, by which equipments such as tankcars or tank vehicles discharge liquids by means of pumps into storage tanks, shall be provided with a check valve for automatic protection against backflow if the piping arrangement is such that backflow from the system is possible. (7) "Testing" All piping before being covered, enclosed, or placed in use shall be hydrostatically tested to 150 percent of the maximum anticipated pressure of the system, or pneumatically tested to 110 percent of the maximum anticipated pressure of the system, but not less than 5 pounds per square inch gage at the highest point of the system. This test shall be maintained for a sufficient time to complete visual inspection of all joints and connections, but for at least 10 minutes. (k) "Marine service stations" - (1) "Dispensing." (i) The dispensing area shall be located away from other structures so as to provide room for safe ingress and egress of craft to be fueled. Dispensing units shall in all cases be at least 20 feet (6.08 m) from any activity involving fixed sources of ignition. (ii) Dispensing shall be by approved dispensing units with or without integral pumps and may be located on open piers, wharves, or floating docks or on shore or on piers of the solid fill type. (iii) Dispensing nozzles shall be automatic-closing without a hold-open latch. (2) "Tanks and pumps." (i) Tanks, and pumps not integral with the dispensing unit, shall be on shore or on a pier of the solid fill type, except as provided in paragraphs (k)(2)(ii)and (iii) of this section. (ii) Where shore location would require excessively long supply lines to dispensers, tanks may be installed on a pier provided that applicable portions of paragraph (b) of this section relative to spacing, diking, and piping are complied with and the quantity so stored does not exceed 1,100 gallons (4,163.5 L) aggregate capacity. (iii) Shore tanks supplying marine service stations may be located above ground, where rock ledges or high water table make underground tanks impractical. (iv) Where tanks are at an elevation which would produce gravity head on the dispensing unit, the tank outlet shall be equipped with a pressure control valve positioned adjacent to and outside the tank block valve specified in 1926.152(c)(8) of this section, so adjusted that liquid cannot flow by gravity from the tank in case of piping or hose failure. (3) "Piping." (i) Piping between shore tanks and dispensing units shall be as described in paragraph (k)(2)(iii) of this section, except that, where dispensing is from a floating structure, suitable lengths of oil-resistant flexible hose may be employed between the shore piping and the piping on the floating structure as made necessary by change in water level or shoreline. TABLE F-19 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAZARDOUS AREAS - SERVICE STATIONS
Location | Class I Group D division | Extent of classified area |
Underground tank: | ||
Fill opening | 1 | Any pit, box or space below grade level, any part of which is within the Division 1 or 2 classified area. |
2 | Up to 18 inches (45.72 cm) above grade level within a horizontal radius of 10 feet (3.04 m) from a loose fill connection and within a horizontal radius of 5 feet (1.52 M) from a tight fill connection. | |
Vent - Discharging upward | 1 | Within 3 feet (0.912 m) of open end of vent, extending in all directions. |
2 | Area between 3 feet (0.912 m) and 5 feet (1.52 m) of open end of vent, extending in all directions. | |
Dispenser: | ||
Pits | 1 | Any pit, box or space below grade level, any part of which is within the Division 1 or 2 classified area. |
Dispenser enclosure | 1 | The area 4 feet (1.216 m) vertically above base within the enclosure and 18 inches (45.72 cm) horizontally in all directions. |
Outdoor | 2 | Up to 18 inches (45.72 cm) above grade level within 20 feet (6.08 m) horizontally of any edge of enclosure. |
Indoor: | ||
With mechanical ventilation | 2 | Up to 18 inches (45.72 cm) above grade level within 20 feet (6.08 m) horizontally of any edge of enclosure. |
With gravity ventilation | Up to 18 inches (45.72 cm) above grade or floor level within 25 feet (7.6 m) horizontally of any edge of enclosure. | |
Remote pump - Outdoor | 1 | Any pit, box or space below grade level if any part is within a horizontal distance of 10 feet (3.04 m) from any edge of pump. |
2 | Within 3 feet (0.912 m) of any edge of pump, extending in all directions. Also up to 18 inches (45.72 cm) above grade level within 10 feet (3.04 m) horizontally from any edge of pump. | |
Remote pump - Indoor | 1 | Entire area within any pit. |
2 | Within 5 feet (1.52 m) of any edge of pump, extending in all directions. Also up to 3 feet (3.04 m) above floor or grade level within 25 feet (6.08 m) horizontally from any edge of pump. | |
Lubrication or service room | 1 | Entire area within any pit. |
2 | Area up to 18 inches (45.72 cm) above floor or grade level within entire lubrication room. | |
Dispenser for Class I liquids | 2 | Within 3 feet (0.912 m) of any fill or dispensing point, extending in all directions. |
Special enclosure inside building per 1910.106(f)(1)(ii) | ||
Sales, storage and rest rooms | (1) | If there is any opening to these rooms within the extent of a Division 1 area, the entire room shall be classified as Division 1. |
Footnote(1) Ordinary. (ii) A readily accessible valve to shut off the supply from shore shall be provided in each pipeline at or near the approach to the pier and at the shore end of each pipeline adjacent to the point where flexible hose is attached. (iii) Piping shall be located so as to be protected from physical damage. (iv) Piping handling Class I liquids shall be grounded to control stray currents. (4) "Definition; as used in this section:" Marine service station shall mean that portion of a property where flammable or combustible liquids used as fuels are stored and dispensed from fixed equipment on shore, piers, wharves, or floating docks into the fuel tanks or self-propelled craft, and shall include all facilities used in connection therewith. 20. In 1926.153, new paragraphs (a)(3) and (m) through (o) are added to read as follows: 1926.153 Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas). (a) Approval of equipment and systems. * * * * * * * (3) "Definition." As used in this section, "Containers" - All vessels, such as tanks, cylinders, or drums, used for transportation or storing liquefied petroleum gases. * * * * * * (m) "Systems utilizing containers other than DOT containers" - (1) "Application." This paragraph applies specifically to systems utilizing storage containers other than those constructed in accordance with DOT specifications. Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph unless otherwise noted in paragraph (b) of this section. (2) "Design pressure and classification of storage containers." Storage containers shall be designed and classified in accordance with Table F-31. Table F-31
Container type | For gases with vapor press. Not to exceed lb. per sq. in.gage at 100 deg. F. (37.8 deg. C.) |
Minimum design pressure of container, lb. per sq. in. gage | |
1949 and earlier editions of ASME Code (Par. U-68, U-69) | 1949 edition of ASME Code (Par. U-200, U-201); 1950, 1952, 1956, 1959, 1962, 1965, and 1968 (Division 1) editions of ASME Code; All editions of API-ASME Code(3) | ||
80 (1) | 80 (1) | 80 (1) | 100 (1) |
100 | 100 | 100 | 125 |
125 | 125 | 125 | 156 |
150 | 150 | 150 | 187 |
175 | 175 | 175 | 219 |
200 (2) | 215 | 200 | 250 |
Footnote(1) New storage containers of the 80 type have not been authorized since Dec. 31, 1947. Footnote(2) Container type may be increased by increments of 25. The minimum design pressure of containers shall per 100 percent of the container type designation when constructed under 1949 or earlier editions of the ASME Code (Par. U-68 and U-69). The minimum design pressure of containers shall be 125 percent of the container type designation when constructed under: (1) the 1949 ASME Code (Par. U-200 and U-201), (2) 1950, 1952, 1956, 1959, 1962, 1965, and 1968 (Division 1) editions of the ASME Code, and (3) all editions of the API-ASME Code. Footnote(3) Construction of containers under the API-ASME Code is not authorized after July 1, 1061. (3) Containers with foundations attached (portable or semiportable b containers with suitable steel "runners" or "skids" and popularly known in the industry as "skid tanks") shall be designed, installed, and used in accordance with these rules subject to the following provisions: (i) If they are to be used at a given general location for a temporary period not to exceed 6 months they need not have fire-resisting foundations or saddles but shall have adequate ferrous metal supports. (ii) They shall not be located with the outside bottom of the container shell more than 5 feet (1.52 m) above the surface of the ground unless fire-resisting supports are provided. (iii) The bottom of the skids shall not be less than 2 inches (5.08 cm) or more than 12 inches (30.48 cm) below the outside bottom of the container shell. (iv) Flanges, nozzles, valves, fittings, and the like, having communication with the interior of the container, shall be protected against physical damage. (v) When not permanently located on fire-resisting foundations, piping connections shall be sufficiently flexible to minimize the possibility of breakage or leakage of connections if the container settles, moves, or is otherwise displaced. (vi) Skids, or lugs for attachment of skids, shall be secured to the container in accordance with the code or rules under which the container is designed and built (with a minimum factor of safety of four) to withstand loading in any direction equal to four times the weight of the container and attachments when filled to the maximum permissible loaded weight. (4) Field welding where necessary shall be made only on saddle plates or brackets which were applied by the manufacturer of the tank. (n) When LP-Gas and one or more other gases are stored or used in the same area, the containers shall be marked to identify their content. Marking shall be in compliance with American National Standard Z48.1-1954, "Method of Marking Portable Compressed Gas Containers To Identify the Material Contained." (o) "Damage from vehicles." When damage to LP-Gas systems from vehicular traffic is a possibility, precautions against such damage shall be taken. 21. A new undesignated center heading and 1926.156 and 1926.157 are added to read as follows: 1926.156 Fixed extinguishing systems, general. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all fixed extinguishing systems installed to meet a particular OSHA standard except for automatic sprinkler systems which are covered by 1910.159. (2) This section also applies to fixed systems not installed to meet a particular OSHA standard, but which, by means of their operation, may expose employees to possible injury, death, or adverse health consequences caused by the extinguishing agent. Such systems are only subject to the requirements of paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(7) and (c) of this section. (3) Systems otherwise covered in paragraph (a)(2) of this section which are installed in areas with no employee exposure are exempted from the requirements of this section. (b) "General requirements." (1) Fixed extinguishing system components and agents shall be designed and approved for use on the specific fire hazards they are expected to control or extinguish. (2) If for any reason a fixed extinguishing system becomes inoperable, the employer shall notify employees and take the necessary temporary precautions to assure their safety until the system is restored to operating order. Any defects or impairments shall be properly corrected by trained personnel. (3) The employer shall provide a distinctive alarm or signaling system which complies with 1926.159 and is capable of being perceived above ambient noise or light levels, on all extinguishing systems in those portions of the workplace covered by the extinguishing system to indicate when the extinguishing system is discharging. Discharge alarms are not required on systems where discharge is immediately recognizable. (4) The employer shall provide effective safeguards to warn employees against entry into discharge areas where the atmosphere remains hazardous to employee safety or health. (5) The employer shall post hazard warning or caution signs at the entrance to, and inside of, areas protected by fixed extinguishing systems which use agents in concentrations known to be hazardous to employee safety and health. (6) The employer shall assure that fixed systems are inspected annually by a person knowledgeable in the design and function of the system to assure that the system is maintained in good operating condition. (7) The employer shall assure that the weight and pressure of refillable containers is checked at least semi-annually. If the container shows a loss in net content or weight of more than 5 percent, or a loss in pressure of more than 10 percent, it shall be subjected to maintenance. (8) The employer shall assure that factory charged nonrefillable containers which have no means of pressure indication are weighted at least semi-annually. If a container shows a loss in net weight or more than 5 percent it shall be replaced. (9) The employer shall assure that inspection and maintenance dates are recorded on the container, on a tag attached to the container, or in a central location. A record of the last semi-annual check shall be maintained until the container is checked again or for the life of the container, whichever is less. (10) The employer shall train employees designated to inspect, maintain, operate, or repair fixed extinguishing systems and annually review their training to keep them up-to-date in the functions they are to perform. (11) The employer shall not use chlorobromomethane or carbon tetrachloride as an extinguishing agent where employees may be exposed. (12) The employer shall assure that systems installed in the presence of corrosive atmospheres are constructed of non-corrosive material or otherwise protected against corrosion. (13) Automatic detection equipment shall be approved, installed and maintained in accordance with 1926.158. (14) The employer shall assure that all systems designed for and installed in areas with climatic extremes shall operate effectively at the expected extreme temperatures. (15) The employer shall assure that at least one manual station is provided for discharge activation of each fixed extinguishing system. (16) The employer shall assure that manual operating devices are identified as to the hazard against which they will provide protection. (17) The employer shall provide and assure the use of the personal protective equipment needed for immediate rescue of employees trapped in hazardous atmospheres created by an agent discharge. (c) "Total flooding systems with potential health and safety hazards to employees." (1) The employer shall provide an emergency action plan in accordance with 1926.35 for each area within a workplace that is protected by a total flooding system which provides agent concentrations exceeding the maximum safe levels set forth in paragraphs (b)(5) and (b)(6) of 1926.157. (2) Systems installed in areas where employees cannot enter during or after the system's operation are exempt from the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. (3) On all total flooding systems the employer shall provide a pre-discharge employee alarm which complies with 1926.159, and is capable of being perceived above ambient light or noise levels before the system discharges, which will give employees time to safely exit from the discharge area prior to system discharge. (4) The employer shall provide automatic actuation of total flooding systems by means of an approved fire detection device installed and interconnected with a pre-discharge employee alarm system to give employees time to safely exit from the discharge area prior to system discharge. 1926.157 Fixed extinguishing systems, gaseous agent. (a) "Scope and application" - (1) "Scope." This section applies to all fixed extinguishing systems, using a gas as the extinguishing agent, installed to meet a particular OSHA standard. These systems shall also comply with 1926.156. In some cases, the gas may be in a liquid state during storage. (2) "Application." The requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(4) through (b)(6) shall apply only to total flooding systems. (b) "Specific requirements." (1) Agents used for initial supply and replenishment shall be of the type approved for the system's application. Carbon dioxide obtained by dry ice conversion to liquid is not acceptable unless it is processed to remove excess water and oil. (2) Except during overhaul, the employer shall assure that the designed concentration of gaseous agents is maintained until the fire has been extinguished or is under control. (3) The employer shall assure that employees are not exposed to toxic levels of gaseous agent or its decomposition products. (4) The employer shall assure that the designed extinguishing concentration is reached within 30 seconds of initial discharge except for Halon systems which must achieve design concentration within 10 seconds. (5) The employer shall provide a distinctive pre-discharge employee alarm capable of being perceived above ambient light or noise levels when agent design concentrations exceed the maximum safe level for employee exposure. A pre-discharge employee alarm for alerting employees before system discharge shall be provided on Halon 1211 and carbon dioxide systems with a design concentration of 10 percent or greater. The pre-discharge employee alarm shall provide employees time to safely exit the discharge area prior to system discharge. (6)(i) Where egress from an area cannot be accomplished within one minute, the employer shall not use Halon 1301 in concentrations greater than 7 percent. (ii) Where egress takes greater than 30 seconds but less than one minute, the employer shall not use Halon 1301 in a concentration greater then 10 percent. (iii) Halon 1301 concentrations greater than 10 percent are only permitted in areas not normally occupied by employees provided that any employee in the area can escape within 30 seconds. The employer shall assure that no unprotected employees enter the area during agent discharge. 22. A new undesignated center heading and 1926.158 and 1926.159 are added to read as follows: Other Fire Protection Systems 1926.158 Fire detection systems. (a) "Scope and application." This section applies to all automatic fire detection systems installed to meet the requirements of a particular OSHA standard. (b) "Installation and restoration." (1) The employer shall assure that all devices and equipment constructed and installed to comply with this standard are approved for the purpose for which they are intended. (2) The employer shall restore all fire detection systems and components to normal operating condition as promptly as possible after each test or alarm. Spare detection devices and components which are normally destroyed in the process of detecting fires shall be available on the premises of from a local supplier in sufficient quantities and locations for prompt restoration of the system. (c) "Maintenance and testing." (1) The employer shall maintain all systems in an operable condition except during repairs or maintenance. (2) The employer shall assure that fire detectors and fire detection systems are tested and adjusted as often as needed to maintain proper reliability and operating condition except that factory calibrated detectors need not be adjusted after installation. (3) The employer shall assure that pneumatic and hydraulic operated detection systems installed after January 1, 1981, are equipped with supervised systems. (4) The employer shall assure that the servicing, maintenance and testing of fire detection systems, including cleaning and necessary sensitivity adjustments are performed by a trained person knowledgeable in the operation and functions of the system. (5) The employer shall also assure that fire detectors that need to be cleaned of dirt, dust, or other particulates in order to be fully operational are cleaned at regular periodic intervals. (d) "Protection of fire detectors." (1) The employer shall assure that fire detection equipment installed outdoors or in the presence of corrosive atmospheres be protected from corrosion. The employer shall provide a canopy, hood, or other suitable protection for detection equipment requiring protection from the weather. (2) The employer shall locate or otherwise protect detection equipment so that it is protected from mechanical or physical impact which might render it inoperable. (3) The employer shall assure that detectors are supported independently of their attachment to wires or tubing. (e) "Response time." (1) The employer shall assure that fire detection systems installed for the purpose of actuating fire extinguishment or suppression systems shall be designed to operate in time to control or extinguish a fire. (2) The employer shall assure that fire detection systems installed for the purpose of employee alarm and evacuation be designed and installed to provide a warning for emergency action and safe escape of employees. (3) The employer shall not delay alarms or devices initiated by fire detector actuation for more than 30 seconds unless such delay is necessary for the immediate safety of employees. When such delay is necessary, it shall be addressed in an emergency action plan meeting the requirements of 1926.35. (f) "Number, location and spacing of detecting devices." The employer shall assure that the number, spacing and location of fire detectors is based upon design data obtained from field experience, or tests, engineering surveys, the manufacturer's recommendations, or a recognized testing laboratory listing. 1926.159 Employer alarm systems. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all emergency employee alarms installed to meet a particular OSHA standard. This section does not apply to those discharge or supervisory alarms required on various fixed extinguishing systems or to supervisory alarms on fire suppression, alarm or detection systems unless they are intended to be employee alarm systems. (2) The requirements in this section that pertain to maintenance, testing and inspection shall apply to all local fire alarm signaling systems used for alerting employees regardless of the other functions of the system. (3) All pre-discharge employee alarms installed to meet a particular OSHA standard shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) through (4), (c), and (d)(1) of this section. (b) "General requirements." (1) The employee alarm system shall provide warning for necessary emergency action as called for in the emergency action plan, or for reaction time for safe escape of employees from the workplace or the immediate work area, or both. (2) The employee alarm shall be capable of being perceived above ambient noise or light levels by all employees in the affected portions of the workplace. Tactile devices may be used to alert those employees who would not otherwise be able to recognize the audible or visual alarm. (3) The employee alarm shall be distinctive and recognizable as a signal to evacuate the work area or to perform actions designated under the emergency action plan. (4) The employer shall explain to each employee the preferred means of reporting emergencies, such as manual pull box alarms, public address systems, radio or telephones. The employer shall post emergency telephone numbers near telephones, or employee notice boards, and other conspicuous locations when telephones serve as a means of reporting emergencies. Where a communication system also serves as the employee alarm system, all emergency messages shall have priority over all non-emergency messages. (5) The employer shall establish procedures for sounding emergency alarms in the workplace. For those employers with 10 or fewer employees in a particular workplace, direct voice communication is an acceptable procedure for sounding the alarm provided all employees can hear the alarm. Such workplaces need not have a back-up system. (c) "Installation and restoration." (1) The employer shall assure that all devices, components, combinations of devices or systems constructed and installed to comply with this standard are approved. Steam whistles, air horns, strobe lights or similar lighting devices, or tactile devices meeting the requirements of this section are considered to meet this requirement for approval. (2) The employer shall assure that all employee alarm systems are restored to normal operating condition as promptly as possible after each test or alarm. Spare alarm devices and components subject to wear or destruction shall be available in sufficient quantities and locations for prompt restoration of the system. (d) "Maintenance and testing." (1) The employer shall assure that all employee alarm systems are maintained in operating condition except when undergoing repairs or maintenance. (2) The employer shall assure that a test of the reliability and adequacy of non-supervised employee alarm systems is made every two months. A different actuation device shall be used in each test of a multi-actuation device system so that no individual device is used for two consecutive tests. (3) The employer shall maintain or replace power supplies as often as is necessary to assure a fully operational condition. Back-up means of alarm, such as employee runners or telephones, shall be provided when systems are out of service. (4) The employer shall assure that employee alarm circuitry installed after January 1, 1981, which is capable of being supervised is supervised and that it will provide positive notification to assigned personnel whenever a deficiency exists in the system. The employer shall assure that all supervised employee alarm systems are tested at least annually for reliability and adequacy. (5) The employer shall assure that the servicing, maintenance and testing of employee alarms are done by persons trained in the designed operation and functions necessary for reliable and safe operation of the system. (e) "Manual operation." The employer shall assure that manually operated actuation devices for use in conjunction with employee alarms are unobstructed, conspicuous and readily accessible. 23. In 1926.200, a new paragraph (c)(3) is added to read as follows: 1926.200 Accident prevention signs and tags. * * * * * (c) Caution signs. * * * * * * (3) Standard color of the background shall be yellow; and the panel, black with yellow letters. Any letters used against the yellow background shall be black. The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified in Table 1 of American National Standard Z53.1-1967. * * * * * * 24. In 1926.250, new paragraphs (c) and (d) are added to read as follows: 1926.250 General requirements for storage. * * * * * * (c) "Housekeeping." Storage areas shall be kept free from accumulation of materials that constitute hazards from tripping, fire, explosion, or pest harborage. Vegetation control will be exercised when necessary. (d) "Dockboards (bridge plates)." (1) Portable and powered dockboards shall be strong enough to carry the load imposed on them. (2) Portable dockboards shall be secured in position, either by being anchored or equipped with devices which will prevent their slipping. (3) Handholds, or other effective means, shall be provided on portable dockboards to permit safe handling. (4) Positive protection shall be provided to prevent railroad cars from being moved while dockboards or bridge plates are in position. 25. In 1926.251, new paragraphs (a)(5) and (6), (b)(6)(i) and (ii), (c)(6) through (15), (d)(3) through (6), and (e)(3) through (8) are added to read as follows: 1926.251 Rigging equipment for material handling. * * * * * (a) General. * * * * * (5) "Scope." This section applies to slings used in conjunction with other material handling equipment for the movement of material by hoisting, in employments covered by this part. The types of slings covered are those made from alloy steel chain, wire rope, metal mesh, natural or synthetic fiber rope (conventional three strand construction), and synthetic web (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene). (6) "Inspections." Each day before being used, the sling and all fastenings and attachments shall be inspected for damage or defects by a competent person designated by the employer. Additional inspections shall be performed during sling use, where service conditions warrant. Damaged or defective slings shall be immediately removed from service. (b) Alloy steel chains. * * * * * (6) "Inspections." (i) In addition to the inspection required by other paragraphs of this section, a thorough periodic inspection of alloy steel chain slings in use shall be made on a regular basis, to be determined on the basis of (A) frequency of sling use; (B) severity of service conditions; (C) nature of lifts being made; and (D) experience gained on the service life of slings used in similar circumstances. Such inspections shall in no event be at intervals greater than once every 12 months. (ii) The employer shall make and maintain a record of the most recent month in which each alloy steel chain sling was thoroughly inspected, and shall make such record available for examination. (c) Wire rope. * * * * * (6) Slings shall not be shortened with knots or bolts or other makeshift devices. (7) Sling legs shall not be kinked. (8) Slings used in a basket hitch shall have the loads balanced to prevent slippage. (9) Slings shall be padded or protected from the sharp edges of their loads. (10) Hands or fingers shall not be placed between the sling and its load while the sling is being tightened around the load. (11) Shock loading is prohibited. (12) A sling shall not be pulled from under a load when the load is resting on the sling. (13) "Minimum sling lengths." (i) Cable laid and 6 X 19 and 6 X 37 slings shall have minimum clear length of wire rope 10 times the component rope diameter between splices, sleeves or end fittings. (ii) Braided slings shall have a minimum clear length of wire rope 40 times the component rope diameter between the loops or end fittings. (iii) Cable laid grommets, strand laid grommets and endless slings shall have a minimum circumferential length of 96 times their body diameter. (14) "Safe operating temperatures." Fiber core wire rope slings of all grades shall be permanently removed from service if they are exposed to temperatures in excess of 200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C). When nonfiber core wire rope slings of any grade are used at temperatures above 400 deg. F (204.44 deg. C) or below minus 60 deg. F (15.55 deg. C), recommendations of the sling manufacturer regarding use at that temperature shall be followed. (15) "End attachments." (i) Welding of end attachments, except covers to thimbles, shall be performed prior to the assembly of the sling. (ii) All welded end attachments shall not be used unless proof tested by the manufacturer or equivalent entity at twice their rated capacity prior to initial use. The employer shall retain a certificate of proof test, and make it available for examination. (d) Natural rope, and synthetic fiber- * * * * * * (3) "Safe operating temperatures." Natural and synthetic fiber rope slings, except for wet frozen slings, may be used in a temperature range from minus 20 deg. F (-28.88 deg. C) to plus 180 deg. F (82.2 deg. C) without decreasing the working load limit. For operations outside this temperature range and for wet frozen slings, the sling manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed. (4) "Splicing." Spliced fiber rope slings shall not be used unless they have been spliced in accordance with the following minimum requirements and in accordance with any additional recommendations of the manufacturer: (i) In manila rope, eye splices shall consist of at least three full tucks, and short splices shall consist of at least six full tucks, three on each side of the splice center line. (ii) In synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall consist of at least four full tucks, and short splices shall consist of at least eight full tucks, four on each side of the center line. (iii) Strand end tails shall not be trimmed flush with the surface of the rope immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This applies to all types of fiber rope and both eye and short splices. For fiber rope under 1 inch (2.54 cm) in diameter, the tail shall project at least six rope diameters beyond the last full tuck. For fiber rope 1 inch (2.54 cm) in diameter and larger, the tail shall project at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) beyond the last full tuck. Where a projecting tail interferes with the use of the sling, the tail shall be tapered and spliced into the body of the rope using at lest two additional tucks (which will require a tail length of approximately six rope diameters beyond the last full tuck). (iv) Fiber rope slings shall have a minimum clear length of rope between eye splices equal to 10 times the rope diameter. (v) Knots shall not be used in lieu of splices. (vi) Clamps not designed specifically for fiber ropes shall not be used for splicing. (vii) For all eye splices, the eye shall be of such size to provide an included angle of not greater than 60 degrees at the splice when the eye is placed over the load or support. (5) "End attachments." Fiber rope slings shall not be used if end attachments in contact with the rope have sharp edges or projections. (6) "Removal from service." Natural and synthetic fiber rope slings shall be immediately removed from service if any of the following conditions are present: (i) Abnormal wear. (ii) Powdered fiber between strands. (iii) Broken or cut fibers. (iv) Variations in the size or roundness of strands. (v) Discoloration or rotting. (vi) Distortion of hardware in the sling. (e) Synthetic webbing (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene). * * * * * * (3) "Webbing." Synthetic webbing shall be of uniform thickness and width and selvage edges shall not be split from the webbing's width. (4) "Fittings." Fittings shall be: (i) Of a minimum breaking strength equal to that of the sling; and (ii) Free of all sharp edges that could in any way damage the webbing. (5) "Attachment of end fittings to webbing and formation of eyes." Stitching shall be the only method used to attach end fittings to webbing and to form eyes. The thread shall be in an even pattern and contain a sufficient number of stitches to develop the full breaking strength of the sling. (6) "Environmental conditions." When synthetic web slings are used, the following precautions shall be taken: (i) Nylon web slings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of acids or phenolics are present. (ii) Polyester and polypropylene web slings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of caustics are present. (iii) Web slings with aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of caustics are present. (7) "Safe operating temperatures." Synthetic web slings of polyester and nylon shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 180 deg. F (82.2 deg. C). Polypropylene web slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C). (8) "Removal from service." Synthetic web slings shall be immediately removed from service if any of the following conditions are present: (i) Acid or caustic burns; (ii) Melting or charring of any part of the sling surface; (iii) Snags, punctures, tears or cuts; (iv) Broken or worn stitches; or (v) Distortion of fittings. 26. In 1926.300, new paragraphs (b)(3) through (7) are added to read as follows: 1926.300 General requirements. * * * * * * * (b) Guarding. (1) When power operated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use. (3) "Types of guarding." One or more methods of machine guarding shall be provided to protect the operator and other employees in the machine area from hazards such as those created by point of operation, ingoing nip points, rotating parts, flying chips and sparks. Examples of guarding methods are - barrier guards, two-hand tripping devices, electronic safety devices, etc. (4) "Point of operation guarding." (i) Point of operation is the area on a machine where work is actually performed upon the material being processed. (ii) The point of operation of machines whose operation exposes an employee to injury, shall be guarded. The guarding device shall be in conformity with any appropriate standards therefor, or, in the absence of applicable specific standards, shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the operator from having any part of his body in the danger zone during the operating cycle. (iii) Special handtools for placing and removing material shall be such as to permit easy handling of material without the operator placing a hand in the danger zone. Such tools shall not be in lieu of other guarding required by this section, but can only be used to supplement protection provided. (iv) The following are some of the machines which usually require point of operation guarding: {a} Guillotine cutters. {b} Shears. {c} Alligator shears. {d} Powered presses. {e} Milling machines. {f} Power saws. {g} Jointers. {h} Portable power tools. {i} Forming rolls and calenders. (5) "Exposure of blades." When the periphery of the blades of a fan is less than 7 feet (2.128 m) above the floor or working level, the blades shall be guarded. The guard shall have openings no larger than 1/2 inch (1.27 cm). (6) "Anchoring fixed machinery." Machines designed for a fixed location shall be securely anchored to prevent walking or moving. (7) "Guarding of abrasive wheel machinery - exposure adjustment." Safety guards of the types described in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section, where the operator stands in front of the opening, shall be constructed so that the peripheral protecting member can be adjusted to the constantly decreasing diameter of the wheel. The maximum angular exposure above the horizontal plane of the wheel spindle as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section shall never be exceeded, and the distance between the wheel periphery and the adjustable tongue or the end of the peripheral member at the top shall never exceed 1/4 inch (0.635 cm). (See Figures O-18, O-19, O-20, O-21, O-22, and O-23.) * * * * * * 27. In 1926.302, new paragraph (b)(10) is added to read as follows: 1926.302 Power-operated hand tools. * * * * * * (b) Pneumatic power tools. * * * * * * (10) "Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles." The blast cleaning nozzles shall be equipped with an operating valve which must be held open manually. A support shall be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when it is not in use. 27. In 1926.302, new paragraph (b)(10) is added to read as follows: 1926.302 Power-operated hand tools. * * * * * * (b) Pneaumatic hand tools. * * * * * * (10) Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles. The blast cleaning nozzles shall be equipped with an operating valve which must be held open manually. A support shall be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when it is not in use. 28. In paragraph (b) of 1926.303, the existing text is designated as paragraph (b)(1) and a new paragraph (b)(2) is added; in addition, a new paragraph (e) is added. The new paragraphs read as follows: 1926.303 Abrasive wheels and tools. (b) Guarding. * * * * * * (2) "Guarding design." The safety guard shall cover the spindle end, nut, and flange projections. The safety guard shall be mounted so as to maintain proper alignment with the wheel, and the strength of the fastenings shall exceed the strength of the guard, except: (i) Safety guards on all operations where the work provides a suitable measure of protection to the operator, may be so constructed that the spindle end, nut, and outer flange are exposed; and where the nature of the work is such as to entirely cover the side of the wheel, the side covers of the guard may be omitted; and (ii) The spindle end, nut, and outer flange may be exposed on machines designed as portable saws. * * * * * * * (e) "Work rests." On offhand grinding machines, work rests shall be used to support the work. They shall be of rigid construction and designed to be adjustable to compensate for wheel wear. Work rests shall be kept adjusted closely to the wheel with a maximum opening of 1/8 inch (0.3175 cm) to prevent the work from being jammed between the wheel and the rest, which may cause wheel breakage. The work rest shall be securely clamped after each adjustment. The adjustment shall not be made with the wheel in motion. 29. In 1926.304, new paragraphs (g) through (i) are added to read as follows: 1926.304 Woodworking tools * * * * * * (g) "Radial saws." (1) The upper hood shall completely enclose the upper portion of the blade down to a point that will include the end of the saw arbor. The upper hood shall be constructed in such a manner and of such material that it will protect the operator from flying splinters, broken saw teeth, etc., and will defect sawdust away from the operator. The sides of the lower exposed portion of the blade shall be guarded to the full diameter of the blade by a device that will automatically adjust itself to the thickness of the stock and remain in contact with stock being cut to give maximum protection possible for the operation being performed. (h) "Hand-fed crosscut table saws." (1) Each circular crosscut table saw shall be guarded by a hood which shall meet all the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section for hoods for circular ripsaws. (i) "Hand-fed ripsaws." (1) Each circular hand-fed ripsaw shall be guarded by a hood which shall completely enclose the portion of the saw above the table and that portion of the saw above the material being cut. The hood and mounting shall be arranged so that the hood will automatically adjust itself to the thickness of and remain in contact with the material being cut but it shall not offer any considerable resistance to insertion of material to saw or to passage of the material being sawed. The hood shall be made of adequate strength to resist blows and strains incidental to reasonable operation, adjusting, and handling, and shall be so designed as to protect the operator from flying splinters and broken saw teeth. It shall be made of material that is soft enough so that it will be unlikely cause tooth breakage. the hood shall be so mounted as to insure that its operation will be positive, reliable, and in true alignment with the saw; and the mounting shall be adequate in strength to resist any reasonable side thrust or other force tending to throw it out of line. 30. New paragraph (d) is added to 1926.305 to read as follows: 1926.305 Jacks - lever and rachet, screw, and hydraulic. * * * * * * (d)(1) "Operation and maintenance." (i) After the load has been raised, it shall be cribbed, blocked, or otherwise secured at once. (ii) Hydraulic jacks exposed to freezing temperatures shall be supplied with an adequate antifreeze liquid. (iii) All jacks shall be properly lubricated at regular intervals. (iv) Each jack shall be thoroughly inspected at times which depend upon the service conditions. Inspections shall be not less frequent than the following: (a) For constant or intermittent use at one locality, once every 6 months, (b) For jacks sent out of shop for special work, when sent out and when returned, (c) For a jack subjected to abnormal load or shock, immediately before and immediately thereafter. (v) Repair or replacement parts shall be examined for possible defects. (vi) Jacks which are out of order shall be tagged accordingly, and shall not be used until repairs are made. 31. New 1926.306 and 1926.307 are added to read as follows: 1926.306 Air receivers (a) "General requirements - (1) "Application." This section applies to compressed air receivers, and other equipment used in providing and utilizing compressed air for performing operations such as cleaning, drilling, hoisting, and chipping. On the other hand, however, this section does not deal with the special problems created by using compressed air to convey materials nor the problems created when men work in compressed air as in tunnels and caissons. This section is not intended to apply to compressed air machinery and equipment used on transportation vehicles such as steam railroad cars, electric railway cars, and automotive equipment. (2) "New and existing equipment." (i) All new air receivers installed after the effective date of these regulations shall be constructed in accordance with the 1968 edition of the A.S.M.E. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII. (ii) All safety valves used shall be constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the A.S.M.E. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII Edition 1968. (b) "Installation and equipment requirements" - (1) "Installation." Air receivers shall be so installed that all drains, handholes, and manholes therein are easily accessible. Under no circumstances shall an air receiver be buried underground or located in an inaccessible place. (2) "Drains and traps." A drain pipe and valve shall be installed at the lowest point of every air receiver to provide for the removal of accumulated oil and water. Adequate automatic traps may be installed in addition to drain valves. The drain valve on the air receiver shall be opened and the receiver completely drained frequently and at such intervals as to prevent the accumulation of excessive amounts of liquid in the receiver. (3) "Gages and valves." (i) Every air receiver shall be equipped with an indicating pressure gage (so located as to be readily visible) and with one or more spring-loaded safety valves. The total relieving capacity of such safety valves shall be such as to prevent pressure in the receiver from exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure of the receiver by more than 10 percent. (ii) No valve of any type shall be placed between the air receiver and its safety valve or valves. (iii) Safety appliances, such as safety valves, indicating devices and controlling devices, shall be constructed, located, and installed so that they cannot be readily rendered inoperative by any means, including the elements. (iv) All safety valves shall be tested frequently and at regular intervals to determine whether they are in good operating condition. 1926.307 Mechanical power-transmission apparatus. (a) "General requirements." (1) This section covers all types and shapes of power-transmission belts, except the following when operating at two hundred and fifty (250) feet per minute or less: (i) Flat belts 1 inch (2.54 cm) or less in width, (ii) flat belts 2 inches (5.08 cm) or less in width which are free from metal lacings or fasteners, (iii) round belts 1/2 inch (1.27 cm) or less in diameter; and (iv) single strand V-belts, the width of which is thirteen thirty-seconds (13/32) inches or less. (2) Vertical and inclined belts (paragraphs (e)(3) and (4) of this section) if not more than 2 1/2 inches (6.35 cm) wide and running at a speed of less than one thousand (1,000) feet per minute, and if free from metal lacings or fastening may be guarded with a nip-point belt and pully guard. (3) For the Textile Industry, because of the presence of excessive deposits of lint, which constitute a serious fire hazard, the sides and face sections only of nip-point belt and pully guards are required, provided the guard shall extend at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) beyond the rim of the pulley on the in-running and off-running sides of the belt and at least 2 inches (5.08 cm) away from the rim and face of the pulley in all other directions. (4) This section covers the principal features with which power transmission safeguards shall comply. (b) "Prime-mover guards" - (1) "Flywheels." Flywheels located so that any part is 7 feet (2.128 m) or less above floor or platform shall be guarded in accordance with the requirements of this subparagraph: (i) With an enclosure of sheet, perforated, or expanded metal, or woven wire; (ii) With guard rails placed not less than 15 inches (38.1 cm) nor more than 20 inches (50.8 cm) from rim. When flywheel extends into pit or is within 12 inches (30.48 cm) of floor, a standard toeboard shall also be provided; (iii) When the upper rim of flywheel protrudes through a working floor, it shall be entirely enclosed or surrounded by a guardrail and toeboard. (iv) For flywheels with smooth rims 5 feet (1.52 m) or less in diameter, where the preceding methods cannot be applied, the following may be used: A disk attached to the flywheel in such manner as to cover the spokes of the wheel on the exposed side and present a smooth surface and edge, at the same time providing means for periodic inspection. An open space, not exceeding 4 inches (10.16 cm) in width, may be left between the outside edge of the disk and the rim of the wheel if desired, to facilitate turning the wheel over. Where a disk is used, the keys or other dangerous projections not covered by disk shall be cut off or covered. This subdivision does not apply to flywheel with solid web centers. (v) Adjustable guard to be used for starting engine or for running adjustment may be provided at the flywheel of gas or oil engines. A slot opening for jack bar will be permitted. (vi) Wherever flywheels are above working areas, guards shall be installed having sufficient strength to hold the weight of the flywheel in the event of a shaft or wheel mounting failure. (2) "Cranks and connecting rods." Cranks and connecting rods, when exposed to contact, shall be guarded in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (n) of this section, or by a guardrail as described in paragraph (o)(5) of this section. (3) "Tail rods or extension piston rods." Tail rods or extension piston rods shall be guarded in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section, or by a guardrail on sides and end, with a clearance of not less than 15 (38.1 cm) nor more than 20 inches (50.8 cm) when rod is fully extended. (c) "Shafting" - (1) "Installation." (i) Each continuous line of shafting shall be secured in position against excessive endwise movement. (ii) Inclined and vertical shafts, particularly inclined idler shafts, shall be securely held in position against endwise thrust. (2) "Guarding horizontal shafting." (i) All exposed parts of horizontal shafting 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from floor or working platform, excepting runways used exclusively for oiling, or running adjustments, shall be protected by a stationary casing enclosing shafting completely or by a trough enclosing sides and top or sides and bottom of shafting as location requires. (ii) Shafting under bench machines shall be enclosed by a stationary casing, or by a trough at sides and top or sides and bottom, as location requires. The sides of the trough shall come within at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) of the underside of table, or if shafting is located near floor within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of floor. In every case the sides of trough shall extend at least 2 inches (5.08 cm) beyond the shafting or protuberance. (3) "Guarding vertical and inclined shafting." Vertical and inclined shafting 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from floor or working platform, excepting maintenance runways, shall be enclosed with a stationary casing in accordance with requirements of paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section. (4) "Projecting shafts ends." (i) Projecting shaft ends shall present a smooth edge and end and shall not project more than one-half the diameter of the shaft unless guarded by nonrotating caps or safety sleeves. (ii) Unused keyways shall be filled up or covered. (5) "Power-transmission apparatus located in basements." All mechanical power transmission apparatus located in basements, towers, and rooms used exclusively for power transmission equipment shall be guarded in accordance with this section, except that the requirements for safeguarding belts, pulleys, and shafting need not be complied with when the following requirements are met: (i) The basement, tower, or room occupied by transmission equipment is locked against unauthorized entrance. (ii) The vertical clearance in passageways between the floor and power transmission beams, ceiling, or any other objects, is not less than 5 ft. 6 in. (1.672 m). (iii) The intensity of illumination conforms to the requirements of ANSI A11.1-1965 (R-1970). (iv) [Reserved] (v) The route followed by the oiler is protected in such manner as to prevent accident. (d) "Pulleys" - (1) "Guarding." Pulleys, any parts of which are 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from the floor or working platform, shall be guarded in accordance with the standards specified in paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section. Pulleys serving as balance wheels (e.g., punch presses) on which the point of contact between belt and pulley is more than 6 ft. 6 in. (1.976 m) from the floor or platform may be guarded with a disk covering the spokes. (2) "Location of pulleys." (i) Unless the distance to the nearest fixed pulley, clutch, or hanger exceeds the width of the belt used, a guide shall be provided to prevent the belt from leaving the pulley on the side where insufficient clearance exists. (ii) [Reserved] (3) "Broken pulleys." Pulleys with cracks, or pieces broken out of rims, shall not be used. (4) "Pulley speeds." Pulleys intended to operate at rim speed in excess of manufacturers normal recommendations shall be specially designed and carefully balanced for the speed at which they are to operate. (e) "Belt, rope, and chain drives" - (1) "Horizontal belts and ropes." (i) Where both runs of horizontal belts are 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from the floor level, the guard shall extend to at least 15 inches (38.1 cm) above the belt or to a standard height (see Table O-12), except that where both runs of a horizontal belt are 42 inches (106.68 cm) or less from the floor, the belt shall be fully enclosed. (ii) In powerplants or power-development rooms, a guardrail may be used in lieu of the guard required by paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section. (2) "Overhead horizontal belts." (i) Overhead horizontal belts, with lower parts 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from the floor or platform, shall be guarded on sides and bottom in accordance with paragraph (o)(3) of this section. (ii) Horizontal overhead belts more than 7 feet (2.128 m) above floor or platform shall be guarded for their entire length under the following conditions: (a) If located over passageways or work places and traveling 1,800 feet or more per minute. (b) If center to center distance between pulleys is 10 feet (3.04 m) or more. (c) If belt is 8 inches (20.32 cm) or more in width. (iii) Where the upper and lower runs of horizontal belts are so located that passage of persons between them would be possible, the passage shall be either: (a) Completely barred by a guardrail or other barrier in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section; or (b) Where passage is regarded as necessary, there shall be a platform over the lower run guarded on either side by a railing completely filled in with wire mesh or other filler, or by a solid barrier. The upper run shall be so guarded as to prevent contact therewith either by the worker or by objects carried by him. In powerplants only the lower run of the belt need be guarded. (iv) Overhead chain and link belt drives are governed by the same rules as overhead horizontal belts and shall be guarded in the same manner as belts. (3) "Vertical and inclined belts." (i) Vertical and inclined belts shall be enclosed by a guard conforming to standards in paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section. (ii) All guards for inclined belts shall be arranged in such a manner that a minimum clearance of 7 feet (2.128 m) is maintained between belt and floor at any point outside of guard. (4) "Vertical belts." Vertical belts running over a lower pulley more than 7 feet (2.128 m) above floor or platform shall be guarded at the bottom in the same manner as horizontal overhead belts, if conditions are as stated in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(a) and (c) of this section. (5) "Cone-pulley belts." (i) The cone belt and pulley shall be equipped with a belt shifter so constructed as to adequately guard the nip point of the belt and pulley. If the frame of the belt shifter does not adequately guard the nip point of the belt and pulley, the nip point shall be further protected by means of a vertical guard placed in front of the pulley and extending at least to the top of the largest step of the cone. (ii) If the belt is of the endless type or laced with rawhide laces, and a belt shifter is not desired, the belt will be considered guarded if the nip point of the belt and pulley is protected by a nip point guard located in front of the cone extending at least to the top of the largest step of the cone, and formed to show the contour of the cone in order to give the nip point of the belt and pulley the maximum protection. (iii) If the cone is located less than 3 feet (0.912 m) from the floor or working platform, the cone pulley and belt shall be guarded to a height of 3 feet (0.912 m) regardless of whether the belt is endless or laced with rawhide. (6) "Belt tighteners." (i) Suspended counterbalanced tighteners and all parts thereof shall be of substantial construction and securely fastened; the bearings shall be securely capped. Means must be provided to prevent tightener from falling, in case the belt breaks. (ii) When suspended counterweights are used and not guarded by location, they shall be so encased as to prevent accident. (f) "Gears, sprockets, and chains" - (1) "Gears." Gears shall be guarded in accordance with one of the following methods: (i) By a complete enclosure; or (ii) By a standard guard as described in paragraph (o) of this section, at least 7 feet (2.128 m) high extending 6 inches (15.24 cm) above the mesh point of the gears; or (iii) By a band guard covering the face of gear and having flanges extended inward beyond the root of the teeth on the exposed side or sides. Where any portion of the train of gears guarded by a band guard is less than 6 feet (1.824 m) from the floor a disk guard or a complete exposure to the height of 6 feet (1.824 m) shall be required. (2) "Hand-operated gears." Paragraph (f)(1) of this section does not apply to hand-operated gears used only to adjust machine parts and which do not continue to move after hand power is removed. However, the guarding of these gears is highly recommended. (3) "Sprockets and chains." All sprocket wheels and chains shall be enclosed unless they are more than 7 feet (2.128 m) above the floor or platform. Where the drive extends over other machine or working areas, protection against falling shall be provided. This subparagraph does not apply to manually operated sprockets. (4) "Openings for oiling." When frequent oiling must be done, openings with hinged or sliding self-closing covers shall be provided. All points not readily accessible shall have oil feed tubes if lubricant is to be added while machinery is in motion. (g) "Guarding friction drives." The driving point of all friction drives when exposed to contact shall be guarded, all arm or spoke friction drives and all web friction drives with holes in the web shall be entirely enclosed, and all projecting belts on friction drives where exposed to contact shall be guarded. (h) "Keys, setscrews, and other projections." (1) All projecting keys, setscrews, and other projections in revolving parts shall be removed or made flush or guarded by metal cover. This subparagraph does not apply to keys or setscrews within gear or sprocket casings or other enclosures, nor to keys, setscrews, or oilcups in hubs of pulleys less than 20 inches (50.8 cm) in diameter where they are within the plane of the rim of the pulley. (2) It is recommended, however, that no projecting setscrews or oilcups be used in any revolving pulley or part of machinery. (i) "Collars and couplings" - (1) "Collars." All revolving collars, including split collars, shall be cylindrical, and screws or bolts used in collars shall not project beyond the largest periphery of the collar. (2) "Couplings." Shall couplings shall be so constructed as to present no hazard from bolts, nuts, setscrews will, however, be permitted where they are covered with safety sleeves or where they are used parallel with the shafting and are countersunk or else do not extend beyond the flange of the coupling. (j) "Bearings and facilities for oiling." All drip cups and pans shall be securely fastened. (k) "Guarding of clutches, cutoff couplings, and clutch pulleys" - (1) "Guards." Clutches, cutoff couplings, or clutch pulleys having projecting parts, where such clutches are located 7 feet (2.128 m) or less above the floor or working platform, shall be enclosed by a stationary guard constructed in accordance with this section. A "U" type guard is permissible. (2) "Engine rooms." In engine rooms a guardrail, preferably with toeboard, may be used instead of the guard required by paragraph (k)(1) of this section, provided such a room is occupied only by engine room attendants. (l) "Belt shifters, clutches, shippers, poles, perches, and fasteners" - (1) "Belt shifters." (i) Tight and loose pulleys on all new installations made on or after August 31, 1971, shall be equipped with a permanent belt shifter provided with mechanical means to prevent belt from creeping from loose to tight pulley. It is recommended that old installations be changed to conform to this rule. (ii) Belt shifter and clutch handles shall be rounded and be located as far as possible from danger of accidental contact, but within easy reach of the operator. Where belt shifter are not directly located over a machine or bench, the handles shall be cut off 6 ft. 6 in. (1.976 m) above floor level. (2) "Belt shippers and shipper poles." The use of belt poles as substitutes for mechanical shifter is not recommended. (3) "Belt perches." Where loose pulleys or idlers are not practicable, belt perches in form of brackets, rollers, etc., shall be used to keep idle belts away from the shafts. (4) "Belt fasteners." Belts which of necessity must be shifted by hand and belts within 7 feet (2.128 m) of the floor or working platform which are not guarded in accordance with this section shall not be fastened with metal in any case, nor with any other fastening which by construction or wear will constitute an accident hazard. (m) "Standard guards - general requirements" - (1) Materials. (i) Standard conditions shall be secured by the use of the following materials. Expanded metal, perforated or solid sheet metal, wire mesh on a frame of angle iron, or iron pipe securely fastened to floor or frame of machine. (ii) All metal should be free from burrs and sharp edges. (2) "Methods of manufacturer." (i) Expanded metal, sheet or perforated metal, and wire mesh shall be securely fastened to frame. (n) [Reserved] (o) "Approved materials" - (1) Minimum requirements." The materials and dimensions specified in this paragraph shall apply to all guards, except horizontal overhead belts, rope, cable, or chain guards more than 7 feet (2.128 m) above floor, or platform. (i) [Reserved] (a) All guards shall be rigidly braced every 3 feet (0.912 m) or fractional part of their height to some fixed part of machinery or building structure. Where guard is exposed to contact with moving equipment additional strength may be necessary. (2) "Wood guards." (i) Wood guards may be used in the woodworking and chemical industries, in industries where the presence of fumes or where manufacturing conditions would cause the rapid deterioration of metal guards; also in construction work and in locations outdoors where extreme cold or extreme heat make metal guards and railings undesirable. In all other industries, wood guards shall not be used. (3) "Guards for horizontal overhead belts." (i) Guards for horizontal overhead belts shall run the entire length of the belt and follow the line of the pulley to the ceiling or be carried to the nearest wall, thus enclosing the belt effectively. Where belts are so located as to make it impracticable to carry the guard to wall or ceiling, construction of guard shall be such as to enclose completely the top and bottom runs of belt and the face of pulleys. (ii) [Reserved] (iii) Suitable reinforcement shall be provided for the ceiling rafters or overhead floor beams, where such is necessary, to sustain safely the weight and stress likely to be imposed by the guard. The interior surface of all guards, by which is meant the surface of the guard with which a belt will come in contact, shall be smooth and free from all projections of any character, except where construction demands it; protruding shallow roundhead rivets may be used. Overhead belt guards shall be at least one quarter wider than belt which they protect, except that this clearance need not in any case exceed 6 inches (15.24 cm) on each side. Overhead rope drive and block and roller-chain-drive guards shall be not less than 6 inches (15.24 cm) wider than the drive on each side. In overhead silent chain-drive guards where the chain is held from lateral displacement on the sprockets, the side clearances required on drives of 20 inch (50.8 cm) centers or under shall be not less than 1/4 inch (0.635 cm) from the nearest moving chain part, and on drives of over 1/2 inch (1.27 cm) from the nearest moving chain part. (4) "Guards for horizontal overhead rope and chain drives." Overhead-rope and chain-drive guard construction shall conform to the rules for overhead-belt guard. (5) "Guardrails and toeboards." (i) Guardrail shall be 42 inches (106.68 cm) in height, with midrail between top rail and floor. (ii) Posts shall be not more than 8 feet (2.432 m) apart; they are to be permanent and substantial, smooth, and free from protruding nails, bolts, and splinters. If made of pipe, the post shall be 1 1/4 inches (3.175 cm) inside diameter, or larger. If made of metal shapes or bars their section shall be equal in strength to that of 1 1/2 (3.81 cm) by 1 1/2 (3.81 cm) by 3/16 inch angle iron. If made of wood, the posts shall be two by four (2 X 4) inches or larger. The upper rail shall be two by four (2 X 4) inches, or two one by four (1 X 4) strips, one at the top and one at the side of posts. The midrail may be one by four (1 X 4) inches or more. Where panels are fitted with expanded metal or wire mesh as noted in Table O-12 the middle rails may be omitted. Where guard is exposed to contact with moving equipment, additional strength may be necessary. (iii) Toeboards shall be 4 inches (10.16 cm) or more in height, of wood, metal, or of metal grill not exceeding 1 inch (2.54 cm) mesh. (p) "Care of equipment" - (1) "General." All power-transmission equipment shall be inspected at intervals not exceeding 60 days and be kept in good working condition at all times. (2) "Shafting." (i) Shafting shall be kept in alignment, free from rust and excess oil or grease. (ii) Where explosives, explosive dusts, flammable vapors or flammable liquids exist, the hazard of static sparks from shafting shall be carefully considered. (3) "Bearings." Bearings shall be kept in alignment and properly adjusted. (4) "Hangers." Hangers shall be inspected to make certain that all supporting bolts and screws are tight and that supports of hanger boxes are adjusted properly. (5) "Pulleys." (i) Pulleys shall be kept in proper alignment to prevent belts from running off. (6) "Care of belts." (i) [Reserved] (ii) Inspection shall be made of belts, lacings, and fasteners and such equipment kept in good repair. (7) "Lubrication." The regular oilers shall wear tight-fitting clothing. Machinery shall be oiled when not in motion, wherever possible. Subpart J -- Welding and Cutting 32. In 1926.350, new paragraphs (a)(10) through (12) are added to read as follows: 1926.350 Gas welding and cutting. (a) "Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. * * * * * * (10) Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel-gas cylinders or combustible materials (especially oil or grease), a minimum distance of 20 feet (6.1 m) or by a noncombustible barrier at least 5 feet (1.5 m) high having a fire-resistance rating of at least one-half hour. (11) Inside of buildings, cylinders shall be stored in a well-protected, well-ventilated, dry location, at least 20 feet (6.1 m) from highly combustible materials such as oil or excelsior. Cylinders should be stored in definitely assigned places away from elevators, stairs, or gangways. Assigned storage places shall be located where cylinders will not be knocked over or damaged by passing or falling objects, or subject to tampering by unauthorized persons. Cylinders shall not be kept in unventilated enclosures such as lockers and cupboards. (12) The in-plant handling, storage, and utilization of all compressed gases in cylinders, portable tanks, rail tankcars, or motor vehicle cargo tanks shall be in accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet P-1-1965. * * * * * * 33. In 1926.353, new paragraph (b)(3) is added to read as follows: 1926.353 Ventilation and protection in welding, cutting, and heating. * * * * * * * (b) "Welding, cutting, and heating in confined spaces." * * * * * * * (3) "Lifelines." Where a welder must enter a confined space through a manhole or other small opening, means shall be provided for quickly removing him in case of emergency. When safety belts and lifelines are used for this purpose they shall be so attached to the welder's body that his body cannot be jammed in a small exit opening. An attendant with a pre-planned rescue procedure shall be stationed outside to observe the welder at all times and be capable of putting rescue operations into effect. Subpart K - Electrical Safety-Related Work Practices 34. In 1926.416, new paragraphs (a)(4), (f), and (g) are added to read as follows: 1926.416 General requirements. (a) "Protection of employees - " * * * * * * * (4) "Work on energized equipment." Only qualified persons may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that have not been deenergized under the procedures of 1926.417(d) of this section. Such persons shall be capable of working safely on energized circuits and shall be familiar with the proper use of special precautionary techniques, personal protective equipment, insulating and shielding materials, and insulated tools. * * * * * * * (f)(1) "Interlocks." Only a qualified person following the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section may defeat an electrical safety interlock, and then only temporarily while he or she is working on the equipment. The interlock system shall be returned to its operable condition when this work is completed. (2) "Portable electric equipment - Handling" - Portable equipment shall be handled in a manner which will not cause damage. Flexible electric cords connected to equipment may not be used for raising or lowering the equipment. Flexible cords may not be fastened with staples or otherwise hung in such a fashion as could damage the outer jacket or insulation. (3) "Visual inspection." When an attachment plug is to be connected to a receptacle (including an on a cord set), the relationship of the plug and receptacle contacts shall first be checked to ensure that they are of proper mating configurations. (4) "Connecting attachment plugs." (i) Employees' hands may not be wet when plugging and unplugging flexible cords and cord and plug connected equipment, if energized equipment is involved. (ii) Energized plug and receptacle connections may be handled only with insulating protective equipment if the condition of the connection could provide a conducting path to the employee's hand (if, for example, a cord connector is wet from being immersed in water). (iii) Locking type connectors shall be properly secured after connection. (5) "Routine opening and closing of electric power and lighting circuits." Load rated switches, circuit breakers, or other devices specifically designed as disconnecting means shall be used for the opening, reversing, or closing of circuits under load conditions. Cable connectors not of the load break type, fuses, terminal lugs, and cable splice connections may not be used for such purposes, except in an emergency. (6) "Reclosing circuits after protective device operation." After a circuit is deenergized by a circuit protective device, the circuit protective device, the circuit may not be manually reenergized until it has been determined that the equipment and circuit can be safely energized. The repetitive manual reclosing of circuit breakers or reenergizing circuits through replaced fuses is prohibited. Note: When it can be determined from the design of the circuit and the overcurrent devices involved that the automatic operation of a device was caused by an overload rather than a fault condition, no examination of the circuit or connected equipment is needed before the circuit is reenergized. (7) "Test instruments and equipment - Use." Only qualified persons may perform testing work on electric circuits or equipment. (8) "Visual inspection." Test instruments and equipment and all associated test leads, cables, power cords, probes, and connectors shall be visually inspected for external defects and damage before the equipment is used. If there is a defect or evidence of damage that might expose an employee to injury, the defective or damaged item shall be removed from service, and no employee may use it until repairs and tests necessary to render the equipment safe have been made. (9) "Rating of equipment." Test instruments and equipment and their accessories shall be rated for the circuits and equipment to which they will be connected and shall be designed for the environment in which they will be used. (10) "Occasional use of flammable or ignitable materials." Where flammable materials are present only occasionally, electric equipment capable of igniting them shall not be used, unless measures are taken to prevent hazardous conditions from developing. Such materials include, but are not limited to: flammable gases, vapors, or liquids; combustible dust; and ignitable fibers or flyings. (g) "Use of equipment." (1) "Work on energized equipment." Only qualified persons may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that have not been deenergized under the procedures of paragraph (b) of this section. Such persons shall be capable of working safely on energized circuits and shall be familiar with the proper use of special precautionary techniques, personal protective equipment, insulating and shielding materials, and insulated tools. (2) "Overhead lines." If work is to be performed near overhead lines, the lines shall be deenergized and grounded, or other protective measures shall be provided before work is started. If the lines are to be deenergized, arrangements shall be made with the person or organization that operates or controls the electric circuits involved to deenergize and ground them. If protective measures, such as guarding, isolating, or insulating, are provided, these precautions shall prevent employees from contacting such lines directly with any part of their body or indirectly through conductive materials, tools or equipment. (i) "Unqualified persons." (A) When an unqualified person is working in an elevated position near overhead lines, the location shall be such that the person and the longest conductive object he or she may contact cannot come closer to any unguarded, energized overhead line than the following distances: (1) For voltages to ground 50kV or below - 10 feet (305 cm); (2) For voltages to ground over 50kV - 10 feet (305 cm) plus 4 inches (10 cm) for every 10kV over 50kV. (B) When an unqualified person is working on the ground in the vicinity of overhead lines, the person may not bring any conductive object closer to unguarded, energized overhead lines than the distances given in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section. Note: For voltages normally encountered with overhead power line, objects which do not have an insulating rating for the voltage involved are considered to be conductive. (ii) "Qualified persons." When a qualified person is working in the vicinity of overhead lines, whether in an elevated position or on the ground, the person may not approach or take any conductive object without an approved insulating handle closer to exposed energized parts than shown in Table K-2 unless: (A) The person is insulated from energized part (gloves, with sleeves if necessary, rated for the voltage involved are considered to be insulation of the person from the energized part on which work is performed), or (B) The energized part is insulated both from all other conductive objects at a different potential and from the person, or (C) The person is insulated from all conductive objects at a potential different from that of the energized part. TABLE K-2 - APPROACH DISTANCES FOR QUALIFIED EMPLOYEES
- ALTERNATING CURRENT
Voltage range (phase to phase) | Minimum approach distance |
300 V and less | Avoid contact |
Over 300 V, not over 750 V | 1 ft. 0 in. (30.5 cm) |
Over 750 V, not over 2k V | 1 ft. 6 in. (46 cm) |
Over 2k V, not over 15k V | 2 ft. 0 in. (61 cm) |
Over 15k V, not over 37k V | 3 ft. 0 in. (91 cm) |
Over 37k V, not over 87.5kV | 3 ft. 6 in. (107 cm) |
Over 87.5k V, not over 121k V | 4 ft. 0 in. (122 cm) |
Over 121k V, not over 140k V | 4 ft. 6 in. (137 cm) |
(iii) "Vehicular and mechanical equipment." (A) Any vehicle or mechanical equipment capable of having parts of its structure elevated near energized overhead lines shall be operated so that a clearance of 10 ft. (305 cm) is maintained. If the voltage is higher than 50kV, the clearance shall be increased 4 in. (10 cm) for every 10kV over that voltage. However, under any of the following conditions, the clearance may be reduced: {1} If the vehicle is in transit with its structure lowered, the clearance may be reduced to 4 ft. (1.22 cm). If the voltage is higher than 50kV, the clearance shall be increased 4 in. (10 cm) for every 10kV over that voltage. {2} If insulating barriers are installed to prevent contact with the lines, and if the barriers are rated for the voltage of the line being guarded and are not a part of or an attachment to the vehicle or its raised structure, the clearance may be reduced to a distance within the designed working dimensions of the insulating barrier. {3} If the equipment is an aerial lift insulated for the voltage involved, and if the work is performed by a qualified person, the clearance (between the uninsulated portion of the aerial lift and the power line) may be reduced to the distance given in Table K-2. (B) Employees standing on the ground may not contact the vehicle or mechanical equipment or any of the structure that provides a conductive path to employees on the ground can come closer to the line than permitted in paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section. (C) If any vehicle or mechanical equipment capable of having parts of its structure elevated near energized overhead lines is intentionally grounded, employees working on the ground near the point of grounding may not stand at the grounding location whenever there is a possibility of overhead line contact. Additional precautions, such as the use of barricades or insulation, shall be taken to protect employees from hazardous ground potentials, depending on earth resistivity and fault currents, which can develop within the first few feet or more outward from the grounding point. (3) "Illumination." (i) Employees may not enter spaces containing exposed energized parts, unless illumination is provided that enables the employees to perform the work safely. (ii) Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observation of the work to be performed, employees may not perform tasks near exposed energized parts. Employees may not reach blindly into areas which may contain energized parts. (4) "Confined or enclosed work spaces." When an employee works in a confined or enclosed space (such as a manhole or vault) that contains exposed energized parts, the employer shall provide, and the employee shall use, protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials as necessary to avoid inadvertent contact with these parts. Doors, hinged panels, and the like shall be secured to prevent their swinging into an employee and causing the employee to contact exposed energized parts. (5) "Conductive materials and equipment." Conductive materials and equipment that are in contact with any part of an employee's body shall be handled in a manner that will prevent them from contacting exposed energized conductors or circuit parts. If an employee must handle long dimensional conductive objects (such as ducts and pipes) in areas with exposed live parts, the employer shall institute work practices (such as the use of insulation, guarding, and material handling techniques) which will minimize the hazard. (6) "Portable ladders." Portable ladders shall have nonconductive siderails if they are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized parts. (7) "Conductive apparel." Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such as watch bands, bracelets, rings, key chains, necklaces, metalized aprons, cloth with conductive thread, or metal headgear) may not be worn if they might contact exposed energized parts. However, such articles may be worn if they are rendered nonconductive by covering, wrapping, or other insulating means. (8) "Housekeeping duties." Where live parts present an electrical contact hazard, employees may not perform housekeeping duties at such close distances to the parts that there is a possibility of contact, unless adequate safeguards (such as insulating equipment or barriers) are provided. Electrically conductive cleaning materials (including conductive solids such as steel wool, metalized cloth, and silicon carbide, as well as conductive liquid solutions) may not be used in proximity to energized parts unless procedures are followed which will prevent electrical contact. 35. In 1926.417, a new paragraph (d) is added to read as follows: 1926.417 Lockout and tagging of circuits. * * * * * * * (d) "Lockout and tagging." While any employee is exposed to contact with parts of fixed electric equipment or circuits which have been deenergized, the circuits energizing the parts shall be locked out or tagged or both in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. The requirements shall be followed in the order in which they are presented (i.e., paragraph (d)(1) first, than paragraph (d)(2), etc.). Note 1: As used in this section, fixed equipment refers to equipment fastened in place or connected by permanent wiring methods. Note 2: Lockout and tagging procedures that comply with paragraphs (c) through (f) of 1910.147 will also be deemed to comply with paragraph (d) of this section provided that: {1} The procedures address the electrical safety hazards covered by this subpart; and {2} The procedures also incorporate the requirements of paragraphs (d)(3)(iv) and (d)(4)(ii) of this section. (1) "Procedures." The employer shall maintain a written copy of the procedures outlined in paragraph (d) and shall make it available for inspection by employees and by the Assistant Secretary of Labor and his or her authorized representatives. Note: The written procedures may be in the form of a copy of paragraph (b) of this section. (2) "Deenergizing equipment." (i) Safe procedures for deenergizing circuits and equipment shall be determined before circuits or equipment are deenergized. (ii) The circuits and equipment to be worked on shall be disconnected from all electric energy sources. Control circuit devices, such as push buttons, selector switches, and interlocks, may not be used as the sole means for deenergizing circuits or equipment. Interlocks for electric equipment may not be used as a substitute for lockout and tagging procedures. (iii) Stored electric energy which might endanger personnel shall be released. Capacitors shall be discharged and high capacitance elements shall be short-circuited and grounded, if the stored electric energy might endanger personnel. Note: If the capacitors or associated equipment are handled in meeting this requirement, they shall be treated as energized. (iv) Stored non-electrical energy in devices that could reenergize electric circuit parts shall be blocked or relieved to the extent that the circuit parts could not be accidentally energized by the device. (3) "Application of locks and tags." (i) A lock and a tag shall be placed on each disconnecting means used to deenergized circuits and equipment on which work is to be performed, except as provided in paragraphs (d)(3)(iii) and (v) of this section. The lock shall be attached so as to prevent persons from operating the disconnecting means unless they resort to undue force or the use of tools. (ii) Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation of the disconnecting means and removal of the tag. (iii) If a lock cannot be applied, or if the employer can demonstrate that tagging procedures will provide a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use of a lock, a tag may be used without a lock. (iv) A tag used without a lock, as permitted by paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of this section, shall be supplemented by at least one additional safety measure that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by use of a lock. Examples of additional safety measures include the removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, or opening of an extra disconnecting device. (v) A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions; (A) Only one circuit or piece of equipment is deenergized, and (B) The lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift, and (C) Employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circuit or equipment are familiar with this procedure. (4) "Verification of deenergized condition." The requirements of this paragraph shall be met before any circuits or equipment can be considered and worked as deenergized. (i) A qualified person shall operate the equipment operating controls or otherwise verify that the equipment cannot be restarted. (ii) A qualified person shall use test equipment to test the circuit elements and electrical parts of equipment to which employees will be exposed and shall verify that the circuit elements and equipment parts are deenergized. The test shall also determine if any energized condition exists as a result of inadvertently induced voltage or unrelated voltage backfeed even though specific parts of the circuit have been deenergized and presumed to be safe. If the circuit to be tested is over 600 volts, nominal, the test equipment shall be checked for proper operation immediately after this test. (5) "Reenergizing equipment." These requirements shall be met, in the order given, before circuits or equipment are reenergized, even temporarily. (i) A qualified person shall conduct tests and visual inspections, as necessary, to verify that all tools, electrical jumpers, shorts, grounds, and other such devices have been removed, so that the circuits and equipment can be safely energized. (ii) Employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circuit or equipment shall be warned to stay clear of circuits and equipment. (iii) Each lock and tag shall be removed by the employee who applied it or under his or her direct supervision. However, if this employee is absent from the workplace, then the lock or tag may be removed by a qualified person designated to perform this task provided that: (A) The employer ensures that the employee who applied the lock or tag is not available at the workplace, and (B) The employer ensures that the employee is aware that the lock or tag has been removed before he or she resumes work at that workplace. (iv) There shall be a visual determination that all employees are clear of the circuits and equipment. Subpart L - Scaffolding 36. In 1926.451, new paragraphs (a)(22) through (24) are added to read as follows: 1926.451 Scaffolding. (a) "General requirements. * * * * * * * (22) Materials being hoisted onto a scaffold shall have a tag line. (23) Employees shall not work on scaffolds during storms or high winds. (24) Tools, materials, and debris shall not be allowed to accumulate in quantities to cause a hazard. * * * * * * * 37. A new 1926.453 is added to read as follows: 1926.453 Manually propelled mobile ladder stands and scaffolds (towers). (a) "General requirements" - (1) "Application." This section is intended to prescribe rules and requirements for the design, construction, and use of mobile work platforms (including ladder stands but not including aerial ladders) and rolling (mobile) scaffolds (towers). This standard is promulgated to aid in providing for the safety of life, limb, and property, by establishing minimum standards for structural design requirements and for the use of mobile work platforms and towers. (2) "Working loads." (i) Work platforms and scaffolds shall be capable of carrying the design load under varying circumstances depending upon the conditions of use. Therefore, all parts and appurtenances necessary for their safe and efficient utilization must be integral parts of the design. (ii) Specific design and construction requirements are not apart of this section because of the wide variety of materials and design possibilities. However, the design shall be such as to produce a mobile ladder stand or scaffold that will safely sustain the specified loads. The material selected shall be of sufficient strength to meet the test requirements and shall be protected against corrosion or deterioration. {a} The design working load of ladder stands shall be calculated on the basis of one or more 200-pound (90.6 kg) persons together with 50 pounds (22.65 kg) of equipment each. {b} The design load of all scaffolds shall be calculated on the basis of: "Light" - Designed and constructed to carry a working load of 25 pounds per square foot (1.05 kg m(2)). "Medium" - Designed and constructed to carry a working load of 50 pounds per square foot (2.1 kg m(2)). "Heavy" - Designed and constructed to carry a working load of 75 pounds per square foot (3.15 kg m(2)). All ladder stands and scaffolds shall be capable of supporting at least four times the design working load. (iii) The materials used in mobile ladder stands and scaffolds shall be of standard manufacture and conform to standard specifications of strength, dimensions, and weights, and shall be selected to safely support the design working load. (iv) Nails, bolts, or other fasteners used in the construction of ladders, scaffolds, and towers shall be of adequate size and in sufficient numbers at each connection to develop the designed strength of the unit. Nails shall be driven full length. (All nails should be immediately withdrawn form dismantled lumber.) (v) All exposed surfaces shall be free from sharp edges, burrs or other safety hazards. (3) "Work levels." (i) The maximum work level height shall not exceed four (4) times the minimum or least base dimensions of any mobile ladder stand or scaffold. Where the basic mobile unit does not meet this requirement, suitable outrigger frames shall be employed to achieve this least base dimension, or provisions shall be made to guy or brace the unit against tipping. (ii) The minimum platform width for any work level shall not be less than 20 inches (50.8 cm) for mobile scaffolds (towers). Ladder stands shall have a minimum step width of 16 inches (40.64 cm). (iii) The supporting structure for the work level shall be rigidly braced, using adequate cross bracing or diagonal bracing with rigid platforms at each work level. (iv) The steps of ladder stands shall be fabricated from slip resistant treads. (v) The work level platform of scaffolds (towers) shall be wood, aluminum, or plywood planking, steel or expanded metal, for the full width of the scaffold, except for necessary openings. Work platforms shall be secured in place. All planking shall be 2-inch (5.08 cm) (nominal) scaffold grade minimum 1,500 f. (stress grade) construction grade lumber or equivalent. (vi) All scaffold work levels 10 feet (3.04 m) or higher above the ground or floor shall have a standard (4-inch (10.16 cm) nominal) toeboard. (vii) All work levels 10 feet (3.04 m) or higher above the ground or floor shall have a guardrail of 2- by 4-inch nominal or the equivalent installed no less than 36 inches (0.912 m) or more than 42 inches (106.68 cm) high, with a midrail, when required, of 1- by 4-inch nominal lumber or equivalent. (viii) A climbing ladder or stairway shall be provided for proper access and egress, and shall be affixed or built into the scaffold and so located that its use will not have a tendency to tip the scaffold. A landing platform shall be provided at intervals not to exceed 30 feet (9.12 m). (4) "Wheels or casters." (i) Wheels or casters shall be properly designed for strength and dimensions to support four (4) times the design working load. (ii) All scaffold casters shall be provided with a positive wheel and/or swivel lock to prevent movement. Ladder stands shall have at least two (2) of the four (4) casters and shall be of the swivel type. (iii) Where leveling of the elevated work platform is required, screw jacks or other suitable means for adjusting the height shall be provided in the base section of each mobile unit. (b) "Mobile tubular welded sectional folding scaffolds" - (1) "General." Units including sectional stairway and sectional ladder scaffolds shall be designed to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. (2) "Stairway." An integral stairway and work platform shall be incorporated into the structure of each sectional folding stairway scaffold. (3) "Bracing." An integral set of pivoting and hinged folding diagonal and horizontal braces and a detachable work platform shall be incorporated into the structure of each sectional folding ladder scaffold. (4) "Sectional folding stairway scaffolds." Sectional folding stairway scaffolds shall be designed as medium duty scaffolds except for high clearance. These special base sections shall be designed as light duty scaffolds. When upper sectional folding stairway scaffolds are used with a special high clearance base, the load capacity of the entire scaffold shall be reduced accordingly. The width of a sectional folding stairway scaffold shall not exceed 4 1/2 feet (1.368 m). The maximum length of a sectional folding stairway scaffold shall not exceed 6 feet (1.824 m) (5) "Sectional folding ladder scaffolds." Sectional folding ladder scaffolds shall be designed as light duty scaffolds including special base (open end) sections which are designed for high clearance. For certain special applications the 6'-(1.824 m) folding ladder scaffolds, except for special high clearance base sections, shall be designed for use as medium duty scaffolds. The width of a sectional folding ladder scaffold shall not exceed 4 1/2 feet (1.368 m). The maximum length of a sectional folding ladder scaffold shall not exceed 6 feet 6 inches (1.976 m) for a 6'-(1.824 m) long unit, 8 feet 6 inches (2.584 m) for an 8'-(2.432 m) unit or 10 feet 6 inches (3.192 m) for a 10'-(3.04 m) long unit. (6) "End frames." The end frames of sectional ladder and stairway scaffolds shall be designed so that the horizontal bearers provide supports for multiple planking levels. (7) "Erection." Only the manufacturer of the scaffold or his qualified designated agent shall be permitted to erect or supervise the erection of scaffolds exceeding 50 feet (15.2 m) in height above the base, unless such structure is approved in writing by a licensed professional engineer, or erected in accordance with instructions furnished by the manufacturer. Subpart N - Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors 38. In 1926.550, a new paragraph (a)(19) is added to read as follows: 1926.550 Cranes and derricks. (a) "General requirements." * * * * * * (19) All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of suspended loads. * * * * * * Subpart O - Motor Vehicles, Merchanized Equipment, and Marine Operations 39. In 1926.600, new paragraph (a)(7) is added to read as follows: 1926.600 Equipment. (a) "General requirements." * * * * * * (7) "Rolling railroad cars." Derail and/or bumper blocks shall be provided on spur railroad tracks where a rolling car could contact other cars being worked, enter a building, work or traffic areas. * * * * * * 40. In 1926.602, new paragraphs (c)(1)(vii) and (viii) are added to read as follows: 1926.602 Material handling equipment. * * * * * * (c) "Lifting and hauling (other than equipment covered under subpart N of this part).(1)*** * * * * * * (vii) Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to ride on powered industrial trucks. A safe place to ride shall be provided where riding of trucks is authorized. (viii) Whenever a truck is equipped with vertical only, or vertical and horizontal controls elevatable with the lifting carriage or forks for lifting personnel, the following additional precautions shall be taken for the protection of personnel being elevated. (A) Use of a safety platform firmly secured to the lifting carriage and/or forks. (B) Means shall be provided whereby personnel on the platform can shut off power to the truck. (C) Such protection from falling objects as indicated necessary by the operating conditions shall be provided. Subpart U - Blasting and Use of Explosives 41. In 1926.900, new paragraphs (s) and (t) are added to read as follows: 1926.900 General provisions. * * * * * * (s) Buildings used for the mixing of blasting agents shall conform to the requirements of this section. (1) Buildings shall be of noncombustible construction or sheet metal on wood studs. (2) Floors in a mixing plant shall be of concrete or of other nonabsorbent materials. (3) All fuel oil storage facilities shall be separated from the mixing plant and located in such a manner that in case of tank rupture, the oil will drain away from the mixing plant building. (4) The building shall be well ventilated. (5) Heating units which do not depend on combustion processes, when properly designed and located, may be used in the building. All direct sources of heat shall be provided exclusively from units located outside the mixing building. (6) All internal-combustion engines used for electric power generation shall be located outside the mixing plant building, or shall be properly ventilated and isolated by a firewall. The exhaust systems on all such engines shall be located so any spark emission cannot be a hazard to any materials in or adjacent to the plant. (t) Buildings used for the mixing of water gels shall conform to the requirements of this subdivision. (1) Buildings shall be of noncombustible construction or sheet metal on wood studs. (2) Floors in a mixing plant shall be of concrete or of other nonabsorbent materials. (3) Where fuel oil is used all fuel oil storage facilities shall be separated from the mixing plant and located in such a manner that in case of tank rupture, the oil will drain away from the mixing plant building. (4) The building shall be well ventilated. (5) Heating units that do not depend on combustion processes, when properly designed and located, may be used in the building. All direct sources of heat shall be provided exclusively from units located outside of the mixing building. (6) All internal-combustion engines used for electric power generation shall be located outside the mixing plant building, or shall be properly ventilated and isolated by a firewall. The exhaust systems on all such engines shall be located so any spark emission cannot be a hazard to any materials in or adjacent to the plant. 42. In 1926.905, new paragraph (u) is added to read as follows: 1926.905 Loading of explosives or blasting agents. * * * * * (u) When loading blasting agents pneumatically over electric blasting caps, semiconductive delivery hose shall be used and the equipment shall be bonded and grounded. 43. In 1926.914, new paragraph (aa) is added to read as follows: 1926.914 Definitions applicable to this subpart. * * * * * (aa) "Semiconductive hose." Semiconductive hose - a hose with an electrical resistance high enough to limit flow of stray electric currents to safe levels, yet not so high as to prevent drainage of static electric charges to ground; hose of not more than 2 megohms resistance over its entire length and of not less than 5,000 ohms per foot meets the requirement. Subpart X - Stairways and Ladders 44. In 1926.1050, a new paragraph defining "ladder stands" is added to read as follows: 1926.1050 Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart. * * * * * * (b) * * * * * * "Ladder stand." A mobile fixed size self-supporting ladder consisting of a wide flat tread ladder in the form of stairs. The assembly may include handrails. 45. In part 1926, a new subpart Y - Diving is added to read as follows: Subpart Y - Diving General 1926.1071 Scope and application (a) "Scope." (1) This subpart (standard) applies to every place of employment within the waters of the United States, or within any State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, Wake Island, Johnston Island, the Canal Zone, or within the Outer Continental Shelf lands as defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (67 Stat. 462, 43 U.S.C. 1331), where diving and related support operations are performed. (2) This standard applies to diving and related support operations conducted in connection with all types of work and employments, including general industry, construction, ship repairing, shipbuilding, shipbreaking and longshoring. However, this standard does not apply to any diving operation: (i) Performed solely for instructional purposes, using open-circuit, compressed-air SCUBA and conducted within the no-decompression limits; (ii) Performed solely for search, rescue, or related public safety purposes by or under the control of a governmental agency; or (iii) Governed by 45 CFR part 46 (Protection of Human Subjects, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services) or equivalent rules or regulations established by another federal agency, which regulate research, development, or related purposes involving human subjects. (iv) Defined as scientific diving and which is under the direction and control of a diving program containing at least the following elements: (A) Diving safety manual which includes at a minimum: Procedures covering all diving operations specific to the program; procedures for emergency care, including recompression and evacuation; and criteria for diver training and certification. (B) Diving control (safety) board, with the majority of its members being active divers, which shall at a minimum have the authority to: Approve and monitor diving projects; review and revise the diving safety manual; assure compliance with the manual; certify the depths to which a diver has been trained; take disciplinary action for unsafe practices; and, assure adherence to the buddy system (a diver is accompanied by and is in continuous contact with another diver in the water) for SCUBA diving. (b) "Application in emergencies." An employer may deviate from the requirements of this standard to the extent necessary to prevent or minimize a situation which is likely to cause death, serious physical harm, or major environmental damage, provided that the employer: (1) Notifies the Area Director, Occupational Safety and Health Administration within 48 hours of the onset of the emergency situation indicating the nature of the emergency and extent of the deviation from the prescribed regulations; and (2) Upon request from the Area Director, submits such information in writing. (c) "Employer obligation." The employer shall be responsible for compliance with: (1) All provisions of this standard of general applicability; and (2) All requirements pertaining to specific diving modes to the extent diving operations in such modes are conducted. 1926.1072 Definitions. As used in this standard, the listed terms are defined as follows: "Acfm:" Actual cubic feet per minute. "ASME Code of equivalent:" ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, or an equivalent code which the employer can demonstrate to be equally effective. "ATA:" Atmosphere absolute. "Bell:" An enclosed compartment, pressurized (closed bell) or unpressurized (open bell), which allows the diver to be transported to and from the underwater work area and which may be used as a temporary refuge during diving operations. "Bottom time:" The total elasped time measured in minutes from the time when the diver leaves the surface in descent to the time that the diver begins ascent. "Bursting pressure:" The pressure at which a pressure containment device would fail structurally. "Cylinder:" A pressure vessel for the storage of gases. "Decompression chamber:" A pressure vessel for human occupancy such as a surface decompression chamber, closed bell, or deep diving system used to decompress divers and to treat decompression sickness. "Decompression sickness:" A condition with a variety of symptoms which may result from gas or bubbles in the tissue of divers after pressure reduction. "Decompression table:" A profile or set of profiles of depth-time relationships for ascent rates and breathing mixtures to be followed after a specific depth-time exposure or exposures. "Dive location:" A surface or vessel from which a diving operation is conducted. "Dive-location reserve breathing gas:" A supply system of air or mixed-gas (as appropriate) at the dive location which is independent of the primary supply system and sufficient to support divers during the planned decompression. "Dive team:" Divers and support employees involved in a diving operation, including the designated person-in-charge. "Diver:" An employee working in water using underwater apparatus which supplies compressed breathing gas at the ambient pressure. "Diver-carried reserve breathing gas:" A diver-carried supply of air or mixed gas (as appropriate) sufficient under standard operating conditions to allow the diver to reach the surface, or another source of breathing gas, or to be reached by a standby diver. "Diving mode:" A type of diving requiring specific equipment, procedures and techniques (SCUBA, surface-supplied air, or mixed gas). "Fsw:" Feet of seawater (or equivalent static pressure head). "Heavy gear: Diver-worn deep-sea dress including helmet, breastplate, dry suit, and weighted shoes. "Hyperbaric conditions:" Pressure conditions in excess of surface pressure. "Inwater stage:" A suspended underwater platform which supports a diver in the water. "Liveboating:" The practice of supporting a surface-supplied air or mixed gas diver from a vessel which is underway. "Mixed-gas diving:" A diving mode in which the diver is supplied in the water with a breathing gas other than air. "No-decompression limits:" The depth-time limits of the "no-decompression air dives", U.S. Navy Diving Manual or equivalent limits which the employer can demonstrate to be equally effective. "Psi(g):" Pounds per square inch (gauge). "Scientific diving" means diving performed solely as a necessary part of a scientific, research, or educational activity by employees whose sole purpose for diving is to perform scientific research tasks. Scientific diving does not include performing any tasks usually associated with commercial diving such as; Placing or removing heavy objects underwater; inspection of pipelines and similar objects; construction; demolition; cutting or welding; or the use of explosives. "SCUBA diving:" A dive mode independent of surface supply in which the diver uses open circuit self-contained underwater breathing apparatus. "Standby diver:" A diver at the dive location available to assist a diver in the water. Surface-supplied air diving:" A diving mode in which the diver in the water is supplied from the dive location with compressed air for breathing. "Treatment table:" A depth-time and breathing gas profile designed to treat decompression sickness. "Umbilical:" The composite hose bundle between a dive location and a diver or bell, or between a diver and a bell, which supplies the diver or bell with breathing gas, communications, power, or heat as appropriate to the diving mode or conditions, and includes a safety line between the diver and the dive location. "Volume tank:" A pressure vessel connected to the outlet of a compressor and used as an air reservoir. "Working pressure:" The maximum pressure to which a pressure containment device may be exposed under standard operating conditions. Personnel Requirements 1926.1076 Qualifications of dive team. (a) "General." (1) Each dive team member shall have the experience or training necessary to perform assigned tasks in a safe and healthful manner. (2) Each dive team member shall have experience or training in the following: (i) The use of tools, equipment and systems relevant to assigned tasks; (ii) Techniques of the assigned diving mode; and (iii) Diving operations and emergency procedures. (3) All dive team members shall be trained in cardiopulmonary resuscitation and first aid (American Red Cross standard course or equivalent). (4) Dive team members who are exposed to or control the exposure of others to hyperbaric conditions shall be trained in diving-related physics and physiology. (b) "Assignments." (1) Each dive team member shall be assigned tasks in accordance with the employee's experience or training,. except that limited additional tasks may be assigned to an employee undergoing training provided that these tasks are performed under the direct supervision of an experienced dive team member. (2) The employer shall not require a dive team member to be exposed to hyperbaric conditions against the employee's will, except when necessary to complete decompression or treatment procedures. (3) The employer shall not permit a dive team member to dive or be otherwise exposed to hyperbaric conditions for the duration of any temporary physical impairment or condition which is known to the employer and is likely to affect adversely the safety or health of a dive team member. (c) "Designated person-in-charge." (1) The employer or an employee designated by the employer shall be at the dive location in charge of all aspects of the diving operation affecting the safety and health of dive team members. (2) The designated person-in-charge shall have experience and training in the conduct of the assigned diving operation. General Operations Procedures 1926.1080 Safe practices manual. (a) "General." The employer shall develop and maintain a safe practices manual which shall be made available at the dive location to each dive team member. (b) "Contents." (1) The safe practices manual shall contain a copy of this standard and the employer's policy for implementing the requirements of this standard. (2) For each diving mode engaged in, the safe practices manual shall include: (i) Safety procedures and checklists for diving operations: (ii) Assignments and responsibilities of the dive team members; (iii) Equipment procedures and checklists; and (iv) Emergency procedures for fire, equipment failure, adverse environmental conditions, and medical illness and injury. (The information collection requirements contained in paragraph (b) were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0069) 1926.10810 Pre-dive procedures. (a) "General." The employer shall comply with the following requirements prior to each diving operation, unless otherwise specified. (b) "Emergency aid." A list shall be kept at the dive location of the telephone or call numbers of the following: (1) An operational decompression chamber (if not at the dive location); (2) Accessible hospitals; (3) Available physicians; (4) Available means of transportation; and (5) The nearest U.S. Coast Guard Rescue Coordination Center. (c) "First aid supplies." (1) A first aid kit appropriate for the diving operation and approved by a physician shall be available at the dive location. (2) When used in a decompression chamber or bell, the first aid kit shall be suitable for use under hyperbaric conditions. (3) In addition to any other first aid supplies, an American Red Cross standard first aid handbook or equivalent, and a bag-type manual resuscitator with transparent mask and tubing shall be available at the dive location. (d) "Planning and assessment." Planning of a diving operation shall include an assessment of the safety and health aspects of the following: (1) Diving mode; (2) Surface and underwater conditions and hazards; (3) Breathing gas supply (including reserves); (4) Thermal protection; (5) Diving equipment and systems; (6) Dive team assignments and physical fitness of dive team members (including any impairment known to the employer); (7) Repetitive dive designation or residual inert gas status of dive team members; (8) Decompression and treatment procedures (including altitude corrections); and (9) Emergency procedures. (e) "Hazardous activities." To minimize hazards to the dive team, diving operations shall be coordinated with other activities in the vicinity which are likely to interfere with the diving operation. (f) "Employee briefing." (1) Dive team members shall be briefed on: (i) The tasks to be undertaken; (ii) Safety procedures for the diving mode; (iii) Any unusual hazards or environmental conditions likely to affect the safety of the diving operation; and (iv) Any modifications to operating procedures necessitated by the specific diving operation. (2) Prior to making individual dive team member assignments, the employer shall inquire into the dive team member's current state of physical fitness, and indicate to the dive team member the procedure for reporting physical problems or adverse physiological effects during and after the dive. (g) "Equipment inspection." The breathing gas supply system including reserve breathing gas supplies, masks, helmets, thermal protection, and bell handling mechanism (when appropriate) shall be inspected prior to each dive. (h) "Warning signal." When diving from surfaces other than vessels in areas capable of supporting marine traffic, a rigid replica of the international code flag "A" at least one meter in height shall be displayed at the dive location in a manner which allows all-round visibility, and shall be illuminated during night diving operations. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0069) 1926.1082 Procedures during dive. (a) "General." The employer shall comply with the following requirements which are applicable to each diving operation unless otherwise specified. (b) "Water entry and exit." (1) A means capable of supporting the diver shall be provided for entering and exiting the water. (2) The means provided for exiting the water shall extend below the water surface. (3) A means shall be provided to assist an injured diver from the water or into a bell. (c) "Communications." (1) An operational two-way voice communication system shall be used between: (i) Each surface-supplied air or mixed-gas diver and a dive team member at the dive location or bell (when provided or required); and (ii) The bell and the dive location. (2) An operational, two-way communication system shall be available at the dive location to obtain emergency assistance. (d) "Decompression tables." Decompression, repetitive, and no-decompression tables (as appropriate) shall be at the dive location. (e) "Dive profiles." A depth-time profile, including when appropriate any breathing gas changes, shall be maintained for each diver during the dive including decompression. (f) "Hand-held power tools and equipment." (1) Hand-held electrical tools and equipment shall be de-energized before being placed into or retrieved from the water. (2) Hand-held power tools shall not be supplied with power from the dive location until requested by the diver. (g) "Welding and burning." (1) A current supply switch to interrupt the current flow to the welding or burning electrode shall be: (i) Tended by a dive team member in voice communication with the diver performing the welding or burning; and (ii) Kept in the open position except when the diver is welding or burning. (2) The welding machine frame shall be grounded. (3) Welding and burning cables, electrode holders, and connections shall be capable of carrying the maximum current required by the work, and shall be properly insulated. (4) Insulated gloves shall be provided to divers performing welding and burning operations. (5) Prior to welding or burning on closed compartments, structures or pipes, which contain a flammable vapor or in which a flammable vapor may be generated by the work, they shall be vented, flooded, or purged with a mixture of gases which will not support combustion. (h) "Explosives." (1) Employers shall transport, store, and use explosives in accordance with this section and the applicable provisions of CFR 1910.109 and 1926.912. (2) Electrical continuity of explosive circuits shall not be tested until the diver is out of the water. (3) Explosives shall not be detonated while the diver is in the water. (i) "Termination of dive. The working interval of a dive shall be terminated when: (1) A diver requests termination; (2) a diver fails to respond correctly to communications or signals from a dive team member; (3) Communications are lost and can not be quickly re-established between the diver and a dive team member at the dive location, and between the designated person-in-charge and the person controlling the vessel in liveboating operations; or (4) A diver begins to use diver-carried reserve breathing gas or the dive-location reserve breathing gas. 1926.1083 Post-dive procedures. (a) "General." The employer shall comply with the following requirements which are applicable after each diving operation, unless otherwise specified. (b) "Precautions." (1) After the completion of any dive, the employer shall: (i) Check the physical condition of the diver; (ii) Instruct the diver to report any physical problems or adverse physiological effects including symptoms of decompression sickness; (iii) Advise the diver of the location of a decompression chamber which is ready for use; and (iv) Alert the diver to the potential hazards of flying after diving. (2) For any dive outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than 100 fsw or using mixed gas as a breathing mixture, the employer shall instruct the diver to remain awake and in the vicinity of the decompression chamber which is at the dive location for at least one hour after the dive (including decompression or treatment as appropriate). (c) "Recompression capability." (1) A decompression chamber capable of recompressing the diver at the surface to a minimum of 165 fsw (6 ATA) shall be available at the dive location for: (i) Surface-supplied air diving to depths deeper than 100 fsw and shallower than 220 fsw; (ii) Mixed gas diving shallower than 300 fsw; or (iii) Diving outside the no-decompression limits shallower than 300 fsw. (2) A decompression chamber capable of recompressing the diver at the surface to the maximum depth of the dive shall be available at the dive location for dives deeper than 300 fsw. (3) The decompression chamber shall be: (i) Dual-lock; (ii) Multiplace; and (iii) Located within 5 minutes of the dive location. (4) The decompression chamber shall be equipped with: (i) A pressure gauge for each pressurized compartment designed for human occupancy; (ii) A built-in-breathing-system with a minimum of one mask per occupant; (iii) A two-way voice communication system between occupants and a dive team member at the dive location; (iv) A viewport; and (v) Illumination capability to light the interior. (5) Treatment tables, treatment gas appropriate to the diving mode, and sufficient gas to conduct treatment shall be available at the dive location. (6) A dive team member shall be available at the dive location during and for at least one hour after the dive to operate the decompression chamber (when required or provided). (d) "Record of dive." (1) The following information shall be recorded and maintained for each diving operation: (i) Names of dive team members including designated person-in-charge; (ii) Date, time, and location; (iii) Diving modes used; (iv) General nature of work performed; (v) Approximate underwater and surface conditions (visibility, water temperature and current); and (vi) Maximum depth and bottom time for each diver. (2) For each dive outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than 100 fsw or using mixed gas, the following additional information shall be recorded and maintained: (i) Depth-time and breathing gas profiles; (ii) Decompression table designation (including modification); and (iii) Elapsed time since last pressure exposure if less than 24 hours or repetitive dive designation for each diver. (3) For each dive in which decompression sickness is suspected or symptoms are evident, the following additional information shall be recorded and maintained: (i) Description of decompression sickness symptoms (including depth and time of onset); and (ii) Description and results of treatment. (e) "Decompression procedure assessment." The employer shall: (1) Investigate and evaluate each incident of decompression sickness based on the recorded information, consideration of the past performance of decompression table used, and individual susceptibility; (2) Take appropriate corrective action to reduce the probability of recurrence of decompression sickness; and (3) Prepare a written evaluation of the decompression procedure assessment, including any corrective action taken, within 45 days of the incident of decompression sickness. (The information collection requirements contained in paragraphs (d) and (e) were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0069) Specific Operations Procedures 1926.1084 SCUBA diving. (a) "General." Employers engaged in SCUBA diving shall comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise specified. (b) "Limits." SCUBA diving shall not be conducted: (1) At depths deeper than 130 fsw; (2) At depths deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits unless a decompression chamber is ready for use; (3) Against currents exceeding one (1) knot unless line-tended; or (4) In enclosed or physically confined spaces unless line-tended. (c) "Procedures." (1) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the water. (2) A diver shall be line-tended from the surface, or accompanied by another diver in the water in continuous visual contact during the diving operations. (3) A diver shall be stationed at the underwater point of entry when diving is conducted in enclosed or physically confining spaces. (4) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided for each diver consisting of: (i) A manual reserve (J valve); or (ii) An independent reserve cylinder with a separate regulator or connected to the underwater breathing apparatus. (5) The valve of the reserve breathing gas supply shall be in the closed position prior to the dive. 1926.1085 Surface-supplied air diving. (a) "General." Employers engaged in surface-supplied air diving shall comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise specified. (b) "Limits." (1) Surface-supplied air diving shall not be conducted at depths deeper than 190 fsw, except that dives with bottom times of 30 minutes or less may be conducted to depths of 220 fsw. (2) A decompression chamber shall be ready for use at the dive location for any dive outside the no-decompression limits or deeper than 100 fsw. (3) A bell shall be used for dives with an inwater decompression time greater than 120 minutes, except when heavy gear is worn or diving is conducted in physically confining spaces. (c) "Procedures." (1) Each diver shall be continuously tended while in the water. (2) A diver shall be stationed at the underwater point of entry when diving is conducted in enclosed or physically confining spaces. (3) Each diving operation shall have a primary breathing gas supply sufficient to support divers for the duration of the planned dive including decompression. (4) For dives deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits: (i) A separate dive team member shall tend each diver in the water; (ii) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the water; (iii) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided for each diver except when heavy gear is worn; and (iv) A dive-location reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided. (5) For heavy-gear diving deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits: (i) An extra breathing gas hose capable of supplying breathing gas to the diver in the water shall be available to the standby diver. (ii) An inwater stage shall be provided to divers in the water. (6) Except when heavy gear is worn or where physical space does not permit, a diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided whenever the diver is prevented by the configuration of the dive area from ascending directly to the surface. 1926.1086 Mixed-gas diving. (a) "General." Employers engaged in mixed-gas diving shall comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise specified. (b) "Limits." Mixed-gas diving shall be conducted only when: (1) A decompression chamber is ready for use at the dive location; and (i) A bell is used at depths greater than 220 fsw or when the dive involves inwater decompression time or greater than 120 minutes, except when heavy gear is worn or when diving in physically confining spaces; or (ii) A closed bell is used at depths greater than 300 fsw, except when diving is conducted in physically confining spaces. (c) "Procedures." (1) A separate dive team member shall tend each diver in the water. (2) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the water. (3) A diver shall be stationed at the underwater point of entry when diving is conducted in enclosed or physically confining spaces. (4) Each diving operation shall have a primary breathing gas supply sufficient to support divers for the duration of the planned dive including decompression. (5) Each diving operation shall have a dive-location reserve breathing gas supply. (6) When heavy gear is worn: (i) An extra breathing gas hose capable of supplying breathing gas to the diver in the water shall be available to the standby diver; and (ii) An inwater stage shall be provided for divers in the water. (7) An inwater stage shall be provided for divers without access to a bell for dives deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits. (8) When a closed bell is used, one dive team member in the bell shall be available and tend the diver in the water. (9) Except when heavy gear is worn or where physical space does not permit, a diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided for each diver: (i) Diving deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits; or (ii) Prevented by the configuration of the dive area from directly ascending to the surface. 1926.1087 Liveboating. (a) "General." Employers engaged in diving operations involving liveboating shall comply with the following requirements. (b) "Limits." Diving operations involving liveboating shall not be conducted: (1) With an inwater decompression time of greater than 120 minutes; (2) Using surface-supplied air at depths deeper than 190 fsw, except that dives with bottom times of 30 minutes or less may be conducted to depths of 220 fsw; (3) Using mixed gas at depths greater than 220 fsw; (4) In rough seas which significantly impede diver mobility or work function; or (5) In other than daylight hours. (c) "Procedures." (1) The propeller of the vessel shall be stopped before the diver enters or exits the water. (2) A device shall be used which minimizes the possibility of entanglement of the diver's hose in the propeller of the vessel. (3) Two-way voice communication between the designated person-in-charge and the person controlling the vessel shall be available while the diver is in the water. (4) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the water. (5) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be carried by each diver engaged in liveboating operations. Equipment Procedures and Requirements 1926.1090 Equipment. (a) "General." (1) All employers shall comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise specified. (2) Each equipment modification, repair, test, calibration or maintenance service shall be recorded by means of a tagging or logging system, and include the date and nature of work performed, and the name or initials of the person performing the work. (b) "Air compressor system." (1) Compressors used to supply air to the diver shall be equipped with a volume tank with a check valve on the inlet side, a pressure gauge, a relief valve, and a drain valve. (2) Air compressor intakes shall be located away from areas containing exhaust or other contaminants. (3) Respirable air supplied to a diver shall not contain: (i) A level of carbon monoxide (CO) greater than 20 p/m; (ii) A level of carbon dioxide (CO(2)) greater than 1,000 p/m; (iii) A level of oil mist greater than 5 milligrams per cubic meter; or (iv) A noxious or pronounce odor. (4) The output of air compressor systems shall be tested for air purity every 6 months by means of samples taken at the connection to the distribution system, except that non-oil lubricated compressors need not be tested for oil mist. (c) "Breathing gas supply hoses." (1) Breathing gas supply hoses shall: (i) Have a working pressure at least equal to the working pressure of the total breathing gas system; (ii) Have a rated bursting pressure at least equal to 4 times the working pressure; (iii) Be tested at least annually to 1.5 times their working pressure; and (iv) Have their open ends taped, capped or plugged when not in use. (2) Breathing gas supply hose connectors shall: (i) Be made of corrosion-resistant materials; (ii) Have a working pressure at least equal to the working pressure of the hose to which they are attached; and (iii) Be resistant to accidental disengagement. (3) Umbilicals shall: (i) Be marked in 10-ft. increments to 100 feet beginning at the diver's end, and in 50 ft. increments thereafter; (ii) Be made of kink-resistant materials; and (iii) Have a working pressure greater than the pressure equivalent to the maximum depth of the dive (relative to the supply source) plus 100 psi. (d) "Buoyancy control. (1) Helmets or masks connected directly to the dry suit or other buoyancy-changing equipment shall be equipped with an exhaust valve. (2) A dry suit or other buoyancy-changing equipment not directly connected to the helmet or mask shall be equipped with an exhaust valve. (3) When used for SCUBA diving, a buoyancy compensator shall have an inflation source separate from the breathing gas supply. (4) An inflatable flotation device capable of maintaining the diver at the surface in a face-up position, having a manually activated inflation source independent of the breathing supply, an oral inflation device, and an exhaust valve shall be used for SCUBA diving. (e) "Compressed gas cylinders." Compressed gas cylinders shall: (1) Be designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with the applicable provisions of 29 CFR 1910.101 and 1910.169 through 1910.171 and 1926.306; (2) Be stored in a ventilated area and protected from excessive heat; (3) Be secured from falling; and (4) Have shut-off valves recessed into the cylinder or protected by a cap, except when in use or manifolded, or when used for SCUBA diving. (f) "Decompression chambers." (1) Each decompression chamber manufactured after the effective date of this standard, shall be built and maintained in accordance with the ASME Code or equivalent. (2) Each decompression chamber manufactured prior to the effective date of this standard shall be maintained in conformity with the code requirements to which it was built, or equivalent. (3) Each decompression chamber shall be equipped with: (i) Means to maintain the atmosphere below a level of 25 percent oxygen by volume; (ii) Mufflers on intake and exhaust lines, which shall be regularly inspected and maintained; (iii) Suction guards on exhaust line openings; and (iv) A means for extinguishing fire, and shall be maintained to minimize sources of ignition and combustible material. (g) "Gauges and timekeeping devices." (1) Gauges indicating diver depth which can be read at the dive location shall be used for all dives except SCUBA. (2) Each depth gauge shall be deadweight tested or calibrated against a master reference gauge every 6 months, and when there is a discrepancy greater than two percent (2 percent) of full scale between any two equivalent gauges. (3) A cylinder pressure gauge capable of being monitored by the diver during the dive shall be worn by each SCUBA diver. (4) A timekeeping device shall be available at each dive location. (h) "Masks and helmets." (1) Surface-supplied air and mixed-gas masks and helmets shall have: (i) A non-return valve at the attachment point between helmet or mask and hose which shall close readily and positively; and (ii) An exhaust valve. (2) Surface-supplied air masks and helmets shall have a minimum ventilation rate capability of 4.5 acfm at any depth at which they are operated or the capability of maintaining the diver's inspired carbon dioxide partial pressure below 0.02 ATA when the diver is producing carbon dioxide at the rate of 1.6 standard liters per minute. (i) "Oxygen safety." (1) Equipment used with oxygen or mixtures containing over forty percent (40 percent) by volume oxygen shall be designed for oxygen service. (2) Components (except umbilicals) exposed to oxygen or mixtures containing over forty percent (40 percent) by volume oxygen shall be cleaned of flammable materials before use. (3) Oxygen systems over 125 psig and compressed air systems over 500 psig shall have slow-opening shut-off valves. (j) "Weights and harnesses." (1) Except when heavy gear is worn, divers shall be equipped with a weight belt or assembly capable of quick release. (2) Except when heavy gear is worn or in SCUBA diving, each diver shall wear a safety harness with: (i) A positive buckling device; (ii) An attachment point for the umbilical to prevent strain on the mask or helmet; and (iii) A lifting point to distribute the pull force of the line over the diver's body. (The information collection requirements contained in paragraph (a)(2) were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0069) Recordkeeping 1926.1091 Recordkeeping requirements. (a)(1) [Reserved] (2) The employer shall record the occurrence of any diving-related injury or illness which requires any dive team member to be hospitalized for 24 hours or more, specifying the circumstances of the incident and the extent of any injuries or illnesses. (b) "Availability of records." (1) Upon the request of the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, or the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Health and Human Services of their designees, the employer shall make available for inspection and copying any record or document required by this standard. (2) Records and documents required by this standard shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i). Safe practices manuals (1926.1080), depth-time profiles (1926.1082), recordings of dives (1926.1083), decompression procedure assessment evaluations (1926.1083), and records of hospitalizations (1926.1091) shall be provided in the same manner as employee exposure records or analyses using exposure or medical records. Equipment inspections and testing records which pertain to employees (1926.1090) shall also be provided upon request to employees and their designated representatives. (3) Records and documents required by this standard shall be retained by the employer for the following period: (i) Dive team member medical records (physician's reports) (1926.1076) - 5 years; (ii) Safe practices manual (1926.1080) - current document only; (iii) Depth-time profile (1926.1082) - until completion of the recording of dive, or until completion of decompression procedure assessment where there has been an incident of decompression sickness; (iv) Recording of dive (1926.1083) - 1 year, except 5 years where there has been an incident of decompression sickness; (v) Decompression procedure assessment evaluations (1926.1083) - 5 years; (vi) Equipment inspections and testing records (1926.1090) - current entry or tag, or until equipment is withdrawn from service; (vii) Records of hospitalizations (1926.1091) - 5 years. (4) After the expiration of the retention period of any record required to be kept for five (5) years, the employer shall forward such records to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Health and Human Services. The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements set forth at 29 CFR 1926.33(h). (5) In the event the employer ceases to do business: (i) The successor employer shall receive and retain all dive and employee medical records required by this standard; or (ii) If there is no successor employer, dive and employee medical records shall be forwarded to the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Health and Human Services. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0058) 1926.1092 Effective date. This standard shall be effective on October 20, 1977, except that for provisions where decompression chambers or bells are required and such equipment is not yet available, employers shall comply as soon as possible thereafter buy in no case later than 6 months after the effective date of the standard. Appendix A to Subpart Y - Examples of Conditions Which May Restrict or Limit Exposure to Hyperbaric Conditions The following disorders may restrict or limit occupational exposures to hyperbaric conditions depending on severity, presence of residual effects, response to therapy, number of occurrences, diving mode, or degree and duration of isolation. History of seizure disorder other than early febrile convulsions. Malignancies (active) unless treated and without recurrence for 5 yrs. Chronic inability to equalize sinus and/or middle ear pressure. Cystic or cavitary disease o;f the lungs. Impaired organ function caused by alcohol or drug use. Conditions requiring continuous medication for control (e.g., antihistamines, steroids, barbiturates, moodaltering drugs, or insulin). Meniere's disease. Hemoglobinopathies. Obstructive or restrictive lung disease. Vestibular end organ destruction. Pneumothorax. Cardiac abnormalities (e.g., pathological heart block, valvular disease, intraventricular condition defects other than isolated right bundle branch block, angina pectoris, arrhythmia, coronary artery disease). Appendix B to Subpart Y - Guidelines for Scientific Diving This appendix contains guidelines that will be used in conjunction with 1926.1071(a)(2)(iv) to determine those scientific diving programs, which are exempt from the requirements for commercial diving. The guidelines are as follows: 1. The diving Control Board consists of a majority of active scientific divers and has autonomous and absolute authority over the scientific diving program's operations. 2. The purpose of the project using scientific diving is the advancement of science; therefore, information and data resulting from the project are non-proprietary. 3. The tasks of a scientific diver are those of an observer and data gatherer. Construction and trouble-shooting tasks traditionally associated with commercial diving are not included within scientific diving. 4. Scientific divers, based on the nature of their activities, must use scientific expertise in studying the underwater environment and, therefore, are scientists or scientists in training. 46. In part 1926, a new subpart Z - Toxic and Hazardous Substances is added to read as follows: Subpart Z - Toxic and Hazardous Substances AUTHORITY: Sections 6 and 8, Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. 655, 657; Secretary of Labor's Orders Nos. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (48 FR 35736) or 1-90 (55 FR 9033) as applicable; and 29 CFR part 1911. Section 1926.1102 not issued under 29 U.S.C. 655 or 29 CFR part 1911; also issued under 5 U.S.C. 653. Section 1926.1103 through 1926.1118 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653. Section 1926.1128 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653. Section 1926.1145 and 1926.1147 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653. Section 1926.1148 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653. 1926.1100 - 1926.1101 [Reserved] 1926.1102 Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term. Coal tar pitch volatiles include the fused polycyclic hydrocarbons which volatilize from the distillation residues of coal, petroleum (excluding asphalt), wood, and other organic matter. Asphalt (CAS 8052-42-4, and CAS 64742-93-4) is not covered under the "coal tar pitch volatiles" standard. 1926.1103 4-Nitrobiphenyl. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which 4-Nitrobiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 92933 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of 4-Nitrobiphenyl. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 4-Nitrobiphenyl. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl where containment prevents the release of 4-Nitrobiphenyl into regulated areas, non-regulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 4-Nitrobiphenyl or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 4-Nitrobiphenyl from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of 4-Nitrobiphenyl which may result in exposure to or contact with 4-Nitrobiphenyl. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of 4-Nitrobiphenyl, which is impervious to the passage of 4-Nitrobiphenyl, and which would prevent the entry of 4-Nitrobiphenyl into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an-average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of 4-Nitrobiphenyl into regulated areas, non-regulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 4-Nitrobiphenyl. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing 4-Nitrobiphenyl." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 4-Nitrobiphenyl is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 4-Nitrobiphenyl within an isolated system such as a "glove box' shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 4-Nitrobiphenyl is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 4-Nitrobiphenyl is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 4-Nitrobiphenyl is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long- sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in 4-Nitrobiphenyl handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit,from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any operations involving work in an area where direct contact with 4-Nitrobiphenyl could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 4-Nitrobiphenyl such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco, products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment, clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove 4-Nitrobiphenyl from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training." - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 4- Nitrobiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of 4-Nitrobiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have 4-Nitrobiphenyl contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements wanting of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance. "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 4-Nitrobiphenyl, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of 4-Nitrobiphenyl; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of 4-Nitrobiphenyl in each regulated area, (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which 4-Nitrobiphenyl is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled, (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of 4- Nitrobiphenyl into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0085) 1926.1104 alpha-Naphthylamine. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which alpha-Naphthylamine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 134327 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to transshipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of alpha-Naphthylamine. (3) This section will not apply to operations involving the destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials, such as occurs in coke ovens. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of alpha-Naphthylamine. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving alpha-Naphthylamine where containment prevents the release of alpha-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of alpha-Naphthylamine or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of alpha-Naphthylamine from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of alpha-Naphthylamine which may result in exposure to or contact with alpha-Naphthylamine. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of alpha-Naphthylamine, which is impervious to the passage of alpha-Naphthylamine, and which would prevent the entry of alpha-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained, so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving alpha-Naphthylamine within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving alpha-Naphthylamine in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of alpha-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to alpha-Naphthylamine. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing alpha-Naphthylamine." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where alpha-Naphthylamine is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with alpha-Naphthylamine within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where alpha-Naphthylamine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while alpha-Naphthylamine is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations, involving "laboratory type hoods" or in locations where alpha-Naphthylamine is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), and shoe covers and gloves prior to entering a regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in alpha-Naphthylamine handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection maybe substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exist of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any operations involving work in an area where direct contact with alpha-Naphthylamine could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected areas shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours, for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known, contact with alpha-Naphthylamine such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing ,and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove alpha-Naphthylamine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training." - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of alpha-Naphthylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of alpha-Naphthylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(vii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized employees or employees trained accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have alpha-Naphthylamine contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of alpha-Naphthylamine, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving alpha-Naphthylamine which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of alpha-Naphthylamine; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of alpha-Naphthylamine in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which alpha-Naphthylamine is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of alpha-Naphthylamine into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedures used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0084) 1926.1105 [Reserved] 1926.1106 Methyl chloromethyl ether. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which methyl chloromethyl ether, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 107302 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of methyl chloromethyl ether. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section. (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of methyl chloromethyl ether. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving methyl chloromethyl ether where containment prevents the release of methyl chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of methyl chloromethyl ether or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of methyl chloromethyl ether from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting fn the release of methyl chloromethyl ether which may result in exposure to or contact with methyl chloromethyl ether. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonrogulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of methyl chloromethyl ether, which is impervious to the passage of methyl chloromethyl ether, and which would prevent the entry of methyl chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving methyl chloromethyl ether within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employor where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving methyl chloromethyl ether in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of methyl chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to methyl chloromethyl ether. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing methyl chloromethyl ether." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where methyl chloromethyl ether is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with methyl chloromethyl ether within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where methyl chloromethyl ether is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while methyl chloromethyl ether is contained within. Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only. (3) "Open-vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where methyl chloromethyl ether is contained in an otherwise "closed system." but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long- sleeved shirt and pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in methyl chloromethyl ether handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance with 1926.103. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any operations involving work in an area where direct contact with methyl chloromethyl ether could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, induding gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with methyl chloromethyl ether such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment, clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (iv) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove methyl chloromethyl ether from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (e) "Signs, information and training." (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQURIED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of methyl chloromethyl ether and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section may have, contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of methyl chloromethyl ether and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by, employees ether than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have methyl chloromethyl ether contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of methyl chloromethyl ether including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving methyl chloromethyl ether which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of methyl chloromethyl ether; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of methyl chloromethyl ether in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which methyl chloromethyl ether is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of methyl chloromethyl ether into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances be taken, with specific completion dates, of the incident, and measures taken or to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. 1926.1107 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts). (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 91941 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1 percent by weight or volume of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts). (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts). The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) where containment prevents the release of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) which may result in exposure to or contact with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts). (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment, of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts), which is impervious to the passage of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) and which would prevent the entry of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 3,3,-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts). (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts)." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half- face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be - substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall-be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountain's are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any operations involving work in an area where direct contact with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report. in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts), such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training." (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) and containers required under paragraphs (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts), including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purpose; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific Information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts); (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary, and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination, and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas. and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids of cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0083) 1926.1108 bis-Chloromethyl ether. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which bis-chloromethyl ether, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 542881 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of bis-chloromethyl ether. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of training 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of bis-chloromethyl ether. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving bis-chloromethyl ether where containment prevents the release of bis-chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of bis-chloromethyl ether or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of bis-chloromethyl ether form the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of bis-chloromethyl ether which may result in exposure to or contact with bis-chloromethyl ether. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment, of bis-chloromethyl ether and which is impervious to the passage of, bis-chloromethyl ether and which would prevent the entry of bis-chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving bis-chloromethyl ether within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving bis-chloromethyl ether in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of bis-chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to bis-chloromethyl ether. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing bis-chloromethyl ether." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where bis-chloromethyl ether is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with bis-chloromethyl ether within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where bis-chloromethyl ether is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while bis-chloromethyl ether is contained within. Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where bis-chloromethyl ether is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this paragraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in bis-chloromethyl ether handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance with 1926.103. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any operations involving work in an area where direct contact with bis-chloromethyl ether could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated ad the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with bis-chloromethyl ether such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.52(f)(4). (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed form a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove bis-chloromethyl ether form the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER - SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER - SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identifications." (i) Containers of bis-chloromethyl ether and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of bis-chloromethyl ether and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have bis-chloromethyl ether contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of bis-chloromethyl ether, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving bis-chloromethyl ether which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of bis-chloromethyl ether; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and implant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of bis-chloromethyl ether in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which bis-chloromethyl ether is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of bis-chloromethyl ether into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0087) 1926.1109 beta-Naphthylamine. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which beta-Naphthylamine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 91598 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to transshipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of beta-Naphthylamine. (3) This section will not apply to operations involving the destructive distillation of carbonaceous materials, such as occurs in coke ovens. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of beta-Naphthylamine. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving beta-Naphthylamine where containment prevents the release of beta-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of beta-Naphthylamine or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of beta-Naphthylamine from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of beta-Naphthylamine which may result in exposure to or contact with beta-Naphthylamine. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of beta-Naphthylamine, which is impervious to the passage of beta-Naphthylamine, and which would prevent the entry of beta-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving beta-Naphthylamine within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving beta-Naphthylamine in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of beta-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to beta-Naphthylamine. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing beta-Naphthylamine." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where beta-Naphthylamine is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with beta-Naphthylamine within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where beta-Naphthylamine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while beta-Naphthylamine is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where beta-Naphthylamine is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this paragraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only. (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be, discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in beta-Naphthylamine handling operations shall be provided with, and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit, from the, regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with beta-Naphthylamine could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with beta-Naphthylamine, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done, so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove beta-Naphthylamine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOODS REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of beta-Naphthylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance, with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of beta-Naphthylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have beta-Naphthylamine contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm,) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information, or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of beta-Naphthylamine, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving beta-Naphthylamine which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination, practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of beta-Naphthylamine; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information, required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s), regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of beta-Naphthylamine in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which beta-Naphthylamine is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of beta-Naphthylamine into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director with in 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation, of the procedure used in determining the figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less, often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof shall be forwarded by registered mail to, the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated, representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination, required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0089) 1926.1110 Benzidine. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which Benzidine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 92875 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to transshipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight or volume in Benzidine. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono dispense aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of Benzidine. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving Benzidine where containment prevents the release of Benzidine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of Benzidine or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of Benzidine from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of Benzidine which may result in exposure to or contact with Benzidine. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of Benzidine, which is impervious to the passage of Benzidine, and which would prevent the entry of Benzidine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving Benzidine within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open vessel system" means an operation involving Benzidine in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of Benzidine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to Benzidine. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing Benzidine." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where Benzidine is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with Benzidine within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where Benzidine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while Benzidine is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where Benzidine is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in Benzidine handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with Benzidine could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with Benzidine such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove Benzidine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping an dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training"- (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of Benzidine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of Benzidine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have Benzidine contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of Benzidine, including local and systemic toxicity; (B)The specific nature of the operation involving Benzidine which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of Benzidine; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports"- (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area: (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of Benzidine in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which Benzidine is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of Benzidine into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0082) 1926.1111 4-Aminodiphenyl. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which 4-Aminodiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 92671 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of 4-Aminodiphenyl. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 4-Aminodiphenyl. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 4-Aminodiphenyl where containment prevents the release of 4-Arninodiphenyl into regulated areas, nonregulated area, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 4-Aminodiphenyl or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 4-Aminodiphenyl from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of 4-Aminodiphenyl which may result in exposure to or contact with 4-Aminodiphenyl. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of 4-Aminodiphenyl, which is impervious to the passage of 4-Aminodiphenyl, and which would prevent the entry of 4-Aminodiphenyl into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving 4-Aminodiphenyl within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 4-Aminodiphenyl in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of 4-Aminodiphenyl into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 4-Aminodiphenyl. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing 4-Aminodiphenyl." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 4-Aminodiphenyl is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 4-Aminodiphenyl within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 4-Aminodiphenyl is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 4-Aminodiphenyl is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations. "Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 4-Aminodiphenyl is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in 4-Aminodiphenyl handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with 4-Aminodiphenyl could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as, soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 4-Aminodiphenyl such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove 4-Aminodiphenyl from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) Signs. (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 4-Aminodiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of 4-Aminodiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have 4-Aminodiphenyl contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by subparagraph (1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive including, but not necessarily limited to: A training and indoctrination program (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 4-Aminodiphenyl, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving 4-Aminodiphenyl which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of 4-Aminodiphenyl; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in this application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of 4-Aminodiphenyl in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which 4-Aminodiphenyl is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of 4-Aminodiphenyl into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management an Budget under control number (1218-0090) 1926.1112 Ethyleneimine. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which Ethyleneimine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 151564 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under (e)(2), paragraphs (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of Ethyleneimine. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of Ethyleneimine. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving Ethyleneimine where containment prevents the release of Ethyleneimine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of Ethyleneimine or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of Ethyleneimine from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of Ethyleneimine which may result in exposure to or contact with Ethyleneimine. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of Ethyleneimine, which is impervious to the passage of Ethyleneimine, and which would prevent the entry of Ethyleneimine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving Ethyleneimine within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving Ethyleneimine in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of Ethyleneimine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to Ethyleneimine. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing Ethyleneimine." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where Ethyleneimine is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with Ethyleneimine within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where Ethyleneimine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while Ethyleneimine is contained within: Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where Ethyleneimine is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long- sleeved shirt and pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in Ethyleneimine handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure- demand type, in accordance with 1926.103. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with Ethyleneimine could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood; (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with Ethyleneimine, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (vi) Emergency deluge showers and eyewash fountains supplied with running potable water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the same level with locations where a direct exposure of Ethyleneimine would be most likely as a result of equipment failure, or improper work practice. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking. storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1928.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove Ethyleneimine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (e) "Signs, information and training"- (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of Ethyleneimine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of Ethyleneimine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have Ethyleneimine contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of Ethyleneimine, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving, Ethyleneimine which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of Ethyleneimine; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports"- (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of, Ethyleneimine in each,regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which Ethyleneimine is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of Ethyleneimine into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0080) 1926.1113 beta-Propiolactone. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which beta-Propiolactone, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 57578 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of beta-Propiolactone. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of beta-Propiolactone. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving beta-Propiolactone where containment prevents the release of beta-Propiolactone into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of beta-Propiolactone or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of beta-Propiolactone from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of beta-Propiolactone which may result in exposure to or contact with beta-Propiolactone. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of beta-Propiolactone, which is impervious to the passage of beta-Propiolactone, and which would prevent the entry of beta-Propiolactone into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving beta-Propiolactone within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving beta-Propiolactone in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of beta-Propiolactone into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to beta-Propiolactone. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing beta-Propiolactone." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where beta-Propiolactone is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with beta-Propiolactone within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where beta-Propiolactone is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while beta-Propiolactone is contained within. Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where beta-Propiolactone is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in beta-Propiolactone handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance with 1926.103. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with beta-Propiolactone could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with beta-Propiolactone, such employee shall be required to shower soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (vi) Emergency deluge showers and eyewash fountains supplied with running potable water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the same level with locations where a direct exposure to beta-Propiolactone would be most likely as a result of equipment failure, or improper work practice. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove beta-Propiolactone from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of beta-Propiolactone and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of beta-Propiolactone and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have beta-Propiolactone contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches. Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: Provided, That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of beta-Propiolactone, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving beta-Propiolactone which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of beta-Propiolactone; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of beta-Propiolactone in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which beta-Propiolactone is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of beta-Propiolactone into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agent, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0079) 1926.1114 2-Acetylaminofluorene. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which 2-Acetylaminofluorene, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 53963 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of 2-Acetylaminofluorene. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 2-Acetylaminofluorene. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene where containment prevents the release of 2-Acetylaminofluorene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 2-Acetylaminofluorene or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 2-Acetylaminofluorene from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of 2-Acetylaminofluorene which may result in exposure to or contact with 2-Acetylaminofluorene. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of 2-Acetylaminofluorene, which is impervious to the passage of 2-Acetylaminofluorene, and which would prevent the entry of 2-Acetylaminofluorene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of 2-Acetylaminofluorene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 2-Acetylaminofluorene. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing 2-Acetylaminofluorene." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 2-Acetylaminofluorene is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 2-Acetylaminofluorene within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 2-Acetylaminofluorene is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 2-Acetylaminofluorene is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 2-Acetylaminofluorene is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in 2-Acetylaminofluorene handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with 2-Acetylaminofluorene could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 2-Acetylaminofluorene, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove 2-Acetylaminofluorene from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 2-Acetylaminofluorene and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification, limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of 2-Acetylaminofluorene and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have 2-Acetylaminofluorene contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by subparagraph (1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance; Provided, That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 2-Acetylaminofluorene, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of 2-Acetylaminofluorene; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees, shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of 2-Acetylaminofluorene in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which 2-Acetylaminofluorene is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of 2-Acetylaminofluorene into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0088) 1926.1115 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 60117 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 4-Dimeth-ylaminoazo-benzene where containment prevents the release of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene which may result in exposure to or contact with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene, which is impervious to the passage of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene which would prevent the entry of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers, and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exist of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clear, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change room shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene and containers required under paragraph (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene, including local and sytemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for the application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices; (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examination, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examination. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0044) 1926.1116 N-Nitrosodimethylamine. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which N-Nitrosodimethylamine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 62759 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of N-Nitrosodimethylamine. (b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles. (2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer. (3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing and/or protective equipment in an environment free of N-Nitrosodimethylamine. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section. (4) "Closed system" means an operation involving N-Nitrosodimethylamine where containment prevents the release of N-Nitrosodimethylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of N-Nitrosodimethylamine or its safe disposal. (6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health and Human Services to act for the Director. (7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of N-Nitrosodimethylamine from the work environment. (8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances resulting in the release of N-Nitrosodimethylamine which may result in exposure to or contact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine. (9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and nonregulated areas. (10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the vessel of containment of N-Nitrosodimethylamine, which is impervious to the passage of N-Nitrosodimethylamine, and which would prevent the entry of N-Nitrosodimethylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur. (11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation involving N-Nitrosodimethylamine within the hood does not require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms. (12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled. (13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving N-Nitrosodimethylamine in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of N-Nitrosodimethylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment. (14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee against contact with or exposure to N-Nitrosodimethylamine. (15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and controlled. (c) "Requirements for areas containing N-Nitrosodimethylamine." A regulated area shall be established by an employer where N-Nitrosodimethylamine is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the operation involved: (1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with N-Nitrosodimethylamine within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated with the isolated system. (2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where N-Nitrosodimethylamine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while N-Nitrosodimethylamine is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before engaging in other activities. (3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited. (4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving "laboratory type hoods," or in locations where N-Nitrosodimethylamine is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only; (ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the local exhaust system. (iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and pants), shoe covers, and gloves prior to entering the regulated area. (iv) Employees engaged in N-Nitrosodimethylamine handling operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted. (v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section. (vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before engaging in other activities. (vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day. (viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5) "Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills, maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where direct contact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine could result, each authorized employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garment, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103. (ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood; (iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood. (d) "General regulated area requirements." (1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented. (i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has been determined. (ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption of normal operations. (iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within 24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (iv) Where an employee has a known contact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine, such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by physical injuries. (v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section. (3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food, storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in regulated areas. (ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such employees required to change clothes. (v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a separate room. (4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this requirement. Clean make-up air in equal volume shall replace air removed. (ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment. (iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to remove N-Nitrosodimethylamine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the decontamination facility. (iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph (c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to, and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area. (2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of N-Nitrosodimethylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii) (B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent. (ii) Containers of N-Nitrosodimethylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT" displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification. (iv) Containers which have N-Nitrosodimethylamine contents with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body. (3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height. (4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of any required warning, information or instruction. (5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of N-Nitrosodimethylamine, including local and systemic toxicity; (B) The specific nature of the operation involving N-Nitrosodimethylamine which could result in exposure; (C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program, including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination; (D) The purpose of and application of decontamination practices and purposes; (E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures; (F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures; (G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation of conditions and situations which may result in the release of N-Nitrosodimethylamine; (H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and practices. (I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and indoctrination program and annually thereafter. (ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their application. (iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15 calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area; (ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of N-Nitrosodimethylamine in each regulated area; (iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities; and (iv) The manner in which N-Nitrosodimethylamine is present in each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled. (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of N-Nitrosodimethylamine into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director. (ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include: (A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this figure; (B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible employee exposure and area contamination; and (C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program implemented; and (D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar releases. (g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees. (1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided. The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors. (ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations, not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination. (iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking. (2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the employee's employment. Upon termination of an employee's employment, including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof, shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall also be provided upon request to the Director. (iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific exposure. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0081) 1926.1117 Vinyl chloride. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section includes requirements for the control of employee exposure to vinyl chloride (chloroethene), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75014. (2) This section applies to the manufacture, reaction, packaging, repackaging, storage, handling or use of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride, but does not apply to the handling or use of fabricated products made of polyvinyl chloride. (3) This section applies to the transportation of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride except to the extent that the Department of Transportation may regulate the hazards covered by this section. (b) "Definitions." (1) Action level means a concentration of vinyl chloride of 0.5 ppm averaged over an 8-hour work day. (2) "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or his designee. (3) "Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require him to enter a regulated area or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising an opportunity to observe monitoring and measuring procedures. (4) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or his designee. (5) "Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, or operation of a relief device which is likely to, or does, result in massive release of vinyl chloride. (6) "Fabricated product" means a product made wholly or partly from polyvinyl chloride, and which does not require further processing at temperatures, and for times, sufficient to cause mass melting of the polyvinyl chloride resulting in the release of vinyl chloride. (7) "Hazardous operation" means any operation, procedure, or activity where a release of either vinyl chloride liquid or gas might be expected as a consequence of the operation or because of an accident in the operation, which would result in an employee exposure in excess of the permissible exposure limit. (8) "OSHA Area Director" means the Director for the Occupational Safety and Health Administration Area Office having jurisdiction over the geographic area in which the employer's establishment is located. (9) "Polyvinyl chloride" means polyvinyl chloride homopolymer or copolymer before such is converted to a fabricated product. (10) "Vinyl chloride" means vinyl chloride monomer. (c) "Permissible exposure limit." (1) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride at concentrations greater than 1 ppm averaged over any 8-hour period, and (2) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride at concentrations greater than 5 ppm averaged over any period not exceeding 15 minutes. (3) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride by direct contact with liquid vinyl chloride. (d) "Monitoring." (1) A program of initial monitoring and measurement shall be undertaken in each establishment to determine if there is any employee exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level. (2) Where a determination conducted under paragraph (d)(1) of this section shows any employee exposures, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level, a program for determining exposures for each such employee shall be established. Such a program: (i) Shall be repeated at least monthly where any employee is exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the permissible exposure limit. (ii) Shall be repeated not less than quarterly where any employee is exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action level. (iii) May be discontinued for any employee only when at least two consecutive monitoring determinations, made not less than 5 working days apart, show exposures for that employee at or below the action level. (3) Whenever there has been a production, process or control change which may result in an increase in the release of vinyl chloride, or the employer has any other reason to suspect that any employee may be exposed in excess of the action level, a determination of employee exposure under paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be performed. (4) The method of monitoring and measurement shall have an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 50 percent from 0.25 through 0.5 ppm, plus or minus 35 percent from over 0.5 ppm through 1.0 ppm, and plus or minus 25 percent over 1.0 ppm. (Methods meeting these accuracy requirements are available in the "NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods"). (5) Employees or their designated representatives shall be afforded reasonable opportunity to observe the monitoring and measuring required by this paragraph. (e) "Regulated area." (1) A regulated area shall be established where: (i) Vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride is manufactured, reacted, repackaged, stored, handled or used; and (ii) Vinyl chloride concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure limit. (2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons. (f) "Methods of compliance." Employee exposures to vinyl chloride shall be controlled to at or below the permissible exposure limit provided in paragraph (c) of this section by engineering, work practice, and personal protective controls as follows: (1) Feasible engineering and work practice controls shall immediately be used to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit. (2) Wherever feasible engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted immediately are not sufficient to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit, they shall nonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest practicable level, and shall be supplemented by respiratory protection in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. A program shall be established and implemented to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit, or to the greatest extent feasible, solely by means of engineering and work practice controls, as soon as feasible. (3) Written plans for such a program shall be developed and furnished upon request for examination and copying to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. Such plans shall be updated at least every six months. (g) "Respiratory protection." Where respiratory protection is required under this section: (1) The employer shall provide a respirator which meets the requirements of this paragraph and shall assure that the employee uses such respirator, except that until April 1, 1976, wearing of respirators shall be at the discretion of each employee for exposures not in excess of 25 ppm, measured over any 15-minute period. Until April 1, 1976, each employee who chooses not to wear an appropriate respirator shall be informed at least quarterly of the hazards of vinyl chloride and the purpose, proper use, and limitations of respiratory devices. (2) Respirators shall be selected from among those jointly approved by the Mining Enforcement and Safety Administration, Department of the Interior, and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11. (3) A respiratory protection program meeting the requirements of 1926.103 shall be established and maintained. (4) Selection of respirators for vinyl chloride shall be as follows:
Atmospheric concentration of vinyl chloride | Required apparatus |
(i) Unknown, or above 3,600 p/m | Open-circuit, self-contained breathing apparatus, pressure demand type, with full facepiece |
(ii) Not over 3,600 p/m | (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator, pressure demand type, with full or half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or |
(iii) Not over 1,000 p/m | (B) Combination type, supplied air respirator continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply Type C, supplied air respirator, continuous flow type, with full or half facepiece, helmet or hood |
(iv) Not over 100 p/m | (A) Combination type C supplied air respirator demand type, with full facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or (B) Open-circuit self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece, in demand mode; or (C) Type C supplied air respirator, demand type, with full facepiece |
(v) Not over 25 p/m | (A) A powered air-purifying respirator with hood, helmet, full or half facepiece, and a canister which provides a service life of at least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m, or (B) Gas mask, front-or back-mounted canister which provides a service life of at least 4 hours for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 25 p/m |
(vi) Not over 10 p/m | (A) Combination type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece, and auxiliary self-contained air supply; or (B) Type C supplied-air respirator, demand type, with half facepiece; or (C) Any chemical cartridge respirator with an organic vapor cartridge which provides a service life of at least 1 hour for concentrations of vinyl chloride up to 10 p/m |
(5)(i) Entry into unknown concentrations or concentrations greater than 36,000 ppm (lower explosive limit) may be made only for purposes of life rescue; and (ii) Entry into concentrations of less than 36,000 ppm, but greater than 3,600 ppm may be made only for purposes of life rescue, fire fighting, or securing equipment so as to prevent a greater hazard from release of vinyl chloride. (6) Where air-purifying respirators are used: (i) Air-purifying canisters or cartridges shall be replaced prior to the expiration of their service life or the end of the shift in which they are first used, whichever occurs first, and (ii) A continuous monitoring and alarm system shall be provided where concentrations of vinyl chloride could reasonably exceed the allowable concentrations for the devices in use. Such system shall be used to alert employees when vinyl chloride concentrations exceed the allowable concentrations for the devices in use. (7) Apparatus prescribed for higher concentrations may be used for any lower concentration. (h) "Hazardous operations." (1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations, including entry of vessels to clean polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel walls, shall be provided and required to wear and use; {i} Respiratory protection in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (g) of this section; and {ii} Protective garments to prevent skin contact with liquid vinyl chloride or with polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel walls. The protective garments shall be selected for the operation and its possible exposure conditions. (2) Protective garments shall be provided clean and dry for each use. (i) "Emergency situations." A written operational plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each facility storing, handling, or otherwise using vinyl chloride as a liquid or compressed gas. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency. The plan shall specifically provide that: (1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations or correcting situations of existing hazardous releases shall be equipped as required in paragraph (h) of this section; (2) Other employees not so equipped shall evacuate the area and not return until conditions are controlled by the methods required in paragraph (f) of this section and the emergency is abated. (j) "Training." Each employee engaged in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride operations shall be provided training in a program relating to the hazards of vinyl chloride and precautions for its safe use. (1) The program shall include: (i) The nature of the health hazard from chronic exposure to vinyl chloride including specifically the carcinogenic hazard; (ii) The specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to vinyl chloride in excess of the permissible limit and necessary protective steps; (iii) The purpose for, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices; (iv) The fire hazard and acute toxicity of vinyl chloride, and the necessary protective steps; (v) The purpose for and a description of the monitoring program; (vi) The purpose for, and a description of, the medical surveillance program; (vii) Emergency procedures; (viii) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition of conditions which may result in the release of vinyl chloride; and (ix) A review of this standard at the employee's first training and indoctrination program, and annually thereafter. (2) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (k) "Medical surveillance." A program of medical surveillance shall be instituted for each employee exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, to vinyl chloride in excess of the action level. The program shall provide each such employee with an opportunity for examinations and tests in accordance with this paragraph. All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee. (1) At the time of initial assignment, or upon institution of medical surveillance; (i) A general physical examination shall be performed, with specific attention to detecting enlargement of liver, spleen or kidneys, or dysfunction in these organs, and for abnormalities in skin, connective tissues and the pulmonary system (See Appendix A). (ii) A medical history shall be taken, including the following topics: (A) Alcohol intake; (B) Past history of hepatitis; (C) Work history and past exposure to potential hepatotoxic agents, including drugs and chemicals; (D) Past history of blood transfusions; and (E) Past history of hospitalizations. (iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and determinations made of: (A) Total bilirubin; (B) Alkaline phosphatase; (C) Serum glutamic oxalacetic transaminase (SGOT); (D) Serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase (SGPT); and (E) Gamma glustamyl transpeptidase. (2) Examinations provided in accordance with this paragraph shall be performed at least: (i) Every 6 months for each employee who has been employed in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride manufacturing for 10 years or longer; and (ii) Annually for all other employees. (3) Each employee exposed to an emergency shall be afforded appropriate medical surveillance. (4) A statement of each employee's suitability for continued exposure to vinyl chloride including use of protective equipment and respirators, shall be obtained from the examining physician promptly after any examination. A copy of the physician's statement shall be provided each employee. (5) If any employee's health would be materially impaired by continued exposure, such employee shall be withdrawn from possible contact with vinyl chloride. (6) Laboratory analyses for all biological specimens included in medical examinations shall be performed in laboratories licensed under 42 CFR part 74. (7) If the examining physician determines that alternative medical examinations to those required by paragraph (k)(1) of this section will provide at least equal assurance of detecting medical conditions pertinent to the exposure to vinyl chloride, the employer may accept such alternative examinations as meeting the requirements of paragraph (k)(1) of this section, if the employer obtains a statement from the examining physician setting forth the alternative examinations and the rationale for substitution. This statement shall be available upon request for examination and copying to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (l) "Signs and labels." (1) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AREA AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (2) Areas containing hazardous operations or where an emergency currently exists shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT IN THIS AREA PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (3) Containers of polyvinyl chloride resin waste from reactors or other waste contaminated with vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled: CONTAMINATED WITH VINYL CHLORIDE CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT (4) Containers of polyvinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (OR TRADE NAME) CONTAINS VINYL CHLORIDE VINYL CHLORIDE IS A CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT (5) Containers of vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled either: (i) VINYL CHLORIDE EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS UNDER PRESSURE CANCER SUSPECT AGENT or (ii) In accordance with 49 CFR parts 170 through 189, with the additional legend: CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT applied near the label or placard. (6) No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of, any required warning, information or instruction. (m) "Records." (1) All records maintained in accordance with this section shall include the name and social security number of each employee where relevant. (2) Records of required monitoring and measuring and medical records shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) through (e) and (g) through (i). These records shall be provided upon request to the Director. Authorized personnel rosters shall also be provided upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (i) Monitoring and measuring records shall: (A) State the date of such monitoring and measuring and the concentrations determined and identify the instruments and methods used; (B) Include any additional information necessary to determine individual employee exposures where such exposures are determined by means other than individual monitoring of employees; and (C) Be maintained for not less than 30 years. (ii) [Reserved] (iii) Medical records shall be maintained for the duration of the employment of each employee plus 20 years, or 30 years, whichever is longer. (3) In the event that the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor to receive and retain his records for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director, and each employee individually notified in writing of this transfer. The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h). (n) "Reports." (1) Not later than 1 month after the establishment of a regulated area, the following information shall be reported to the OSHA Area Director. Any changes to such information shall be reported within 15 days. (i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or more regulated areas; and (ii) The number of employees in each regulated area during normal operations, including maintenance. (2) Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be reported within 24 hours to the OSHA Area Director. Upon request of the Area Director, the employer shall submit additional information in writing relevant to the nature and extent of employee exposures and measures taken to prevent future emergencies of similar nature. (3) Within 10 working days following any monitoring and measuring which discloses that any employee has been exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the permissible exposure limit, each such employee shall be notified in writing of the results of the exposure measurement and the steps being taken to reduce the exposure to within the permissible exposure limit. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0010) Appendix A to 1926.1117 - Supplementary Medical Information When required tests under paragraph (k)(1) of this section show abnormalities, the tests should be repeated as soon as practicable, preferably within 3 to 4 weeks. If tests remain abnormal, consideration should be given to withdrawal of the employee from contact with vinyl chloride, while a more comprehensive examination is made. Additional tests which may be useful: A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examination for albumin, red blood cells, and exfoliative abnormal cells. B. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capacity, Forced expiratory volume at 1 second, and chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior, 14 X 17 inches (35.56 X 43.18 cm)). C. Additional serum tests: Lactic acid dehydrogenase, lactic acid dehydrogenase isoenzyme, protein determination, and protein electrophoresis. D. For a more comprehensive examination on repeated abnormal serum tests: Hepatitis B antigen, and liver scanning. 1926.1118 Inorganic arsenic. (a) "Scope and application." This section applies to all occupational exposures to inorganic arsenic except that this section does not apply to employee exposures in agriculture or resulting from pesticide application, the treatment of wood with preservatives or the utilization of arsenically preserved wood. (b) "Definitions." "Action level" means a concentration of inorganic arsenic of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 um/m(3)) averaged over any eight (8) hour period. "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. "Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (e) of this section. "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or designee. "Inorganic arsenic" means copper aceto- arsenite and all inorganic compounds containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As). (c) "Permissible exposure limit." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to inorganic arsenic at concentrations greater than 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air (10 ug/m(3)), averaged over any 8-hour period. (d) "Notification of use." (1) By October 1, 1978 or within 60 days after the introduction of inorganic arsenic into the workplace, every employer who is required to establish a regulated area in his workplaces shall report in writing to the OSHA area office for each such workplace: (i) The address of each such workplace; (ii) The approximate number of employees who will be working in regulated areas; and (iii) A brief summary of the operations creating the exposure and the actions which the employer intends to take to reduce exposures. (2) Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section the employer shall report the changes in writing within 60 days to the OSHA area office. (e) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of airborne exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative of each employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic over an eight (8) hour period. (ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator. (iii) The employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7 continuous hours) personal samples including at least one sample for each shift for each job classification in each work area. (2) "Initial monitoring." Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard shall monitor each such workplace and work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentration of inorganic arsenic to which employees may be exposed. (3) "Frequency." (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to be below the action level the measurements need not be repeated except as otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this section. (ii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat monitoring at least quarterly. (iii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or subsequent monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the action level and below the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring at least every six months. (iv) The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the action level at which time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee until such time as any of the events in paragraph (e)(4) of this section occur. (4) "Additional monitoring." Whenever there has been a production, process, control or personal change which may result in new or additional exposure to inorganic arsenic, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures to inorganic arsenic, additional monitoring which complies with paragraph (e) of this section shall be conducted. (5) "Employee notification." (i) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of the results which represent that employee's exposures. (ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit. (6) "Accuracy of measurement." (i) The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of inorganic arsenic greater than or equal to 10 ug/m(3). (ii) The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of inorganic arsenic greater than 5 ug/m(3) but less than 10 ug/m(3). (f) "Regulated area" - (1) "Establishment." The employer shall establish regulated areas where worker exposures to inorganic arsenic, without regard to the use of respirators, are in excess of the permissible limit. (2) "Demarcation." Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who will be exposed to inorganic arsenic. (3) "Access." Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the Act or regulations issued pursuant there to enter such areas. (4) "Provision of respirators." All persons entering a regulated area shall be supplied with a respirator, selected in accordance with paragraph (h)(2) of this section. (5) "Prohibited activities." The employer shall assure that in regulated areas, food or beverages are not consumed, smoking products, chewing tobacco and gum are not used and cosmetics are not applied, except that these activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers required under paragraph (m) of this section. Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area. (g) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Controls." (i) The employer shall institute at the earliest possible time but not later than December 31, 1979, engineering and work practice controls to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. (ii) Where engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, they shall nonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall be supplemented by the use of respirators in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section and other necessary personal protective equipment. Employee rotation is not required as a control strategy before respiratory protection is instituted. (2) "Compliance Program." (i) The employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit by means of engineering and work practice controls. (ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the following: (A) A description of each operation in which inorganic arsenic is emitted; e.g. machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size, operating procedures and maintenance practices; (B) Engineering plans and studies used to determine methods selected for controlling exposure to inorganic arsenic; (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit; (D) Monitoring data; (E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the engineering controls and work practices that cannot be implemented immediately and for the adaption and implementation of any additional engineering and work practices necessary to meet the permissible exposure limit; (F) Whenever the employer will not achieve the permissible exposure limit with engineering controls and work practices by December 31, 1979, the employer shall include in the compliance plan an analysis of the effectiveness of the various controls, shall install engineering controls and institute work practices on the quickest schedule feasible, and shall include in the compliance plan and implement a program to minimize the discomfort and maximize the effectiveness of respirator use; and (G) Other relevant information. (iii) Written plans for such a program shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized employee representatives. (iv) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at least every 6 months to reflect the current status of the program. (h) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." The employer shall assure that respirators are used where required under this section to reduce employee exposures to below the permissible exposure limit and in emergencies. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances: {i} During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering or work practice controls; {ii} In work operations such as maintenance and repair activities in which the employer establishes that engineering and work practice controls are not feasible; {iii} In work situations in which engineering controls and supplemental work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit; or {iv} In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." {i} Where respirators are required under this section the employer shall select, provide at no cost to the employee and assure the use of the appropriate respirator or combination of respirators from Table I below for inorganic arsenic compounds without significant vapor pressure, or Table II below for inorganic arsenic compounds which have significant vapor pressure. {ii} Where employee exposures exceed the permissible exposure limit for inorganic arsenic and also exceed the relevant limit for particular gases such as sulfur dioxide, any air purifying respirator supplied to the employee as permitted by this standard must have a combination high efficiency filter with an appropriate gas sorbent. (See footnote in Table 1) TABLE I-RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENIC PARTICULATE EXCEPT FOR THOSE WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE
Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) or condition of use |
Required respirator |
(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than 20,000 ug/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or firefighting. |
(A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pressure mode. |
(ii) Not greater than 20,000 ug/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)). | (A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece, hood, or helmet or suit and operated in positive pressure mode. |
(iii) Not greater than 10,000 ug/m(3) (10 mg/m(3)). | (A) Powered air-purifying respirators in all inlet face coverings with high efficiency filters.(1) (B) Half-mask supplied air respirators operated in positive pressure mode. |
(iv) Not greater than 500 ug/m(3). | (A) Full facepiece air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter.(1) (B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator. (C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus. |
(v) Not greater than 100 ug/m(3). | (A) Half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter.(1) (B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator. |
Footnote(1) High-efficiency filter - 99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles. TABLE II-RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENICALS
(SUCH AS ARSENIC TRICHLORIDE(2) AND ARSENIC PHOSPHIDE)
WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE
Concentration of inorganic arsenic (as As) or condition of use |
Required respirator |
(i) Unknown or greater or lesser than 20,000 U/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)) or firefighting. |
(A) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus operated in positive pressure mode. |
(ii) Not greater than 20,000 ug/m(3) (20 mg/m(3)). |
(A) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece hood, or helmet or suit and operated in positive pressure mode. |
(iii) Not greater than 10,000 ug/m(3) (10 mg/m(3)). |
(A) Half-mask(2) supplied air respirator operated in positive pressure mode. |
(iv) Not greater than 500 ug/m(3). | (A) Front or back mounted gas mask equipped with high-efficiency filter(1) and acid gas canister. (B) Any full facepiece supplied air respirator. (C) Any full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus. |
(v) Not greater than 100 ug/m(3). | (A) Half-mask(2) air-purifying respirator equipped with high-efficiency filter(1) and acid gas cartridge. (B) Any half-mask supplied air respirator. |
Footnote(1) High efficiency filter - 99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles. Footnote(2) Half-mask respirators shall not be used for protection against arsenic trichloride, as it is rapidly absorbed through the skin. (iii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for protection against dust, fume, and mist by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11. (3) "Respirator usage." (i) The employer shall assure that the respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly. (ii) The employer shall perform qualitative fit tests at the time of initial fitting and at least semi-annually thereafter for each employee wearing respirators, where quantitative fit tests are not required. (iii) Employers with more than 20 employees wearing respirators shall perform a quantitative face fit test at the time of initial fitting and least semi-annually thereafter for each employee wearing negative pressure respirators. The test shall be used to select facepieces that provide the required protection as prescribed in Table I or II. (iv) If an employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during the fitting test or during use, he or she shall be examined by a physician trained in pulmonary medicine to determine whether the employee can wear a respirator while performing the required duty. (4) "Respirator program." (i) The employer shall institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103(e), (g), (h) and (i). (ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose. (iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave work areas to wash their face and respirator facepiece to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use. (5) "Commencement of respirator use." (i) The employer's obligation to provide respirators commences on August 1, 1978 for employees exposed over 500 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic, as soon as possible but not later than October 1, 1978 for employees exposed to over 50 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic, and as soon as possible but not later than December 1, 1978 for employees exposed between 10 and 50 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic. (ii) Employees with exposures below 50 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic may choose not to wear respirators until December 31, 1979. (iii) After December 1, 1978 any employee required to wear air-purifying respirators may choose, and if so chosen the employer must provide, if it will give proper protection, a powered air purifying respirator and in addition if necessary a combination dust and acid gas respirator for times where exposures to gases are over the relevant exposure limits. (i) [Reserved] (j) "Protective work clothing and equipment" - (1) "Provision and use." Where the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic exists, and for all workers working in regulated areas, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure that employees use appropriate and clean protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to: (i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing; (ii) Gloves, and shoes or coverlets; (iii) Face shields or vented goggles when necessary to prevent eye irritation, which comply with the requirements of 1926.102; and (iv) Impervious clothing for employees subject to exposure to arsenic trichloride. (2) "Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required in paragraph (j)(1) of this section in a freshly laundered and dry condition at least weekly, and daily if the employee works in areas where exposures are over 100 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic or in areas where more frequent washing is needed to prevent skin irritation. (ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing required by paragraph (j)(1) of this section. (iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness. (iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms prescribed in paragraph (m)(1) of this section. (v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change-room which prevents dispersion of inorganic arsenic outside the container. (vi) The employer shall inform in writing any person who cleans or launders clothing required by this section, of the potentially harmful effects including the carcinogenic effects of exposure to inorganic arsenic. (vii) The employer shall assure that the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment in the workplace or which are to be removed from the workplace are labelled as follows: Caution: Clothing contaminated with inorganic arsenic; do not remove dust by blowing or shaking. Dispose of inorganic arsenic contaminated wash water in accordance with applicable local, State or Federal regulations. (viii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of inorganic arsenic from protective clothing or equipment by blowing or shaking. (k) "Housekeeping" - (1) "Surfaces." All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of inorganic arsenic. (2) "Cleaning floors." Floors and other accessible surfaces contaminated with inorganic arsenic may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air, and shoveling and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other relevant methods have been tried and found not to be effective. (3) "Vacuuming." Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums shall be used and emptied in a manner to minimize the reentry of inorganic arsenic into the workplace. (4) "Housekeeping plan." A written housekeeping and maintenance plan shall be kept which shall list appropriate frequencies for carrying out housekeeping operations, and for cleaning and maintaining dust collection equipment. The plan shall be available for inspection by the Assistant Secretary. (5) "Maintenance of equipment." Periodic cleaning of dust collection and ventilation equipment and checks of their effectiveness shall be carried out to maintain the effectiveness of the system and a notation kept of the last check of effectiveness and cleaning or maintenance. (l) [Reserved] (m) "Hygiene facilities and practices" - (1) "Change rooms." The employer shall provide for employees working in regulated areas or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic, clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.51(i). (2) "Showers." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in regulated areas or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic shower at the end of the work shift. (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4). (3) "Lunchrooms." (i) The employer shall provide for employees working in regulated areas, lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which are readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas. (ii) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from exposure to inorganic arsenic wash their hands and face prior to eating. (4) "Lavatories." The employer shall provide lavatory facilities which comply with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3). (5) "Vacuuming clothes." The employer shall provide facilities for employees working in areas where exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, exceeds 100 ug/m(3) to vacuum their protective clothing and clean or change shoes worn in such areas before entering change rooms, lunchrooms or shower rooms required by paragraph (j) of this section and shall assure that such employees use such facilities. (6) "Avoidance of skin irritation." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride, or to skin or eye contact with liquid or particulate inorganic arsenic which is likely to cause skin or eye irritation. (n) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General" - (i) "Employees covered." The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for the following employees: (A) All employees who are or will be exposed above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators, at least 30 days per year; and (B) All employees who have been exposed above the action level, without regard to respirator use, for 30 days or more per year for a total of 10 years or more of combined employment with the employer or predecessor employers prior to or after the effective date of this standard. The determination of exposures prior to the effective date of this standard shall be based upon prior exposure records, comparison with the first measurements taken after the effective date of this standard, or comparison with records of exposures in areas with similar processes, extent of engineering controls utilized and materials used by that employer. (ii) "Examination by physician." The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place. (2) "Initial examinations." By December 1, 1978, for employees initially covered by the medical provisions of this section, or thereafter at the time of initial assignment to an area where the employee is likely to be exposed over the action level at least 30 days per year, the employer shall provide each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examination, including at least the following elements: (i) A work history and a medical history which shall include a smoking history and the presence and degree of respiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production and wheezing. (ii) A medical examination which shall include at least the following: (A) A 14" by 17" (35.56 X 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest X-ray and International Labor Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating; (B) A nasal and skin examination; (C) A sputum cytology examination; and (D) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate because of the employees exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of required respirator use. (3) "Periodic examinations." (i) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii)(A), (B), and (D) at least annually for covered employees who are under 45 years of age with fewer than 10 years of exposure over the action level without regard to respirator use. (ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section at least semi-annually for other covered employees. (iii) Whenever a covered employee has not taken the examinations specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section within six (6) months preceding the termination of employment, the employer shall provide such examinations to the employee upon termination of employment. (4) "Additional examinations." If the employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms commonly associated with exposure to inorganic arsenic the employer shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical treatment. (5) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician: (i) A copy of this standard and its appendices; (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure; (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated exposure level; (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to the examining physician. (6) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include: (A) The results of the medical examination and tests performed; (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to inorganic arsenic; (C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure. (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the affected employee. (o) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are subject to exposure to inorganic arsenic above the action level without regard to respirator use, or for whom there is the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic. The employer shall assure that those employees participate in the training program. (ii) The training program shall be provided by October 1, 1978, for employees covered by this provision, at the time of initial assignment for those subsequently covered by this provision, and shall be repeated at least quarterly for employees who have optional use of respirators and at least annually for other covered employees thereafter; and the employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following: (A) The information contained in Appendix A; (B) The quantity, location, manner of use, storage, sources of exposure, and the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to inorganic arsenic as well as any necessary protective steps; (C) The purpose, proper use, and limitation of respirators; (D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program as required by paragraph (n) of this section; (E) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the employee's job assignment; and (F) A review of this standard. (2) "Access to training materials." (i) The employer shall make readily available to all affected employees a copy of this standard and its appendices. (ii) The employer shall provide; upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (p) "Signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph. (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the meaning of the required sign or label. (2) "Signs." (i) The employer shall post signs demarcating regulated areas bearing the legend; DANGER INORGANIC ARSENIC CANCER HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY NO SMOKING OR EATING RESPIRATOR REQUIRED (ii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible. (3) "Labels." The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all shipping and storage containers of inorganic arsenic, and to all products containing inorganic arsenic except when the inorganic arsenic in the product is bound in such a manner so as to make unlikely the possibility of airborne exposure to inorganic arsenic. (Possible examples of products not requiring labels are semiconductors, light emitting diodes and glass). The label shall bear the following legend: DANGER CONTAINS INORGANIC ARSENIC CANCER HAZARD HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (q) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure monitoring." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) of this section. (ii) This record shall include: (A) The date(s), number, duration location, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable; (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy; (C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; (D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employees monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent; and (E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of the employee's exposure. (iii) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at least 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever, is longer. (2) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (n) of this section. (ii) This record shall include: (A) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the employee; (B) A copy of the physician's written opinions; (C) Results of any exposure monitoring done for that employee and the representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to inorganic arsenic. (iii) The employer shall in addition keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records; (A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history required under paragraph (n) of this section; (B) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results or references to that information; (C) The initial X-ray; (D) The X-rays for the most recent 5 years; (E) Any X-rays with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent X-rays; (F) The initial cytologic examination slide and written description; (G) The cytologic examination slide and written description for the most recent 5 years; and (H) Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated atypia, if such atypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written descriptions. (iv) The employer shall maintain or assure that the physician maintains those medical records for at least 40 years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years whichever is longer. (3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained by paragraph (q) of this section to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. (ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) through (e) and (g) through (i). (4) "Transfer of records." (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by this section. (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted to the Director. (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall transmit those records to the Director if he requests them within that period. (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements involving the transfer of records set in 29 CFR 1926.33(h). (r) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to inorganic arsenic conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. (2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to inorganic arsenic requires entry into an area where the use of respirators, protective clothing, or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such respirators, clothing, and such equipment, and shall require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled to; (A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures; (B) Observe all steps related to the monitoring of inorganic arsenic performed at the place of exposure; and (C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when returned by the laboratory. (s) "Effective date." This standard shall become effective August 1, 1978. (t) "Appendices." The information contained in the appendices to this section is not intended by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any existing obligation. (u) "Startup dates" - (1) "General." The startup dates of requirements of this standard shall be the effective date of this standard unless another startup date is provided for either in other paragraphs of this section or in this paragraph. (2) "Monitoring." Initial monitoring shall be commenced on August 1, 1978, and shall be completed by September 15, 1978. (3) "Regulated areas." Regulated areas required to be established as a result of initial monitoring shall be set up as soon as possible after the results of that monitoring is known and no later than October 1, 1978. (4) "Compliance program." The written program required by paragraph (g)(2) as a result of initial monitoring shall be made available for inspection and copying as soon as possible and no later than December 1, 1978. (5) "Hygiene and lunchroom facilities." Construction plans for change- rooms, showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed no later than December 1, 1978, and these facilities shall be constructed and in use no later than July 1, 1979. However, if as part of the compliance plan it is predicted by an independent engineering firm that engineering controls and work practices will reduce exposures below the permissible exposure limit by December 31, 1979, for affected employees, then such facilities need not be completed until 1 year after the engineering controls are completed or December 31, 1980, whichever is earlier, if such controls have not in fact succeeded in reducing exposure to below the permissible exposure limit. (6) "Summary of startup dates set forth elsewhere in this standard." "Startup Dates" August 1, 1978 - Respirator use over 500 ug/m(3). "as soon as possible but no later than" September 15, 1978 - Completion of initial monitoring. October 1, 1978 - Complete establishment of regulated areas. Respirator use for employees exposed above 50 ug/m(3). Completion of initial training. Notification of use. December 1, 1978 - Respirator use over 10 ug/m(3). Completion of initial medical. Completion of compliance plan. Optional use of powered air-purifying respirators. July 1, 1979 - Completion of lunch rooms and hygiene facilities. December 31, 1979 - Completion of engineering controls. All other requirements of the standard have as their startup date August 1, 1978. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0104) Appendix A to 1926.1118 - Inorganic Arsenic Substance Information Sheet I. "Substance Identification" A. "Substance." Inorganic Arsenic. B. "Definition." Copper acetoarsenite, arsenic and all inorganic compounds containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As). C. "Permissible Exposure Limit." 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air as determined as an average over an 8-hour period. No employee may be exposed to any skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride or to skin or eye contact likely to cause skin or eye irritation. D. "Regulated Areas." Only employees authorized by your employer should enter a regulated area. II. "Health Hazard Data" A. "Comments." The health hazard of inorganic arsenic is high. B. "Ways in which the chemical affects your body." Exposure to airborne concentrations of inorganic arsenic may cause lung cancer, and can be a skin irritant. Inorganic arsenic may also affect your body if swallowed. One compound in particular, arsenic trichloride, is especially dangerous because it can be absorbed readily through the skin. Because inorganic arsenic is a poison, you should wash your hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking. III. "Protective Clothing and Equipment" A. "Respirators." Respirators will be provided by your employer at no cost to you for routine use if your employer is in the process of implementing engineering and work practice controls or where engineering and work practice controls are not feasible or insufficient. You must wear respirators for non-routine activities or in emergency situations where you are likely to be exposed to levels of inorganic arsenic in excess of the permissible exposure limit. Since how well your respirator fits your face is very important, your employer is required to conduct fit tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you during training sessions. B. "Protective clothing." If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to provide at no cost to you, and you must wear, appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment. The purpose of this equipment is to prevent you from bringing to your home arsenic-contaminated dust and to protect your body from repeated skin contact with inorganic arsenic likely to cause skin irritation. This clothing should include such items as coveralls or similar full-body clothing, gloves, shoes or coverlets, and aprons. Protective equipment should include face shields or vented goggles, where eye irritation may occur. IV. "Hygiene Facilities and Practices" You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. If you work in a regulated area your employer is required to provide lunchrooms and other areas for these purposes. If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. You must wash your face, and hands before eating and must shower at the end of the work shift. Do not take used protective clothing out of change rooms without your employer's permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing. V. "Signs and Labels" Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn that a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may enter the area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed, and that respirators must be worn. VI. "Medical Examinations" If your exposure to arsenic is over the Action Level (5 ug/m(3)) - (including all persons working in regulated areas) at least 30 days per year, or you have been exposed to arsenic for more than 10 years over the Action Level, your employer is required to provide you with a medical examination. The examination shall be every 6 months for employees over 45 years old or with more than 10 years exposure over the Action Level and annually for other covered employees. The medical examination must include a medical history; a chest x-ray; skin examination; nasal examination and sputum cytology exam for the early detection of lung cancer. The cytology exams are only included in the initial exam and examinations given after you are either 45 years or older or have 10 or more years employment over the Action Level. The examining physician will provide a written opinion to your employer containing the results of the medical exams. You should also receive a copy of this opinion. The physician must not tell your employer any conditions he detects unrelated to occupational exposure to arsenic but must tell you those conditions. VII. "Observation of Monitoring" Your employer is required to monitor your exposure to arsenic and you or your representatives are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you must also be provided with and must wear the protective clothing and equipment. VIII. "Access to Records" You or your representative are entitled to records of your exposure to inorganic arsenic and your medical examination records if you request your employer to provide them. IX. TRAINING AND NOTIFICATION Additional information on all of these items plus training as to hazards of exposure to inorganic arsenic and the engineering and work practice controls associated with your job will also be provided by your employer. If you are exposed over the permissible exposure limit, your employer must inform you of that fact and the actions he is taking to reduce your exposures. Appendix B to 1926.1118 - Substance Technical Guidelines ARSENIC, ARSENIC TRIOXIDE, ARSENIC TRICHLORIDE (THREE EXAMPLES) I. "Physical and chemical properties" A. Arsenic (metal). 1. Formula: As. 2. Appearance: Gray metal. 3. Melting point: Sublimes without melting at 613 deg. C. 4. Specific Gravity: (H(2)0=1):5.73. 5. Solubility in water: Insoluble. B. Arsenic Trioxide. 1. Formula: As203, (As406). 2. Appearance: White powder. 3. Melting point: 315 deg. C. 4. Specific Gravity (H(2)0=1):3.74. 5. Solubility in water: 3.7 grams in 100cc of water at 20 deg. C. C. Arsenic Trichloride (liquid). 1. Formula: AsC 13. 2. Appearance: Colorless or pale yellow liquid. 3. Melting point: -8.5 deg. C. 4. Boiling point: 130.2 deg. C. 5. Specific Gravity (H(2)0=1):2.16 at 20 deg. C. 6. Vapor Pressure: 10mm Hg at 23.5 deg. C. 7. Solubility in Water: Decomposes in water. II. "Fire, explosion and reactivity data." A. Fire: Arsenic, arsenic Trioxide and Arsenic Trichloride are nonflammable. B. Reactivity: 1. Conditions Contributing to instability: Heat. 2. Incompatibility: Hydrogen gas can react with inorganic arsenic to form the highly toxic gas arsine. III. "Monitoring and Measurement Procedures" Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be done using a personal sampling pump at a flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples should be collected on 0.8 micrometer pore size membrane filter (37mm diameter). Volatile arsenicals such as arsenic trichloride can be most easily collected in a midget bubbler filled with 15 ml. of 0.1 N NaOH. The method of sampling and analysis should have an accuracy of not less than plus or minus 25 percent (with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air (10 ug/m(3)) and plus or minus 35 percent (with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for concentrations of inorganic arsenic between 5 and 10 ug/m(3). Appendix C to 1926.1118 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines I. GENERAL Medical examinations are to be provided for all employees exposed to levels of inorganic arsenic above the action level (5 ug/m(3)) for at least 30 days per year (which would include among others, all employees, who work in regulated areas). Examinations are also to be provided to all employees who have had 10 years or more exposure above the action level for more than 30 days per year while working for the present or predecessor employer though they may no longer be exposed above the level. An initial medical examination is to be provided to all such employees by December 1, 1978. In addition, an initial medical examination is to be provided to all employees who are first assigned to areas in which worker exposure will probably exceed 5 ug/m(3) (after the effective date of this standard) at the time of initial assignment. In addition to its immediate diagnostic usefulness, the initial examination will provide a baseline for comparing future test results. The initial examination must include as a minimum the following elements: (1) A work and medical history, including a smoking history, and presence and degree of respiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production, and wheezing; (2) A 14" by 17" (35.56 X 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest X-ray and an International Labor Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating; (3) A nasal and skin examination; (4) A Sputum Cytology examination; and (5) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate because of the employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of required respirator use. Periodic examinations are also to be provided to the employees listed above. The periodic examinations shall be given annually for those covered employees 45 years of age or less with fewer than 10 years employment in areas where employee exposure exceeds the action level (5 ug/m(3)). Periodic examinations need not include sputum cytology and only an updated medical history is required. Periodic examinations for other covered employees, shall be provided every six (6) months. These examinations shall include all tests required in the initial examination, except that the medical history need only be updated. The examination contents are minimum requirements. Additional tests such as lateral and oblique X-rays or pulmonary function tests may be useful. For workers exposed to three arsenicals which are associated with lymphatic cancer, copper acetoarsenite, potassium arsenite, or sodium arsenite the examination should also include palpation of superficial lymph nodes and complete blood count. II. "Noncarcinogenic Effects" The OSHA standard is based on minimizing risk of exposed workers dying of lung cancer from exposure to inorganic arsenic. It will also minimize skin cancer from such exposures. The following three sections quoted from "Occupational Diseases: A Guide to Their Recognition", Revised Edition, June 1977, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health is included to provide information on the nonneoplastic effects of exposure to inorganic arsenic. Such effects should not occur if the OSHA standards are followed. A. "Local" - Trivalent arsenic compounds are corrosive to the skin. Brief contact has no effect but prolonged contact results in a local hyperemia and later vesicular or pustular eruption. The moist mucous membranes are most sensitive to the irritant action. Conjunctiva, moist and macerated areas of skin, the eyelids, the angles of the ears, nose, mouth, and respiratory mucosa are also vulnerable to the irritant effects. The wrists are common sites of dermatitis, as are the genitalia if personal hygiene is poor. Perforations of the nasal septum may occur. Arsenic trioxide and pentoxide are capable of producing skin sensitization and contact dermatitis. Arsenic is also capable of producing keratoses, especially of the palms and soles. B. "Systemic" - The acute toxic effects of arsenic are generally seen following ingestion of inorganic arsenical compounds. This rarely occurs in an industrial setting. Symptoms develop within 1/2 to 4 hours following ingestion and are usually characterized by constriction of the throat followed by dysphagia, epigastric pain, vomiting, and watery diarrhea. Blood may appear in vomitus and stools. If the amount ingested is sufficiently high, shock may develop due to severe fluid loss, and death may ensue in 24 hours. If the acute effects are survived, exfoliative dermatitis and peripheral neuritis may develop. Cases of acute arsenical poisoning due to inhalation are exceedingly rare in industry. When it does occur, respiratory tract symptoms-cough, chest pain, dyspnea-giddiness, headache, and extreme general weakness precede gastrointestinal symptoms. The acute toxic symptoms of trivalent arsenical poisoning are due to severe inflammation of the mucous membranes and greatly increased permeability of the blood capillaries. Chronic arsenical poisoning due to ingestion is rare and generally confined to patients taking prescribed medications. However, it can be a concomitant of inhaled inorganic arsenic from swallowed sputum and improper eating habits. Symptoms are weight loss, nausea and diarrhea alternating with constipation, pigmentation and eruption of the skin, loss of hair, and peripheral neuritis. Chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis have been described. Polyneuritis may be the salient feature, but more frequently there are numbness and parasthenias of "glove and stocking" distribution. The skin lesions are usually melanotic and keratotic and may occasionally take the form of an intradermal cancer of the squamous cell type, but without infiltrative properties. Horizontal white lines (striations) on the fingernails and toenails are commonly seen in chronic arsenical poisoning and are considered to be a diagnostic accompaniment of arsenical polyneuritis. Inhalation of inorganic arsenic compounds is the most common cause of chronic poisoning in the industrial situation. This condition is divided into three phases based on signs and symptoms. First Phase: The worker complains of weakness, loss of appetite, some nausea, occasional vomiting, a sense of heaviness in the stomach, and some diarrhea. Second Phase: The worker complains of conjunctivitis, a catarrhal state of the mucous membranes of the nose, larynx, and respiratory passage. Coryza, hoarseness, and mild tracheobronchitis may occur. Perforation of the nasal septum is common, and is probably the most typical lesion of the upper respiratory tract in occupational exposure to arsenical dust. Skin lesions, eczematoid and allergic in type, are common. Third Phase: The worker complains of symptoms of peripheral neuritis, initially of hands and feet, which is essentially sensory. In more severe cases, motor paralyses occur; the first muscles affected are usually the toe extensors and the peronei. In only the most severe cases will paralysis of flexor muscles of the feet or of the extensor muscles of hands occur. Liver damage from chronic arsenical poisoning is still debated, and as yet the question is unanswered. In cases of chronic and acute arsenical poisoning, toxic effects to the myocardium have been reported based on EKG changes. These findings, however, are now largely discounted and the EKG changes are ascribed to electrolyte disturbances concomitant with arsenicalism. Inhalation of arsenic trioxide and other inorganic arsenical dusts does not give rise to radiological evidence or pneumoconiosis. Arsenic does have a depressant effect upon the bone marrow, with disturbances of both erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis. Bibliography Dinman, B. D. 1960. Arsenic; chronic human intoxication. J. Occup. Med. 2:137. Elkins, H. B. 1959. The Chemistry of Industrial Toxicology, 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, New York. Holmquist, L. 1951. Occupational arsenical dermatitis; a study among employees at a copper-ore smelting works including investigations of skin reactions to contact with arsenic compounds. Acta. Derm. Venereol. (Supp. 26) 31:1. Pinto, S. S., and C. M. McGill. 1953. Arsenic trioxide exposure in industry. Ind. Med. Surg. 22:281. Pinto, S. S., and K. W. Nelson. 1976. Arsenic toxicology and industrial exposure. Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16:95. Vallee, B. L., D. D. Ulmer, and W. E. C. Wacker. 1960. Arsenic toxicology and biochemistry. AMA Arch. Indust. Health 21:132. III. "Sputum Cytology" Sputum can be collected by aerosol inhalation during the medical exam or by spontaneous early morning cough at home. Sputum is induced by transoral inhalation of an aerosolized solution of eight per cent (8 percent) sodium chloride in water. After inhaling as few as three to five breaths the subject usually yields an adequate sputum. All sputum should be collected directly into sixty percent (60 percent) alcohol. Scientific evidence suggests that chest X-rays and sputum cytology should be used together as screening tests for lung tests for lung cancer in high risk populations such as workers exposed to inorganic arsenic. The tests are to be performed every six months on workers who are 45 years of age or older or have worked in the regulated area for 10 or more years. Since the tests seem to be complementary, it may be advantageous to alternate the test procedures. For instance, chest X-rays could be obtained in June and December and sputum cytologies could be obtained in March and September. Facilities for providing necessary diagnostic investigation should be readily available as well as chest physicians, surgeons, radiologists, pathologists and immunotherapists to provide any necessary treatment services. 1926.1128 Benzene. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to benzene. Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 71-43-2, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section. (2) This section does not apply to: (i) The storage, transportation, distribution, dispensing, sale or use of gasoline, motor fuels, or other fuels containing benzene subsequent to its final discharge from bulk wholesale storage facilities, except that operations where gasoline or motor fuels are dispensed for more than 4 hours per day in an indoor location are covered by this section. (ii) Loading and unloading operations at bulk wholesale storage facilities which use vapor control systems for all loading and unloading operations, except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.59 as incorporated into this section and the emergency provisions of paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section. (iii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of benzene or liquid mixtures containing more than 0.1 percent benzene in intact containers or in transportation pipelines while sealed in such a manner as to contain benzene vapors or liquid, except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.59 as incorporated into this section and the emergency provisions of paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section. (iv) Containers and pipelines carrying mixtures with less than 0.1 percent benzene and natural gas processing plants processing gas with less than 0.1 percent benzene. (v) Work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.5 percent or less of benzene by volume, or the vapors released from such liquids until September 12, 1988; work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.3 percent or less of benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids from September 12, 1988, to September 12, 1989; and work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.1 percent or less of benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids after September 12, 1989; except that tire building machine operators using solvents with more than 0.1 percent benzene are covered by paragraph (i) of this section. (vi) Oil and gas drilling, production and servicing operations. (vii) Coke oven batteries. (3) The cleaning and repair of barges and tankers which have contained benzene are excluded from paragraph (f) methods of compliance, paragraph (e)(1) exposure monitoring-general, and paragraph (e)(6) accuracy of monitoring. Engineering and work practice controls shall be used to keep exposures below 10 ppm unless it is proven to be not feasible. (b) "Definitions." "Action level" means an airborne concentration of benzene of 0.5 ppm calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average. "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. "Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act. "Benzene" (C(6)H(6)) (CAS Registry No. 71-43-2) means liquefied or gaseous benzene. It includes benzene contained in liquid mixtures and the benzene vapors released by these liquids. It does not include trace amounts of unreacted benzene contained in solid materials. "Bulk wholesale storage facility" means a bulk terminal or bulk plant where fuel is stored prior to its delivery to wholesale customers. "Container" means any barrel, bottle, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like, but does not include piping systems. "Day" means any part of a calendar day. "Director" means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee. "Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may or does result in an unexpected significant release of benzene. "Employee exposure" means exposure to airborne benzene which would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment. "Regulated area" means any area where airborne concentrations of benzene exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15 minutes. "Vapor control system" means any equipment used for containing the total vapors displaced during the loading of gasoline, motor fuel or other fuel tank trucks and the displacing of these vapors through a vapor processing system or balancing the vapor with the storage tank. This equipment also includes systems containing the vapors displaced from the storage tank during the unloading of the tank truck which balance the vapors back to the tank truck. (c) "Permissible exposure limits (PELs)" - (1) "Time-weighted average limit (TWA)." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess of one part of benzene per million parts of air (1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average. (2) "Short-term exposure limit (STEL)." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess of five (5) ppm as averaged over any 15 minute period. (d) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish a regulated area wherever the airborne concentration of benzene exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15 minutes. (2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons. (3) Regulated areas shall be determined from the rest of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of employees exposed to benzene within the regulated area. (e) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are representative of each employee's average exposure to airborne benzene. (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one sample or samples representing the full shift exposure for each job classification in each work area. (iii) Determinations of compliance with the STEL shall be made from 15 minute employee breathing zone samples measured at operations where there is reason to believe exposures are high, such as where tanks are opened, filled, unloaded or gauged; where containers or process equipment are opened and where benzene is used for cleaning or as a solvent in an uncontrolled situation. The employer may use objective data, such as measurements from brief period measuring devices, to determine where STEL monitoring is needed. (iv) Except for initial monitoring as required under paragraph (e)(2) of this section, where the employer can document that one shift will consistently have higher employee exposures for an operation, the employer shall only be required to determine representative employee exposure for that operation during the shift on which the highest exposure is expected. (2) "Initial monitoring." (i) Each employer who has a place of employment covered under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall monitor each of these workplaces and work operations to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of benzene to which employees may be exposed. (ii) The initial monitoring required under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section shall be completed by 60 days after the effective date of this standard or within 30 days of the introduction of benzene into the workplace. Where the employer has monitored within one year prior to the effective date of this standard and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section. (3) "Periodic monitoring and monitoring frequency." (i) If the monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above the action level but at or below the TWA, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every year. (ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the TWA, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every six (6) months. (iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every six months to annually for any employee for whom two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicate that the employee exposure has decreased to the TWA or below, but is at or above the action level. (iv) Monitoring for the STEL shall be repeated as necessary to evaluate exposures of employees subject to short term exposures. (4) "Termination of monitoring." (i) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5) of this section. (ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee, except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5). (5) "Additional monitoring." (i) The employer shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section when there has been a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices which may result in new or additional exposures to benzene, or when the employer has any reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures. (ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures or other breakdowns occur that may lead to employee exposure, the employer shall monitor (using area or personal sampling) after the cleanup of the spill or repair of the leak, rupture or other breakdown to ensure that exposures have returned to the level that existed prior to the incident. (6) "Accuracy of monitoring." Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of benzene. (7) "Employee notification of monitoring results." (i) The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this standard, notify each employee of these results in writing either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees. (ii) Whenever the PELs are exceeded, the written notification required by paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce the employee exposure to or below the PEL, or shall refer to a document available to the employee which states the corrective actions to be taken. (f) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering controls and work practices." (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to benzene at or below the permissible exposure limits, except to the extent that the employer can establish that these controls are not feasible or where the provisions of paragraph (f)(1)(iii) or (g)(1) of this section apply. (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the PELs, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (iii) Where the employer can document that benzene is used in a workplace less than a total of 30 days per year, the employer shall use engineering controls, work practice controls or respiratory protection or any combination of these controls to reduce employee exposure to benzene to or below the PELs, except that employers shall use engineering and work practice controls, if feasible, to reduce exposure to or below 10 ppm as an 8-hour TWA. (2) "Compliance program." (i) When any exposures are over the PEL, the employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL primarily by means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section. (ii) The written program shall include a schedule for development and implementation of the engineering and work practice controls. These plans shall be reviewed and revised as appropriate based on the most recent exposure monitoring data, to reflect the current status of the program. (iii) Written compliance programs shall be furnished upon request for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employee representatives. (g) "Respiratory protection." (1) "General." The employer shall provide respirators, and assure that they are used, where required by this section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances: (i) During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls; (ii) In work operations for which the employer establishes that compliance with either the TWA or STEL through the use of engineering and work practice controls is not feasible, such as some maintenance and repair activities, vessel cleaning, or other operations where engineering and work practice controls are infeasible because exposures are intermittent in nature and limited in duration; (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient or are not required under paragraph (f)(1)(iii) of this section to reduce exposure to or below the PELs; and (iv) In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." (i) Where respirators are required or allowed under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1, and shall assure that the employee uses the respirator provided. (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11. Negative pressure respirators shall have filter elements approved by MSHA/NIOSH for organic vapors or benzene. (iii) Any employee who cannot wear a negative pressure respirator shall be given the option of wearing a respirator with less breathing resistance such as a powered air-purifying respirator or supplied air respirator. (3) "Respirator program." The employer shall institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103 (e), (g), (h) and (i). (4) "Respirator use." (i) Where air-purifying respirators are used, the employer shall replace the air purifying element at the expiration of service life or at the beginning of each shift in which they will be used, whichever comes first. (ii) If an air purifying element becomes available with an end of useful life indicator for benzene approved by MSHA/NIOSH, the element may be used until such time as the indicator shows no further useful life. (iii) The employer shall permit employees who wear respirators to leave the regulated area to wash their faces and respirator facepieces as necessary in order to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use or to change the filter elements of air-purifying respirators whenever they detect a change in breathing resistance or chemical vapor breakthrough. (5) "Respirator fit testing." (i) The employer shall perform, and certify the results of, either quantitative or qualitative fit tests at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter for each employee wearing a negative pressure respirator. The test shall be used to select a respirator facepiece which exhibits minimum leakage and provides the required protection as prescribed in Table 1. The employer shall provide and assure that the employee wears a respirator demonstrated by the fit test to provide the required protection. (ii) The employer shall follow the test protocols outlined in Appendix E of this standard for whichever type of fit testing the employer chooses. TABLE 1 - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR BENZENE
Airborne concentration of benzene or condition of use |
Respirator type |
(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppm. | (1) Half-mask air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridge. |
(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppm. | (1) Full facepiece respirator with organic vapor cartridges. (1) Full facepiece gas mask with chin style canister.(1) |
(c) Less than or equal to 100 ppm. | (1) Full facepiece powered air-purifying respirator with organic vapor canister.(1) |
(d) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppm. | (1) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece in positive-pressure mode. |
(e) Greater than 1,000 ppm or unknown concentration. | (1) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode. (2) Full facepiece positive-pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply. |
(f) Escape | (1) Any organic vapor gas mask; or (2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece. |
(g) Firefighting | (1) Full facepiece self- contained breathing apparatus in positive pressure mode. |
Footnote(1) Canisters must have a minimum service life of four (4) hours when tested at 150 ppm benzene, at a flow rate of 64 LPM, 25 deg. C, and 85 percent relative humidity for non-powered air purifying respirators. The flow rate shall be 115 LPM and 170 LPM respectively for tight fitting and loose fitting powered air-purifying respirators. (h) "Protective clothing and equipment." Personal protective clothing and equipment shall be worn where appropriate to prevent eye contact and limit dermal exposure to liquid benzene. Protective clothing and equipment shall be provided by the employer at no cost to the employee and the employer shall assure its use where appropriate. Eye and face protection shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.102. (i) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." (i) The employer shall make available a medical surveillance program for employees who are or may be exposed to benzene at or above the action level 30 or more days per year; for employees who are or may be exposed to benzene at or above the PELs 10 or more days per year; for employees who have been exposed to more than 10 ppm of benzene for 30 or more days in a year prior to the effective date of the standard when employed by their current employer; and for employees involved in the tire building operations called tire building machine operators, who use solvents containing greater than 0.1 percent benzene. (ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and that all laboratory tests are conducted by an accredited laboratory. (iii) The employer shall assure that persons other than licensed physicians who administer the pulmonary function testing required by this section shall complete a training course in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate governmental, academic or professional institution. (iv) The employer shall assure that all examinations and procedures are provided without cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and place. (2) "Initial examination." (i) Within 60 days of the effective date of this standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer shall provide each employee covered by paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section with a medical examination including the following elements: (A) A detailed occupational history which includes: {1} Past work exposure to benzene or any other hematological toxins, {2} A family history of blood dyscrasias including hematological neoplasms; {3} A history of blood dyscrasias including genetic hemoglobin abnormalities, bleeding abnormalities, abnormal function of formed blood elements; (4} A history of renal or liver dysfunction; {5} A history of medicinal drugs routinely taken; {6} A history of previous exposure to ionizing radiation and {7} Exposure to marrow toxins outside of the current work situation. (B) A complete physical examination. (C) "Laboratory tests." A complete blood count including a leukocyte count with differential, a quantitative thrombocyte count, hematocrit, hemoglobin, erythrocyte count and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC). The results of these tests shall be reviewed by the examining physician. (D) Additional tests as necessary in the opinion of the examining physician, based on alterations to the components of the blood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure; and (E) For all workers required to wear respirators for at least 30 days a year, the physical examination shall pay special attention to the cardiopulmonary system and shall include a pulmonary function test. (ii) No initial medical examination is required to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section if adequate records show that the employee has been examined in accordance with the procedures of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section within the twelve months prior to the effective date of this standard. (3) "Periodic examinations." (i) The employer shall provide each employee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section with a medical examination annually following the previous examination. These periodic examinations shall include at least the following elements: (A) A brief history regarding any new exposure to potential marrow toxins, changes in medicinal drug use, and the appearance of physical signs relating to blood disorders: (B) A complete blood count including a leukocyte count with differential, quantitative thrombocyte count, hemoglobin, hematocrit, erythrocyte count and erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC); and (C) Appropriate additional tests as necessary, in the opinion of the examining physician, in consequence of alterations in the components of the blood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure. (ii) Where the employee develops signs and symptoms commonly associated with toxic exposure to benzene, the employer shall provide the employee with an additional medical examination which shall include those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician. (iii) For persons required to use respirators for at least 30 days a year, a pulmonary function test shall be performed every three (3) years. A specific evaluation of the cardiopulmonary system shall be made at the time of the pulmonary function test. (4) "Emergency examinations." (i) In addition to the surveillance required by (i)(1)(i), if an employee is exposed to benzene in an emergency situation, the employer shall have the employee provide a urine sample at the end of the employee's shift and have a urinary phenol test performed on the sample within 72 hours. The urine specific gravity shall be corrected to 1.024. (ii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is below 75 mg phenol/L of urine, no further testing is required. (iii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is equal to or greater than 75 mg phenol/L of urine, the employer shall provide the employee with a complete blood count including an erythrocyte count, leukocyte count with differential and thrombocyte count at monthly intervals for a duration of three (3) months following the emergency exposure. (iv) If any of the conditions specified in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section exists, then the further requirements of paragraph (i)(5) of this section shall be met and the employer shall, in addition, provide the employees with periodic examinations if directed by the physician. (5) "Additional examinations and referrals." (i) Where the results of the complete blood count required for the initial and periodic examinations indicate any of the following abnormal conditions exist, then the blood count shall be repeated within 2 weeks. (A) The hemoglobin level or the hematocrit falls below the normal limit [outside the 95 percent confidence interval (C.I.)] as determined by the laboratory for the particular geographic area and/or these indices show a persistent downward trend from the individual's pre-exposure norms; provided these findings cannot be explained by other medical reasons. (B) The thrombocyte (platelet) count varies more than 20 percent below the employee's most recent values or falls outside the normal limit (95 percent C.I.) as determined by the laboratory. (C) The leukocyte count is below 4,000 per mm(3) or there is an abnormal differential count. (ii) If the abnormality persists, the examining physician shall refer the employee to a hematologist or an internist for further evaluation unless the physician has good reason to believe such referral is unnecessary. (See Appendix C for examples of conditions where a referral may be unnecessary.) (iii) The employer shall provide the hematologist or internist with the information required to be provided to the physician under paragraph (i)(6) of this section and the medical record required to be maintained by paragraph (k)(2)(ii) of this section. (iv) The hematologist's or internist's evaluation shall include a determination as to the need for additional tests, and the employer shall assure that these tests are provided. (6) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician: (i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices; (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure; (iii) The employee's actual or representative exposure level: (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and (v) Information from previous employment-related medical examinations of the affected employee which is not otherwise available to the examining physician. (7) "Physician's written opinions." (i) For each examination under this section, the employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a copy of the examining physician's written opinion within 15 days of the examination. The written opinion shall be limited to the following information: (A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical examination and tests; (B) The physician's opinion concerning whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee's health at greater than normal risk of material impairment from exposure to benzene; (C) The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to benzene or upon the employee's use of protective clothing or equipment and respirators. (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions resulting from benzene exposure which require further explanation or treatment. (ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specific records, findings and diagnoses that have no bearing on the employee's ability to work in a benzene-exposed workplace. (8) "Medical removal plan." (i) When a physician makes a referral to a hematologist/internist as required under paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section, the employee shall be removed from areas where exposures may exceed the action level until such time as the physician makes a determination under paragraph (i)(8)(ii) of this section. (ii) Following the examination and evaluation by the hematologist/internist, a decision to remove an employee from areas where benzene exposure is above the action level or to allow the employee to return to areas where benzene exposure is above the action level shall be made by the physician in consultation with the hematologist/internist. This decision shall be communicated in writing to the employer and employee. In the case of removal, the physician shall state the required probable duration of removal from occupational exposure to benzene above the action level and the requirements for future medical examinations to review the decision. (iii) For any employee who is removed pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(ii) of this section, the employer shall provide a follow-up examination. The physician, in consultation with the hematologist/internist, shall make a decision within 6 months of the date the employee was removed as to whether the employee shall be returned to the usual job or whether the employee should be removed permanently. (iv) Whenever an employee is temporarily removed from benzene exposure pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(i) or (i)(8)(ii) of this section, the employer shall transfer the employee to a comparable job for which the employee is qualified (or can be trained for in a short period) and where benzene exposures are as low as possible, but in no event higher than the action level. The employer shall maintain the employee's current wage rate, seniority and other benefits. If there is no such job available, the employer shall provide medical removal protection benefits until such a job becomes available or for 6 months, whichever comes first. (v) Whenever an employee is removed permanently from benzene exposure based on a physician's recommendation pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(iii) of this section, the employee shall be given the opportunity to transfer to another position which is available or later becomes available for which the employee is qualified (or can be trained for in a short period) and where benzene exposures are as low as possible but in no event higher than the action level. The employer shall assure that such employee suffers no reduction in current wage rate, seniority or other benefits as a result of the transfer. (9) "Medical removal protection benefits." (i) The employer shall provide to an employee 6 months of medical removal protection benefits immediately following each occasion an employee is removed from exposure to benzene because of hematological findings pursuant to paragraphs (i)(8) (i) and (ii) of this section, unless the employee has been transferred to a comparable job where benzene exposures are below the action level. (ii) For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an employer provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall maintain the current wage rate, seniority and other benefits of an employee as though the employee had not been removed. (iii) The employer's obligation to provide medical removal protection benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program, or from employment with another employer made possible by virtue of the employee's removal. (j) "Communication of benzene hazards to employees" - (1) "Signs and labels." (i) The employer shall post signs at entrances to regulated areas. The signs shall bear the following legend: DANGER BENZENE CANCER HAZARD FLAMMABLE - NO SMOKING AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATOR REQUIRED (ii) The employer shall ensure that labels or other appropriate forms of warning are provided for containers of benzene within the workplace. There is no requirement to label pipes. The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(f) and in addition shall include the following legend: DANGER CONTAINS BENZENE CANCER HAZARD (2) "Material safety data sheets." (i) Employers shall obtain or develop, and shall provide access to their employees, to a material safety data sheet (MSDS) which addresses benzene and complies with 29 CFR 1926.59. (ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall: (A) Comply with paragraph (a) of this section, and (B) Comply with the requirement in OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1926.59, that they deliver to downstream employers an MSDS which addresses benzene. (3) "Information and training." (i) The employer shall provide employees with information and training at the time of their initial assignment to a work area where benzene is present. If exposures are above the action level, employees shall be provided with information and training at least annually thereafter. (ii) The training program shall be in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(h) (1) and (2), and shall include specific information on benzene for each category of information included in that section. (iii) In addition to the information required under 29 CFR 1926.59, the employer shall: (A) Provide employees with an explanation of the contents of this section, including Appendices A and B, and indicate to them where the standard is available; and (B) Describe the medical surveillance program required under paragraph (i) of this section, and explain the information contained in Appendix C. (k) "Recordkeeping " - (1) "Exposure measurements." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements required by paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (ii) This record shall include: (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the procedure used to determine representative employee exposures; (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used; (C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and (D) The name, social security number, job classification and exposure levels of the employee monitored and all other employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (2) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required by paragraph (i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (ii) This record shall include: (A) The name and social security number of the employee; (B) The employer's copy of the physician's written opinion on the initial, periodic and special examinations, including results of medical examinations and all tests, opinions and recommendations; (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to benzene; (D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraphs (i)(6) (ii) through (v) of this section; and (E) A copy of the employee's medical and work history related to exposure to benzene or any other hematologic toxins. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall assure that all records required to be maintained by this section shall be made available upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. (ii) Employee exposure monitoring records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, employee representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i). (iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request for examination and copying, to the subject employee, to anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and to the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (4) "Transfer of records." (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h). (ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director, at least three (3) months prior to disposal, and transmit them to the Director if required by the Director within that period. (l) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer shall provide affected employees, or their designated representatives, an opportunity to observe the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to benzene conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. (2) "Observation procedures." When observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to benzene requires entry into areas where the use of protective clothing and equipment or respirators is required, the employer shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and equipment or respirators required to be worn by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment or respirators, and require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (m) "Dates" - (1) "Effective date." The standard shall become effective December 10, 1987. (2) "Start-up dates." (i) The requirements of paragraph (a) through (m) of this section, except the engineering control requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be completed within sixty (60) days after the effective date of the standard. (ii) Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be implemented no later than 2 years after the effective date of the standard. (iii) Coke and coal chemical operations may comply with paragraph (m)(2)(ii) of this section or alternately include within the compliance program required by paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a requirement to phase in engineering controls as equipment is repaired and replaced. For coke and coal chemical operations choosing the latter alternative, compliance with the engineering controls requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be achieved no later than 5 years after the effective date of this standard and substantial compliance with the engineering control requirements shall be achieved within 3 years of the effective date of this standard. (n) "Appendices." The information contained in Appendices A, B, C, and D is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligations. The protocols on respiratory fit testing in Appendix E are mandatory. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0129) Appendix A to 1926.1128 - Substance Safety Data Sheet, Benzene I. "Substance Identification" A. Substance: Benzene. B. Permissible Exposure: Except as to the use of gasoline, motor fuels and other fuels subsequent to discharge from bulk terminals and other exemptions specified in 1926.1128(a)(2): 1. Airborne: The maximum time-weighted average (TWA) exposure limit is 1 part of benzene vapor per million parts of air (1 ppm) for an 8-hour workday and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 5 ppm for any 15-minute period. 2. Dermal: Eye contact shall be prevented and skin contact with liquid benzene shall be limited. C. Appearance and odor: Benzene is a clear, colorless liquid with a pleasant, sweet odor. The odor of benzene does not provide adequate warning of its hazard. II. "Health Hazard Data" A. "Ways in which benzene affects your health." Benzene can affect your health if you inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your skin or eyes. Benzene is also harmful if you happen to swallow it. B. "Effects of overexposure." 1. Short-term (acute) overexposure: If you are overexposed to high concentrations of benzene, well above the levels where its odor is first recognizable, you may feel breathless, irritable, euphoric, or giddy; you may experience irritation in eyes, nose, and respiratory tract. You may develop a headache, feel dizzy, nauseated, or intoxicated. Severe exposures may lead to convulsions and loss of consciousness. 2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or prolonged exposure to benzene, even at relatively low concentrations, may result in various blood disorders, ranging from anemia to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal disease. Many blood disorders associated with benzene exposure may occur without symptoms. III. "Protective Clothing and Equipment" A. "Respirators." Respirators are required for those operations in which engineering controls or work practice controls are not feasible to reduce exposure to the permissible level. However, where employers can document that benzene is present in the workplace less than 30 days a year, respirators may be used in lieu of engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they must have joint Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seal of approval, and cartridge or canisters must be replaced before the end of their service life, or the end of the shift, whichever occurs first. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, you may request a positive pressure respirator from your employer. You must be thoroughly trained to use the assigned respirator, and the training will be provided by your employer. B. "Protective Clothing." You must wear appropriate protective clothing (such as boots, gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts of your body that could be exposed to liquid benzene. C. "Eye and Face Protection." You must wear splash-proof safety goggles if it is possible that benzene may get into your eyes. In addition, you must wear a face shield if your face could be splashed with benzene liquid. IV. "Emergency and First Aid Procedures" A. "Eye and face exposure." If benzene is splashed in your eyes, wash it out immediately with large amounts of water. If irritation persists or vision appears to be affected see a doctor as soon as possible. B. "Skin exposure." If benzene is spilled on your clothing or skin, remove the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skin with large amounts of water and soap immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before you wear it again. C. "Breathing." If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of benzene, get the exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply artificial respiration if breathing has stopped. Call for medical assistance or a doctor as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or confined space where the benzene concentration might be high without proper safety equipment and at least one other person present who will stay outside. A life line should be used. D. "Swallowing." If benzene has been swallowed and the patient is conscious, do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a doctor immediately. V. "Medical Requirements" If you are exposed to benzene at a concentration at or above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour time-weighted average, or have been exposed at or above 10 ppm in the past while employed by your current employer, your employer is required to provide a medical examination and history and laboratory tests within 60 days of the effective date of this standard and annually thereafter. These tests shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you are accidentally exposed to benzene (either by ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact) under emergency conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to benzene, your employer is required to make special laboratory tests available to you. VI. "Observation of Monitoring" Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative of your exposure to benzene and you or your designated representative are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you or your representative must also be provided with, and must wear the protective clothing and equipment. VII. "Access to Records" You or your representative are entitled to see the records of measurements of your exposure to benzene upon written request to your employer. Your medical examination records can be furnished to yourself, your physician or designated representative upon request by you to your employer. VIII. "Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and Storage" Benzene liquid is highly flammable. It should be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well ventilated area. Benzene vapor may form explosive mixtures in air. All sources of ignition must be controlled. Use nonsparking tools when opening or closing benzene containers. Fire extinguishers, where provided, must be readily available. Know where they are located and how to operate them. Smoking is prohibited in areas where benzene is used or stored. Ask your supervisor where benzene is used in your area and for additional plant safety rules. Appendix B to 1926.1128 - Substance Technical Guidelines, Benzene I. "Physical and Chemical Data" A. Substance identification. 1. "Synonyms:" Benzol, benzole, coal naphtha, cyclohexatriene, phene, phenyl hydride, pyrobenzol. (Benzin, petroleum benzin and Benzine do not contain benzene). 2. "Formula:" C(6)H(6) (CAS Registry Number: 71-43-2) B. Physical data. 1. Boiling Point (760 mm Hg); 80.1 deg. C (176 deg. F) 2. Specific Gravity (water=1): 0.879 3. Vapor Density (air=1): 2.7 4. Melting Point: 5.5 deg. C (42 deg. F) 5. Vapor Pressure at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 75 mm Hg 6. Solubility in Water: .06 percent 7. Evaporation Rate (ether=1): 2.8 8. Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless liquid with a distinctive sweet odor. II. "Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data" A. Fire. 1. Flash Point (closed cup): -11 deg. C (12 deg. F) 2. Autoignition Temperature: 580 deg. C (1076 deg. F) 3. Flammable limits in Air. Percent by Volume: Lower: 1.3 percent, Upper: 7.5 percent. 4. Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or foam. 5. Special Fire-Fighting procedures: Do not use solid stream of water, since stream will scatter and spread fire. Fine water spray can be used to keep fire-exposed containers cool. 6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Benzene is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources must be controlled when benzene is used, handled, or stored. Where liquid or vapor may be released, such areas shall be considered as hazardous locations. Benzene vapors are heavier than air; thus the vapors may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which benzene is handled. 7. Benzene is classified as a 1 B flammable liquid for the purpose of conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.152. A concentration exceeding 3,250 ppm is considered a potential fire explosion hazard. B. Reactivity. 1. Conditions contributing to instability: Heat. 2. Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing materials. 3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as carbon monoxide). III. "Spill and Leak Procedures" A. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. As much benzene as possible should be absorbed with suitable materials, such as dry sand or earth. That remaining must be flushed with large amounts of water. Do not flush benzene into a confined space, such as a sewer, because of explosion danger. Remove all ignition sources. Ventilate enclosed places. B. Waste disposal method. Disposal methods must conform to other jurisdictional regulations. If allowed, benzene may be disposed of: (a) By absorbing it in dry sand or earth and disposing in a sanitary landfill; (b) if small quantities, by removing it to a safe location from buildings or other combustible sources, pouring it in dry sand or earth and cautiously igniting it; and (c) if large quantities, by atomizing it in a suitable combustion chamber. IV. "Miscellaneous Precautions" A. High exposure to benzene can occur when transferring the liquid from one container to another. Such operations should be well ventilated and good work practices must be established to avoid spills. B. Use non-sparking tools to open benzene containers which are effectively grounded and bonded prior to opening and pouring. C. Employers must advise employees of all plant areas and operations where exposure to benzene could occur. Common operations in which high exposures to benzene may be encountered are: the primary production and utilization of benzene, and transfer of benzene. Appendix C to 1926.1128 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines for Benzene I. "Route of Entry" Inhalation; skin absorption. II. "Toxicology" Benzene is primarily an inhalation hazard. Systemic absorption may cause depression of the hematopoietic system, pancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Inhalation of high concentrations can affect central nervous system function. Aspiration of small amounts of liquid benzene immediately causes pulmonary edema and hemorrhage of pulmonary tissue. There is some absorption through the skin. Absorption may be more rapid in the case of abraded skin, and benzene may be more readily absorbed if it is present in a mixture or as a contaminant in solvents which are readily absorbed. The defatting action of benzene may produce primary irritation due to repeated or prolonged contact with the skin. High concentration are irritating to the eyes and the mucous membranes of the nose, and respiratory tract. III. "Signs and Symptoms" Direct skin contact with benzene may cause erythema. Repeated or prolonged contact may result in drying, scaling dermatitis, or development of secondary skin infections. In addition, there is benzene absorption through the skin. Local effects of benzene vapor or liquid on the eye are slight. Only at very high concentrations is there any smarting sensation in the eye. Inhalation of high concentrations of benzene may have an initial stimulatory effect on the central nervous system characterized by exhilaration, nervous excitation, and/or giddiness, followed by a period of depression, drowsiness, or fatigue. A sensation of tightness in the chest accompanied by breathlessness may occur and ultimately the victim may lose consciousness. Tremors, convulsions and death may follow from respiratory paralysis or circulatory collapse in a few minutes to several hours following severe exposures. The detrimental effect on the blood-forming system of prolonged exposure to small quantities of benzene vapor is of extreme importance. The hematopoietic system is the chief target for benzene's toxic effects which are manifested by alterations in the levels of formed elements in the peripheral blood. These effects have occurred at concentrations of benzene which may not cause irritation of mucous membranes, or any unpleasant sensory effects. Early signs and symptoms of benzene morbidity are varied, often not readily noticed and non-specific. Subjective complaints of headache, dizziness, and loss of appetite may precede or follow clinical signs. Rapid pulse and low blood pressure, in addition to a physical appearance of anemia, may accompany a subjective complaint of shortness of breath and excessive tiredness. Bleeding from the nose, gums, or mucous membranes, and the development of purpuric spots (small bruises) may occur as the condition progresses. Clinical evidence of leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia, singly or in combination, has been frequently reported among the first signs. Bone marrow may appear normal, aplastic, or hyperplastic, and may not, in all situations, correlate with peripheral blood forming tissues. Because of variations in the susceptibility to benzene morbidity, there is no "typical" blood picture. The onset of effects of prolonged benzene exposure may be delayed for many months or years after the actual exposure has ceased and identification or correlation with benzene exposure must be sought out in the occupational history. IV. "Treatment of Acute Toxic Effects" Remove from exposure immediately. Make sure you are adequately protected and do not risk being overcome by fumes. Give oxygen or artificial resuscitation if indicated. Flush eyes, wash skin if contaminated and remove all contaminated clothing. Symptoms of intoxication may persist following severe exposures. Recovery from mild exposures is usually rapid and complete. V. "Surveillance and Preventive Considerations" A. General The principal effects of benzene exposure which form the basis for this regulation are pathological changes in the hematopoietic system, reflected by changes in the peripheral blood and manifesting clinically as pancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Consequently, the medical surveillance program is designed to observe, on a regular basis, blood indices for early signs of these effects, and although early signs of leukemia are not usually available, emerging diagnostic technology and innovative regimes make consistent surveillance for leukemia, as well as other hematopoietic effects, essential. Initial examinations are to be provided within 60 days of the effective date of this standard, or at the time of initial assignment, and periodic examinations annually thereafter. There are special provisions for medical tests in the event of hematologic abnormalities or for emergency situations. The blood values which require referral to a hematologist or internist are noted in the standard in paragraph (i)(5). The standard specifies that blood abnormalities that persist must be referred "unless the physician has good reason to believe such referral is unnecessary" (paragraph (i)(5)). Examples of conditions that could make a referral unnecessary despite abnormal blood limits are iron or folate deficiency, menorrhagia, or blood loss due to some unrelated medical abnormality. Symptoms and signs of benzene toxicity can be non-specific. Only a detailed history and appropriate investigative procedures will enable a physician to rule out or confirm conditions that place the employee at increased risk. To assist the examining physician with regard to which laboratory tests are necessary and when to refer an employee to the specialist, OSHA has established the following guidelines. B. Hematology Guidelines A minimum battery of tests is to be performed by strictly standardized methods. 1. Red cell, white cell, platelet counts, white blood cell differential, hematacrit and red cell indices must be performed by an accredited laboratory. The normal ranges for the red cell and white cell counts are influenced by altitude, race, and sex, and therefore should be determined by the accredited laboratory in the specific area where the tests are performed. Either a decline from an absolute normal or an individual's base line to a subnormal value or a rise to a supra-normal value, are indicative of potential toxicity, particularly if all blood parameters decline. The normal total white blood count is approximately 7,200/mm(3) plus or minus 3,000. For cigarette smokers the white count may be higher and the upper range may be 2,000 cells higher than normal for the laboratory. In addition, infection, allergies and some drugs may raise the white cell count. The normal platelet count is approximately 250,000 with a range of 140,000 to 400,000. Counts outside this range should be regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity. Certain abnormalities found through routine screening are of greater significance in the benzene-exposed worker and require prompt consultation with a specialist, namely: a. Thrombocytopenia. b. A trend of decreasing white cell, red cell, or platelet indices in an individual over time is more worrisome than an isolated abnormal finding at one test time. The importance of trend highlights the need to compare an individual's test results to baseline and/or previous periodic tests. c. A constellation or pattern of abnormalities in the different blood indices is of more significance than a single abnormality. A low white count not associated with any abnormalities in other cell indices may be a normal statistical variation, whereas if the low white count is accompanied by decreases in the platelet and/or red cell indices, such a pattern is more likely to be associated with benzene toxicity and merits thorough investigation. Anemia, leukopenia, macrocytosis or an abnormal differential white blood cell count should alert the physician to further investigate and/or refer the patient if repeat tests confirm the abnormalities. If routine screening detects an abnormality, follow-up tests which may be helpful in establishing the etiology of the abnormality are the peripheral blood smear and the reticulocyte count. The extreme range of normal for reticulocytes is 0.4 to 2.5 percent of the red cells, the usual range being 0.5 to 1.2 percent of the red cells, but the typical value is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 percent. A decline in reticulocytes to levels of less than 0.4 percent is to be regarded as possible evidence (unless another specific cause is found) of benzene toxicity requiring accelerated surveillance. An increase in reticulocyte levels to about 2.5 percent may also be consistent with (but is not as characteristic of) benzene toxicity. 2. An important diagnostic test is a careful examination of the peripheral blood smear. As with reticulocyte count the smear should be with fresh uncoagulated blood obtained from a needle tip following venipuncture or from a drop of earlobe blood (capillary blood). If necessary, the smear may, under certain limited conditions, be made from a blood sample anticoagulated with EDTA (but never with oxalate or heparin). When the smear is to be prepared from a specimen of venous blood which has been collected by a commercial Vacutainer(R) type tube containing neutral EDTA, the smear should be made as soon as possible after the venesection. A delay of up to 12 hours is permissible between the drawing of the blood specimen into EDTA and the preparation of the smear if the blood is stored at refrigerator (not freezing) temperature. 3. The minimum mandatory observations to be made from the smear are: a. The differential white blood cell count. b. Description of abnormalities in the appearance of red cells. c. Description of any abnormalities in the platelets. d. A careful search must be made throughout of every blood smear for immature white cells such as band forms (in more than normal proportion, i.e., over 10 percent of the total differential count), any number of metamyelocytes, myelocytes or myeloblasts. Any nucleate or multinucleated red blood cells should be reported. Large "gian" platelets or fragments of megakaryocytes must be recognized. An increase in the proportion of band forms among the neutrophilic granulocytes is an abnormality deserving special mention, for it may represent a change which should be considered as an early warning of benzene toxicity in the absence of other causative factors (most commonly infection). Likewise, the appearance of metamyelocytes, in the absence of another probable cause, is to be considered a possible indication of benzene-induced toxicity. An upward trend in the number of basophils, which normally do not exceed about 2.0 percent of the total white cells, is to be regarded as possible evidence of benzene toxicity. A rise in the eosinophil count is less specific but also may be suspicious of toxicity if it rises above 6.0 percent of the total white count. The normal range of monocytes is from 2.0 to 8.0 percent of the total white count with an average of about 5.0 percent. About 20 percent of individuals reported to have mild but persisting abnormalities caused by exposure to benzene show a persistent monocytosis. The findings of a monocyte count which persists at more than 10 to 12 percent of the normal white cell count (when the total count is normal) or persistence of an absolute monocyte count in excess of 800/mm(3) should be regarded as a possible sign of benzene-induced toxicity. A less frequent but more serious indication of benzene toxicity is the finding in the peripheral blood of the so-called "pseudo" (or acquired) Pelger-Huet anomaly. In this anomaly many, or sometimes the majority, of the neutrophilic granulocytes possess two round nuclear segments - less often one or three round segments - rather than three normally elongated segments. When this anomaly is not hereditary, it is often but not invariably predictive of subsequent leukemia. However, only about two percent of patients who ultimately develop acute myelogenous leukemia show the acquired Pelger-Huet anomaly. Other tests that can be administered to investigate blood abnormalities are discussed below; however, such procedures should be undertaken by the hematologist. An uncommon sign, which cannot be detected from the smear, but can be elicited by a "sucrose water test" of peripheral blood, is transient paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), which may first occur insidiously during a period of established aplastic anemia, and may be followed within one to a few years by the appearance of rapidly fatal acute myelogenous leukemia. Clinical detection of PNH, which occurs in only one or two percent of those destined to have acute myelogenous leukemia, may be difficult; if the "sucrose water test" is positive, the somewhat more definitive Ham test, also known as the acid-serum hemolysis test, may provide confirmation. e. Individuals documented to have developed acute myelogenous leukemia years after initial exposure to benzene may have progressed through a preliminary phase of hematologic abnormality. In some instances pancytopenia (i.e., a lowering in the counts of all circulating blood cells of bone marrow origin, but not to the extent implied by the term "aplastic anemia") preceded leukemia for many years. Depression of a single blood cell type or platelets may represent a harbinger of aplasia or leukemia. The finding of two or more cytopenias, or pancytopenia in a benzene-exposed individual, must be regarded as highly suspicious of more advanced although still reversible, toxicity. "Pancytopenia" coupled with the appearance of immature cells (myelocytes, myeloblasts, erythroblasts, etc.), with abnormal cells (pseudo Pelger-Huet anomaly, atypical nuclear heterochromatin, etc.), or unexplained elevations of white blood cells must be regarded as evidence of benzene overexposure unless proved otherwise. Many severely aplastic patients manifested the ominous finding of 5-10 percent myeloblasts in the marrow, occasional myeloblasts and myelocytes in the blood and 20-30 percent monocytes. It is evident that isolated cytopenias, pancytopenias, and even aplastic anemias induced by benzene may be reversible and complete recovery has been reported on cessation of exposure. However, since any of these abnormalities is serious, the employee must immediately be removed from any possible exposure to benzene vapor. Certain tests may substantiate the employee's prospects for progression or regression. One such test would be an examination of the bone marrow, but the decision to perform a bone marrow aspiration or needle biopsy is made by the hematologist. The findings of basophilic stippling in circulating red blood cells (usually found in 1 to 5 percent of red cells following marrow injury), and detection in the bone marrow of what are termed "ringed sideroblasts" must be taken seriously, as they have been noted in recent years to be premonitory signs of subsequent leukemia. Recently peroxidase-staining of circulating or marrow neutrophil granulocytes, employing benzidine dihydrochloride, have revealed the disappearance of, or diminution in, peroxidase in a sizable proportion of the granulocytes, and this has been reported as an early sign of leukemia. However, relatively few patients have been studied to date. Granulocyte granules are normally strongly peroxidase positive. A steady decline in leukocyte alkaline phosphatase has also been reported as suggestive of early acute leukemia. Exposure to benzene may cause an early rise in serum iron, often but not always associated with a fall in the reticulocyte count. Thus, serial measurements of serum iron levels may provide a means of determining whether or not there is a trend representing sustained suppression of erythropoiesis. Measurement of serum iron, determination of peroxidase and of alkaline phosphatase activity in peripheral granulocytes can be performed in most pathology laboratories. Peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase staining are usually undertaken when the index of suspicion for leukemia is high. Appendix D to 1926.1128 - Sampling and Analytical Methods for Benzene Monitoring and Measurement Procedures Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure to benzene are best taken so that the representative average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Short-time interval samples (or grab samples) may also be used to determine average exposure level if a minimum of five measurements are taken in a random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling means that any portion of the work shift has the same change of being sampled as any other. The arithmetic average of all such random samples taken on one work shift is an estimate of an employee's average level of exposure for that work shift. Air samples should be taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee). Sampling and analysis must be performed with procedures meeting the requirements of the standard. There are a number of methods available for monitoring employee exposures to benzene. The sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of the benzene vapor or charcoal absorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis by gas chromatography. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by portable direct reading instruments, real-time continuous monitoring systems, passive dosimeters or other suitable methods. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent confidence level, of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of benzene greater than or equal to 0.5 ppm. The OSHA Laboratory modified NIOSH Method S311 and evaluated it at a benzene air concentration of 1 ppm. A procedure for determining the benzene concentration in bulk material samples was also evaluated. This work, reported in OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12, includes the following two analytical procedures: I. "OSHA Method 12 for Air Samples" Analyte: Benzene Matrix: Air Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, desorption with carbon disulfide, analysis by GC. Detection limit: 0.04 ppm Recommended air volume and sampling rate: 10L to 0.2 L/min. 1. Principle of the Method. 1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the organic vapors present. 1.2. The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered vial, and the anlyte is desorbed with carbon disulfide. 1.3. An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph. 1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained from standards. 2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method. 2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involved no liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The samples are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method. 2.2 The amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists. 3. Apparatus. 3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within plus or minus 5 percent at the recommended flow rate. 3.2. Charcoal tubes: Glass with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 deg. C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the back-up section. A plug of silanized glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute. 3.3. Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector. 3.4. Column (10-ft X 1/8-in stainless steel) packed with 80/100 Supelcoport coated with 20 percent SP 2100, 0.1 percent CW 1500. 3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring peak area. 3.6. Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps. 3.7. Microliter syringes: 10-microliter (10-uL syringe, and other convenient sizes for making standards, 1-uL syringe for sample injections. 3.8. Pipets: 1.0 mL delivery pipets 3.9. Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for making standard solutions. 4. Reagents. 4.1. Chromatographic quality carbon disulfide (CS(2)). Most commercially available carbon disulfide contains a trace of benzene which must be removed. It can be removed with the following procedure: Heat under reflux for 2 to 3 hours, 500 mL of carbon disulfide, 10 mL concentrated sulfuric acid, and 5 drops of concentrated nitric acid. The benzene is converted to nitrobenzene. The carbon disulfide layer is removed, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and distilled. The recovered carbon disulfide should be benzene free. (It has recently been determined that benzene can also be removed by passing the carbon disulfide through 13x molecular sieve). 4.2. Benzene, reagent grade. 4.3. p-Cymene, reagent grade, (internal standard). 4.4. Desorbing reagent. The desorbing reagent is prepared by adding 0.05 mL of p-cymene per milliliter of carbon disulfide. (The internal standard offers a convenient means correcting analytical response for slight inconsistencies in the size of sample injections. If the external standard technique is preferred, the internal standard can be eliminated). 4.5. Purified GC grade helium, hydrogen and air. 5. Procedure. 5.1. Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could interfere in the analysis. 5.2. Calibration of personal pumps. Each pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line. 5.3. Collection and shipping of samples. 5.3.1. Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm). 5.3.2. The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and should be placed nearest the sampling pump. 5.3.3. The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal. 5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube. 5.3.5. A sample size of 10 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be known with an accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent. 5.3.6. The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps immediately after sampling. 5.3.7. Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to the same handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) with each set of samples. 5.3.8. Take necessary shipping and packing precautions to minimize breakage of samples. 5.4. Analysis of samples. 5.4.1. Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the second section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are analyzed separately. 5.4.2. Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 mL of desorbing solution is pipetted into each sample container. The desorbing solution consists of 0.05 uL internal standard per mL of carbon disulfide. The sample vials are capped as soon as the solvent is added. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes with occasional shaking. 5.4.3. GC conditions. Typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are: 1.30 mL/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow. 2.30 mL/min (40 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector. 3.240 mL/min (40 psig) air flow to detector. 4.150 deg. C injector temperature. 5.250 deg. C detector temperature. 6.100 deg. C column temperature. 5.4.4. Injection size. 1 uL. 5.4.5. Measurement of area. The peak areas are measured by an electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area measurement. 5.4.6. An internal standard procedure is used. The integrator is calibrated to report results in ppm for a 10 liter air sample after correction for desorption efficiency. 5.5. Determination of desorption efficiency. 5.5.1. Importance of determination. The desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and from one lot of chemical to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at least once, the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used. 5.5.2. Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. The reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X and (X represents target concentration) based on a 10 L air sample are injected into several tubes at each level. Dilutions of benzene with carbon disulfide are made to allow injection of measurable quantities. These tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least overnight. Following equilibration they are analyzed following the same procedure as the samples. Desorption efficiency is determined by dividing the amount of benzene found by amount spiked on the tube. 6. Calibration and standards. A series of standards varying in concentration over the range of interest is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions that will be used on the samples. A calibration curve is prepared by plotting concentration (ug/mL) versus peak area. 7. Calculations. Benzene air concentration can be calculated from the following equation: mg/m(3)=(A)(B)/(C)(D) Where: A=ug/mL benzene, obtained from the calibration curve B=desorption volume (1 mL) C=Liters of air sampled D=desorption efficiency The concentration in mg/m(3) can be converted to ppm (at 25 deg. and 760 mm) with following equation: ppm=(mg/m(3))(24.46)/(78.11) Where: 24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas 25 deg. C and 760 mm 78.11=molecular weight of benzene 8. Backup Data. 8.1 Detection limit - Air Samples. The detection limit for the analytical procedure is 1.28 ng with a coefficient of variation of 0.023 at this level. This would be equivalent to an air concentration of 0.04 ppm for a 10 L air sample. This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit data were obtained by making 1 uL injections of a 1.283 ug/mL standard.
Injection | Area Count | |
1. | 655.4 | mean of X=640.2 SD=14.9 CV=0.023 |
2. | 617.5D | |
3. | 662.0 | |
4. | 641.1 | |
5. | 636.4 | |
6. | 629.2 |
8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation - Air Samples. The pooled coefficient of variation for the analytical procedure was determined by 1 uL replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards were 16.04, 32.08, and 64.16 ug/mL, which are equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample respectively.
Injection | Area Counts | ||
0.5 ppm | 1.0 ppm | 2.0 ppm | |
1 | 3996.5 | 8130.2 | 16481 |
2 | 4059.4 | 8235.6 | 16493 |
3 | 4052.0 | 8307.9 | 16535 |
4 | 4027.2 | 8263.2 | 16609 |
5 | 4046.8 | 8291.1 | 16552 |
6 | 4137.9 | 8288.8 | 16618 |
mean of X= | 4053.3 | 8254.0 | 16548.3 |
SD= | 47.2 | 62.5 | 57.1 |
CV= | 0.0116 | 0.0076 | 0.0034 |
mean of CV = 0.008 |
8.3. Storage data - Air Samples Samples were generated at 1.03 ppm benzene at 80 percent relative humidity, 22 deg. C, and 643 mm. All samples were taken for 50 minutes at 0.2 L/min. Six samples were analyzed immediately and the rest of the samples were divided into two groups by fifteen samples each. One group was stored at refrigerated temperature of -25 deg. C, and the other group was stored at ambient temperature (approximately 23 deg. C). These samples were analyzed over a period of fifteen days. The results are tabulated below. PERCENT RECOVERY
Day analyzed | Refrigerated | Ambient | ||||
0 | 97.4 | 98.7 | 98.9 | 97.4 | 98.7 | 98.9 |
0 | 97.1 | 100.6 | 100.9 | 97.1 | 100.6 | 100.9 |
2 | 95.8 | 96.4 | 95.4 | 95.4 | 96.6 | 96.9 |
5 | 93.9 | 93.7 | 92.4 | 92.4 | 94.3 | 94.1 |
9 | 93.6 | 95.5 | 94.6 | 95.2 | 95.6 | 96.6 |
13 | 94.3 | 95.3 | 93.7 | 91.0 | 95.0 | 94.6 |
15 | 96.8 | 95.8 | 94.2 | 92.9 | 96.3 | 95.9 |
8.4. Desorption data. Samples were prepared by injecting liquid benzene onto the A section of charcoal tubes. Samples were prepared that would be equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample. PERCENT RECOVERY
Sample | 0.5 ppm | 1.0 ppm | 2.0 ppm |
1 | 99.4 | 98.8 | 99.5 |
2 | 99.5 | 98.7 | 99.7 |
3 | 99.2 | 98.6 | 99.8 |
4 | 99.4 | 99.1 | 100.0 |
5 | 99.2 | 99.0 | 99.7 |
6 | 99.8 | 99.1 | 99.9 |
mean of X = | 99.4 | 98.9 | 99.8 |
SD = | 0.22 | 0.21 | 0.18 |
CV = | 0.0022 | 0.0021 | 0.0018 |
mean of X = 99.4 |
8.5. Carbon disulfide. Carbon disulfide from a number of sources was analyzed for benzene contamination. The results are given in the following table. The benzene contaminate can be removed with the procedures given in section 4.1.
ug Benzene/mL | ppm equivalent Sample (for 10 L air sample) | |
Aldrich Lot 83017 | 4.20 | 0.13 |
Baker Lot 720364 | 1.01 | 0.03 |
Baker Lot 822351 | 1.01 | 0.03 |
Malinkrodt Lot WEMP | 1.74 | 0.05 |
Malinkrodt Lot WDSJ | 5.65 | 0.18 |
Malinkrodt Lot WHGA | 2.90 | 0.09 |
Treated CS(2) |
II. "OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12 for Bulk Samples" Analyte: Benzene. Matrix: Bulk Samples. Procedure: Bulk Samples are analyzed directly by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Detection limits: 0.01 percent by volume. 1. Principle of the method. 1.1. An aliquot of the bulk sample to be analyzed is injected into a liquid chromatograph. 1.2. The peak area for benzene is determined and compared to areas obtained from standards. 2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method. 2.1. The analytical procedure is quick, sensitive, and reproducible. 2.2. Reanalysis of samples is possible. 2.3. Interferences can be circumvented by proper selection of HPLC parameters. 2.4. Samples must be free of any particulates that may clog the capillary tubing in the liquid chromatograph. This may require distilling the sample or clarifying with a clarification kit. 3. Apparatus. 3.1. Liquid chromatograph equipped with a UV detector. 3.2. HPLC Column that will separate benzene from other components in the bulk sample being analyzed. The column used for validation studies was a Waters uBondapack C18, 30 cm x 3.9 mm. 3.3. A clarification kit to remove any particulates in the bulk if necessary. 3.4. A micro-distillation apparatus to distill any samples if necessary. 3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of measuring peak areas. 3.6. Microliter syringes - 10 uL syringe and other convenient sizes for making standards. 10 uL syringe for sample injections. 3.7. Volumetric flasks, 5 mL and other convenient sizes for preparing standards and making dilutions. 4. Reagents. 4.1. Benzene, reagent grade. 4.2. HPLC grade water, methyl alcohol, and isopropyl alcohol. 5. Collection and shipment of samples. 5.1. Samples should be transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps. 5.2. Samples should not be put in the same container used for air samples. 6. Analysis of samples. 6.1. Sample preparation. If necessary, the samples are distilled or clarified. Samples are analyzed undiluted. If the benzene concentration is out of the working range, suitable dilutions are made with isopropyl alcohol. 6.2. HPLC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the high performance liquid chromatograph are: 1. Mobile phase - Methyl alcohol/water, 50/50 1. Analytical wavelength - 254 nm 3. Injection size - 10 uL 6.3. Measurement of peak area and calibration. Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable means. The integrator is calibrated to report results percent in benzene by volume. 7. Calculations. Since the integrator is programmed to report results in percent benzene by volume in an undiluted sample, the following equation is used: Percent Benzene by Volume=A x B Where: A=percent by volume on report B=Dilution Factor (B=1 for undiluted sample) 8. Backup Data. 8.1. Detection limit - Bulk Samples. The detection limit for the analytical procedure for bulk samples is 0.88 ug, with a coefficient of variation of 0.019 at this level. This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit date were obtained by making 10 uL injections of a 0.10 percent by volume standard.
Injection | Area Count | mean of X=44040.1 SD=852.5 CV=0.019 |
1 | 45386 | |
2 | 44214 | |
3 | 43822 | |
4 | 44062 | |
6 | 42724 |
8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation - Bulk Samples. The pooled coefficient of variation for analytical procedure was determined by 50 uL replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards were 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.10, 1.0, and 2.0 percent benzene by volume. AREA COUNT (PERCENT)
Injection No. | 0.01 | 0.02 | 0.04 | 0.10 | 1.0 | 2.0 |
1 | 45386 | 84737 | 166097 | 448497 | 4395380 | 9339150 |
2 | 44241 | 84300 | 170832 | 441299 | 4590800 | 9484900 |
3 | 43822 | 83835 | 164160 | 443719 | 4593200 | 9557580 |
4 | 44062 | 84381 | 164445 | 444842 | 4642350 | 9677060 |
5 | 44006 | 83012 | 168398 | 442564 | 4646430 | 9766240 |
6 | 42724 | 81957 | 173002 | 443975 | 4646260 | |
mean of X= | 44040.1 | 83703.6 | 167872 | 444149 | 4585767 | 9564986 |
SD = | 852.5 | 1042.2 | 3589.8 | 2459.1 | 96839.3 | 166233 |
CV = | 0.0194 | 0.0125 | 0.0213 | 0.0055 | 0.0211 | 0.0174 |
mean of CV= | 0.017 |
Appendix E to 1926.1128 - Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing Procedures I. "Fit Test Protocols" A. The employer shall include the following provisions in the fit test procedures. These provisions apply to both qualitative fit testing (QLFT) and quantitative fit testing (QNFT). 1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable respirator from a selection including respirators of various sizes from different manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three sizes of elastomeric facepieces of the type of respirator that is to be tested, i.e., three sizes of half mask; or three sizes of full facepiece; and units from at least two manufacturers. 2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal training on respirator use, as it is only a review. 3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used properly, will provide adequate protection. 4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each facepiece up to the face and eliminate those which obviously do not give a comfortable fit. 5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in item 6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the straps. 6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the comfort of the respirator: (a) Position of the mask on the nose. (b) Room for eye protection. (c) Room to talk. (d) Position of mask on face and cheeks. 7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the adequacy of the respirator fit: (a) Chin properly placed: (b) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened; (c) Fit across nose bridge; (d) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin; (e) Tendency of respirator to slip; (f) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator position. 8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive pressure fit checks as described below or ANSI Z88.2-1980. Before conducting the negative or positive pressure test, the subject shall be told to seat the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the fit check tests. (a) "Positive pressure test." Close off the exhalation value and exhale gently onto the facepiece. The face fit is considered satisfactory if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the facepiece without any evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. For most respirators this method of leak testing requires the wearer to first remove the exhalation value cover before closing off the exhalation value and then carefully replacing it after the test. (b) "Negative pressure test." Close off the inlet opening of the canister or cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by replacing the filter seal(s), inhale gently so that the facepiece collapses slightly, and hold the breath for ten seconds. If the facepiece remains in its slightly collapsed condition and no inward leakage of air is detected, the tightness of the respirator is considered satisfactory. 9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble beard growth, beard, or long sideburns which cross the respirator sealing surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed. 10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory disease or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his duties. 11. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the successfully fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time during this period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different facepiece and to be retested. 12. The employer shall certify that a successful fit test has been administered to the employee. The certification shall include the following information: (a) Name of employee; (b) Type, brand and size of respirator; and (c) Date of test. Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart, or other recording of the results of the test, shall be retained with the certification. The certification shall be maintained until the next fit test is administered. 13. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test. 14. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the test environment, in the manner described below: (a) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without talking, the subject shall breathe normally. (b) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate. (c) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the subject can inhale at each side. (d) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling). (e) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 100, or recite a memorized poem or song. (f) Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning. (g) Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT units which prohibit bending at the waist. (h) Normal breathing. Same as exercise 1. Each test exercise shall be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall be performed for 15 seconds. The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has become uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried. B. Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols. 1. "General." (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator qualitative fit test program. (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests, and assure that test equipment is in proper working order. (c) The employer shall assure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed. 2. "Isoamyl Acetate Protocol." (a) Odor threshold screening. The odor threshold screening test, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine if the individual tested can detect the odor of isoamyl acetate. (1) Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required. (2) Odor free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at approximately 25 deg. C shall be used for the solutions. (3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) stock solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free water in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution shall be prepared at least weekly. (4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated but shall not be connected to the same recirculating ventilation system. (5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clean dropper or pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution shall be used for only one day. (6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor free water. (7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for jar identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of the test. (8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on the table in front of the two test jars (i.e., 1 and 2): "The purpose of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of these bottles also contains a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil." (9) The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject. (10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall not be performed. (11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection and fit testing. (b) Isoamyl acetate fit test. (1) The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 55-gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot diameter frame so that the top of the chamber is about 6 inches (15.24 cm) above the test subject's head. The inside top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached. (2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least weekly. (3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, the test subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This room shall be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination. (4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which the subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber. (5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 6-inch by 5-inch (15.24 X 12.7 cm) piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. The test subject shall hand the wet towel on the hook at the top of the chamber. (6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize before starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate time to talk with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the importance of his/her cooperation, and the purpose for the head exercises; or to demonstrate some of the exercises. (7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana like odor of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory fatigue. (8) If the test has failed, the subject shall return to the selection room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select and put on another respirator, return to the test chamber and again begin the procedure described in (1) through (7) above. The process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned by this time. (9) When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency shall be demonstrated for the subject by having the subject break the face seal and take a breath before existing the chamber. (10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the test. To keep the test area from becoming contaminated, the used towels shall be kept in a self sealing bag so there is no significant IAA concentration build-up in the test chamber during subsequent tests. 3. "Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol." The saccharin solution aerosol QLFT protocol is the only currently available, validated test protocol for use with particulate disposable dust respirators not equipped with high-efficiency filters. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test. (a) Taste threshold screening. The saccharin taste threshold screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of saccharin. (1) Threshold screening as well as fit testing subjects shall wear an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches (30.48 cm) in diameter by 14 inches (35.56 cm) tall with at least the front portion clear and that allows free movements of the head when a respirator is worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts number FT 14 and number FT 15 combined, is adequate. (2) The test enclosure shall have a 3/4-inch (1.905 cm) hole in front of the test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle. (3) The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the threshold screening test, the test subject shall breathe through his/her wide open mouth with tongue extended. (4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer the test conductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer. (5) The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium saccharin USP in 1 cc of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the fit test solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 cc of distilled water. (6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so that it collapses completely, then released and allowed to fully expand. (7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is asked whether the saccharin can be tasted. (8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted. (9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted. (10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to solicit a taste response. (11) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test. (12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test. (13) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body. (14) The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four hours. (b) Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure. (1) The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew gum for 15 minutes before the test. (2) The fit test uses the same enclosure described in (a) above. (3) The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the respirator selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be properly adjusted and equipped with a particulate filter(s). (4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer. (5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium saccharin to 100 cc of warm water. (6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth with tongue extended. (7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening test. (8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be instructed to perform the exercises in section I. A. 14 above. (9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using one half the number of squeezes as initially. (10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected. (11) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried. 4. "Irritant Fume Protocol." (a) The respirator to be tested shall be equipped with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters. (b) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar with its characteristic odor. (c) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach one end of the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters per minute. (d) Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the eyes and instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes closed while the test is performed. (e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from the smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/She shall begin at least 12 inches (30.48 cm) from the facepiece and gradually move to within one inch (2.54 cm), moving around the whole perimeter of the mask. (f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 14 above shall be performed by the test subject while the respirator seal is being challenged by the smoke. (g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a response shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same tube once the respirator has been removed to determine whether he/she reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test. (h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing area by the test agent. C. Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT) Protocol. 1. "General." (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit test program. (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are able to calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests, calculate fit factors properly and assure that test equipment is in proper working order. (c) The employer shall assure that QNFT equipment is kept clean and well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed. 2. "Definitions." (a) Quantitative fit test. The test is performed in a test chamber. The normal air-purifying element of the respirator is replaced by a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter in the case of particulate QNFT aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant penetration protection equivalent to high-efficiency filters where the QNFT test agent is a gas or vapor. (b) Challenge agent means the aerosol, gas or vapor introduced into a test chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the respirator may be measured. (c) Test subject means the person wearing the respirator for quantitative fit testing. (d) Normal standing position means standing erect and straight with arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead. (e) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determining test agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart recordings of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given exercise is taken to be representative of average penetration into the respirator for that exercise. (f) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining test agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart recorder, integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined by an average of the peak heights on the graph or by computer integration, for each exercise except the grimace exercise. Integrators or computers which calculate the actual test agent penetration into the respirator for each exercise will also be considered to meet the requirements of the average peak penetration method. (g) "Fit Factor" means the ratio of challenge agent concentration outside with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering (facepiece or enclosure). 3. "Apparatus." (a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement systems using corn oil or sodium chloride as test aerosols shall be used for quantitatives fit testing. (b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit all test subjects to perform freely all required exercises without disturbing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air, yet uniform in concentration throughout the chamber. (c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate filter supplied by the same manufacturer. (d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at fit factors of at least 2,000. Integrators or computers which integrate the amount of test agent penetration leakage into the respirator for each exercise may be used provided a record of the readings is made. (e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge agent and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber shall be such that the test subject is not exposed in excess of an established exposure limit for the challenge agent at any time during the testing process. (f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be placed and constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g. where the respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at all times and so that there is no interference with the fit or performance of the respirator. (g) The test chamber and test set up shall permit the person administering the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber during the test. (h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain the concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber constant to within a 10 percent variation for the duration of the test. (i) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the event on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a minimum. There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an event inside the test chamber and its being recorded. (j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same material. The length of the two lines shall be equal. (k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a high-efficiency filter before release. (l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent. (m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into account when determining the fit factor. (n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and inspected for deficiencies such as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, etc. 4. "Procedural Requirements." (a) When performing the initial positive or negative pressure test the sampling line shall be crimped closed in order to avoid air pressure leakage during either of these tests. (b) An abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume test may be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting respirators which passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and thus reduce the amount of QNFT time. When performing a screening isoamyl acetate test, combination high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be used. (c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be measured in the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower curtain type of test units the determination of the challenge agent stability may be established after the test subject has entered the test environment. (d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half mask or 1 percent for a full facepiece respirator. (e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the actual start of testing. (f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be overtightened for testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance from other persons to give a reasonable comfortable fit typical of normal use. (g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak penetration exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full facepiece respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested. If two of the three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be deemed inadequate. (h) In order to successfully complete a QNFT, three successful fit tests are required. The results of each of the three independent fit tests must exceed the minimum fit factor needed for the class of respirator (e.g. half mask respirator, full facepiece respirator). (i) Calculation of fit factors. (1) The fit factor shall be determined for the quantitative fit test by taking the ratio of the average chamber concentration to the concentration inside the respirator. (2) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the test. (3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator shall be determined by one of the following methods: (i) Average peak concentration. (ii) Maximum peak concentration. (iii) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual peak for each exercise. This includes computerized integration. (j) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by the quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three fit factor values calculated from the three required fit tests. (k) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask, or full facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at least 10 times the hazardous exposure level is obtained. (l) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced at least weekly, or whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily (when used) or sooner if there is any indication of breakthrough by a test agent. 1926.1129 Coke oven emissions. (a) "Scope and application." This section applies to the control of employee exposure to coke oven emissions, except that this section shall not apply to working conditions with regard to which other Federal agencies exercise statutory authority to prescribe or enforce standards affecting occupational safety and health. (b) "Definitions." For the purpose of this section: "Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (n) of this section. "Beehive oven" means a coke oven in which the products of carbonization other than coke are not recovered, but are released into the ambient air. "Coke oven" means a retort in which coke is produced by the destructive distillation or carbonization of coal. "Coke oven battery" means a structure containing a number of slot-type coke ovens. "Coke oven emissions" means the benzene-soluble fraction of total particulate matter present during the destructive distillation or carbonization of coal for the production of coke. "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or his or her designee. "Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure which is likely to, or does, result in any massive release of coke oven emissions. "Existing coke oven battery" means a battery in operation or under construction on January 20, 1977, and which is not a rehabilitated coke oven battery. "Rehabilitated coke oven battery" means a battery which is rebuilt, overhauled, renovated, or restored such as from the pad up, after January 20, 1977. "Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, or his or her designee. "Stage charging" means a procedure by which a predetermined volume of coal in each larry car hopper is introduced into an oven such that no more than two hoppers are discharging simultaneously. "Sequential charging" means a procedure, usually automatically timed, by which a predetermined volume of coal in each larry car hopper is introduced into an oven such that no more than two hoppers commence or finish discharging simultaneously although, at some point, all hoppers are discharging simultaneously. "Pipeline charging" means any apparatus used to introduce coal into an oven which uses a pipe or duct permanently mounted onto an oven and through which coal is charged. "Green plush" means coke which when removed from the oven results in emissions due to the presence of unvolatilized coal. (c) "Permissible exposure limit." The employer shall assure that no employee in the regulated area is exposed to coke oven emissions at concentrations greater than 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air (150 ug/m(3)), averaged over any 8-hour period. (d) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas and shall limit access to them to authorized persons. (2) The employer shall establish the following as regulated areas: (i) The coke oven battery including topside and its machinery, pushside and its machinery, coke side and its machinery, and the battery ends; the wharf; and the screening station; (ii) The beehive oven and its machinery. (e) "Exposure monitoring and measurement" - (1) "Monitoring program." (i) Each employer who has a place of employment where coke oven emissions are present shall monitor employees employed in the regulated area to measure their exposure to coke oven emissions. (ii) The employer shall obtain measurements which are representative of each employee's exposure to coke oven emissions over an eight-hour period. All measurements shall determine exposure without regard to the use of respiratory protection. (iii) The employer shall collect fullshift (for at least seven continuous hours) personal samples, including at least one sample during each shift for each battery and each job classification within the regulated areas including at least the following job classifications: (A) Lidman; (B) Tar chaser; (C) Larry car operator; (D) Luterman; (E) Machine operator, coke side; (F) Benchman, coke side; (G) Benchman, pusher side; (H) Heater; (I) Quenching car operator; (J) Pusher machine operator; (K) Screening station operator; (L) Wharfman; (M) Oven patchure; (N) Oven repairman; (O) Spellman; and (P) Maintenance personnel. (iv) The employer shall repeat the monitoring and measurements required by this paragraph (e)(1) at least every three months. (2) "Redetermination." Whenever there has been a production, process, or control change which may result in new or additional exposure to coke oven emissions, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect an increase in employee exposure, the employer shall repeat the monitoring and measurements required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section for those employees affected by such change or increase. (3) "Employee notification." (i) The employer shall notify each employee in writing of the exposure measurements which represent that employee's exposure within five working days after the receipt of the results of measurements required by paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section. (ii) Whenever such results indicate that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall, in such notification, inform each employee of that fact and of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit. (4) "Accuracy of measurement." The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of coke oven emissions greater than or equal to 150 ug/m(3). (f) "Methods of compliance." The employer shall control employee exposure to coke oven emissions by the use of engineering controls, work practices and respiratory protection as follows: (1) "Priority of compliance methods" - (i) Existing coke oven batteries. (A) The employer shall institute the engineering and work practice controls listed in paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section in existing coke oven batteries at the earliest possible time, but not later than January 20, 1980, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for institution of engineering and work practice controls, the requirement, effective August 27, 1971, to implement feasible administrative or engineering controls to reduce exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shall be considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (B) The engineering and work practice controls required under paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section are minimum requirements generally applicable to all existing coke oven batteries. If, after implementing all controls required by paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, or after January 20, 1980, whichever is sooner, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, employers shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. Whenever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (ii) "New or rehabilitated coke oven batteries." (A) The employer shall institute the best available engineering and work practice controls on all new or rehabilitated coke oven batteries to reduce and maintain employee exposures at or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (B) If, after implementing all the engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (iii) "Beehive ovens." (A) The employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls on all beehive ovens at the earliest possible time to reduce and maintain employee exposures at or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for institution of engineering and work practice controls, the requirement, effective August 27, 1971, to implement feasible administrative or engineering controls to reduce exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shall be considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (B) If, after implementing all engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall implement any other engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. Whenever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (2) "Engineering controls" - (i) "Charging." The employer shall equip and operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following engineering controls to control coke oven emissions during charging operations: (A) One of the following methods of charging: {1} Stage charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B) of this section; or {2} Sequential charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B) of this section except that paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B)(3)(iv) of this section does not apply to sequential charging; or {3} Pipeline charging or other forms of enclosed charging in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section, except that paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(B), (D), (E), (F) and (H) of this section do not apply; (B) Drafting from two or more points in the oven being charged, through the use of double collector mains, or a fixed or moveable jumper pipe system to another oven, to effectively remove the gases from the oven to the collector mains; (C) Aspiration systems designed and operated to provide sufficient negative pressure and flow volume to effectively move the gases evolved during charging into the collector mains, including sufficient steam pressure, and steam jets of sufficient diameter; (D) Mechanical volumetric controls on each larry car hopper to provide the proper amount of coal to be charged through each charging hole so that the tunnel head will be sufficient to permit the gases to move from the oven into the collector mains; (E) Devices to facilitate the rapid and continuous flow of coal into the oven being charged, such as stainless steel liners, coal vibrators or pneumatic shells; (F) Individually operated larry car drop sleeves and slide gates designed and maintained so that the gases are effectively removed from the oven into the collector mains; (G) Mechanized gooseneck and standpipe cleaners; (H) Air seals on the pusher machine leveler bars to control air infiltration during charging; and (I) Roof carbon cutters or a compressed air system or both on the pusher machine rams to remove roof carbon. (ii) "Coking." The employer shall equip and operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following engineering controls to control coke oven emissions during coking operations; (A) A pressure control system on each battery to obtain uniform collector main pressure; (B) Ready access to door repair facilities capable of prompt and efficient repair of doors, door sealing edges and all door parts; (C) An adequate number of spare doors available for replacement purposes; (D) Chuck door gaskets to control chuck door emissions until such door is repaired, or replaced; and (E) Heat shields on door machines. (3) "Work practice controls" - (i) "Charging." The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following work practices to control coke oven emissions during the charging operation: (A) Establishment and implementation of a detailed, written inspection and cleaning procedure for each battery consisting of at least the following elements: {1} Prompt and effective repair or replacement of all engineering controls; {2} Inspection and cleaning of goosenecks and standpipes prior to each charge to a specified minimum diameter sufficient to effectively move the evolved gases from the oven to the collector mains; {3} Inspection for roof carbon build-up prior to each charge and removal of roof carbon as necessary to provide an adequate gas channel so that the gases are effectively moved from the oven into the collector mains; {4} Inspection of the steam aspiration system prior to each charge so that sufficient pressure and volume is maintained to effectively move the gases from the oven to the collector mains; {5} Inspection of steam nozzles and liquor sprays prior to each charge and cleaning as necessary so that the steam nozzles and liquor sprays are clean; {6} Inspection of standpipe caps prior to each charge and cleaning and luting or both as necessary so that the gases are effectively moved from the oven to the collector mains; and {7} Inspection of charging holes and lids for cracks, warpage and other defects prior to each charge and removal of carbon to prevent emissions, and application of luting material to standpipe and charging hole lids where necessary to obtain a proper seal. (B) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging for each battery, consisting of at least the following elements: {1} Larry car hoppers filled with coal to a predetermined level in accordance with the mechanical volumetric controls required under paragraph (f)(2)(i)(D) of this section so as to maintain a sufficient gas passage in the oven to be charged; {2} The larry car aligned over the oven to be charged, so that the drop sleeves fit tightly over the charging holes; and {3} The oven charged in accordance with the following sequence of requirements: [i] The aspiration system turned on; [ii] Coal charged through the outermost hoppers, either individually or together depending on the capacity of the aspiration system to collect the gases involved; [iii] The charging holes used under paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B)(3)(ii) of this section relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions; [iv] If four hoppers are used, the third hopper discharged and relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions; [v] The final hopper discharged until the gas channel at the top of the oven is blocked and then the chuck door opened and the coal leveled; [vi] When the coal from the final hopper is discharged and the leveling operation complete, the charging hole relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions; and [vii] The aspiration system turned off only after the charging holes have been closed. (C) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging of each pipeline or enclosed charged battery. (ii) "Coking." The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure established and implemented for the control of coke oven emissions during coking, consisting of at least the following elements: (A) Checking oven back pressure controls to maintain uniform pressure conditions in the collecting main; (B) Repair, replacement and adjustment of oven doors and chuck doors and replacement of door jambs so as to provide a continuous metal-to-metal fit; (C) Cleaning of oven doors, chuck doors and door jambs each coking cycle so as to provide an effective seal; (D) An inspection system and corrective action program to control door emissions to the maximum extent possible; and (E) Luting of doors that are sealed by luting each coking cycle and reluting, replacing or adjusting as necessary to control leakage. (iii) "Pushing." The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries with the following work practices to control coke oven emissions during pushing operations: (A) Coke and coal spillage quenched as soon as practicable and not shoveled into a heated oven; and (B) A detailed written procedure for each battery established and implemented for the control of emissions during pushing consisting of the following elements: {1} Dampering off the ovens and removal of charging hole lids to effectively control coke oven emissions during the push; {2} Heating of the coal charge uniformly for a sufficient period so as to obtain proper coking including preventing green pushes; {3} Prevention of green pushes to the maximum extent possible; {4} Inspection, adjustment and correction of heating flue temperatures and defective flues at least weekly and after any green push, so as to prevent green pushes; {5} Cleaning of heating flues and related equipment to prevent green pushes, at least weekly and after any green push. (iv) "Maintenance and repair." The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure of maintenance and repair established and implemented for the effective control of coke oven emissions consisting of the following elements: (A) Regular inspection of all controls, including goosenecks, standpipes, standpipe caps, charging hold lids and castings, jumper pipes and air seals for cracks, misalignment or other defects and prompt implementation of the necessary repairs as soon as possible; (B) Maintaining the regulated area in a neat, orderly condition free of coal and coke spillage and debris; (C) Regular inspection of the damper system, aspiration system and collector main for cracks or leakage, and prompt implementation of the necessary repairs; (D) Regular inspection of the heating system and prompt implementation of the necessary repairs; (E) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions; (F) Regular inspection and patching of oven brickwork; (G) Maintenance of battery equipment and controls in good working order; (H) Maintenance and repair of coke oven doors, chuck doors, door jambs and seals; and (I) Repairs instituted and completed as soon as possible, including temporary repair measures instituted and completed where necessary, including but not limited to: {1} Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions; and {2} Chuck door gaskets, which shall be installed prior to the start of the next coking cycle. (4) "Filtered air." (i) The employer shall provided positive-pressure, temperature controlled filtered air for larry car, pusher machine, door machine, and quench car cabs. (ii) The employer shall provide standby pulpits on the battery topside, at the wharf, and at their screening station, equipped with positive-pressure, temperature controlled filtered air. (5) "Emergencies." Whenever an emergency occurs, the next coking cycle may not begin until the cause of the emergency is determined and corrected, unless the employer can establish that it is necessary to initiate the next coking cycle in order to determine the cause of the emergency. (6) "Compliance program." (i) Each employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce exposures solely by means of the engineering and work practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this section. (ii) The written program shall include at least the following: (A) A description of each coke oven operation by battery, including work force and operating crew, coking time, operating procedures and maintenance practices; (B) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the controls for the coke battery; (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limit; (D) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section; (E) A detailed schedule for the implementation of the engineering and work practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this section; and (F) Other relevant information. (iii) If, after implementing all controls required by paragraph (f)(2) - (f)(4) of this section, or after January 20, 1980, whichever is sooner, or after completion of a new or rehabilitated battery the permissible exposure limit is still exceeded, the employer shall develop a detailed written program and schedule for the implementation of any additional engineering controls and work practices necessary to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit. (iv) Written plans for such programs shall be submitted, upon request, to the Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Secretary, the Director, and the authorized employee representative. The plans required under paragraph (f)(6) of this section shall be revised and updated at least every six months to reflect the current status of the program. (7) "Training in compliance procedures." The employer shall incorporate all written procedures and schedules required under this paragraph (f) in the information and training program required under paragraph (k) of this section and, where appropriate, post in the regulated area. (g) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." (i) Where respiratory protection is required under this section, the employer shall provide and assure the use of respirators which comply with the requirements of this paragraph (g). Compliance with the permissible exposure limit may not be achieved by the use of respirators except: (A) During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls; or (B) In work operations such as maintenance and repair activity in which engineering and work practice controls are technologically not feasible; or (C) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit; or (D) In emergencies. (ii) Notwithstanding any other requirement of this section, until January 20, 1978, the wearing of respirators shall be at the discretion of each employee where the employee is not in the vicinity of visible emissions. (2) "Selection." (i) Where respirators are required under this section, the employer shall select, provide and assure the use of the appropriate respirator or combination of respirators from Table I below. TABLE I. - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR COKE OVEN EMISSIONS
Airborne concentration of coke oven emissions |
Required respirator |
(a) Any concentration. | (1) A Type C supplied air respirator operated in pressure demand or other positive pressure or continuous flow mode; or (2) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator for dust and mist or (3) A powered air-purifying particulate filter respirator or combination chemical cartridge and particulate filter respirator for coke oven emissions |
(b) Concentrations not greaterthan 1500 ug/m(3). | (1) Any particulate filter respirator for dust and mist except single-use respirator; or (2) Any particulate filter respirator or combination chemical cartridge and particulate filter respirator for coke oven emissions; or (3) Any respirator listed in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(a) of thissection |
(ii) Not later than January 20, 1978, whenever respirators are required by this section for concentrations not greater than 1500 ug/m(3), the employer shall provide, at the option of each affected employee, either a particulate filter respirator as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(B) of this section, or a powered air-purifying respirator as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section. (iii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for protection against dust and mist by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11, except that not later than January 20, 1979, the employer shall select respirators from among those approved by NIOSH for protection against coke oven emissions. (3) "Respirator program." The employer shall institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with 1926.103 of this part. (4) "Respirator usage." (i) The employer shall assure that the respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly. (ii) The employer shall allow each employee who uses a filter respirator to change the filter elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose. (iii) The employer shall allow employees who wear respirators to wash their face and respirator facepiece to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use. (h) "Protective clothing and equipment" - (1) "Provision and use." The employer shall provide and assure the use of appropriate protective clothing and equipment, such as but not limited to: {i} Flame resistant jacket and pants; {ii} Flame resistant gloves; {iii} Face shields or vented goggles which comply with 1926.102(a)(6) of this part; {iv} Footwear providing insulation from hot surfaces for footwear; {v} Safety shoes which comply with 1926.96 of this title; and {vi} Protective helmets which comply with 1926.100 of this part. (2) "Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly. (ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section. (iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness. (iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms prescribed in paragraph (i)(1) of this section. (v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closable container in the change room. (vi) The employer shall inform any person who cleans or launders protective clothing required by this section, of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to coke oven emissions. (i) "Hygiene facilities and practices" - (1) "Change rooms." The employer shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment whenever employees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section. (2) "Showers." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area shower at the end of the work shift. (ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4) of this part. (3) "Lunchrooms." The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which are readily accessible to employees working in the regulated area. (4) "Lavatories." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area wash their hands and face prior to eating. (ii) The employer shall provide lavatory facilities in accordance with 1926.51(f) (2) and (3) of this part. (5) "Prohibition of activities in the regulated area." (i) The employer shall assure that in the regulated area, food or beverages are not present or consumed, smoking products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except that these activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers required under paragraphs (i)(1) - (i)(3) of this section. (ii) Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area. (j) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General requirements." (i) Each employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are employed in a regulated area at least 30 days per year. (ii) This program shall provide each employee covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section with an opportunity for medical examinations in accordance with this paragraph (j). (iii) The employer shall inform any employee who refuses any required medical examination of the possible health consequences of such refusal and shall obtain a signed statement from the employee indicating that the employee understands the risk involved in the refusal to be examined. (iv) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided without cost to the employee. (2) "Initial examinations." At the time of initial assignment to a regulated area or upon the institution of the medical surveillance program, the employer shall provide a medical examination for employees covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section including at least the following elements: (i) A work history and medical history which shall include smoking history and the presence and degree of respiratory symptoms, such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production, and wheezing; (ii) A 14" x 17" (35.56 - 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest x-ray and International Labour Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating; (iii) Pulmonary function tests including forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV 1.0) with recording of type of equipment used; (iv) Weight; (v) A skin examination; (vi) Urinalysis for sugar, albumin, and hematuria; (vii) A sputum cytology examination; and (viii) A urinary cytology examination. (3) "Periodic examinations." (i) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i) - (vi) of this section at least annually for employees covered under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section. (ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i) - (viii) of this section at least semi-annually for employees 45 years of age or older or with five (5) or more years employment in the regulated area. (iii) Whenever an employee who is 45 years of age or older or with five (5) or more years employment in the regulated area transfers or is transferred from employment in a regulated area, the employer shall continue to provide the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i) - (viii) of this section semi-annually, as long as that employee is employed by the same employer or a successor employer. (iv) Whenever an employee has not taken the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(3) (i) - (iii) of this section with the six (6) months preceding the termination of employment the employer shall provide such examinations to the employee upon termination of employment. (4) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician: (i) A copy of this regulation and its Appendixes; (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure; (iii) The employee's exposure level or estimated exposure level; (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee which is not readily available to the examining physician. (5) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include: (A) The results of the medical examinations; (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to coke oven emissions; (C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to coke oven emissions or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure. (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the affected employee. (k) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) The employer shall institute a training program for employees who are employed in the regulated area and shall assure their participation. (ii) The training program shall be provided as of January 27, 1977 for employees who are employed in the regulated area at that time or at the time of initial assignment to a regulated area. (iii) The training program shall be provided at least annually for all employees who are employed in the regulated area, except that training regarding the occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure to coke oven emissions and the purpose, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices shall be provided at least quarterly until January 20, 1978. (iv) The training program shall include informing each employee of: (A) The information contained in the substance information sheet for coke oven emissions (Appendix A); (B) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective devices required in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section; (C) The purpose for and a description of the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (j) of this section including information on the occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure to coke oven emissions; (D) A review of all written procedures and schedules required under paragraph (f) of this section; and (E) A review of this standard. (2) "Access to training materials." (i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendixes readily available to all employees who are employed in the regulated area. (ii) The employer shall provide upon request all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Secretary and the Director. (l) "Precautionary signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph. (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the effects of the required sign. (iii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible. (2) "Signs."(i) The employer shall post signs in the regulated area bearing the legends: DANGER CANCER HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY NO SMOKING OR EATING (ii) In addition, not later than January 20, 1978, the employer shall post signs in the areas where the permissible exposure limit is exceeded bearing the legend: DANGER RESPIRATOR REQUIRED (3) "Labels." The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all containers of protective clothing contaminated with coke oven emissions bearing the legend: CAUTION CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH COKE EMISSIONS DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING (m) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure measurements." The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to coke oven emissions required in paragraph (e) of this section. (i) This record shall include: (A) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employees monitored; (B) The date(s), number, duration and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure where applicable; (C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; (D) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy; and (E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of employee exposure. (ii) The employer shall maintain this record for at lest 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. (2) "Medical surveillance." The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (j) of this section. (i) The record shall include: (A) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the employee; (B) A copy of the physician's written opinion; (C) The signed statement of any refusal to take a medical examination under paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section; and (D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to coke oven emissions. (ii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following medical records: (A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history required under paragraph (j)(2) of this section; (B) A description of the laboratory procedures used and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results; (C) The initial x-ray; (D) The x-rays for the most recent five (5) years; (E) Any x-ray with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent x-rays; (F) The initial cytologic examination slide and written description; (G) The cytologic examination slide and written description for the most recent 10 years; and (H) Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated atypia, if such atypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written descriptions. (iii) The employer shall maintain medical records required under paragraph (m)(2) of this section for at least 40 years, or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. (3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section to the Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. (ii) Employee exposure measurement records and employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.34 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i). (4) "Transfer of records." (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section. (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director. (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained under paragraphs (m)(1) and (m)(2) of this section, the employer shall transmit these records by registered mail to the Director or shall continue to retain such records. (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.34(h). (n) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer shall provide affected employees or their representatives an opportunity to observe any measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to coke oven emissions conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. (2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to coke oven emissions requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such equipment and shall require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (ii) Without interfering with the measurement, observers shall be entitled to: (A) An Explanation of the measurement procedures; (B) Observe all steps related to the measurement of coke oven emissions performed at the place of exposure; and (C) Record the results obtained. (o) "Effective date." This standard shall become effective January 20, 1977. (p) "Appendices." The information contained in the appendixes to this section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0128) Appendix A to 1926.1129 - Coke Oven Emissions Substance Information Sheet I. "Substance Identification" A. "Substance:" Coke Oven Emissions B. "Definition:" The benzene-soluble fraction of total particulate matter present during the destructive distillation or carbonization of coal for the production of coke. C. "Permissible Exposure Limit:" 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air determined as an average over an 8-hour period. D. "Regulated areas:" Only employees authorized by your employer should enter a regulated area. The employer is required to designate the following areas as regulated areas: the coke oven battery, including topside and its machinery, pushside and its machinery, cokeside and its machinery, and the battery ends; the screening station; and the wharf; and the beehive ovens and their machinery. II. "Health hazard data" Exposure to coke oven emissions is a cause of lung cancer, and kidney cancer, in humans. Although there have not been an excess number of skin cancer cases in humans, repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions should be avoided. III. "Protective clothing and equipment" A. "Respirators:" Respirators will be provided by your employer for routine use if your employer is in the process of implementing engineering and work practice controls or where engineering and work practice controls are not feasible or insufficient to reduce exposure to or below the PEL. You must wear respirators for non-routine activities or in emergency situations where you are likely to be exposed to levels of coke oven emissions in excess of the permissible exposure limit. Until January 20, 1978, the routine wearing of respirators is voluntary. Until that date, if you choose not to wear a respirator you do not have to do so. You must still have your respirator with you and you must still wear it if you are near visible emissions. Since how well your respirator fits your face is very important, your employer is required to conduct fit tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you during your training sessions. B. "Protective clothing:" Your employer is required to provide, and you must wear, appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment to protect your body from repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions and from the heat generated during the coking process. This clothing should include such items as jacket and pants and flame resistant gloves. Protective equipment should include face shield or vented goggles, protective helmets and safety shoes, insulated from hot surfaces where appropriate. IV. "Hygiene facilities and practices" You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. Your employer is required to provide lunchrooms and other areas for these purposes. Your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your face, and hands before eating. You must shower at the end of the work shift. Do not take used protective clothing out of the change rooms without your employer's permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning of your protective clothing. V. "Signs and labels" Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn that a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may enter the area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed. In regulated areas where coke oven emissions are above the permissible exposure limit, the signs should also warn that respirators must be worn. VI. "Medical examinations" If you work in a regulated area at least 30 days per year, your employer is required to provide you with a medical examination every year. The medical examination must include a medical history, a chest x-ray; pulmonary function test; weight comparison; skin examination; a urinalysis and a urine and sputum cytology exam for the early detection of urinary or lung cancer. The cytology exams are only included in the initial exam until you are either 45 years or older or have 5 or more years employment in the regulated areas when the medical exams including these tests are to be given every sixth months. The examining physician will provide a written opinion to your employer containing the results of the medical exams. You should also receive a copy of this opinion. VII. "Observation of monitoring" Your employer is required to monitor your exposure to coke oven emissions and you are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement procedure, observe the steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you must also be provided with and must wear the protective clothing and equipment. VIII. "Access to records" You or your representative are entitled to records of your exposure to coke oven emissions upon request to your employer. Your medical examination records can be furnished to your physician upon request to your employer. IX. "Training and education" Additional information on all of these items plus training as to hazards of coke oven emissions and the engineering and work practice controls associated with your job will also be provided by your employer. Appendix B to 1926.1129 - Industrial Hygiene and Medical Surveillance Guidelines I. "Industrial Hygiene guidelines" A. "Sampling" (Benzene-Soluble Fraction Total Particulate Matter). Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples. Sampling should be done using a personal sampling pump with pulsation damper at a flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples should be collected on 0.8 micrometer pore size silver membrane filters (37 mm diameter) preceded by Gelman glass fiber type A-E filters encased in three-piece plastic (polystyrene) field monitor cassettes. The cassette face cap should be on and the plug removed. The rotameter should be checked every hour to ensure that proper flow rates are maintained. A minimum of three full-shift samples should be collected for each job classification on each battery, at least one from each shift. If disparate results are obtained for particular job classification, sampling should be repeated. It is advisable to sample each shift on more than one day to account for environmental variables (wind, precipitation, etc.) which may affect sampling. Differences in exposures among different work shifts may indicate a need to improve work practices on a particular shift. Sampling results from different shifts for each job classification should not be averaged. Multiple samples from same shift on each battery may be used to calculate an average exposure for a particular job classification. B. "Analysis." 1. All extraction glassware is cleaned with dichromic acid cleaning solution, rinsed with tap water, then dionized water, acetone, and allowed to dry completely. The glassware is rinsed with nanograde benzene before use. The Teflon cups are cleaned with benzene then with acetone. 2. Pre-weigh the 2 ml Teflon cups to one hundredth of a milligram (0.01 mg) on a autobalance AD 2 Tare weight of the cups is about 50 mg. 3. Place the silver membrane filter and glass fiber filter into a 15 ml test tube. 4. Extract with 5 ml of benzene for five minutes in an ultrasonic cleaner. 5. Filter the extract in 15 ml medium glass fritted funnels. 6. Rinse test tube and filters with two 1.5 ml aliquots of benzene and filter through the fritted glass funnel. 7. Collect the extract and two rinses in a 10 ml Kontes graduated evaporative concentrator. 8. Evaporate down to 1 ml while rinsing the sides with benzene. 9. Pipet 0.5 ml into the Teflon cup and evaporate to dryness in a vacuum oven at 40 deg. C for 3 hours. 10. Weigh the Teflon cup and the weight gain is due to the benzene soluble residue in half the Sample. II. "Medical surveillance guidelines" A. "General." The minimum requirements for the medical examination for coke oven workers are given in paragraph (j) of the standard. The initial examination is to be provided to all coke oven workers who work at least 30 days in the regulated area. The examination includes at 14" X 17" (35.56 - 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest x-ray and a ILO/UC rating to assure some standardization of x-ray reading, pulmonary function tests (FVC and FEV 1.0), weight, urinalysis, skin examination and a sputum and urinary cytologic examination. These tests need serve as the baseline for comparing the employee's future test results. Periodic exams include all the elements of the initial exams except that the cytologic tests are to be performed only on those employees who are 45 years of age or older or who have worked for 5 or more years in the regulated area; periodic exams are to be performed semiannually for this group instead of annually. The examination contents are minimum requirements, additional tests such as lateral and oblique x-rays or additional pulmonary function tests may be performed if deemed necessary. B. "Pulmonary function tests." Pulmonary function tests should be performed in a manner which minimizes subject and operator bias. There has been shown to be learning effects with regard to the results obtained from certain tests, such as FEV 1.0. Best results can be obtained by multiple trials for each subject. The best of three trials or the average of the last three of five trials may be used in obtaining reliable results. The type of equipment used (manufacturer, model, etc.) should be recorded with the results as reliability and accuracy varies and such information may be important in the evaluation of test results. Care should be exercised to obtain the best possible testing equipment. C. "Sputum cytology." Sputum can be collected by aerosol inhalation during the medical exam or by spontaneous early morning cough at home. Sputum is induced by transoral inhalation of an aerosolized solution of eight percent (8 percent) sodium chloride in water. After inhaling as few as three to five breaths the subject usually yields an adequate sputum specimen. A minimum of three samples should be collected by the subject at home. All sputum should be collected directly into sixty percent (60 percent) alcohol. Scientific evidence suggests that chest x-rays and sputum cytology should be used together as screening tests for lung cancer in high risk populations, such as coke oven workers. The tests are to be performed every six months on workers who are 45 years of age or older or have worked in the regulated area for 5 or more years. Since the tests seem to be complementary, it may be advantageous to alternate the test procedures. For instance, chest x-rays could be obtained in June and December and sputum cytologys could be obtained in March and September. Facilities for providing necessary diagnostic investigation should be readily available as well as chest physicians, surgeons, radiologists, pathologists and immunotherapists to provide any necessary treatment services. 1926.1144 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to occupational exposure to 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP). (2) This section does not apply to: (i) Exposure to DBCP which results solely from the application and use of DBCP as a pesticide; or (ii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of DBCP in intact containers sealed in such a manner as to prevent exposure to DBCP vapors or liquid, except for the requirements of paragraphs (i), (n) and (o) of this section. (b) "Definitions." "Authorized person" means any person required by his duties to be present in regulated areas and authorized to do so by his employer, by this section, or by the Act. Authorized person also includes any person entering such areas as a designated representative of employees exercising an opportunity to observe employee exposure monitoring. "DBCP" means 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 96-12-8, and includes all forms of DBCP. "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee. "Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may, or does, result in an unexpected release of DBCP. "OSHA Area Office" means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where the affected workplace is located. "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. (c) "Permissible exposure limit" - (1) "Inhalation." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of DBCP in excess of 1 part DBCP per billion parts of air (ppb) as an 8-hour time-weighted average. (2) "Dermal and eye exposure." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to eye or skin contact with DBCP. (d) "Notification of use." Within ten (10) days following the introduction of DBCP into the workplace, every employer who has a workplace where DBCP is present, shall report the following information to the nearest OSHA Area Office for each such workplace; (1) The address and location of the workplace: (2) A brief description of each process or operation which may result in employee exposure to DBCP; (3) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation who may be exposed to DBCP and an estimate of the frequency and degree of exposure that occurs; and (4) A brief description of the employer's safety and health program as it relates to limitation of employee exposure to DBCP. (e) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish, within each place of employment, regulated areas wherever DBCP concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure limit. (2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized persons. (f) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of airborne exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative of each employee's exposure to DBCP over an 8-hour period. (ii) For the purposes of this paragraph, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator. (2) "Initial." Each employer who has a place of employment in which DBCP is present, shall monitor each workplace and work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentrations of DBCP to which employees may be exposed. (3) "Frequency." (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposures to be below the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat these measurements at least quarterly. (ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposures to be in excess of the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat these measurements for each such employee at least monthly. The employer shall continue monthly monitoring until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the permissible exposure limit. Thereafter the employer shall monitor at least quarterly. (4) "Additional." Whenever there has been a production, process, control, or personnel change which may result in any new or additional exposure to DBCP, or whenever the employer has any reason to suspect new or additional exposures to DBCP, the employer shall monitor the employees potentially affected by such change for the purpose of redetermining their exposure. (5) "Employee notification." (i) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of the measurements which represent the employee's exposure. (ii) Whenever the results indicate that employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a description of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit. (6) "Accuracy of measurement." The employer shall use a method of measurement which has an accuracy, to a confidence level of 95 percent, of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of DBCP at or above the permissible exposure limit. (g) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Priority of compliance methods." The employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to DBCP at or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer establishes that such controls are not feasible. Where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to within the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls, and shall supplement them by use of respiratory protection. (2) "Compliance program." (i) The employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employee exposures to DBCP to or below the permissible exposure limit solely by means of engineering and work practice controls as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section. (ii) The written program shall include a detailed schedule for development and implementation of the engineering and work practice controls. These plans shall be revised at least every six months to reflect the current status of the program. (iii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, and any affected employee or designated representative of employees. (iv) The employer shall institute and maintain at least the controls described in his most recent written compliance program. (h) "Respirators" - (1) "General." Where respiratory protection is required under this section, the employer shall select, provide and assure the proper use of respirators. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances: {i} During the period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls; or {ii} During maintenance and repair activities in which engineering and work practice controls are not feasible; or {iii} In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit; or {iv} In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." {i} Where respirators are required under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator from Table 1 below and shall assure that the employee uses the respirator provided. {ii} The employer shall select respirators from among those approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11. TABLE 1 - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR DBCP
Airborne concentration of DBCP or condition of use |
Respirator type |
(a) Less than or equal to 10 ppb. | (1) Any supplied-air respirator; or (2) any self-contained breathing apparatus |
(b) Less than or equal to 50 ppb. | (1) Any supplied-air respirator with full facepiece, helmet, or hood; or (2) any self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece |
(c) Less than or equal to 1,000 ppb. | (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure or continuous flow mode |
(d) Less than or equal to 2,000 ppb. | (1) A Type C supplied-air respirator with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure mode, or with full facepiece, helmet, or hood operated in continuous flow mode |
(e) Greater than 2,000 ppb or entry and escape from unknown concentrations. | (1) A combination respirator which includes a Type C supplied-air respirator with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure or continuous flow mode and an auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus operated in pressure-demand or positive pressure mode; or (2) a self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure mode |
(f) Firefighting | (1) A self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in pressure-demand or other positive pressure mode |
(3) "Respirator program." {i} The employer shall institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103 (e), (g), (h), and (i). {ii} Employees who wear respirators shall be allowed to wash their faces and respirator facepieces as needed to prevent potential skin irritation associated with respirator use. (i) "Emergency situations" - (1) "Written plans." (i) A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace in which DBCP is present. (ii) Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency. (2) Employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped as required in paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section until the emergency is abated. (3) "Evacuation." Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be removed and restricted from the area and normal operations in the affected area shall not be resumed until the emergency is abated. (4) "Alerting employees." Where there is a possibility of employee exposure to DBCP due to the occurrence of an emergency, a general alarm shall be installed and maintained to promptly alert employees of such occurrences. (5) "Medical surveillance." For any employee exposed to DBCP in an emergency situation, the employer shall provide medical surveillance in accordance with paragraph (m)(6) of this section. (6) "Exposure monitoring." (i) Following an emergency, the employer shall conduct monitoring which complies with paragraph (f) of this section. (ii) In workplaces not normally subject to periodic monitoring, the employer may terminate monitoring when two consecutive measurements indicate exposures below the permissible exposure limit. (j) "Protective clothing and equipments" - (1) "Provision and use." Where there is any possibility of eye or dermal contact with liquid or solid DBCP, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, and assure that the employee wears impermeable protective clothing and equipment to protect the area of the body which may come in contact with DBCP. Eye and face protection shall meet the requirements of 1926.102 of this part. (2) "Removal and storage." (i) The employer shall assure that employees remove DBCP contaminated work clothing only in change rooms provided in accordance with paragraph (l) (1) of this section. (ii) The employer shall assure that employees promptly remove any protective clothing and equipment which becomes contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids and solids. This clothing shall not be reworn until the DBCP has been removed from the clothing or equipment. (iii) The employer shall assure that no employee takes DBCP contaminated protective devices and work clothing out of the change room, except those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, of disposal. (iv) DBCP-contaminated protective devices and work clothing shall be placed and stored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the DBCP outside the container. (v) Containers of DBCP contaminated protective devices or work clothing which are to be taken out of change rooms or the workplace for cleaning, maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with paragraph (o)(3) of this section. (3) "Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall clean, launder, repair, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this paragraph to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall provide clean protective clothing and equipment at least daily to each affected employee. (ii) The employer shall inform any person who launders or clean DBCP-contaminated protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to DBCP. (iii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of DBCP from protective clothing and equipment by blowing or shaking. (k) "Housekeeping" - (1) "Surfaces." (i) All workplace surfaces shall be maintained free of visible accumulations of DBCP. (ii) Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air for the cleaning of floors and other surfaces is prohibited where DBCP dusts or liquids are present. (iii) Where vacuuming methods are selected to clean floors and other surfaces, either portable units or a permanent system may be used. (A) If a portable unit is selected, the exhaust shall be attached to the general workplace exhaust ventilation system or collected within the vacuum unit, equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of contaminant removal, so that DBCP is not reintroduced into the workplace air; and (B) Portable vacuum units used to collect DBCP may not be used for other cleaning purposes and shall be labeled as prescribed by paragraph (o)(3) of this section. (iv) Cleaning of floors and other surfaces contaminated with DBCP-containing dusts shall not be performed by washing down with a hose, unless a fine spray has first been laid down. (2) "Liquids." Where DBCP is present in a liquid form, or as a resultant vapor, all containers or vessels containing DBCP shall be enclosed to the maximum extent feasible and tightly covered when not in use. (3) "Waste disposal." DBCP waste scrap, debris, containers or equipment, shall be disposed of in sealed bags or other closed containers which prevent dispersion of DBCP outside the container. (l) "Hygiene facilities and practices "- (1) "Change rooms." The employer shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment whenever employees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in accordance with paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section. (2) "Showers." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area shower at the end of the work shift. (ii) The employer shall assure that employees whose skin becomes contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids or solids immediately wash or shower to remove any DBCP from the skin. (iii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.51(f)(4). (3) "Lunchrooms." The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which are readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas. (4) "Lavatories." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area remove protective clothing and wash their hands and face prior to eating. (ii) The employer shall provide a sufficient number of lavatory facilities which comply with 29 CFR 1926.51(f) (2) and (3). (5) "Prohibition of activities in regulated areas." The employer shall assure that, in regulated areas, food or beverages are not present or consumed, smoking products and implements are not present or used, and cosmetics are not present or applied. (m) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." (i) The employer shall make available a medical surveillance program for employees who work in regulated areas and employees who are subjected to DBCP exposures in an emergency situation. (ii) All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee. (2) "Frequency and content." At the time of initial assignment, and annually thereafter, the employer shall provide a medical examination for employees who work in regulated areas, which includes at least the following: (i) A medical and occupational history including reproductive history. (ii) A physical examination, including examination of the genito-urinary tract, testicle size and body habitus, including a determination of sperm count. (iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and the following determinations made by radioimmunoassay techniques utilizing National Institutes of Health (NIH) specific antigen or one of equivalent sensitivity: (A) Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH); (B) Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and (C) Serum total estrogen (females). (iv) Any other tests deemed appropriate by the examining physician. (3) "Additional examinations." If the employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms commonly associated with exposure to DBCP, the employer shall provide the employee with a medical examination which shall include those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician. (4) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician: (i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices; (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure; (iii) The level of DBCP to which the employee is exposed; and (iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used. (5) "Physician's written opinion." (i) For each examination under this section, the employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include: (A) The results of the medical tests performed; (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition which would place the employee at an increased risk of material impairment of health from exposure to DBCP; and (C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to DBCP or upon the use of protective clothing and equipment such as respirators. (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure. (6) "Emergency situations." If the employee is exposed to DBCP in an emergency situation, the employer shall provide the employee with a sperm count test as soon as practicable, or, if the employee has been vasectionized or is unable to produce a semen specimen, the hormone tests contained in paragraph (m)(2)(iii) of this section. The employer shall provide these same tests three months later. (n) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) The employer shall institute a training program for all employees who may be exposed to DBCP and shall assure their participation in such training program. (ii) The employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following: (A) The information contained in Appendix A; (B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release or storage of DBCP and the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to DBCP as well as any necessary protective steps; (C) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators; (D) The purpose and description of the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (m) of this section; and (E) A review of this standard, including appendices. (2) "Access to training materials." (i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendices readily available to all affected employees. (ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (o) "Signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in addition to or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph. (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the required sign or label. (2) "Signs." (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all regulated areas. These signs shall bear the legend: DANGER 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (Insert appropriate trade or common names) CANCER HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATOR REQUIRED (3) "Labels." (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of DBCP and of products containing DBCP in the workplace, and that the labels remain affixed when the DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, distributed, or otherwise leave the employer's workplace. Where DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, distributed or otherwise leave the employer's workplace bearing appropriate labels required by EPA under the regulations in 40 CFR Part 162, the labels required by this paragraph need not be affixed. (ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels required by this paragraph are readily visible and legible. The labels shall bear the following legend: DANGER 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane CANCER HAZARD (p) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure monitoring." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (f) of this section. (ii) This record shall include: (A) The dates, number, duration and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure; (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used; (C) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and (D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years or the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. (2) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required by paragraph (m) of this section. (ii) This record shall include: (A) The name and social security number of the employee; (B) A copy of the physician's written opinion; (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to DBCP; (D) A copy of the information provided the physician as required by paragraphs (m)(4)(ii) through (m)(4)(iv) of this section; and (E) A copy of the employee's medical and work history. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years or the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. (3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall assure that all records required to be maintained by this section be made available upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. (ii) Employee exposure monitoring records and employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i). (4) "Transfer of records." (i) If the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by paragraph (p) of this section for the prescribed period. (ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall transmit these records by mail to the Director. (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained under paragraph (p) of this section, the employer shall transmit these records by mail to the Director. (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h). (q) "Observation of monitoring - (1) "Employee observation." The employer shall provide affected employees, or their designated representatives, with an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to DBCP required by this section. (2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to DBCP requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing or equipment required to be worn by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment, and require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring or measurement, observers shall be entitled to: (A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures; (B) Observe all steps related to the measurement of airborne concentrations of DBCP performed at the place of exposure; and (C) Record the results obtained. (r) "Appendices." The information contained in the appendices is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0101) Appendix A to 1926.1144 - Substance Safety Data Sheet For DBCP I. "Substance identification" A. Synonyms and trades names: DBCP; Dibromochloropropane; Fumazone (Dow Chemical Company TM); Nemafume; Nemagon (Shell Chemical Co. TM); Nemaset; BBC 12; and OS 1879. B. Permissible exposure: 1. "Airborne." 1 part DBCP vapor per billion parts of air (1 ppb); time-weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday. 2. "Dermal." Eye contact and skin contact with DBCP are prohibited. C. Appearance and odor: Technical grade DBCP is a dense yellow or amber liquid with a pungent odor. It may also appear in granular form, or blended in varying concentrations with other liquids. D. Uses: DBCP is used to control nematodes, very small worm-like plant parasites, on crops including cotton, soybeans, fruits, nuts, vegetables and ornamentals. II. "Health hazard data" A. Routes of entry: Employees may be exposed: 1. Through inhalation (breathing); 2. Through ingestion (swallowing); 3. Skin contact; and 4. Eye contact. B. Effects of exposure: 1. "Acute exposure." DBCP may cause drowsiness, irritation of the eyes, nose, throat and skin, nausea and vomiting. In addition, overexposure may cause damage to the lungs, liver or kidneys. 2. "Chronic exposure." Prolonged or repeated exposure to DBCP has been shown to cause sterility in humans. It also has been shown to produce cancer and sterility in laboratory animals and has been determined to constitute an increased risk of cancer in man. 3. "Reporting Signs and Symptoms." If you develop any of the above signs or symptoms that you think are caused by exposure to DBCP, you should inform your employer. III. "Emergency first aid procedures" A. "Eye exposure." If DBCP liquid or dust containing DBCP gets into your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower and upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with DBCP. B. "Skin exposure." If DBCP liquids or dusts containing DBCP get on your skin, immediately wash using soap or mild detergent and water. If DBCP liquids or dusts containing DBCP penetrate through your clothing, remove the clothing immediately and wash. If irritation is present after washing get medical attention. C. "Breathing." If you or any person breathe in large amounts of DBCP, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. Do not use mouth-to-mouth. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible. D. "Swallowing." When DBCP has been swallowed and the person is conscious, give the person large amounts of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him touch the back of his throat with his finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately. E. "Rescue." Notify someone. Put into effect the established emergency rescue procedures. Know the locations of the emergency rescue equipment before the need arises. IV. "Respirators and protective clothing" A. "Respirators." You may be required to wear a respirator in emergencies and while your employer is in the process of reducing DBCP exposures through engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they must have a National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) approval label (Older respirators may have a Bureau of Mines Approval label). For effective protection, a respirator must fit your face and head snugly. The respirator should not be loosened or removed in work situations where its use is required. DBCP does not have a detectable odor except at 1,000 times or more above the permissible exposure limit. If you can smell DBCP while wearing a respirator, the respirator is not working correctly; go immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer. B. "Protective clothing." When working with DBCP you must wear for your protection impermeable work clothing provided by your employer. (Standard rubber and neoprene protective clothing do not offer adequate protection). DBCP must never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes must not be allowed to become contaminated with DBCP, and if they do, they must be promptly removed and not worn again until completely free of DBCP. Turn in impermeable clothing that has developed leaks for repair or replacement. C. "Eye protection." You must wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility of DBCP liquid or dust contacting your eyes. V. "Precautions for safe use, handling, and storage" A. DBCP must be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area. B. If your work clothing may have become contaminated with DBCP, or liquids or dusts containing DBCP, you must change into uncontaminated clothing before leaving the work premises. C. You must promptly remove any protective clothing that becomes contaminated with DBCP. This clothing must not be reworn until the DBCP is removed from the clothing. D. If your skin becomes contaminated with DBCP, you must immediately and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent and water to remove any DBCP from your skin. E. You must not keep food, beverages, cosmetics, or smoking materials, nor eat or smoke, in regulated areas. F. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your hands thoroughly with soap or mild detergent and water, before eating, smoking or using toilet facilities. G. If you work in a regulated area, you must remove any protective equipment or clothing before leaving the regulated area. H. Ask your supervisor where DBCP is used in your work area and for any additional safety and health rules. VI. "Access to information" A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained in this Substance Safety Data Sheet for DBCP. In addition, your employer must instruct you in the safe use of DBCP, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment. B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to DBCP. You or your representative have the right to observe employee exposure measurements and to record the result obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being overexposed, he is required to inform you of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure. C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposure and medical examinations. Your employer is required to keep exposure and medical data for at least 40 years or the duration of your employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer. D. Your employer is required to release exposure and medical records to you, your physician, or other individual designated by you upon your written request. Appendix B to 1926.1144 - Substance Technical Guidelines for DBCP I. "Physical and chemical data" A. Substance Identification 1. Synonyms: 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane; DBCP, Fumazone; Nemafume; Nemagon; Nemaset; BBC 12; OS 1879. DBCP is also included in agricultural pesticides and fumigants which include the phrase "Nema___" in their name. 2. Formula: C(3)H(5)Br(2) C1. 3. Molecular Weight: 236. B. Physical Data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm HG): 195 deg. C (383 deg. F) 2. Specific gravity (water=1): 2.093. 3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of DBCP): Data not available. 4. Melting point: 6 deg. C (43 deg. F). 5. Vapor pressure at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 0.8 mm Hg. 6. Solubility in water: 1000 ppm. 7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): very much less than 1. 8. Appearance and odor: Dense yellow or amber liquid with a pungent odor at high concentrations. Any detectable odor of DBCP indicates overexposure. II. "Fire explosion and reactivity hazard data" A. Fire 1. Flash point: 170 deg. F (77 deg. C) 2. Autoignition temperature: Data not available. 3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Data not available. 4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical. 5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of water since a stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water spray to cool containers exposed to a fire. 6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: None known. 7. For purposes of complying with the requirements of 1910.106, liquid DBCP is classified as a Class III A combustible liquid. 8. For the purpose of complying with 1910.309, the classification of hazardous locations as described in article 500 of the National Electrical Code for DBCP shall be Class I, Group D. 9. For the purpose of compliance with 1910.157, DBCP is classified as a Class B fire hazard. 10. For the purpose of compliance with 1910.178, locations classified as hazardous locations due to the presence of DBCP shall be Class I, Group D. 11. Sources of ignition are prohibited where DBCP presents a fire or explosion hazard. B. Reactivity 1. Conditions contributing to instability: None known. 2. Incompatibilities: Reacts with chemically active metals, such as aluminum, magnesium and tin alloys. 3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as HBr, HCl and carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire involving DBCP. 4. Special precautions: DBCP will attack some rubber materials and coatings. III. "Spill, leak and disposal procedures" A. If DBCP is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken: 1. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after thorough ventilation. 2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. 3. If in liquid form, collect for reclamation or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth or similar material. 4. If in solid form, collect spilled material in the most convenient and safe manner for reclamation or for disposal. B. Persons not wearing protective equipment must be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed. C. Waste Disposal Methods: 1. For small quantities of liquid DBCP, absorb on paper towels, remove to a safe place (such as a fume hood) and burn the paper. Large quantities can be reclaimed or collected and atomized in a suitable combustion chamber equipped with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. If liquid DBCP is absorbed in vermiculite, dry sand, earth or similar material and placed in sealed containers it may be disposed of in a State-approved sanitary landfill. 2. If in solid form, for small quantities, place on paper towels, remove to a safe place (such as a fume hood) and burn. Large quantities may be reclaimed. However, if this is not practical, dissolve in a flammable solvent (such as alcohol) and atomize in a suitable combustion chamber equipped with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. DBCP in solid form may also be disposed in a state-approved sanitary landfill. IV. "Monitoring and measurement procedures" A. Exposure above the permissible exposure limit. 1. "Eight Hour Exposure Evaluation:" Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section are best taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee). 2. "Monitoring Techniques:" The sampling and analysis under this section may be performed by collecting the DBCP vapor on petroleum based charcoal absorption tubes with subsequent chemical analyses. The method of measurement chosen should determine the concentration of airborne DBCP at the permissible exposure limit to an accuracy of plus or minus 25 percent. If charcoal tubes are used, a total volume of 10 liters should be collected at a flow rate of 50 cc. per minute for each tube. Analyze the resultant samples as you would samples of halogenated solvent. B. Since many of the duties relating to employee protection are dependent on the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, employers should assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. V. "Protective clothing" Employees should be required to wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent any possibility of skin contact with DBCP. Because DBCP is absorbed through the skin, it is important to prevent skin contact with both liquid and solid forms of DBCP. Protective clothing should include impermeable coveralls or similar fullbody work clothing, gloves, headcoverings, and workshoes or shoe coverings. Standard rubber and neoprene gloves do not offer adequate protection and should not be relied upon to keep DBCP off the skin. DBCP should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes should not be allowed to become contaminated with the material, and if they do, they should be promptly removed and not worn again until completely free of the material. Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise found to be defective should be repaired or replaced. Employees should also be required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility of DBCP contacting the eyes. VI. "Housekeeping and hygiene facilities" 1. The workplace must be kept clean, orderly and in a sanitary condition; 2. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and other surfaces where DBCP dust or liquids are found. To minimize the contamination of air with dust, vacuuming with either portable or permanent systems must be used. If a portable unit is selected, the exhaust must be attached to the general workplace exhaust ventilation system, or collected within the vacuum unit equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of contamination removal and not used for other purposes. Units used to collect DBCP must be labeled. 3. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water must be provided, and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents should also be provided to assure the effective removal of DBCP from the skin. 4. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street clothes with DBCP. Because of the hazardous nature of DBCP, contaminated protective clothing must be stored in closed containers for cleaning or disposal. VII. "Miscellaneous precautions" A. Store DBCP in tightly closed containers in a cool, well ventilated area. B. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious clothing (such as acid suits) may be necessary to prevent skin contact with DBCP. Supplied-air suits should be selected, used, and maintained under the supervision of persons knowlegeable in the limitations and potential life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air suits. C. The use of air-conditioned suits may be necessary in warmer climates. D. Advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to DBCP could occur. VIII. "Common operations" Common operations in which exposure to DBCP is likely to occur are: during its production; and during its formulation into pesticides and fumigants. Appendix C to 1926.1144 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines For DBCP I. "Route of entry" Inhalation; skin absorption II. "Toxicology" Recent data collected on workers involved in the manufacture and formulation of DBCP has shown that DBCP can cause sterility at very low levels of exposure. This finding is supported by studies showing that DBCP causes sterility in animals. Chronic exposure to DBCP resulted in pronounced necrotic action on the parenchymatous organs (i.e., liver, kidney, spleen) and on the testicles of rats at concentrations as low as 5 ppm. Rats that were chronically exposed to DBCP also showed changes in the composition of the blood, showing low RBC, hemoglobin, and WBC, and high reticulocyte levels as well as functional hepatic disturbance, manifesting itself in a long prothrombin time. Reznik et al. noted a single dose of 100 mg produced profound depression of the nervous system of rats. Their condition gradually improved. Acute exposure also resulted in the destruction of the sex gland activity of male rats as well as causing changes in the estrous cycle in female rats. Animal studies have also associated DBCP with an increased incidence of carcinoma. Olson, et al. orally administered DBCP to rats and mice 5 times per week at experimentally predetermined maximally tolerated doses and at half those doses. As early as ten weeks after initiation of treatment, DBCP induced a high incidence of squamous cell carcinomas of the stomach with metastases in both species. DBCP also induced mammary adenocarcinomas in the female rats at both dose levels. III. "Signs and symptoms" A. Inhalation: Nausea, eye irritation, conjunctivitis, respiratory irritation, pulmonary congestion or edema, CNS depression with apathy, sluggishness, and ataxia. B. Dermal: Erythema or inflammation and dermatitis on repeated exposure. IV. "Special tests" A. "Semen analysis:" The following information excerpted from the document "Evaluation of Testicular Function", submitted by the Corporate Medical Department of the Shell Oil Company (exhibit 39-3), may be useful to physicians conducting the medical surveillance program; In performing semen analyses certain minimal but specific criteria should be met: 1. It is recommended that a minimum of three valid semen analyses be obtained in order to make a determination of an individual's average sperm count. 2. A period of sexual abstinence is necessary prior to the collection of each masturbatory sample. It is recommended that intercourse or masturbation be performed 48 hours before the actual specimen collection. A period of 48 hours of abstinence would follow; then the masturbatory sample would be collected. 3. Each semen specimen should be collected in a clean, widemouthed, glass jar (not necessarily pre-sterilized) in a manner designated by the examining physician. Any part of the seminal fluid exam should be initialed "only after liquifaction" is complete, i.e., 30 to 45 minutes after collection. 4. Semen volume should be measured to the nearest 1/10 of a cubic centimeter. 5. Sperm density should be determined using routine techniques involving the use of a white cell pipette and a hemocytometer chamber. The immobilizing fluid most effective and most easily obtained for this process is distilled water. 6. Thin, dry smears of the semen should be made for a morphologic classification of the sperm forms and should be stained with either hematoxalin or the more difficult, yet more precise, Papanicolaou technique. Also of importance to record is obvious sperm agglutination, pyospermia, delayed liquifaction (greater than 30 minutes), and hyperviscosity. In addition, pH, using nitrazine paper, should be determined. 7. A total morphology evaluation should include percentages of the following: a. Normal (oval) forms, b. Tapered forms, c. Amorphous forms (include large and small sperm shapes), d. Duplicated (either heads or tails) forms, and e. Immature forms. 8. Each sample should be evaluated for sperm viability (percent viable sperm moving at the time of examination) as well as sperm motility (subjective characterization of "purposeful forward sperm progression" of the majority of those viable sperm analyzed) within two hours after collection, ideally by the same or equally qualified examiner. B. "Serum determinations:" The following serum determinations should be performed by radioimmuno-assay techniques using National Institutes of Health (NIH) specific antigen or antigen preparations of equivalent sensitivity: 1. Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH); 2. Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and 3. Serum total estrogen (females only). V. "Treatment" Remove from exposure immediately, give oxygen or artificial resuscitation if indicated. Contaminated clothing and shoes should be removed immediately. Flush eyes and wash contaminated skin. If swallowed and the person is conscious, induce vomiting. Recovery from mild exposures is usually rapid and complete. VI. "Surveillance and preventive considerations" A. "Other considerations." DBCP can cause both acute and chronic effects. It is important that the physician become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposure to DBCP occurs. Those with respiratory disorders may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure respirators. B. "Surveillance and screening." Medical histories and laboratory examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure to DBCP. The employer should screen employees for history of certain medical conditions (listed below) which might place the employee at increased risk from exposure. 1. "Liver disease." The primary site of biotransformation and detoxification of DBCP is the liver. Liver dysfunctions likely to inhibit the conjugation reactions will tend to promote the toxic actions of DBCP. These precautions should be considered before exposing persons with impaired liver function to DBCP. 2. "Renal disease." Because DBCP has been associated with injury to the kidney it is important that special consideration be given to those with possible impairment of renal function. 3. "Skin disease." DBCP can penetrate the skin and can cause erythema on prolonged exposure. Persons with pre-existing skin disorders may be more susceptible to the effects of DBCP. 4. "Blood dyscrasias." DBCP has been shown to decrease the content of erythrocytes, hemoglobin, and leukocytes in the blood, as well as increase the prothrombin time. Persons with existing blood disorders may be more susceptible to the effects of DBCP. 5. "Reproductive disorders." Animal studies have associated DBCP with various effects on the reproductive organs. Among these effects are atrophy of the testicles and changes in the estrous cycle. Persons with pre-existing reproductive disorders may be at increased risk to these effects of DBCP. References 1. Reznik, Ya. B. and Sprinchan, G. K.: Experimental Data on the Gonadotoxic effect of Nemagon, Gig. Sanit., (6), 1975, pp. 101-102, (translated from Russian). 2. Faydysh, E. V., Rakhmatullaev, N. N. and Varshavskii, V. A.: The Cytotoxic Action of Nemagon in a Subacute Experiment, Med. Zh. Uzbekistana, (No. 1), 1970, pp. 64-65, (translated from Russian). 3. Rakhmatullaev, N. N.: Hygienic Characteristics of the Nematocide Nemagon in Relation to Water Pollution Control, Hyg. Sanit., 36(3), 1971, pp. 344-348, (translated from Russian). 4. Olson, W. A. et al.: Induction of Stomach Cancer in Rats and Mice by Halogenated Aliphatic Fumigants, Journal of the National Cancer Institute, (51), 1973, pp. 1993-1995. 5. Torkelson, T. R. et al.: Toxicologic Investigations of 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 3, 1961 pp. 545-559. 1926.1145 Acrylonitrile. (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to acrylonitrile (AN), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 000107131, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section. (2) This section does not apply to exposures which result solely from the processing, use, and handling of the following materials: (i) ABS resins, SAN resins, nitrile barrier resins, solid nitrile elastomers, and acrylic and modacrylic fibers, when these listed materials are in the form of finished polymers, and products fabricated from such finished polymers; (ii) Materials made from and/or containing AN for which objective data is reasonably relied upon to demonstrate that the material is not capable of releasing AN in airborne concentrations in excess of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average, under the expected conditions of processing, use, and handling which will cause the greatest possible release; and (iii) Solid materials made from and/or containing AN which will not be heated above 170 deg. F (77 deg. C) during handling, use, or processing. (3) An employer relying upon exemption under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption, and of the basis of the employer's reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (q) of this section. (b) "Definitions." "Acrylonitrile" or "AN" means acrylonitrile monomer, chemical formula CH(2)=CHCN. "Action level" means a concentration of AN of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average. "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. "Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe monitoring procedures under paragraph (r) of this section. "Decontamination" means treatment of materials and surfaces by water washdown, ventilation, or other means, to assure that the materials will not expose employees to airborne concentrations of AN above 1 means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee. "Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment, which results in an unexpected massive release of AN. "Liquid AN" means AN monomer in liquid form, and liquid or semiliquid polymer intermediates, including slurries, suspensions, emulsions, and solutions, produced during the polymerization of AN. "OSHA Area Office" means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where the affected workplace is located. (c) "Permissible exposure limits" - (1) "Inhalation" - (i) "Time weighted average limit (TWA)." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of two (2) parts acrylonitrile per million parts of air (2 ppm) as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average. (ii) "Ceiling limit." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of ten (10) ppm as averaged over any fifteen (15)-minute period during the work day. (2) "Dermal and eye exposure." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to skin contact or eye contact with liquid AN. (d) "Notification of regulated areas and emergencies" - (1) "Regulated areas." Within thirty (30) days following the establishment of a regulated area pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, the employer shall report the following information to the OSHA Area Office: (i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or more regulated areas; (ii) The locations, within the establishment, of each regulated area; (iii) A brief description of each process or operation which results in employee exposure to AN in regulated areas; and (iv) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation within each regulated area which results in exposure to AN, and an estimate of the frequency and degree of exposure that occurs. Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required to be reported by this paragraph, the employer shall promptly provide the new information to the OSHA Area Office. (2) "Emergencies." Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be reported within seventy-two (72) hours of the initial occurrence to the OSHA Area Office. Upon request of the OSHA Area Office; the employer shall submit additional information in writing relevant to the nature and extent of employee exposures and measures taken to prevent future emergencies of a similar nature. (e) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of airborne exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative of each employee's exposure to AN over an eight (8)-hour period. (ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator. (2) "Initial monitoring." Each employer who has a place of employment in which AN is present shall monitor each such workplace and work operation to accurately determine the airborne concentrations of AN to which employees may be exposed. (3) "Frequency." (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action level, the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee. (ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action level but below the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least quarterly. The employer shall continue these quarterly measurements until at least two consecutive measurements taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the action level, and thereafter the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee. (iii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposure to be in excess of the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall repeat these determinations for each such employee at least monthly. The employer shall continue these monthly measurements until at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the permissible exposure limits, and thereafter the employer shall monitor at least quarterly. (4) "Additional monitoring." Whenever there has been a production, process, control, or personnel change which may result in new or additional exposures to AN, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposures to AN, additional monitoring which complies with this paragraph shall be conducted. (5) "Employee notification." (i) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of the results of monitoring required by this paragraph, the employer shall notify each employee in writing of the results which represent that employee's exposure. (ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limits were exceeded and a description of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits. (6) "Accuracy of measurement." The method of measurement of employee exposures shall be accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of AN at or above the permissible exposure limits, and plus or minus 50 percent for concentrations of AN below the permissible exposure limits. (f) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas where AN concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure limits. (2) Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest of the workplace, in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who will be exposed to AN. (3) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the act or regulations issued pursuant thereto. (4) The employer shall assure that food or beverages are not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied in the regulated area. (g) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering and work practice controls." (i) By November 2, 1980, the employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to AN, to or below the permissible exposure limits, except to the extent that the employer establishes that such controls are not feasible. (ii) Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by these controls, and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (h) of this section. (2) "Compliance program." (i) The employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limits solely by means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section. (ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the following: (A) A description of each operation or process resulting in employee exposure to AN above the permissible exposure limits; (B) An outline of the nature of the engineering controls and work practices to be applied to the operation or process in question; (C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible exposure limits; (D) A schedule for implementation of engineering and work practice controls for the operation or process, which shall project completion no later than November 2, 1980; and (E) Other relevant information. (iii) The employer shall complete the steps set forth in the compliance program by the dates in the schedule. (iv) Written plans shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, or any affected employee or representative. (v) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at least every six (6) months to reflect the current status of the program. (h) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." The employer shall assure that respirators are used where required by this section to reduce employee exposure to within the permissible exposure limits. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances: {i} During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls; {ii} In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or reactor cleaning, in which the employer establishes that engineering and work practice controls are not feasible; {iii} In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limits; and {iv} In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." (i) Where respiratory protection is required under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the appropriate type of respirator from table I below, and shall assure that the employee wears the respirator provided. TABLE I - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR ACRYLONITRILE (AN)
Concentration of AN or condition of use |
Respirator type |
(a) Less than or equal to 20 ppm | (1) Chemical cartridge respirator with organic vapor cartridge(s) and half-mask facepiece; or (2) Supplied air respirator with half-mask facepiece |
(b) Less than or equal to 100 ppm or maximum use concentration (MUC) of cartridges or canisters, whichever is lower | (1) Full facepiece respirator with (A) organic vapor cartridges, (B) organic vapor gas mask chin-style, or (C) organic vapor gas mask canister, front- or back-mounted; (2) Supplied air respirator with full facepiece; or (3) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece |
(c) Less than or equal to 4,000 ppm | (1) Supplied air respirator operated in the positive pressure mode with full facepiece, helmet, suit, or hood |
(d) Greater than 4,000 ppm or unknown concentration | (1) Supplied air and auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode; or (2) Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode |
(e) Firefighting | Self-contained breathing apparatus with full facepiece in positive pressure mode |
(f) Escape | (1) Any organic vapor respirator, or (2) Any self-contained breathing apparatus |
(ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for use with organic vapors by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11. (3) "Respirator program." (i) The employer shall institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103(e), (g), (h), and (i). (ii) Where air/purifying respirators (chemical cartridge- or canister-type) are used, the air-purifying canister or cartridge(s) shall be replaced prior to the expiration of their service life or at the completion of each shift, whichever occurs first. A label shall be attached to the cartridge or canister to indicate the date and time at which it is first installed on the respirator. (iii) "Testing." Fit testing of respirators shall be performed to assure that the respirator selected provides the protection required by table I. (A) "Qualitative fit." The employer shall perform qualitative fit tests at the time of initial fitting and at least semiannually thereafter for each employee wearing respirators. (B) "Quantitative fit." Each employer with more than 10 employees wearing negative pressure respirators shall perform quantitative fit testing at the time of initial fitting and at least semiannually thereafter for each such employee. (iv) Employees who wear respirators shall be allowed to wash their faces and to wipe clean the face-to-facepiece seals on their respirators to minimize potential skin irritation associated with respirator use. (i) "Emergency situations" - (1) "Written plans." (i) A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where liquid AN is present. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency. (ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped as required in paragraph (h) of this section until the emergency is abated. (iii) Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be evacuated from the area and shall not be permitted to return until the emergency is abated. (2) "Alerting employees." Where there is the possibility of employee exposure to AN in excess of the ceiling limit, a general alarm shall be installed and used to promptly alert employees of such occurrences. (j) "Protective clothing and equipment" - (1) "Provision and use." Where eye or skin contact with liquid AN may occur, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee, and assure that employees wear, impermeable protective clothing or other equipment to protect any area of the body which may come in contact with liquid AN. The provision of 1926.95 and 1926.102 shall be complied with. (2) "Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall clean, launder, maintain, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this section as needed to maintain their effectiveness. (ii) The employer shall assure that impermeable protective clothing which contacts or is likely to have contacted liquid AN shall be decontaminated before being removed by the employee. (iii) The employer shall assure that an employee whose nonimpermeable clothing becomes wetted with liquid AN shall immediately remove that clothing and proceed to shower. The clothing shall be decontaminated before it is removed from the regulated area. (iv) The employer shall assure that no employee removes protective clothing or equipment from the change room, except for those employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal. (v) The employer shall inform any person who launders or cleans protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to AN. (k) "Housekeeping." (1) All surfaces shall be maintained free of visible accumulations of liquid AN. (2) For operations involving liquid AN, the employer shall institute a program for detecting leaks and spills of liquid AN, including regular visual inspections. (3) Where spills of liquid AN are detected, the employer shall assure that surfaces contacted by the liquid AN are decontaminated. Employees not engaged in decontamination activities shall leave the area of the spill, and shall not be permitted in the area until decontamination is completed. (l) "Waste disposal." AN waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, or equipment shall be decontaminated before being incorporated in the general waste disposal system. (m) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (1) Where employees are exposed to airborne concentrations of AN above the permissible exposure limits, or where employees are required to wear protective clothing or equipment pursuant to paragraph (j) of this section, the facilities required by 29 CFR 1926.51, including clean change rooms and shower facilities, shall be provided by the employer for the use of those employees, and the employer shall assure that the employees use the facilities provided. (2) The employer shall assure that employees wearing protective clothing or equipment for protection from skin contact with liquid AN shall shower at the end of the work shift. (3) The employer shall assure that, in the event of skin or eye exposure to liquid AN, the affected employee shall shower immediately to minimize the danger of skin absorption. (4) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area wash their hands and faces prior to eating. (n) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." (i) The employer shall institute a program of medical surveillance for each employee who is or will be exposed to AN at or above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators. The employer shall provide each such employee with an opportunity for medical examinations and tests in accordance with this paragraph. (ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and that they shall be provided without cost to the employee. (2) "Initial examinations." At the time of initial assignment, or upon institution of the medical surveillance program, the employer shall provide each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examination, including at least the following elements: (i) A work history and medical history with special attention to skin, respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems, and those nonspecific symptoms, such as headache, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, weakness, or other central nervous system dysfunctions that may be associated with acute or with chronic exposure to AN; (ii) A complete physical examination giving particular attention to the peripheral and central nervous system, gastrointestinal system, respiratory system, skin, and thyroid; (iii) A 14- by 17-inch (35.56 X 43.18 cm) posteroanterior chest X-ray; and (iv) Further tests of the intestinal tract, including fecal occult blood screening, for all workers 40 years of age or older, and for any other affected employees for whom, in the opinion of the physician, such testing is appropriate. (3) "Periodic examinations." (i) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section at least annually for all employees specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section. (ii) If an employee has not had the examination specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section within 6 months preceding termination of employment, the employer shall make such examination available to the employee prior to such termination. (4) "Additional examinations." If the employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms which may be associated with exposure to AN, the employer shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical treatment. (5) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician: (i) A copy of this standard and its appendixes; (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure; (iii) The employee's representative exposure level; (iv) The employee's anticipated or estimated exposure level (for preplacement examinations or in cases of exposure due to an emergency); (v) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used; and (vi) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee, which is not otherwise available to the examining physician. (6) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include: (A) The results of the medical examination and test performed; (B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical condition(s) which would place the employee at an increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to AN; (C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to AN or upon the use of protective clothing and equipment such as respirators; and (D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require further examination or treatment. (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to AN. (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the affected employee. (o) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) By January 2, 1979, the employer shall institute a training program for and assure the participation of all employees exposed to AN above the action level, all employees whose exposures are maintained below the action level by engineering and work practice controls, and all employees subject to potential skin or eye contact with liquid AN. (ii) Training shall be provided at the time of initial assignment, or upon institution of the training program, and at least annually thereafter, and the employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following: (A) The information contained in appendixes A and B; (B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, or storage of AN, and the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to AN, as well as any necessary protective steps; (C) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective clothing; (D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (n) of this section; (E) The emergency procedures developed, as required by paragraph (i) of this section; (F) Engineering and work practice controls, their function, and the employee's relationship to these controls; and (G) A review of this standard. (2) "Access to training materials." (i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendixes readily available to all affected employees. (ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (p) "Signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph. (ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the required sign or label. (2) "Signs." (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all workplaces where AN concentrations exceed the permissible exposure limits. The signs shall bear the following legend: DANGER ACRYLONITRILE (AN) CANCER HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATORS MAY BE REQUIRED (ii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible. (3) "Labels." (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of liquid AN and AN-based materials not exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of this standard. The employer shall assure that the labels remain affixed when the materials are sold, distributed, or otherwise leave the employer's workplace. (ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels required by this paragraph are readily visible and legible. The labels shall bear the following legend: DANGER CONTAINS ACRYLONITRILE (AN) CANCER HAZARD (q) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Objective data for exempted operations." (i) Where the processing, use, and handling of materials made from or containing AN are exempted pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption. (ii) This record shall include at least the following information: (A) The material qualifying for exemption; (B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of AN; (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data supports the exemption; and (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, and processing covered by the exemption. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of the employer's reliance upon such objective data. (2) "Exposure monitoring." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) of this section. (ii) This record shall include: (A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representative employee exposure; (B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and the data relied upon to establish that the methods used meet the accuracy and precision requirements of paragraph (e)(6) of this section; (C) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and (D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement is intended to represent. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least forty (40) years, or for the duration of employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is longer. (3) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by paragraph (n) of this section. (ii) This record shall include: (A) A copy of the physician's written opinions; (B) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to AN; (C) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraph (n)(5) of this section; and (D) A copy of the employee's medical and work history. (iii) The employer shall assure that this record be maintained for at least forty (40) years, or for the duration of employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is longer. (4) "Availability."(i) The employer shall make all records required to be maintained by this section available, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. (ii) Records required by paragraphs (q)(1) through (q)(3) of this section shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) through (e) and (q) through (i). Records required by paragraph (g)(1) shall be provided in the same manner as exposure monitoring records. (5) "Transfer of records." (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by this section for the prescribed period. (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted to the Director. (iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained pursuant to this section, the employer shall notify the Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of the records, and shall transmit them to the Director upon request. (iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h). (r) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer shall provide affected employees, or their designated representatives, an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to AN conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section. (2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to AN requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and equipment required to be worn by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment, and require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled: (A) To receive an explanation of the measurement procedures; (B) To observe all steps related to the measurement of airborne concentrations of AN performed at the place of exposure; and (C) To record the results obtained. (s) "Effective date:" (1) This section shall become effective November 2, 1978. (2) Monitoring and medical surveillance conducted since January 17, 1978, under the provisions of the emergency temporary standard may be relied upon by the employer to meet the initial monitoring and initial medical surveillance requirements of this section. (3) Training programs must be implemented by January 2, 1979. (4) Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (g) of this section shall be implemented no later than November 2, 1980. (t) "Appendixes." The information contained in the appendixes is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligation not otherwise imposed, or to detract from any obligation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0126) Appendix A to 1926.1145 - Substance Safety Data Sheet for Acrylonitrile I. "Substance identification" A. Substance: Acrylonitrile (CH-(2) CHCN). B. Synonyms: Propenenitrile; vinyl cyanide; cyanoethylene; AN; VCN; acylon; carbacryl; fumigrian; ventox. C. Acrylonitrile can be found as a liquid or vapor, and can also be found in polymer resins, rubbers, plastics, polyols, and other polymers having acrylonitrile as a raw or intermediate material. D. AN is used in the manufacture of acrylic and modiacrylic fibers, acrylic plastics and resins, speciality polymers, nitrile rubbers, and other organic chemicals. It has also been used as a fumigant. E. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale yellow liquid with a pungent odor which can only be detected at concentrations above the permissible exposure level, in a range of 13-19 parts AN per million parts of air (13-19 ppm). F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not exceed either: 1. Two parts AN per million parts of air (2 ppm) averaged over the 8-hour workday; or 2. Ten parts AN per million parts of air (10 ppm) averaged over any 15-minute period in the workday. 3. In addition, skin and eye contact with liquid AN is prohibited. II. "Health hazard data" A. Acrylonitrile can affect your body if you inhale the vapor (breathing), if it comes in contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it. It may enter your body through your skin. B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Short-term exposure: Acrylonitrile can cause eye irritation, nausea, vomiting, headache, sneezing, weakness, and light-headedness. At high concentrations, the effects of exposure may go on to loss of consciousness and death. When acrylonitrile is held in contact with the skin after being absorbed into shoe leather or clothing, it may produce blisters following several hours of no apparent effect. Unless the shoes or clothing are removed immediately and the area washed, blistering will occur. Usually there is no pain or inflammation associated with blister formation. 2. Long-term exposure: Acrylonitrile has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals and has been associated with higher incidences of cancer in humans. Repeated or prolonged exposure of the skin to acrylonitrile may produce irritation and dermatitis. 3. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect they are caused by exposure to acrylonitrile. III. "Emergency first aid procedures" A. Eye exposure: If acrylonitrile gets into your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower and upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical. B. Skin exposure: If acrylonitrile gets on your skin, immediately wash the contaminated skin with water. If acrylonitrile soaks through your clothing, especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin with water. If symptoms occur after washing, get medical attention immediately. Thoroughly wash the clothing before reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other leather articles should be discarded. C. Inhalation: If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of acrylonitrile, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible. D. Swallowing: When acrylonitrile has been swallowed, give the person large quantities of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him touch the back of his throat with his finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately. E. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, notify someone else and put into effect the established emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment before the need arises. F. Special first aid procedures: First aid kits containing an adequate supply (at least two dozen) of amyl nitrite pearls, each containing 0.3 ml, should be maintained at each site where acrylonitrile is used. When a person is suspected of receiving an overexposure to acrylonitrile, immediately remove that person from the contaminated area using established rescue procedures. Contaminated clothing must be removed and the acrylonitrile washed from the skin immediately. Artificial respiration should be started at once if breathing has stopped. If the person is unconscious, amyl nitrite may be used as an antidote by a properly trained individual in accordance with established emergency procedures. Medical aid should be obtained immediately. IV. "Respirators and protective clothing" A. Respirators. You may be required to wear a respirator for nonroutine activities, in emergencies, while your employer is in the process of reducing acrylonitrile exposures through engineering controls, and in areas where engineering controls are not feasible. If respirators are worn, they must have a Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA or MESA) or National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) label of approval for use with organic vapors. (Older respirators may have a Bureau of Mines approval label.) For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly. Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations where their use is required. Acrylonitrile does not have a detectable odor except at levels above the permissible exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to warn you when a respirator cartridge or canister is exhausted. Cartridges or canisters must be changed daily or before the end-of-service-life, whichever comes first. Reuse of these may allow acrylonitrile to gradually filter through the cartridge and cause exposures which you cannot detect by odor. If you can smell acrylonitrile while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer. B. Supplied-air suits: In some work situations, the wearing of supplied-air suits may be necessary. Your employer must instruct you in their proper use and operation. C. Protective clothing: You must wear impervious clothing, gloves, face shield, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with liquid acrylonitrile. Where protective clothing is required, your employer is required to provide clean garments to you as necessary to assume that the clothing protects you adequately. Replace or repair impervious clothing that has developed leaks. Acrylonitrile should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not impervious to acrylonitrile should not be allowed to become contaminated with acrylonitrile, and if they do the clothing and shoes should be promptly removed and decontaminated. The clothing should be laundered or discarded after the AN is removed. Once acrylonitrile penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they should not be worn again. D. Eye protection: You must wear splashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid acrylonitrile may contact your eyes. In addition, contact lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact with acrylonitrile can occur. V. "Precautions for safe use, handling, and storage" A. Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures in air. B. Acrylonitrile must be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers (especially bromine), strong bases, copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and amines. C. Sources of ignition such as smoking and open flames are prohibited wherever acrylonitrile is handled, used, or stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard. D. You should use non-sparking tools when opening or closing metal containers of acrylonitrile, and containers must be bonded and grounded when pouring or transferring liquid acrylonitrile. E. You must immediately remove any non-impervious clothing that becomes wetted with acrylonitrile, and this clothing must not be reworn until the acrylonitrile is removed from the clothing. F. Impervious clothing wet with liquid acrylonitrile can be easily ignited. This clothing must be washed down with water before you remove it. G. If your skin becomes wet with liquid acrylonitrile, you must promptly and thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent to remove any acrylonitrile from your skin. H. You must not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials, nor are you permitted to eat or smoke in regulated areas where acrylonitrile concentrations are above the permissible exposure limits. I. If you contact liquid acrylonitrile, you must wash your hands thoroughly with soap or mild detergent and water before eating, smoking, or using toilet facilities. J. Fire extinguishers and quick drenching facilities must be readily available, and you should know where they are and how to operate them. K. Ask your supervisor where acrylonitrile is used in your work area and for any additional plant safety and health rules. VI. "Access to information" A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained in this Substance Safety Data Sheet for acrylonitrile. In addition, you employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for using acrylonitrile, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment. B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to acrylonitrile. You or your representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits. C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and medical examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at least forty (40) years or for the period of your employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is longer. D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to you or your representative upon your request. Appendix B to 1926.1145 - Substance Technical Guidelines for Acrylonitrile I. "Physical and chemical data" A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms: AN; VCN; vinyl cyanide; propenenitrile; cyanoethylene; Acrylon; Carbacryl; Fumigrain; Ventox. 2. Formula: CH2=CHCN. 3. Molecular weight: 53.1. B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 77.3 deg. C (171 deg. F); 2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.81 (at 20 deg. C or 68 deg. F); 3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of acrylonitrile): 1.83; 4. Melting point: -83 deg. C (-117 deg. F); 5. Vapor pressure (at 20 deg. F): 83 mm Hg; 6. Solubility in water, percent by weight at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 7.35; 7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): 4.54; and 8. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale yellow liquid with a pungent odor at concentrations above the permissible exposure level. Any detectable odor of acrylonitrile may indicate overexposure. II. "Fire, explosion, and reactivity hazard data" A. Fire: 1. Flash point: -1 deg. C (30 deg. F) (closed cup). 2. Autoignition temperature: 481 deg. C (898 deg. F). 3. Flammable limits air, percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 17. 4. Extinguishing media: Alcohol foam, carbon dioxide, and dry chemical. 5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of water, since the stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water to cool containers exposed to a fire. 6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid. Its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures with air. All ignition sources must be controlled where acrylonitrile is handled, used, or stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard. Acrylonitrile vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which acrylonitrile is being handled. 7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106, acrylonitrile is classified as a class IB flammable liquid. For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard. 8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.157, acrylonitrile is classified as a Class B fire hazard. 9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR 1919.309, locations classified as hazardous due to the presence of acrylonitrile shall be Class I, Group D. B. Reactivity: 1. Conditions contributing to instability: Acrylonitrile will polymerize when hot, and the additional heat liberated by the polymerization may cause containers to explode. Pure AN may self-polymerize, with a rapid build-up of pressure, resulting in an explosion hazard. Inhibitors are added to the commercial product to prevent self-polymerization. 2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong oxidizers (especially bromine) and strong bases may cause fires and explosions. Contact with copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and amines may start serious decomposition. 3. Hazardous decompostion products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as hydrogen cyanide, oxides of nitrogen, and carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire involving acrylonitrile and certain polymers made from acrylonitrile. 4. Special precautions: Liquid acrylonitrile will attack some forms of plastics, rubbers, and coatings. III. "Spill, leak, and disposal procedures" A. If acrylonitrile is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken: 1. Remove all ignition sources. 2. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after the area has been thoroughly ventilated and washed down with water. 3. If liquid acrylonitrile or polymer intermediate, collect for reclamation or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or similar material, or wash down with water into process sewer system. B. Persons not wearing protective equipment should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until clean-up has been completed. C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material shall be disposed of in a manner that is not hazardous to employees or to the general population. Spills of acrylonitrile and flushing of such spills shall be channeled for appropriate treatment or collection for disposal. They shall not be channeled directly into the sanitary sewer system. In selecting the method of waste disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal regulations should be consulted. IV. "Monitoring and measurement procedures" A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit: 1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section are best taken so that the average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee.) 2. Ceiling evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section must be taken during periods of maximum expected airborne concentrations of acrylonitrile in the employee's breathing zone. A minimum of three (3) measurements should be taken on one work shift. The average of all measurements taken is an estimate of the employee's ceiling exposure. 3. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis under this section may be performed by collecting the acrylonitrile vapor on charcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems, portable direct-reading instruments, or passive dosimeters. Analysis of resultant samples should be by gas chromatograph. Appendix D lists methods of sampling and analysis which have been tested by NIOSH and OSHA for use with acrylonitrile. NIOSH and OSHA have validated modifications of NIOSH Method S-156 (See Appendix D) under laboratory conditions for concentrations below 1 ppm. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that methods of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95-percent confidence level, to plus or minus 35-percent for concentrations of AN at or above 2 ppm, and to plus or minus -50-percent for concentrations below 2 ppm. In addition to the methods described in Appendix D, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring for AN in the workplace. Details on these other methods have been submitted by various companies to the rulemaking record, and are available at the OSHA Docket Office. B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, employers shall assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. V. "Protective clothing" Employees shall be provided with and required to wear appropriate protective clothing to prevent any possibility of skin contact with liquid AN. Because acrylonitrile is absorbed through the skin, it is important to prevent skin contact with liquid AN. Protective clothing shall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, gloves, head-coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of the body which may come in contact with liquid AN. Employers should ascertain that the protective garments are impermeable to acrylonitrile. Non-impermeable clothing and shoes should not be allowed to become contaminated with liquid AN. If permeable clothing does become contaminated, it should be promptly removed, placed in a regulated area for removal of the AN, and not worn again until the AN is removed. If leather footwear or other leather garments become wet from acrylonitrile, they should be replaced and not worn again, due to the ability of leather to absorb acrylonitrile and hold it against the skin. Since there is no pain associated with the blistering which may result from skin contact with liquid AN, it is essential that the employee be informed of this hazard so that he or she can be protected. Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise found to be defective shall be repaired or replaced. Clean protective clothing shall be provided to the employee as necessary to assure its protectiveness. Whenever impervious clothing becomes wet with liquid AN, it shall be washed down with water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility of acrylonitrile contacting the eyes. VI. "Housekeeping and hygiene facilities" For purposes of complying with 29 CFR 1926.51, the following items should be emphasized: A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition. The employer is required to institute a leak and spill detection program for operations involving liquid AN in order to detect sources of fugitive AN emissions. B. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the cleaning of floors and other surfaces where liquid AN may be found. C. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water are to be provided, and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents are also to be provided to assure the effective removal of acrylonitrile from the skin. D. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must be provided to prevent the contamination of street clothes with acrylonitrile. Because of the hazardous nature of acrylonitrile, contaminated protective clothing should be placed in a regulated area designated by the employer for removal of the AN before the clothing is laundered or disposed of. VII. "Miscellaneous precautions" A. Store acrylonitrile in tightly-closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area and take necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard. B. High exposures to acrylonitrile can occur when transferring the liquid from one container to another. C. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal acrylonitrile containers. These containers must be effectively grounded and bonded prior to pouring. D. Never store uninhibited acrylonitrile. E. Acrylonitrile vapors are not inhibited. They may form polymers and clog vents of storage tanks. F. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious coverings may be necessary to prevent skin contact with and provide respiratory protection from acrylonitrile where the concentration of acrylonitrile is unknown or is above the ceiling limit. Supplied-air suits should be selected, used, and maintained under the immediate supervision of persons knowledgeable in the limitations and potential life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air suits. G. Employers shall advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to acrylonitrile could occur. VIII. "Common operations" Common operations in which exposure to acrylonitrile is likely to occur include the following: Manufacture of the acrylonitrile monomer; synthesis of acrylic fibers, ABS, SAN, and nitrile barrier plastics and resins, nitrile rubber, surface coatings, specialty chemicals, use as a chemical intermediate, use as a fumigant and in the cyanoethylation of cotton. Appendix C to 1926.1145 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines for Acrylonitrile I. "Route of entry" Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion. II. "Toxicology" Acrylonitrile vapor is an asphyxiant due to inhibitory action on metabolic enzyme systems. Animals exposed to 75 or 100 ppm for 7 hours have shown signs of anoxia; in some animals which died at the higher level, cyanomethemoglobin was found in the blood. Two human fatalities from accidental poisoning have been reported; one was caused by inhalation of an unknown concentration of the vapor, and the other was thought to be caused by skin absorption or inhalation. Most cases of intoxication from industrial exposure have been mild, with rapid onset of eye irritation, headache, sneezing, and nausea. Weakness, lightheadedness, and vomiting may also occur. Exposure to high concentrations may produce profound weakness, asphyxia, and death. The vapor is a severe eye irritant. Prolonged skin contract with the liquid may result in absorption with systemic effects, and in the formation of large blisters after a latent period of several hours. Although there is usually little or no pain or inflammation, the affected skin resembles a second-degree thermal burn. Solutions spilled on exposed skin, or on areas covered only by a light layer of clothing, evaporate rapidly, leaving no irritation, or, at the most, mild transient redness. Repeated spills on exposed skin may result in dermatitis due to solvent effects. Results after 1 year of a planned 2-year animal study on the effects of exposure to acrylonitrile have indicated that rats ingesting as little as 35 ppm in their drinking water develop tumors of the central nervous system. The interim results of this study have been supported by a similar study being conducted by the same laboratory, involving exposure of rats by inhalation of acrylonitrile vapor, which has shown similar types of tumors in animals exposed to 80 ppm. In addition, the preliminary results of an epidemiological study being performed by duPont on a cohort of workers in their Camden, S.C. acrylic fiber plant indicate a statistically significant increase in the incidence of colon and lung cancers among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. III. "Signs and symptoms of acute overexposure" Asphyxia and death can occur from exposure to high concentrations of acrylonitrile. Symptoms of overexposure include eye irritation, headache, sneezing, nausea and vomiting, weakness, and light-headedness. Prolonged skin contact can cause blisters on the skin with appearance of a second-degree burn, but with little or no pain. Repeated skin contact may produce scaling dermatitis. IV. "Treatment of acute overexposure" Remove employee from exposure. Immediately flush eyes with water and wash skin with soap or mild detergent and water. If AN has been swallowed, and person is conscious, induce vomiting. Give artificial resuscitation if indicated. More severe cases, such as those associated with loss of consciousness, may be treated by the intravenous administration of sodium nitrite, followed by sodium thiosulfate, although this is not as effective for acrylonitrile poisoning as for inorganic cyanide poisoning. V. "Surveillance and preventive considerations" A. As noted above, exposure to acrylonitrile has been linked to increased incidence of cancers of the colon and lung in employees of the duPont acrylic fiber plant in Camden, S.C. In addition, the animal testing of acrylonitrile has resulted in the development of cancers of the central nervous system in rats exposed by either inhalation or ingestion. The physician should be aware of the findings of these studies in evaluating the health of employees exposed to acrylonitrile. Most reported acute effects of occupational exposure to acrylonitrile are due to its ability to cause tissue anoxia and asphyxia. The effects are similar to those caused by hydrogen cyanide. Liquid acrylonitrile can be absorbed through the skin upon prolonged contact. The liquid readily penetrates leather, and will produce burns of the feet if footwear contaminated with acrylonitrile is not removed. It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposure to acrylonitrile may occur. Those employees with skin diseases may not tolerate the wearing of whatever protective clothing may be necessary to protect them from exposure. In addition, those with chronic respiratory disease may not tolerate the wearing of negative-pressure respirators. B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure to acrylonitrile above the action level. The employer must screen employees for history of certain medical conditions which might place the employee at increased risk from exposure. 1. "Central nervous system dysfunction." Acute effects of exposure to acrylonitrile generally involve the central nervous system. Symptoms of acrylonitrile exposure include headache, nausea, dizziness, and general weakness. The animal studies cited above suggest possible carcinogenic effects of acrylonitrile on the central nervous system, since rats exposed by either inhalation or ingestion have developed similar CNS tumors. 2. "Respiratory disease." The du Pont data indicate an increased risk of lung cancer among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. 3. "Gastrointestinal disease." The du Pont data indicate an increased risk of cancer of the colon among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. In addition, the animal studies show possible tumor production in the stomachs of the rats in the ingestion study. 4. "Skin disease." Acrylonitrile can cause skin burns when prolonged skin contact with the liquid occurs. In addition, repeated skin contact with the liquid can cause dermatitis. 5. "General." The purpose of the medical procedures outlined in the standard is to establish a baseline for future health monitoring. Persons unusually susceptible to the effects of anoxia or those with anemia would be expected to be at increased risk. In addition to emphasis on the CNS, respiratory and gastro-intestinal systems, the cardiovascular system, liver, and kidney function should also be stressed. Appendix D to 1926.1145 - Sampling and Analytical Methods for Acrylonitrile There are many methods available for monitoring employee exposures to acrylonitrile. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling pumps, with analysis by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between the charcoal tube methods include, among others, the use of different desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of charcoal, and the use of different equipment for analysis of the samples. Besides charcoal, considerable work has been performed on methods using porous polymer sampling tubes and passive dosimeters. In addition, there are several portable gas analyzers and monitoring units available on the open market. This appendix contains details for the methods which have been tested at OSHA Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City, and NIOSH in Cincinnati. Each is a variation on NIOSH Method S-156, which is also included for reference. This does not indicate that these methods are the only ones which will be satisfactory. There also may be workplace situations in which these methods are not adequate, due to such factors as high humidity. Copies of the other methods available to OSHA are available in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained from the OSHA Docket Office. These include, the Union Carbide, Monsanto, Dow Chemical and Dow Badische methods, as well as NIOSH Method P & CAM 127. Employers who note problems with sample breakthrough should try larger charcoal tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available, and are often used for sampling vinyl chloride. In addition, lower flow rates and shorter sampling times should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems. Whatever method the employer chooses, he must assure himself of the method's accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in his workplace. "NIOSH Method S-156 (Unmodified)" Analyte: Acrylonitrile. Matrix: Air. Procedure: Absorption on charcoal, desorption with methanol, GC. 1. "Principle of the method" (Reference 11.1). 1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the organic vapors present. 1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered sample container, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol. 1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph. 1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained for standards. 2. "Range and sensitivity." 2.1 This method was validated over the range of 17.5-70.0 mg/cu m at an atmospheric temperature and pressure of 22 deg. C and 760 MM Hg, using a 20-liter sample. Under the conditions of sample size (20-liters) the probable useful range of this method is 4.5-135 mg-cu m. The method is capable of measuring much smaller amounts if the desorption efficiency is adequate. Desorption efficiency must be determined over the range used. 2.2 The upper limit of the range of the method is dependent on the adsorptive capacity of the charcoal tube. This capacity varies with the concentrations of acrylonitrile and other substances in the air. The first section of the charcoal tube was found to hold at least 3.97 mg of acrylonitrile when a test atmosphere containing 92.0 mg/cu m of acrylonitrile in air was sampled 0.18 liter per minute for 240 minutes; at that time the concentration of acrylonitrile in the effluent was less than 5 percent of that in the influent. (The charcoal tube consists of two sections of activated charcoal separated by a section of urethane foam. See section 6.2.) If a particular atmosphere is suspected of containing a large amount of contaminant, a smaller sampling volume should be taken. 3. "Interference." 3.1 When the amount of water in the air is so great that condensation actually occurs in the tube, organic vapors will not be trapped efficiently. Preliminary experiments using toluene indicate that high humidity severely decreases the breakthrough volume. 3.2 When interfering compounds are known or suspected to be present in the air, such information, including their suspected identities, should be transmitted with the sample. 3.3 It must be emphasized that any compound which has the same retention time as the analyte at the operating conditions described in this method is an interference. Retention time data on a single column cannot be considered proof of chemical identity. 3.4 If the possibility of interference exists, separation conditions (column packing, temperature, etc.) must be changed to circumvent the problem. 4. "Precision and accuracy." 4.1 The Coefficient of Variation (CV(T)) for the total analytical and sampling method in the range of 17.5-70.0 mg/cu m was 0.073. This value corresponds to a 3.3 mg/cu m standard deviation at the (previous) OSHA standard level (20 ppm). Statistical information and details of the validation and experimental test procedures can be found in Reference 11.2. 4.2 On the average the concentrations obtained at the 20 ppm level using the overall sampling and analytical method were 6.0 percent lower than the "true" concentrations for a limited number of laboratory experiments. Any difference between the "found" and "true" concentrations may not represent a bias in the sampling and analytical method, but rather a random variation from the experimentally determined "true" concentration. Therefore, no recovery correction should be applied to the final result in section 10.5. 5. "Advantages and disadvantages of the method." 5.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method. The method can also be used for the simultaneous analysis of two or more substances suspected to be present in the same sample by simply changing gas chromatographic conditions. 5.2 One disadvantage of the method is that the amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists. 5.3 Furthermore, the precision of the method is limited by the reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop will affect the flow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is usually calibrated for one tube only. 6. "Apparatus." 6.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within plus or minus 5 percent at the recommended flow rate. (Reference 11.3). 6.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tubes with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoals prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 deg. C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the backup section. A plug of silicated glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than 1 inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute. 6.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector. 6.4 Column (4-ft X 1/4-in stainless steel) packed with 50/80 mesh Poropak, type Q. 6.5 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring peak areas. 6.6 Two-milliliter sample containers with glass stoppers or Teflon-lined caps. If an automatic sample injector is used, the associated vials may be used. 6.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter and other convenient sizes for making standards. 6.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets. 6.9 Volumetric flask: 10-ml or convenient sizes for making standard solutions. 7. "Reagents." 7.1 Chromatographic quality methanol. 7.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade. 7.3 Hexane, reagent grade. 7.4 Purified nitrogen. 7.5 Prepurified hydrogen. 7.6 Filtered compressed air. 8. "Procedure." 8.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis should be detergent washed and thoroughly rinsed with tap water and distilled water. 8.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each personal pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line. This will minimize errors associated with uncertainties in the sample volume collected. 8.3 Collection and shipping of samples. 8.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm). 8.3.2 The smaller section of charcoal is used as a backup and should be positioned nearest the sampling pump. 8.3.3 The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical direction during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal. 8.3.4 Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube. 8.3.5 A maximum sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow of 0.20 liter per minute or less. The flow rate should be known with an accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent. 8.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the atmosphere being sampled should be recorded. If pressure reading is not available, record the elevation. 8.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps immediately after sampling. Under no circumstances should rubber caps be used. 8.3.8 With each batch of 10 samples submit one tube from the same lot of tubes which was used for sample collection and which is subjected to exactly the same handling as the samples except that no air is drawn through it. Label this as a blank. 8.3.9 Capped tubes should be packed tightly and padded before they are shipped to minimize tube breakage during shipping. 8.3.10 A sample of the bulk material should be submitted to the laboratory in a glass container with a Teflon-lined cap. This sample should not be transported in the same container as the charcoal tubes. 8.4 Analysis of samples. 8.4.1 Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml stoppered sample container. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the second section is transferred to another stoppered container. These two sections are analyzed separately. 8.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes. Tests indicate that this is adequate if the sample is agitated occasionally during this period. If an automatic sample injector is used, the sample vials should be capped as soon as the solvent is added to minimize volatilization. 8.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are: 1. 50 ml/min (60 psig) nitrogen carrier gas flow. 2. 65 ml/min (24 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector. 3. 500 ml/min (50 psig) air flow to detector. 4. 235 deg. C injector temperature. 5. 255 deg. C manifold temperature (detector). 6. 155 deg. C column temperature. 8.4.4 Injection. The first step in the analysis is the injection of the sample into the gas chromatograph. To eliminate difficulties arising from blowback or distillation within the syringe needle, one should employ the solvent flush injection technique. The 10-microliter syringe is first flushed with solvent several times to wet the barrel and plunger. Three microliters of solvent are drawn into the syringe to increase the accuracy and reproducibility of the injected sample volume. The needle is removed from the solvent, and the plunger is pulled back about 0.2 microliter to separate the solvent flush from the sample with a pocket of air to be used as a marker. The needle is then immersed in the sample, and a 5-microliter aliquot is withdrawn, taking into consideration the volume of the needle, since the sample in the needle will be completely injected. After the needle is removed from the sample and prior to injection, the plunger is pulled back 1.2 microliters to minimize evaporation of the sample from the tip of the needle. Observe that the sample occupies 4.9-5.0 microliters in the barrel of the syringe. Duplicate injections of each sample and standard should be made. No more than a 3 percent difference in area is to be expected. An automatic sample injector can be used if it is shown to give reproducibility at least as good as the solvent flush method. 8.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the sample peak is measured by an electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area measurement, and preliminary results are read from a standard curve prepared as discussed below. 8.5 Determination of desorption efficiency. 8.5.1 Importance of determination. The desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine at least once the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used. 8.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. Activated charcoal equivalent to the amount in the first section of the sampling tube (100 mg) is measured into a 2.5 in, 4-mm I.D. glass tube, flame sealed at one end. This charcoal must be from the same batch as that used in obtaining the samples and can be obtained from unused charcoal tubes. The open end is capped with Parafilm. A known amount of hexane solution of acrylonitrile containing 0.239 g/ml is injected directly into the activated charcoal with a microliter syringe, and tube is capped with more Parafilm. When using an automatic sample injector, the sample injector vials, capped with Teflon-faced septa, may be used in place of the glass tube. The amount injected is equivalent to that present in a 20-liter air sample at the selected level. Six tubes at each of three levels (0.5X, 1X, and 2X of the standard) are prepared in this manner and allowed to stand for at least overnight to assure complete adsorption of the analyte onto the charcoal. These tubes are referred to as the sample. A parallel blank tube should be treated in the same manner except that no sample is added to it. The sample and blank tubes are desorbed and analyzed in exactly the same manner as the sampling tube described in section 8.4. Two or three standards are prepared by injecting the same volume of compound into 1.0 ml of methanol with the same syringe used in the preparation of the samples. These are analyzed with the samples. The desorption efficiency (D.E.) equals the average weight in mg recovered from the tube divided by the weight in mg added to the tube, or average weight recovered (mg)
D.E. ----------------------------------------
weight added (mg) The desorption efficiency is dependent on the amount of analyte collected on the charcoal. Plot the desorption efficiency versus weight of analyte found. This curve is used in section 10.4 to correct for adsorption losses. 9. "Calibration and standards." It is convenient to express concentration of standards in terms of mg/1.0 ml methanol, because samples are desorbed in this amount of methanol. The density of the analyte is used to convert mg into microliters for easy measurement with a microliter syringe. A series of standards, varying in concentration over the range of interest, is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and during the same time period as the unknown samples. Curves are established by plotting concentration in mg/1.0 ml versus peak area. Note: Since no internal standard is used in the method, standard solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and variations during the same day of the FID response. 10. "Calculations." 10.1 Read the weight, in mg, corresponding to each peak area from the standard curve. No volume corrections are needed, because the standard curve is based on mg/1.0 ml methanol and the volume of sample injected is identical to the volume of the standards injected. 10.2 Corrections for the bank must be made for each sample. mg = mg sample-mg blank Where: mg sample = mg found in front section of sample tube. mg sample = mg found in front section of blank tube. A similar procedure is followed for the backup sections. 10.3 Add the weights found in the front and backup sections to get the total weight in the sample. 10.4 Read the desorption efficiency from the curve (see sec. 8.5.2) for the amount found in the front section. Divide the total weight by this desorption efficiency to obtain the corrected mg/sample. Total weight Corrected mg/sample = ------------------------- D.E. 10.5 The concentration of the analyte in the air sampled can be expressed in mg/cu m. 1,000 (liter/cu m) mg/cu m=Corrected mg (section 10.4) --------------------------------------------- air volume sampled (liter) 10.6 Another method of expressing concentration is ppm. ppm = m mg/cu X 24.45/M.W. X 760/PX T. + 273/298 Where: P = Pressure (mm Hg) of air sampled. T = Temperature (deg. C) of air sampled. 24.45 = Molar volume (liter/mole) at 25 deg.C and 760 mm Hg. M.W. = Molecular weight (g/mole) of analyte. 760 = Standard pressure (mm Hg). 298 = Standard temperature (deg. K). 11. "References." 11.1 White, L. D. et al., "A Convenient Optimized Method for the Analysis of Selected Solvent Vapors in the Industrial Atmosphere," "Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J.," 31:225 (1970). 11.2 Documentation of NIOSH Validation Tests, NIOSH Contract No. CDC-99-74-45. 11.3 Final Report, NIOSH Contract HSM-99-71-31, "Personal Sampler Pump for Charcoal Tubes," September 15, 1972. NIOSH Modification of NIOSH Method S-156 The NIOSH recommended method for low levels for acrylonitrile is a modification of method S-156. It differs in the following respects: (1) Samples are desorbed using 1 ml of 1 percent acetone in CS(2) rather than methanol. (2) The analytical column and conditions are: Column: 20 percent SP-1000 on 80/100 Supelcoport 10 feet x 1/8 inch S.S. Conditions: Injector temperature: 200 deg. C. Detector temperature: 100 deg. C. Column temperature: 85 deg. C. Helium flow: 25 ml/min. Air flow: 450 ml/min. Hydrogen flow: 55 ml/min. (3) A 2 ul injection of the desorbed analyte is used. (4) A sampling rate of 100 ml/min is recommended. OSHA Laboratory Modification of NIOSH Method S-156 Analyte: Acrylonitrile. Matrix: Air. Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, desorption with methanol, GC. 1. "Principle of the Method" (Reference 1). 1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the organic vapors present. 1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered sample vial, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol. 1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph. 1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas obtained for standards. 2. "Advantages and disadvantages of the method." 2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids. Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are analyzed by means of a quick, instrumental method. 2.2 This method may not be adequate for the simultaneous analysis of two or more substances. 2.3 The amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists. 2.4 The precision of the method is limited by the reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop will affect the flow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is usually calibrated for one tube only. 3. "Apparatus." 3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within plus or minus 5 percent at the recommended flow rate. 3.2 Charcoal tubes: Glass tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 deg. C prior to packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the back-up section. A plug of sililated glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute. 3.3 Gas chromatograph equipped with a nitrogen phosphorus detector. 3.4 Column (10-ft x 1/8"-in stainless steel) packed with 100/120 Supelcoport coated with 10 percent SP 1000. 3.5 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring peak area. 3.6 Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps 3.7 Microliter syringes: 10-microliter, and other convenient sizes for making standards. 3.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets. 3.9 Volumetric flasks: convenient sizes for making standard solutions. 4. "Reagents." 4.1 Chromatographic quality methanol. 4.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent grade. 4.3 Filtered compressed air. 4.4 Purified hydrogen. 4.5 Purified helium. 5. "Procedure." 5.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could interfere in the analysis. 5.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each pump must be calibrated with a representative charcoal tube in the line. 5.3 Collection and shipping of samples. 5.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm). 5.3.2 The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and should be placed nearest the sampling pump. 5.3.3 The charcoal should be placed in a vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal. 5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tube. 5.3.5 A sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be known with an accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent. 5.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the atmosphere being sampled should be recorded. 5.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps immediately after sampling. Rubber caps should not be used. 5.3.8 Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to the same handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) with each set of samples. 5.3.9. Take necessary shipping and packing precautions to minimize breakage of samples. 5.4 Analysis of samples. 5.4.1 Preparation of samples. In preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a 2-ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are analyzed separately. 5.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes in an ultrasonic bath. The sample vials are recapped as soon as the solvent is added. 5.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph are: 1. 30 ml/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow. 2. 3.0 ml/min (30 psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector. 3. 50 ml/min (60 psig) air flow to detector. 4. 200 deg. C injector temperature. 5. 200 deg. C dejector temperature. 6. 100 deg. C column temperature. 5.4.4 Injection. Solvent flush technique or equivalent. 5.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the sample peak is measured by an electronic integator or some other suitable form of area measurement, and preliminary results are read from a standard curve prepared as discussed below. 5.5 Determination of desorption efficiency. 5.5.1 Importance of determination. The desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at least once, the percentage of the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch of charcoal is used. 5.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. The reference portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X (X represents TLV) based on a 20 l air sample are injected onto several tubes at each level. Dilutions of acrylonitrile with methanol are made to allow injection of measurable quantities. These tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least overnight. Following equilibration they are analyzed following the same procedure as the samples A curve of the desorption efficiency amt recovered/amt added is plotted versus amount of analyte found. This curve is used to correct for adsorption losses. 6. "Calibration and standards." A series of standards, varying in concentration over the range of interest, is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and during the same time period as the unknown samples. Curves are prepared by plotting concentration versus peak area. Note: Since no internal standard is used in the method, standard solutions must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and variations during the same day of the NPD response. Multiple injections are necessary. 7. "Calculations." Read the weight, corresponding to each peak area from the standard curve, correct for the blank, correct for the desorption efficiency, and make necessary air volume corrections. 8. "Reference." NIOSH Method S-156. 1926.1147 Ethylene oxide (a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all occupational exposures to ethylene oxide (EtO), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 75-21-8, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. (2) This section does not apply to the processing, use, or handling of products containing EtO where objective data are reasonably relied upon that demonstrate that the product is not capable of releasing EtO in airborne concentrations at or above the action level, and may not reasonably be foreseen to release EtO in excess of the excursion limit, under the expected conditions of processing, use, or handling that will cause the greatest possible release. (3) Where products containing EtO are exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the employer shall maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption and the basis for the employer's reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (k)(1) of this section. (b) "Definitions:" For the purpose of this section, the following definitions shall apply: "Action level" means a concentration of airborne EtO of 0.5 ppm calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average. "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. "Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act. "Director" means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee. "Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that is likely to or does result in an unexpected significant release of EtO. "Employee exposure" means exposure to airborne EtO which would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment. "Ethylene oxide" or "EtO" means the three-membered ring organic compound with chemical formula C(2)H(4)O. (c) "Permissible exposure limits" - (1) "8-hour time weighted average (TWA)." The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of EtO in excess of one (1) part EtO per million parts of air (1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average (8-hour TWA). (2) "Excursion limit." The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of EtO in excess of 5 parts of EtO per million parts of air (5 ppm) as averaged over a sampling period of fifteen (15) minutes. (d) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of employee exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are representative of the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute short-term exposures of each employee. (ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for each shift for each job classification in each work area. Representative 15-minute short-term employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or more samples representing 15-minute exposures associated with operations that are most likely to produce exposures above the excursion limit for each shift for each job classification in each work area. (iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent for similar operations in different work shifts, the employer need only determine representative employee exposure for that operation during one shift. (2) "Initial monitoring." (i) Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard, except as provided for in paragraph (a)(2) or (d)(2)(ii) of this section, shall perform initial monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of EtO to which employees may be exposed. (ii) Where the employer has monitored after June 15, 1983 and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section. (iii) Where the employer has previously monitored for the excursion limit and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this sections, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section. (3) "Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring)." (i) If the monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure at or above the action level but at or below the 8-hour TWA, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every 6 months. (ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the 8-hour TWA, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 months. (iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from quarterly to semiannually for any employee for whom two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart indicate that the employee's exposure has decreased to or below the 8-hour TWA. (iv) If the monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure above the 15 minute excursion limit, the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 months, and more often as necessary to evaluate exposure the employee's short-term exposures. (4) "Termination of monitoring." (i) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the action level, the employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by the initial monitoring. (ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level, the employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring. (iii) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(1) of this section reveals employee exposure to be at or below the excursion limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by the initial monitoring. (iv) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two consecutive measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are at or below the excursion limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring. (5) "Additional monitoring." Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (d)(4) of this section, the employer shall institute the exposure monitoring required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there has been a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or work practices that may result in new or additional exposures to EtO or when the employer has any reason to suspect that a change may result in new or additional exposures. (6) "Accuracy of monitoring." (i) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the 1 ppm TWA and to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the action level of 0.5 ppm. (ii) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the excursion limit. (7) "Employee notification of monitoring results." (i) The employer shall, within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this standard, notify the affected employee of these results in writing either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate location that is accessible to affected employees. (ii) The written notification required by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever monitoring results indicated that the TWA and/or excursion limit has been exceeded. (e) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish a regulated area wherever occupational exposure to airborne concentrations of EtO may exceed the TWA or wherever the EtO concentration exceeds or can reasonably be expected to exceed the excursion limit. (2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons. (3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated in any manner that minimizes the number of employees within the regulated area. (f) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering controls and work practices." (i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit, except to the extent that such controls are not feasible. (ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section. (iii) Engineering controls are generally infeasible for the following operations: collection of quality assurance sampling from sterilized materials removal of biological indicators from sterilized materials: loading and unloading of tank cars; changing of ethylene oxide tanks on sterilizers; and vessel cleaning. For these operations, engineering controls are required only where the Assistant Secretary demonstrates that such controls are feasible. (2) "Compliance program." (i) Where the TWA or excursion limit is exceeded, the employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit by means of engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section, and by the use of respiratory protection where required or permitted under this section. (ii) The compliance program shall include a schedule for periodic leak detection surveys and a written plan for emergency situations, as specified in paragraph (h)(i) of this section. (iii) Written plans for a program required in paragraph (f)(2) shall be developed and furnished upon request for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employee representatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at least every 12 months, and shall be updated as necessary to reflect significant changes in the status of the employer's compliance program. (iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a means of compliance with the TWA or excursion limit. (g) "Respiratory protection and personal protective equipment" - (1) "General." The employer shall provide respirators, and ensure that they are used, where required by this section. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances. (i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls; (ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, vessel cleaning, or other activities for which engineering and work practice controls are not feasible; (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the TWA or excursion limit; and (iv) In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." (i) Where respirators are required under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator as specified in Table 1, and shall ensure that the employee uses the respirator provided. (ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly approved as being acceptable for protection against EtO by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11. (3) "Respirator program." Where respiratory protection is required by this section, the employer shall institute a respirator program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103(e), (g), (h), and (i). (4) "Protective clothing and equipment." Where eye or skin contact with liquid EtO or EtO solutions may occur, the employer shall select and provide, at no cost to the employee, appropriate protective clothing or other equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.95 and 1926.102 to protect any area of the body that may come in contact with liquid EtO or EtO in solution, and shall ensure that the employee wears the protective clothing and equipment provided. (h) "Emergency situations" - (1) "Written plan." (i) A written plan for emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where there is a possibility of an emergency. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency. (ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped with respiratory protection as required by paragraph (g) of this section until the emergency is abated. (iii) The plan shall include the elements prescribed in 29 CFR 1926.35, "Employee emergency plans and fire prevention plans." (2) "Alerting employees." Where there is the possibility of employee exposure to EtO due to an emergency, means shall be developed to alert potentially affected employees of such occurrences promptly. Affected employees shall be immediately evacuated from the area in the event that an emergency occurs. TABLE 1 - MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE ETO
Condition of use or concentration of airborne EtO (ppm) |
Minimum required respirator |
Equal to or less than 50 | (a) Full facepiece respirator with EtO approved canister, front-or back-mounted |
Equal to or less than 2,000 | (a) Positive-pressure supplied air respirator, equipped with full facepiece, hood, or helmet, or (b) Continuous-flow supplied air respirator (positive pressure) equipped with hood, helmet or suit |
Concentration above 2,000 or unknown concentration (such as in emergencies) | (a) Positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), equipped with full facepiece, or (b) Positive-pressure full facepiece supplied air respirator equipped with an auxiliary positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus |
Firefighting | (a) Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with full facepiece |
Escape | (a) Any respirator described above |
Note. - Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted to be used in lower concentrations. (i) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General" - (i) "Employees covered." (A) The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or may be exposed to EtO at or above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators, for at least 30 days a year. (B) The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to all employees who have been exposed to EtO in an emergency situation. (ii) "Examination by a physician." The employer shall ensure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place. (2) "Medical examinations and consultations." (i) "Frequency." The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section on the following schedules: (A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where exposure may be at or above the action level for at least 30 days a year. (B) At least annually each employee exposed at or above the action level for at least 30 days in the past year. (C) At termination of employment or reassignment to an area where exposure to EtO is not at or above the action level for at least 30 days a year. (D) As medically appropriate for any employee exposed during an emergency. (E) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either (1) that the employee has developed signs or symptoms indicating possible overexposure to EtO, or (2) that the employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to EtO on the employee's ability to produce a healthy child. (F) If the examining physician determines that any of the examinations should be provided more frequently than specified, the employer shall provide such examinations to affected employees at the frequencies recommended by the physician. (ii) "Content." (A) Medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(A)-(D) of this section shall include: {1} A medical and work history with special emphasis directed to symptoms related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin. {2} A physical examination with particular emphasis given to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin. {3} A complete blood count to include at least a white cell count (including differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and hemoglobin. {4} Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice. (B) The content of medical examinations or consultation made available pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i)(E) of this section shall be determined by the examining physician, and shall include pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility, if requested by the employee and deemed appropriate by the physician. (3) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician: (i) A copy of this standard and Appendices A, B, and C. (ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee's exposure. (iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated exposure level. (iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory equipment used or to be used. (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee that is not otherwise available to the examining physician. (4) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion shall contain the results of the medical examination and shall include: (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions that would place the employee at an increased risk of material health impairment from exposure to EtO; (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or upon the use of personal protective equipment such as clothing or respirators; and (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions resulting from EtO exposure that require further explanation or treatment. (ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to EtO. (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written opinion to the affected employee within 15 days from its receipt. (j) "Communication of EtO hazards to employees" - (1) "Signs and labels." (i) The employer shall post and maintain legible signs demarcating regulated areas and entrances or accessways to regulated areas that bear the following legend: DANGER ETHYLENE OXIDE CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE WORN IN THIS AREA (ii) The employer shall ensure that precautionary labels are affixed to all containers of EtO whose contents are capable of causing employee exposure at or above the action level or whose contents may reasonably be foreseen to cause employee exposure above the excursion limit, and that the labels remain affixed when the containers of EtO leave the workplace. For the purpose of this paragraph, reaction vessels, storage tanks, and pipes or piping systems are not considered to be containers. The labels shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication standard, and shall include the following legend: (A) DANGER CONTAINS ETHYLENE OXIDE CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD and (B) A warning statement against breathing airborne concentrations of EtO. (iii) The labeling requirements under this section do not apply where EtO is used as a pesticide, as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), when it is labeled pursuant to that Act and regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency. (2) "Material safety data sheets." Employers who are manufacturers or importers of EtO shall comply with the requirements regarding development of material safety data sheets as specified in 29 CFR 1926.59(g) of OSHA's Hazard Communication standard. (3) "Information and training." (i) The employer shall provide employees who are potentially exposed to EtO at or above the action level or above the excursion limit with information and training on EtO at the time of initial assignment and at least annually thereafter. (ii) Employees shall be informed of the following: (A) The requirements of this section with an explanation of its contents, including Appendices A and B; (B) Any operations in their work area where EtO is present; (C) The location and availability of the written EtO final rule; and (D) The medical surveillance program required by paragraph (i) of this section with an explanation of the information in Appendix C. (iii) Employee training shall include at least: (A) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of EtO in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, etc.); (B) The physical and health hazards of EtO; (C) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from hazards associated with EtO exposure, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to EtO, such as work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; and (D) The details of the hazard communication program developed by the employer, including an explanation of the labeling system and how employees can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information. (k) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Objective data for exempted operations." (i) Where the processing, use, or handling of products made from or containing EtO are exempted from other requirements of this section under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or where objective data have been relied on in lieu of initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption. (ii) This record shall include at least the following information: (A) The product qualifying for exemption; (B) The source of the objective data; (C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the material for the release of EtO; (D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the exemption; and (E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or employee exposures covered by the exemption. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of the employer's reliance upon such objective data. (2) "Exposure measurements." (i) The employer shall keep an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to EtO as prescribed in paragraph (d) of this section. (ii) This record shall include at least the following information: (A) The date of measurement; (B) The operation involving exposure to EtO which is being monitored; (C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy; (D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken; (E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and (F) Name, social security number and exposure of the employees whose exposures are represented. (iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (3) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance by paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (ii) The record shall include at least the following information: (A) The name and social security number of the employee; (B) Physicians' written opinions; (C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to EtO; and (D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by paragraph (i)(3) of this section. (iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (4) "Availability." (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make all records required to be maintained by this section available to the Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying. (ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any exemption and exposure records required by paragraphs (k) (1) and (2) of this section available for examination and copying to affected employees, former employees, designated representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i). (iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical records required by paragraph (k)(3) of this section available for examination and copying to the subject employee, anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33. (5) "Transfer of records." (i) The employer shall comply with the requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h). (ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior to disposal and transmit them to the Director. (l) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to EtO conducted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. (2) "Observation procedures." When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to EtO requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be provided with and be required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (m) "Dates" - (1) - (i) "Effective date." The paragraphs contained in this section shall become effective August 21, 1984, except for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) which shall become effective on March 12, 1985. (ii) The requirements in this section which pertain only to or are triggered by the excursion limit shall become effective June 6, 1988, except for the excursion limit provisions in paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3) and (j) of this section which shall become effective August 25, 1988. (2) "Start-up dates." (i) The start-up date for the requirements in those paragraphs that were effective on August 21, 1984, including institution of work practice controls specified in paragraph (f)(1), shall be February 19, 1985, except as provided for in paragraph (m)(2)(ii), and the start-up date for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) of this section shall be September 9, 1985. (ii) Engineering controls specified by paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be implemented by August 21, 1985. (iii) Compliance with the requirements in this section which pertain only to or are triggered by the excursion limit shall be by September 6, 1988, except for compliance with the excursion limit provisions of paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3), and (j) of this section, which shall be by October 6, 1988, and implementation of engineering controls specified for compliance with the excursion limit, which shall be by December 6, 1988. (3) "Labeling." (i) Paragraph (j)(1)(ii)(A) of this section as amended is effective January 9, 1986. (ii) Paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this is effective October 11, 1985. (n) "Appendices." The information contained in the appendices is not intended by itself to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0108) Appendix A to 1926.1147 - Substance Safety Data Sheet for Ethylene Oxide (Non-Mandatory) I. "Substance identification" A. Substance: Ethylene oxide (C(2)H(4)O). B. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO, ETO, oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane. C. Ethylene oxide can be found as a liquid or vapor. D. EtO is used in the manufacture of ethylene glycol, surfactants, ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and other organic chemicals. EtO is also used as a sterilant and fumigant. E. Appearance and odor: Colorless liquid below 10.7 deg. C (51.3 deg. F) or colorless gas with ether-like odor detected at approximately 700 parts EtO per million parts of air (700 ppm). F. Permissible Exposure: Exposure may not exceed 1 part EtO per million parts of air averaged over the 8-hour workday. II. "Health hazard data" A. Ethylene oxide can cause bodily harm if you inhale the vapor, if it comes into contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it. B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause eye irritation and injury to the cornea, frostbite, and severe irritation and blistering of the skin upon prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation and liver injury. Acute effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, shortness of breath, and cyaonosis (blue or purple coloring of skin). Exposure has also been associated with the occurrence of cancer, reproductive effects, mutagenic changes, neurotoxicity, and sensitization. 2. EtO has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals and has been associated with higher incidences of cancer in humans. Adverse reproductive effects and chromosome damage may also occur from EtO exposure. a. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if you develop any signs or symptoms and suspect that they are caused by exposure to EtO. III. "Emergency first aid procedures" A. Eye exposure: If EtO gets into your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower and upper eyelids. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with this chemical. B. Skin exposure: If EtO gets on your skin, immediately wash the contaminated skin with water. If EtO soaks through your clothing, especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin with water using an emergency deluge shower. Get medical attention immediately. Thoroughly wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or other leather articles should not be reused and should be discarded. C. Inhalation: If large amounts of EtO are inhaled, the exposed person must be moved to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention immediately. D. Swallowing: When EtO has been swallowed, give the person large quantities of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him or her touch the back of the throat with his or her finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention immediately. E. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If the exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only after notifying at least one other person of the emergency and putting into effect established emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty yourself. Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment before the need arises. IV. "Respirators and protective clothing" A. Respirators: You may be required to wear a respirator for nonroutine activities, in emergencies, while your employer is in the process of reducing EtO exposures through engineering controls, and where engineering controls are not feasible. As of the effective date of the standard, only air supplied positive-pressure, full-facepiece respirators are approved for protection against EtO. If air-purifying respirators are worn in the future, they must have a joint Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) label of approval for use with ethylene oxide. For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and head snugly. Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations where their use is required. EtO does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the permissible exposure limits. If you can smell EtO while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell your employer. B. Protective clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable clothing, gloves, a face shield, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Where protective clothing is required, your employer must provide clean garments to you as necessary to assure that the clothing protects you adequately. Replace or repair protective clothing that has become torn or otherwise damaged. EtO must never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes which are not impermeable to EtO should not be allowed to become contaminated with EtO, and if they do, the clothing should be promptly removed and decontaminated. Contaminated leather shoes should be discarded. Once EtO penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they should not be worn again. C. Eye protection: You must wear splashproof safety goggles in areas where liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may contact your eyes. In addition, contact lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact with EtO can occur. V. "Precautions for safe use, handling, and storage" A. EtO is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures in air. B. EtO must be stored in tighly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers, alkalines, and acids, strong bases, acetylide-forming metals such as cooper, silver, mercury and their alloys. C. Sources of ignition such as smoking material, open flames and some electrical devices are prohibited wherever EtO is handled, used, or stored in a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard. D. You should use non-sparking tools when opening or closing metal containers of EtO, and containers must be bonded and grounded in the rare instances in which liquid EtO is poured or transferred. E. Impermeable clothing wet with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may be easily ignited. If your are wearing impermeable clothing and are splashed with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solution, you should immediately remove the clothing while under an emergency deluge shower. F. If your skin comes into contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions, you should immediately remove the EtO using an emergency deluge shower. G. You should not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials in regulated areas where employee exposures are above the permissible exposure limits. H. Fire extinguishers and emergency deluge showers for quick drenching should be readily available, and you should know where they are and how to operate them. I. Ask your supervisor where EtO is used in your work area and for any additional plant safety and health rules. VI. "Access to information" A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information contained in this standard and appendices for EtO. In addition, your employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for using EtO emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment. B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to EtO. You or your representative has the right to observe employee measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer is required to inform you of your exposure. If your employer determine that you are being overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of the actions which are being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits. C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and medical examinations. These exposure records must be kept by the employer for at least thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept for the period of your employment plus thirty (30) years. D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to your physician or designated representative upon your written request. VII. "Sterilant use of eto in hospitals and health care facilities" This section of Appendix A, for informational purposes, sets forth EPA's recommendations for modifications in workplace design and practice in hospitals and health care facilities for which the Environmental Protection Agency has registered EtO for uses as a sterilant or fumigant under the Federal Insecticide, Funigicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq. These new recommendations, published in the "Federal Register" by EPA at 49 FR 15268, as modified in today's "Register", are intended to help reduce the exposure of hospital and health care workers to EtO to 1 ppm. EPA's recommended workplace design and workplace practice are as follows: 1. "Workplace Design" a. "Installation of gas line hand valves." Hand valves must be installed on the gas supply line at the connection to the supply cylinders to minimize leakage during cylinder change. b. "Installation of capture boxes." Sterilizer operations result in a gas/water discharge at the completion of the process. This discharge is routinely piped to a floor drain which is generally located in an equipment or an adjacent room. When the floor drain is not in the same room as the sterilizer and workers are not normally present, all that is necessary is that the room be well ventilated. The installation of a "capture box" will be required for those work place layouts where the floor drain is located in the same room as the sterilizer or in a room where workers are normally present. A "capture box" is a piece of equipment that totally encloses the floor drain where the discharge from the sterilizer is pumped. The "capture box" is to be vented directly to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system. Sufficient air intake should be allowed at the bottom of the box to handle the volume of air that is ventilated from the top of the box. The "capture box" can be made of metal, plastic, wood or other equivalent material. The box is intended to reduce levels of EtO discharged into the work room atmosphere. The use of a "capture box" is not required if: (1) The vacuum pump discharge floor drain is located in a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally present or (2) the water sealed vacuum pump discharges directly to a closed sealed sewer line (check local plumbing codes). If it is impractical to install a vented "capture box" and a well ventilated equipment or other room is not feasible, a box that can be sealed over the floor drain may be used if: (1) The floor drain is located in a room where workers are not normally present and EtO cannot leak into an occupied area, and (2) the sterilizer in use is less than 12 cubic feet in capacity (check local plumbing codes). c. "Ventilation of aeration units." i." Existing aeration units." Existing units must be vented to a non-recirculating or dedicated system or vented to an equipment or other room where workers are not normally present and which is well ventilated. Aerator units must be positioned as close as possible to the sterilizer to minimize the exposure from the off-gassing of sterilized items. ii. "Installation of new aerator units (where none exist)." New aerator units must be vented as described above for existing aerators. Aerators must be in place by July 1, 1986. d. "Ventilation during cylinder change." Workers may be exposed to short but relatively high levels of EtO during the change of gas cylinders. To reduce exposure from this route, users must select one of three alternatives designed to draw off gas that may be released when the line from the sterilizer to the cylinder is disconnected: i. Location of cylinders in a well ventilated equipment room or other room where workers are not normally present. ii. Installation of a flexible hose (at least 4" (10.16 cm) in diameter) to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system and located in the area of cylinder change in such a way that the hose can be positioned at the point where the sterilizer gas line is disconnected from the cylinder. iii. Installation of a hood that is part of a non-recirculating or dedicated system and positioned no more than one foot above the point where the change of cylinders takes place. e. "Ventilation of sterilizer door area." One of the major sources of exposure to EtO occurs when the sterilizer door is opened following the completion of the sterilization process. In order to reduce this avenue of exposure, a hood or metal canopy closed on each end must be installed over the sterilizer door. The hood or metal canopy must be connected to a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system or one that exhausts gases to a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally present. A hood or canopy over the sterilizer door is required for use even with those sterilizers that have a purge cycle and must be in place by July 1, 1986. f. "Ventilation of sterilizer relief valve." Sterilizers are typically equipped with a safety relief device to release gas in case of increased pressure in the sterilizer. Generally, such relief devices are used on pressure vessels. Although these pressure relief devices are rarely opened for hospital and health care sterilizers, it is suggested that they be designed to exhaust vapor from the sterilizer by one of the following methods: i. Through a pipe connected to the outlet of the relief valve ventilated directly outdoors at a point high enough to be away from passers by, and not near any windows that open, or near any air conditioning or ventilation air intakes. ii. Through a connection to an existing or new non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system. iii. Through a connection to a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally present. g. "Ventilation systems." Each hospital and health care facility affected by this notice that uses EtO for the sterilization of equipment and supplies must have a ventilation system which enables compliance with the requirements of section (b) through (f) in the manner described in these sections and within the timeframes allowed. Thus, each affected hospital and health care facility must have or install a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation equipment or other room where workers are not normally present in which to vent EtO. h. "Installation of alarm systems." An audible and visual indicator alarm system must be installed to alert personnel of ventilation system failures, i.e., when the ventilation fan motor is not working. 2. "Workplace Practices" All the workplace practices discussed in this unit must be permanently posted near the door of each sterilizer prior to use by any operator. a. "Changing of supply line filters." Filters in the sterilizer liquid line must be changed when necessary, by the following procedure: i. Close the cylinder valve and the hose valve. ii. Disconnect the cylinder hose (piping) from the cylinder. iii. Open the hose valve and bleed slowly into a proper ventilating system at or near the in-use supply cylinders. iv. Vacate the area until the line is empty. v. Change the filter. vi. Reconnect the lines and reverse the value position. vii. Check hoses, filters, and valves for leaks with a fluorocarbon leak detector (for those sterilizers using the 88 percent chlorofluorocarbon, 12 percent ethylene oxide mixture (12/88)). b. "Restricted access area." i. Areas involving use of EtO must be designated as restricted access areas. They must be identified with signs or floor marks near the sterilizer door, aerator, vacuum pump floor drain discharge, and in-use cylinder storage. ii. All personnel must be excluded from the restricted area when certain operations are in progress, such as discharging a vacuum pump, emptying a sterilizer liquid line, or venting a non-purge sterilizer with the door ajar or other operations where EtO might be released directly into the face of workers. c. "Door opening procedures." i. "Sterilizers with purge cycles." A load treated in a sterilizer equipped with a purge cycle should be removed immediately upon completion of the cycle (provided no time is lost opening the door after cycle is completed). If this is not done, the purge cycle should be repeated before opening door. ii. "Sterilizers without purge cycles." For a load treated in a sterilizer not equipped with a purge cycle, the sterilizer door must be ajar 6" (15.24 cm) for 15 minutes, and then fully opened for at least another 15 minutes before removing the treated load. The length of time of the second period should be established by peak monitoring for one hour after the two 15-minute periods suggested. If the level is above 10 ppm time-weighted average for 8 hours, more time should be added to the second waiting period (door wide open). However, in no case may the second period be shortened to less than 15 minutes. d. "Chamber unloading procedures." i. Procedures for unloading the chamber must include the use of baskets or rolling carts, or baskets and rolling tables to transfer treated loads quickly, thus avoiding excessive contact with treated articles, and reducing the duration of exposures. ii. If rolling carts are used, they should be pulled not pushed by the sterilizer operators to avoid offgassing exposure. e. "Maintenance." A written log should be instituted and maintained documenting the date of each leak detection and any maintenance procedures undertaken. This is a suggested use practice and is not required. i. "Leak detection." Sterilizer door gaskets, cylinder and vacuum piping, hoses, filters, and valves must be checked for leaks under full pressure with a Fluorocarbon leak detector (for 12/88 systems only) every two weeks by maintenance personnel. Also, the cylinder piping connections must be checked after changing cylinders. Particular attention in leak detection should be given to the automatic solenoid valves that control the flow of EtO to the sterilizer. Specifically, a check should be made at the EtO gasline entrance port to the sterilizer, while the sterilizer door is open and the solenoid valves are in a closed position. ii. "Maintenance procedures." Sterilizer/areator door gaskets, valves, and fittings must be replaced when necessary as determined by maintenance personnel in their bi-weekly checks; in addition, visual inspection of the door gaskets for cracks, debris, and other foreign substances should be conducted daily by the operator. Appendix B to 1926.1147 - Substance Technical Guidelines for Ethylene Oxide (Non-Mandatory) I. "Physical and chemical data" A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO ETO oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane. 2. Formula: (C(2)H(4)O). 3. Molecular weight: 44.06 B. Physical data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 10.7 deg. C (51.3 deg. F); 2. Specific gravity (water = 1): 0.87 (at 20 deg. C or 68 deg. F) 3. Vapor density (air = 1): 1.49; 4. Vapor pressure (at 20 deg. C); 1,095 mm Hg; 5. Solubility in water: complete; 6. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid; gas at temperature above 10.7 deg. F or 51.3 deg. C with ether-like odor above 700 ppm. II. "Fire, explosion, and reactivity hazard data" A. Fire: 1. Flash point: less than O deg. F (open cup); 2. Stability: decomposes violently at temperatures above 800 deg. F; 3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 3,Upper: 100; 4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for small fires, polymer or alcohol foams for large fires; 5. Special fire fighting procedures: Dilution of ethylene oxide with 23 volumes of water renders it non-flammable; 6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Vapors of EtO will burn without the presence of air or other oxidizers. EtO vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which EtO is being used. 7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.152, EtO is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard. B. Reactivity: 1. Conditions contributing to instability: EtO will polymerize violently if contaminated with aqueous alkalies, amines, mineral acids, metal chlorides, or metal oxides. Violent decomposition will also occur at temperatures above 800 deg. F; 2. Incompatabilities: Alkalines and acids; 3. Hazardous decomposition products: Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide. III. "Spill, leak, and disposal procedures" A. If EtO is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken: 1. Remove all ignition sources. 2. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after the area has been thoroughly ventilated and washed down with water. B. Persons not wearing appropriate protective equipment should be restricted from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed. C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material should be disposed of in a manner that is not hazardous to employees or to the general population. In selecting the method of waste disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal regulations should be consulted. IV. "Monitoring and measurement procedures" A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit: 1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure under this section are best taken with consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples should be taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee.) 2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis under this section may be performed by collection of the EtO vapor on charcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems, portable direct reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as long as measurements taken using these methods accurately evaluate the concentration of EtO in employees' breathing zones. Appendix D describes the validated method of sampling and analysis which has been tested by OSHA for use with EtO. Other available methods are also described in Appendix D. The employer has the obligation of selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that the method of monitoring should be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level, to plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of EtO at 1 ppm, and to plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations at 0.5 ppm. In addition to the method described in Appendix D, there are numerous other methods available for monitoring for EtO in the workplace. Details on these other methods have been submitted by various companies to the rulemaking record, and are available at the OSHA Docket Office. B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on the results of measurement procedures, employers should assure that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a technically qualified person. V. "Protective clothing and equipment" Employees should be provided with and be required to wear appropriate protective clothing wherever there is significant potential for skin contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Protective clothing shall include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, gloves, and head coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of the body which may come in contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Employers should ascertain that the protective garments are impermeable to EtO. Permeable clothing, including items made of rubber, and leather shoes should not be allowed to become contaminated with liquid EtO. If permeable clothing does become contaminated, it should be immediately removed, while the employer is under an emergency deluge shower. If leather footwear or other leather garments become wet from EtO they should be discarded and not be worn again, because leather absorbs EtO and holds it against the skin. Any protective clothing that has been damaged or is otherwise found to be defective should be repaired or replaced. Clean protective clothing should be provided to the employee as necessary to assure employee protection. Whenever impermeable clothing becomes wet with liquid EtO, it should be washed down with water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility of EtO contacting the eyes. VI. "Miscellaneous precautions" A. Store EtO in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area and take all necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard. B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal containers. These containers must be effectively grounded and bonded. C. Do not incinerate EtO cartridges, tanks or other containers. D. Employers should advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to EtO occur. VII. "Common operations" Common operations in which exposure to EtO is likely to occur include the following: Manufacture of EtO, surfactants, ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and specialty chemicals, and use as a sterilant in the hospital, health product and spice industries. Appendix C to 1926.1147 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines for Ethylene Oxide (Non-Mandatory) I. "Route of entry" Inhalation. II. "Toxicology" Clinical evidence of adverse effects associated with the exposure to EtO is present in the form of increased incidence of cancer in laboratory animals (leukemia, stomach, brain), mutation in offspring in animals, and resorptions and spontaneous abortions in animals and human populations respectively. Findings in humans and experimental animals exposed to airborne concentrations of EtO also indicate damage to the genetic material (DNA). These include hemoglobin alkylation, unsecheduled DNA synthesis, sister chromatid exchange chromosomal aberration, and functional sperm abnormalities. Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause eye irritation and injury to the cornea, frostbite, severe irritation, and blistering of the skin upon prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation and liver injury. Other effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, dyspnea and cyanosis. III. "Signs and symptoms of acute overexposure" The early effects of acute overexposure to EtO are nausea and vomiting, headache, and irritation of the eyes and respiratory passages. The patient may notice a "peculiar taste" in the mouth. Delayed effects can include pulmonary edema, drowsiness, weakness, and incoordination. Studies suggest that blood cell changes, an increase in chromosomal aberrations, and spontaneous abortion may also be causally related to acute overexposure to EtO. Skin contact with liquid or gaseous EtO causes characteristic burns and possibly even an allergic-type sensitization. The edema and erythema occurring from skin contact with EtO progress to vesiculation with a tendency to coalesce into blebs with desquamation. Healing occurs within three weeks, but there may be a residual brown pigmentation. A 40-80 percent solution is extremely dangerous, causing extensive blistering after only brief contact. Pure liquid EtO causes frostbite because of rapid evaporation. In contrast, the eye is relatively insensitive to EtO, but there may be some irritation of the cornea. Most reported acute effects of occupational exposure to EtO are due to contact with EtO in liquid phase. The liquid readily penetrates rubber and leather, and will produce blistering if clothing or footwear contaminated with EtO are not removed. IV. "Surveillance and preventive considerations" As noted above, exposure to EtO has been linked to an increased risk of cancer and reproductive effects including decreased male fertility, fetotoxicity, and spontaneous abortion. EtO workers are more likely to have chromosomal damage than similar groups not exposed to EtO. At the present, limited studies of chronic effects in humans resulting from exposure to EtO suggest a causal association with leukemia. Animal studies indicate leukemia and cancers at other sites (brain, stomach) as well. The physician should be aware of the findings of these studies in evaluating the health of employees exposed to EtO. Adequate screening tests to determine an employee's potential for developing serious chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to EtO do not presently exist. Laboratory tests may, however, give evidence to suggest that an employee is potentially overexposed to EtO. It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposure to EtO is likely to occur. The physician also must become familiar with the signs and symptoms that indicate a worker is receiving otherwise unrecognized and unacceptable exposure to EtO. These elements are especially important in evaluating the medical and work histories and in conducting the physical exam. When an unacceptable exposure in an active employee is identified by the physician, measures taken by the employer to lower exposure should also lower the risk of serious long-term consequences. The employer is required to institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are or will be exposed to EtO at or above the action level (0.5 ppm) for at least 30 days per year, without regard to respirator use. All examinations and procedures must be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician at a reasonable time and place for the employee and at no cost to the employee. Although broad latitude in prescribing specific tests to be included in the medical surveillance program is extended to the examining physician, OSHA requires inclusion of the following elements in the routine examination: (i) Medical and work histories with special emphasis directed to symptoms related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin. (ii) Physical examination with particular emphasis given to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin. (iii) Complete blood count to include at least a white cell count (including differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and hemoglobin. (iv) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems necessary by sound medical practice. If requested by the employee, the medical examinations shall include pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility as deemed appropriate by the physician. In certain cases, to provide sound medical advice to the employer and the employee, the physician must evaluate situations not directly related to EtO. For example, employees with skin diseases may be unable to tolerate wearing protective clothing. In addition those with chronic respiratory diseases may not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure (air purifying) respirators. Additional tests and procedures that will help the physician determine which employees are medically unable to wear such respirators should include: An evaluation of cardiovascular function, a baseline chest x-ray to be repeated at five year intervals, and a pulmonary function test to be repeated every three years. The pulmonary function test should include measurement of the employee's forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV1), as well as calculation of the ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and measured FVC and measured FEV1 to expected values corrected for variation due to age, sex, race, and height. The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at least annually to employees who are or will be exposed at or above the action level, for 30 or more days per year; more often than specified if recommended by the examining physician; and upon the employee's termination of employment or reassignment to another work area. While little is known about the long term consequences of high short-term exposures, it appears prudent to monitor such affected employees closely in light of existing health data. The employer shall provide physician recommended examinations to any employee exposed to EtO in emergency conditions. Likewise, the employer shall make available medical consultations including physician recommended exams to employees who believe they are suffering signs or symptoms of exposure to EtO. The employer is required to provide the physician with the following information: a copy of this standard and its appendices; a description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee exposure level; and information from the employee's previous medical examinations which is not readily available to the examining physician. Making this information available to the physician will aid in the evaluation of the employee's health in relation to assigned duties and fitness to wear personal protective equipment, when required. The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the examining physician containing the results of the medical examinations; the physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of his or her health from exposure to EtO; any recommended restrictions upon the employee's exposure to EtO, or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and a statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This written opinion must not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to EtO, and a copy of the opinion must be provided to the affected employee. The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the employer with a written opinion is to provide the employer with a medical basis to aid in the determination of initial placement of employees and to assess the employee's ability to use protective clothing and equipment. Appendix D to 1926.1147 - Sampling and Analytical Methods for Ethylene Oxide (Non-Mandatory) A number of methods are available for monitoring employee exposures to EtO. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling pumps, followed by analysis of the samples by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between the charcoal tube methods include, among others, the use of different desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of charcoal, and the use of different equipment for analysis of the samples. Besides charcoal, methods using passive dosimeters, gas sampling bags, impingers, and detector tubes have been utilized for determination of EtO exposure. In addition, there are several commercially available portable gas analyzers and monitoring units. This appendix contains details for the method which has been tested at the OSHA Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City. Inclusion of this method in the appendix does not mean that this method is the only one which will be satisfactory. Copies of descriptions of other methods available are available in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained from the OSHA Docket Office. These include the Union Carbide, Dow Chemical, 3M, and DuPont methods, as well as NIOSH Method S-286. These methods are briefly described at the end of this appendix. Employers who note problems with sample breakthrough using the OSHA or other charcoal methods should try larger charcoal tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available. In addition, lower flow rates and shorter sampling times should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems. Whatever method the employer chooses, he must assure himself of the method's accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in his workplace. "Ethylene Oxide" Method No.: 30. Matrix: Air. Target Concentration: 1.0 ppm (1.8 mg/m(3)). Procedure: Samples are collected on two charcoal tubes in series and desorbed with 1 percent CS(2) in benzene. The samples are derivatized with HBr and treated with sodium carbonate. Analysis is done by gas chromatography with an electron capture detector. Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate: 1 liter and 0.05 Lpm. Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure: 13.3 ppb (0.024 mg/m(3)) (Based on 1.0 liter air sample). Reliable Quantitation Limit: 52.2 ppb (0.094 mg/m(3)) (Based on 1.0 liter air sample). Standard Error of Estimate: 6.59 percent (See Backup Section 4.6). Special Requirements: Samples must be analyzed within 15 days of sampling date. Status of Method: The sampling and analytical method has been subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic Method Evaluations Branch. Date: August 1981. Chemist: Wayne D. Potter. "Organic Solvents Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah" 1. General Discussion. 1.1 Background. 1.1.1 History of Procedure. Ethylene oxide samples analyzed at the OSHA Laboratory have normally been collected on activated charcoal and desorbed with carbon disulfide. The analysis is performed with a gas chromatograph equipped with a FID (Flame ionization detector) as described in NIOSH Method S286 (Ref. 5.1). This method is based on a PEL of 50 ppm and has a detection limit of about 1 ppm. Recent studies have prompted the need for a method to analyze and detect ethylene oxide at very low concentrations. Several attempts were made to form an ultraviolet (UV) sensitive derivative with ethylene oxide for analysis with HPLC. Among those tested that gave no detectable product were: p-anisidine, methylimidazole, aniline, and 2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic acid. Each was tested with catalysts such as triethylamine, aluminum chloride, methylene chloride and sulfuric acid but no detectable derivative was produced. The next derivatization attempt was to react ethylene oxide with HBr to form 2-bromoethanol. This reaction was successful. An ECD (electron capture detector) gave a very good response for 2-bromoethanol due to the presence of bromine. The use of carbon disulfide as the desorbing solvent gave too large a response and masked the 2-bromoethanol. Several other solvents were tested for both their response on the ECD and their ability to desorb ethylene oxide from the charcoal. Among those tested were toluene, xylene, ethyl benzene, hexane, cyclohexane and benzene. Benzene was the only solvent tested that gave a suitable response on the ECD and a high desorption. It was found that the desorption efficiency was improved by using 1 percent CS(2) with the benzene. The carbon disulfide did not significantly improve the recovery with the other solvents. SKC Lot 120 was used in all tests done with activated charcoal. 1.1.2 Physical Properties (Ref. 5.2-5.4). Synonyms: Oxirane; dimethylene oxide, 1,2-epoxy-ethane; oxane; C(2)H(4)O; ETO; Molecular Weight: 44.06 Boiling Point: 10.7 deg. C (51.3 deg.) Melting Point: -1111 deg. C Description: Colorless, flammable gas Vapor Pressure: 1095 mm. at 20 deg. C Odor: Ether-like odor Lower Explosive Limits: 3.0 percent (by volume) Flash Point (TOC): Below 0 deg. F Molecular Structure: CH(2)-CH(2) 1.2 Limit Defining Parameters. 1.2.1 Detection Limit of the Analytical Procedure. The detection limit of the analytical procedure is 12.0 picograms of ethylene oxide per injection. This is the amount of analyte which will give a peak whose height is five times the height of the baseline noise. (See Backup Data Section 4.1). 1.2.2 Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure. The detection limit of the overall procedure is 24.0 ng of ethylene oxide per sample. This is the amount of analyte spiked on the sampling device which allows recovery of an amount of analyte equivalent to the detection limit of the analytical procedure. (See Backup Data Section 4.2). 1.2.3 Reliable Quantitation Limit. The reliable quantitation limit is 94.0 nanograms of ethylene oxide per sample. This is the smallest amount of analyte which can be quantitated within the requirements of 75 percent recovery and 95 percent confidence limits. (See Backup Data Section 4.2). It must be recognized that the reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest possible amount of analyte. When the target concentration of an analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, they may not be attainable at the routine operating parameters. In this case, the limits reported on analysis reports will be based on the operating parameters used during the analysis of the samples. 1.2.4 Sensitivity. The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over a concentration range representing 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration based on the recommended air volume is 34105 area units per ug/mL. The sensitivity is determined by the slope of the calibration curve (See Backup Data Section 4.3). The sensitivity will vary somewhat with the particular instrument used in the analysis. 1.2.5 Recovery. The recovery of analyte from the collection medium must be 75 percent or greater. The average recovery from spiked samples over the range of 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration is 88.0 percent (See Backup Section 4.4). At lower concentrations the recovery appears to be non-linear. 1.2.6 Precision (Analytical Method Only). The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate determination of analytical standards at 0.5X, 1X and 2X the target concentration is 0.036 (See Backup Data Section 4.5). 1.2.7 Precision (Overall Procedure). The overall procedure must provide results at the target concentration that are 25 percent of better at the 95 percent confidence level. The precision at the 95 percent confidence level for the 15 day storage test is plus or minus 12.9 percent (See Backup Data Section 4.6). This includes an additional plus or minus 5 percent for sampling error. 1.3 Advantages. 1.3.1 The sampling procedure is convenient. 1.3.2 The analytical procedure is very sensitive and reproducible. 1.3.3 Reanalysis of samples is possible. 1.3.4 Samples are stable for at least 15 days at room temperature. 1.3.5 Interferences are reduced by the longer GC retention time of the new derivative. 1.4 Disadvantages. 1.4.1 Two tubes in series must be used because of possible breakthrough and migration. 1.4.2 The precision of the sampling rate may be limited by the reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. The pumps are usually calibrated for one tube only. 1.4.3 The use of benzene as the desorption solvent increases the hazards of analysis because of the potential carcinogenic effects of benzene. 1.4.4 After repeated injections there can be a buildup of residue formed on the electron capture detector which decreases sensitivity. 1.4.5 Recovery from the charcoal tubes appears to be nonlinear at low concentrations. 2. Sampling Procedure. 2.1 Apparatus. 2.1.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within plus or minus 5 percent of the recommended flow. 2.1.2 SKC Lot 120 Charcoal tubes: glass tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a 6 mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of coconut shell charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the backup section. A plug of silylated glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing section. 2.2 Reagents. 2.2.1 None required. 2.3 Sampling Technique. 2.3.1 Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the charcoal tubes. All tubes must be from the same lot. 2.3.2 Connect two tubes in series to the sampling pump with a short section of flexible tubing. A minimum amount of tubing is used to connect the two sampling tubes together. The tube closer to the pump is used as a backup. This tube should be identified as the backup tube. 2.3.3 The tubes should be placed in a vertical position during sampling to minimize channeling. 2.3.4 Air being sampled should not pass through any hose or tubing before entering the charcoal tubes. 2.3.5 Seal the charcoal tubes with plastic caps immediately after sampling. Also, seal each sample with OSHA seals lengthwise. 2.3.6 With each batch of samples, submit at least one blank tube from the same lot used for samples. This tube should be subjected to exactly the same handling as the samples (break, seal, transport) except that no air is drawn through it. 2.3.7 Transport the samples (and corresponding paperwork) to the lab for analysis. 2.3.8 If bulk samples are submitted for analysis, they should be transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps. These samples must be mailed separately from the container used for the charcoal tubes. 2.4 Breakthrough. 2.4.1 The breakthrough (5 percent breakthrough) volume for a 3.0 mg/m ethylene oxide sample stream at approximately 85 percent relative humidity, 22 deg. C and 633 mm is 2.6 liters sampled at 0.05 liters per minute. This is equivalent to 7.8 ug of ethylene oxide. Upon saturation of the tube it appeared that the water may be displacing ethylene oxide during sampling. 2.5 Desorption Efficiency. 2.5.1 The desorption efficiency, from liquid injection onto charcoal tubes, averaged 88.0 percent from 0.5 to 2.0 x the target concentration for a 1.0 liter air sample. At lower ranges it appears that the desorption efficiency is non-linear (See Backup Data Section 4.2). 2.5.2 The desorption efficiency may vary from one laboratory to another and also from one lot of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine the desorption efficiency for a particular lot of charcoal. 2.6 Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate. 2.6.1 The recommended air volume is 1.0 liter. 2.6.2 The recommended maximum sampling rate is 0.05 Lpm. 2.7 Interferences. 2.7.1 Ethylene glycol and Freon 12 at target concentration levels did not interfere with the collection of ethylene oxide. 2.7.2 Suspected interferences should be listed on the sample data sheets. 2.7.3 The relative humidity may affect the sampling procedure. 2.8 Safety Precautions. 2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to the employee so that it does not interfere with work performance. 2.8.2 Wear safety glasses when breaking the ends of the sampling tubes. 2.8.3 If possible, place the sampling tubes in a holder so the sharp end is not exposed while sampling. 3. Analytical Method. 3.1 Apparatus. 3.1.1 Gas chromatograph equipped with a linearized electron capture detector. 3.1.2 GC column capable of separating the derivative of ethylene oxide (2-bromoethanol) from any interferences and the 1 percent CS(2) in benzene solvent. The column used for validation studies was: 10 ft x 1/8 inch stainless steel 20 percent SP-2100, .1 percent Carbowax 1500 on 100/120 Supelcoport. 3.1.3 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of measuring peak areas. 3.1.4 Two milliliter vials with Teflon-lined caps. 3.1.5 Gas tight syringe - 500 uL or other convenient sizes for preparing standards. 3.1.6 Microliter syringes - 10 uL or other convenient sizes for diluting standards and 1 uL for sample injections. 3.1.7 Pipets for dispensing the 1 percent CS(2) in benzene solvent. The Glenco 1 mL dispenser is adequate and convenient. 3.1.8 Volumetric flasks - 5 mL and other convenient sizes for preparing standards. 3.1.9 Disposable Pasteur pipets. 3.2 Reagents. 3.2.1 Benzene, reagent grade. 3.2.2 Carbon Disulfide, reagent grade. 3.2.3 Ethylene oxide, 99.7 percent pure. 3.2.4 Hydrobromic Acid, 48 percent reagent grade. 3.2.5 Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, reagent grade. 3.2.6 Desorbing reagent, 99 percent Benzene/1 percent CS(2). 3.3 Sample Preparation. 3.3.1 The front and back sections of each sample are transferred to separate 2-mL vials. 3.3.2 Each sample is desorbed with 1.0 mL of desorbing reagent. 3.3.3 The vials are sealed immediately and allowed to desorb for one hour with occasional shaking. 3.3.4 Desorbing reagent is drawn off the charcoal with a disposable pipet and put into clean 2-mL vials. 3.3.5 One drop of HBr is added to each vial. Vials are resealed and HBr is mixed well with the desorbing reagent. 3.3.6 About 0.15 gram of sodium carbonate is carefully added to each vial. Vials are again resealed and mixed well. 3.4 Standard Preparation. 3.4.1 Standards are prepared by injecting the pure ethylene oxide gas into the desorbing reagent. 3.4.2 A range of standards are prepared to make a calibration curve. A concentration of 1.0 uL of ethylene oxide gas per 1 mL desorbing reagent is equivalent to 1.0 ppm air concentration (all gas volumes at 25 deg. C and 760 mm) for the recommended 1 liter air sample. This amount is uncorrected for desorption efficiency (See Backup Data Section 4.2. for desorption efficiency corrections). 3.4.3 One drop of HBr per mL of standard is added and mixed well. 3.4.4 About 0.15 grams of sodium carbonate is carefully added for each drop of HBr (A small reaction will occur). 3.5 Analysis. 3.5.1 GC Conditions. Nitrogen flow rate - 10 mL/min. Injector Temperature - 250 deg. C Detector Temperature - 300 deg. C Column Temperature - 100 deg. C Injection size - 0.8 uL Elution time - 3.9 minutes 3.5.2 Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable means. 3.5.3 The integrator results are in area units and a calibration curve is set up with concentration vs. area units. 3.6 Interferences. 3.6.1 Any compound having the same retention time of 2-bromoethanol is a potential interference. Possible interferences should be listed on the sample data sheets. 3.6.2 GC parameters may be changed to circumvent interferences. 3.6.3 There are usually trace contaminants in benzene. These contaminants however, posed no problem of interference. 3.6.4 Retention time data on a single column is not considered proof of chemical identity. Samples over the 1.0 ppm target level should be confirmed by GC/Mass Spec or other suitable means. 3.7 Calculations 3.7.1 The concentration in ug/mL for a sample is determined by comparing the area of a particular sample to the calibration curve, which has been prepared from analytical standards. 3.7.2 The amount of analyte in each sample is corrected for desorption efficiency by use of a desorption curve. 3.7.3 Analytical results (A) from the two tubes that compose a particular air sample are added together. 3.7.4 The concentration for a sample is calculated by the following equation: ETO, mg/m(3) = AXB/C where: A=ug/mL B=desorption volume in milliliters C=air volume in liters. 3.7.5 To convert mg/m(3) to parts per million (ppm) the following relationship is used: ETO, ppm = mg/m(3) x 24.45/44.05 where: mg/m(3)=results from 3.7.4 24.45=molar volume at 25 deg. C and 760mm Hg 44.05=molecular weight of ETO. 3.8 Safety Precautions 3.8.1 Ethylene oxide and benzene are potential carcinogens and care must be exercised when working with these compounds. 3.8.2 All work done with the solvents (preparation of standards, desorption of samples, etc.) should be done in a hood. 3.8.3 Avoid any skin contact with all of the solvents. 3.8.4 Wear safety glasses at all times. 3.8.5 Avoid skin contact with HBr because it is highly toxic and a strong irritant to eyes and skin. 4. Backup Data. 4.1 Detection Limit Data. The detection limit was determined by injecting 0.8 uL of a 0.015 ug/mL standard of ethylene oxide into 1 percent CS(2) in benzene. The detection limit of the analytical procedure is taken to be 1.20X10-(5) ug per injection. This is equivalent to 8.3 ppb (0.015 mg/m(3)) for the recommended air volume. 4.2 Desorption Efficiency. Ethylene oxide was spiked onto charcoal tubes and the following recovery data was obtained.
Amount spiked (ug) | Amount recovered (ug) | Percent recovery |
4.5 | 4.32 | 96.0 |
3.0 | 2.61 | 87.0 |
2.25 | 2.025 | 90.0 |
1.5 | 1.365 | 91.0 |
1.5 | 1.38 | 92.0 |
.75 | .6525 | 87.0 |
.375 | .315 | 84.0 |
.375 | .312 | 83.2 |
.1875 | .151 | 80.5 |
.094 | .070 | 74.5 |
At lower amounts the recovery appears to be non-linear. 4.3 Sensitivity Data. The following data was used to determine the calibration curve.
Injection | 0.5X.75 ug/mL | 1X1.5 ug/mL | 2X3.0 ug/mL |
1 | 30904 | 59567 | 111778 |
2 | 30987 | 62914 | 106016 |
3 | 32555 | 58578 | 106122 |
4 | 32242 | 57173 | 109716 |
X | 31672 | 59558 | 108408 |
Slope=34.105. 4.4 Recovery. The recovery was determined by spiking ethylene oxide onto lot 120 charcoal tubes and desorbing with 1 percent CS(2) in Benzene. Recoveries were done at 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 X the target concentration (1 ppm) for the recommended air volume. PERCENT RECOVERY
Sample | 0.5x | 1.0x | 2.0x |
1 | 88.7 | 95.0 | 91.7 |
2 | 83.8 | 95.0 | 87.3 |
3 | 84.2 | 91.0 | 86.0 |
4 | 88.0 | 91.0 | 83.0 |
5 | 88.0 | 86.0 | 85.0 |
X | 86.5 | 90.5 | 87.0 |
Weighted Average=88.2. 4.5 Precision of the Analytical Procedure. The following data was used to determine the precision of the analytical method:
Concentration | 0.5x.75 ug/mL |
1x1.5 ug/mL |
2x3.0 ug/mL |
Injection | .7421 | 1.4899 | 3.1184 |
.7441 | 1.5826 | 3.0447 | |
.7831 | 1.4628 | 2.9149 | |
.7753 | 1.4244 | 2.9185 | |
Average | .7612 | 1.4899 | 2.9991 |
Standard Deviation | .0211 | .0674 | .0998 |
CV | .0277 | .0452 | .0333 |
3(.0277)(squared) + 3(.0452)(squared) + 3(.0333)(squared) CV = _____________________________________________________________ 3 + 3 + 3 CV+0.036 4.6 Storage Data. Samples were generated at 1.5 mg/m(3) ethylene oxide at 85 percent relative humidity, 22 deg. C and 633 mm. All samples were taken for 20 minutes at 0.05 Lpm. Six samples were analyzed as soon as possible and fifteen samples were stored at refrigerated temperature (5 deg. C) and fifteen samples were stored at ambient temperature (23 deg. C). These stored samples were analyzed over a period of nineteen days. PERCENT RECOVERY
Day analyzed | Refrigerated | Ambient |
1 | 87.0 | 87.0 |
1 | 93.0 | 93.0 |
1 | 94.0 | 94.0 |
1 | 92.0 | 92.0 |
4 | 92.0 | 91.0 |
4 | 93.0 | 88.0 |
4 | 91.0 | 89.0 |
6 | 92.0 | |
6 | 92.0 | |
8 | 92.0 | |
8 | 86.0 | |
10 | 91.7 | |
10 | 95.5 | |
10 | 95.7 | |
11 | 90.0 | |
11 | 82.0 | |
13 | 78.0 | |
13 | 81.4 | |
13 | 82.4 | |
14 | 78.5 | |
14 | 72.1 | |
18 | 66.0 | |
18 | 68.0 | |
19 | 64.0 | |
19 | 77.0 |
4.7 Breakthrough Data. Breakthrough studies were done at 2 ppm (3.6 mg/m(3)) at approximately 85 percent relative humidity at 22 deg. C (ambient temperature). Two charcoal tubes were used in series. The backup tube was changed every 10 minutes and analyzed for breakthrough. The flow rate was 0.050 Lpm.
Tube No | Time (minutes) | Percent breakthrough |
1 | 10 | (1) |
2 | 20 | (1) |
3 | 30 | (1) |
4 | 40 | 1.23 |
5 | 50 | 3.46 |
6 | 60 | 18.71 |
7 | 70 | 39.2 |
8 | 80 | 53.3 |
9 | 90 | 72.0 |
10 | 100 | 96.0 |
11 | 110 | 113.0 |
12 | 120 | 133.9 |
Footnote(1) None. The 5 percent breakthrough volume was reached when 2.6 liters of test atmosphere were drawn through the charcoal tubes. 5. References. 5.1 "NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods," 2nd ed. NIOSH: Cincinnati, 1977; Method S286. 5.2 "IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to Man," International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, 1976; Vol. II, p. 157. 5.3 Sax., N.I. "Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials," 4th ed.; Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. New York, 1975; p. 741. 5.4 "The Condensed Chemical Dictionary", 9th ed.; Hawley, G.G., ed.; Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1977; p. 361. "Summary of Other Sampling Procedures" OSHA believes that served other types of monitoring equipment and techniques exist for monitoring time-weighted averages. Considerable research and method development is currently being performed, which will lead to improvements and a wider variety of monitoring techniques. A combination of monitoring procedures can be used. There probably is no one best method for monitoring personal exposure to ethylene oxide in all cases. There are advantages, disadvantages, and limitations to each method. The method of choice will depend on the need and requirements. Some commonly used methods include the use of charcoal tubes, passive dosimeters, Tedler gas sampling bags, detector tubes, photoionization detection units, infrared detection units and gas chromatographs. A number of these methods are described below. A. Charcoal Tube Sampling Procedures "Qazi-Ketcham method" (Ex. 11-133) - This method consists of collecting EtO on Columbia JXC activated carbon, desorbing the EtO with carbon disulfide and analyzing by gas chromatography with flame ionization detection. Union Carbide has recently updated and revalidated this monitoring procedures. This method is capable of determining both eight-hour time-weighted average exposures and short-term exposures. The method was validated to 0.5 ppm. Like other charcoal collecting procedures, the method requires considerable analytical expertise. "ASTM-proposed method" - The Ethylene Oxide Industry Council (EOIC) has contracted with Clayton Environmental Consultants, Inc. to conduct a collaborative study for the proposed method. The ASTM-Proposed method is similar to the method published by Qazi and Ketcham is the November 1977 American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, and to the method of Pilney and Coyne, presented at the 1979 American Industrial Hygiene Conference. After the air to be sampled is drawn through an activated charcoal tube, the ethylene oxide is desorbed from the tube using carbon disulfide and is quantitated by gas chromatography utilizing a flame ionization detector. The ASTM-proposed method specifies a large two-section charcoal tube, shipment in dry ice, storage at less than -5 deg. C, and analysis within three weeks to prevent migration and sample loss. Two types of charcoal tubes are being tested - Pittsburgh Coconut-Based (PCB) and Columbia JXC charcoal. This collaborative study will give an indication of the inter- and intralaboratory precision and accuracy of the ASTM-proposed method. Several laboratories have considerable expertise using the Qazi-Ketcham and Dow methods. B. Passive Monitors - Ethylene oxide diffuses into the monitor and is collected in the sampling media. The DuPont Pro-Tek badge collects EtO in an absorbing solution, which is analyzed colorimetrically to determine the amount of EtO present. The 3M 350 badge collects the EtO on chemically treated charcoal. Other passive monitors are currently being developed and tested. Both 3M and DuPont have submitted data indicating their dosimeters meet the precision and accuracy requirements of the proposed ethylene oxide standard. Both presented laboratory validation data to 0.2 ppm (Exs. 11-65, 4-20, 108, 109, 130). C. Tedlar Gas Sampling Bags-Samples are collected by drawing a known volume of air into a Tedlar gas sampling bag. The ethylene oxide concentration is often determined on-site using a portable gas chromatograph or portable infrared spectometer. D. Detector tubes - A known volume of air is drawn through a detector tube using a small hand pump. The concentration of EtO is related to the length of stain developed in the tube. Detector tubes are economical, easy to use, and give an immediate readout. Unfortunately, partly because they are nonspecific, their accuracy is often questionable. Since the sample is taken over a short period of time, they may be useful for determining the source of leaks. E. Direct Reading Instruments - There are numerous types of direct reading instruments, each having its own strengths and weaknesses (Exs. 135B, 135C, 107, 11-78, 11-153). Many are relatively new, offering greater sensitivity and specificity. Popular ethylene oxide direct reading instruments include infrared detection units, photoionization detection units, and gas chromatographs. Portable infrared analyzers provide an immediate, continuous indication of a concentration value; making them particularly useful for locating high concentration pockets, in leak detection and in ambient air monitoring. In infrared detection units, the amount of infrared light absorbed by the gas being analyzed at selected infrared wavelengths is related to the concentration of a particular component. Various models have either fixed or variable infrared filters, differing cell pathlengths, and microcomputer controls for greater sensitivity, automation, and interference elimination. A fairly recent detection system is photoionization detection. The molecules are ionized by high energy ultraviolet light. The resulting current is measured. Since different substances have different ionization potentials, other organic compounds may be ionized. The lower the lamp energy, the better the selectivity. As a continuous monitor, photoionization detection can be useful for locating high concentration pockets, in leak detection, and continuous ambient air monitoring. Both portable and stationary gas chromatographs are available with various types of detectors, including photoionization detectors. A gas chromatograph with a photoionization detector retains the photionization sensitivity, but minimizes or eliminates interferences. For several GC/PID units, the sensitivity is in the 0.1-0.2 ppm EtO range. The GC/PID with microprocessors can sample up to 20 sample points sequentially, calculate and record data, and activate alarms or ventilation systems. Many are quite flexible and can be configured to meet the specific analysis needs for the workplace. DuPont presented their laboratory validation data of the accuracy of the Qazi-Ketcham charcoal tube, the PCB charcoal tube, Miran 103 IR analyzer, 3M 1B3550 monitor and the Du Pont C-70 badge. Quoting Elbert V. Kring: We also believe that OSHA's proposed accuracy in this standard is appropriate. At plus or minus 25 percent at one part per million, and plus or minus 35 percent below that. And, our data indicates there's only one monitoring method, right now, that we've tested thoroughly, that meets that accuracy requirements. That is the Du Pont Pro-Tek badge* * *. We also believe that this kind of data should be confirmed by another independent laboratory, using the same type dynamic chamber testing (Tr. 1470) Additional data by an independent laboratory following their exact protocol was not submitted. However, information was submitted on comparisons and precision and accuracy of those monitoring procedures which indicate far better precision and accuracy of those monitoring procedures than that obtained by Du Pont (Ex. 4-20, 130, 11-68, 11-133, 130, 135A). The accuracy of any method depends to a large degree upon the skills and experience of those who not only collect the samples but also those who analyze the samples. Even for methods that are collaboratively tested, some laboratories are closer to the true values than others. Some laboratories may meet the precision and accuracy requirements of the method; others may consistently far exceed them for the same method. 1926.1148 Formaldehyde. (a) "Scope and application." This standard applies to all occupational exposures to formaldehyde, i.e. from formaldehyde gas, its solutions, and materials that release formaldehyde. (b) "Definitions." For purposes of this standard, the following definitions shall apply: "Action level" means a concentration of 0.5 part formaldehyde per million parts of air (0.5 ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average (TWA) concentration. "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. "Authorized person" means any person required by work duties to be present in regulated areas, or authorized to do so by the employer, by this section, or by the OSH Act of 1970. "Director" means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee. "Emergency" is any occurrence, such as but not limited to equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that results in an uncontrolled release of a significant amount of formaldehyde. "Employee exposure" means the exposure to airborne formaldehyde which would occur without corrections for protection provided by any respirator that is in use. "Formaldehyde" means the chemical substance, HCHO, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 50-00-0. (c) "Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)" - (1) "TWA:" The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde which exceeds 0.75 parts formaldehyde per million parts of air (0.75 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA. (2) "Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL):" The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde which exceeds two parts formaldehyde per million parts of air (2 ppm) as a 15-minute STEL. (d) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Each employer who has a workplace covered by this standard shall monitor employees to determine their exposure to formaldehyde. (ii) "Exception." Where the employer documents, using objective data, that the presence of formaldehyde or formaldehyde-releasing products in the workplace cannot result in airborne concentrations of formaldehyde that would cause any employee to be exposed at or above the action level or the STEL under foreseeable conditions of use, the employer will not be required to measure employee exposure to formaldehyde. (iii) When an employee's exposure is determined from representative sampling, the measurements used shall be representative of the employee's full shift or short-term exposure to formaldehyde, as appropriate. (iv) Representative samples for each job classification in each work area shall be taken for each shift unless the employer can document with objective data that exposure levels for a given job classification are equivalent for different work shifts. (2) "Initial monitoring." The employer shall identify all employees who may be exposed at or above the action level or at or above the STEL and accurately determine the exposure of each employee so identified. (i) Unless the employer chooses to measure the exposure of each employee potentially exposed to formaldehyde, the employer shall develop a representative sampling strategy and measure sufficient exposures within each job classification for each workshift to correctly characterize and not underestimate the exposure of any employee within each exposure group. (ii) The initial monitoring process shall be repeated each time there is a change in production, equipment, process, personnel, or control measures which may result in new or additional exposure to formaldehyde. (iii) If the employer receives reports of signs or symptoms of respiratory or dermal conditions associated with formaldehyde exposure, the employer shall promptly monitor the affected employee's exposure. (3) "Periodic monitoring." (i) The employer shall periodically measure and accurately determine exposure to formaldehyde for employees shown by the initial monitoring to be exposed at or above the action level or at or above the STEL. (ii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above the action level, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at least every 6 months. (iii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above the STEL, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at least once a year under worst conditions. (4) "Termination of monitoring." The employer may discontinue periodic monitoring for employees if results from two consecutive sampling periods taken at least 7 days apart show that employee exposure is below the action level and the STEL. The results must be statistically representative and consistent with the employer's knowledge of the job and work operation. (5) "Accuracy of monitoring." Monitoring shall be accurate, at the 95 percent confidence level, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the TWA and the STEL and to within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the action level. (6) "Employee notification of monitoring results." Within 15 days of receiving the results of exposure monitoring conducted under this standard, the employer shall notify the affected employees of these results. Notification shall be in writing, either by distributing copies of the results to the employees or by posting the results. If the employee exposure is over either PEL, the employer shall develop and implement a written plan to reduce employee exposure to or below both PELs, and give written notice to employees. The written notice shall contain a description of the corrective action being taken by the employer to decrease exposure. (7) "Observation of monitoring." (i) The employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to formaldehyde required by this standard. (ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to formaldehyde requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the clothing and equipment to the observer, require the observer to use such clothing and equipment, and assure that the observer complies with all other applicable safety and health procedures. (e) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas where the concentration of airborne formaldehyde exceeds either the TWA or the STEL and post all entrances and accessways with signs bearing the following information: DANGER FORMALDEHYDE IRRITANT AND POTENTIAL CANCER HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY (2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized persons who have been trained to recognize the hazards of formaldehyde. (3) An employer at a multiemployer worksite who establishes a regulated area shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areas to other employers with work operations at that worksite. (f) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering controls and work practices." The employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to formaldehyde at or below the TWA and the STEL. (2) "Exception." Whenever the employer has established that feasible engineering and work practice controls cannot reduce employee exposure to or below either of the PELs, the employer shall apply these controls to reduce employee exposures to the extent feasible and shall supplement them with respirators which satisfy this standard. (g) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." Where respiratory protection is required, the employer shall provide the respirators at no cost to the employee and shall assure that they are properly used. The respirators shall comply with the requirements of this standard and shall reduce the concentration of formaldehyde inhaled by the employee to at or below both the TWA and the STEL. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances: (i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls; (ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or vessel cleaning, for which the employer establishes that engineering and work practice controls are not feasible; (iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the PELs; and (iv) In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." (i) The appropriate respirators as specified in Table 1 shall be selected from those approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11. TABLE 1. - MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION AGAINST FORMALDEHYDE
Condition of use or formaldehyde concentration (ppm) |
Minimum respirator required(1) |
Up to 7.5 ppm (10 x PEL) | Full facepiece with cartridges or canisters specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde.(2) |
Up to 75 ppm (100 x PEL) | Full-face mask with chin style or chest or back mounted type with industrial size canister specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde. Type C supplied-air respirator, pressure demand or continuous flow type, with full facepiece, hood, or helmet |
Above 75 ppm or unknown (emergencies) (100 x PEL) | Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with positive pressure full facepiece. Combination supplied-air, full facepiece positive pressure respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply |
Firefighting | SCBA with positive pressure in full facepiece |
Escape | SCBA in demand or pressure demand mode. Full-face mask with chin style or front or back mounted type industrial size canister specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde |
Footnote(1) Respirators specified for use at higher concentrations may be used at lower concentrations. Footnote(2) A half-mask respirator with cartridges specifically approved for protection against formaldehyde can be substituted for the full facepiece respirator providing that effective gas-proof goggles are provided and used in combination with the half-mask respirator. (ii) The employer shall make available a powered air-purifying respirator adequate to protect against formaldehyde exposure to any employee who experiences difficulty wearing a negative pressure respirator to reduce exposure to formaldehyde. (3) "Respirator usage." (i) whenever respirator use is required by this standard, the employer shall institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103 (b), (d), (e), and (f). (ii) The employer shall perform either quantitative or qualitative face fit tests in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix E at the time of initial fitting and at least annually thereafter for all employees required by this standard to wear negative pressure respirators. (A) Respirators selected shall be from those exhibiting the best facepiece fit. (B) No respirator shall be chosen that would potentially permit the employee to inhale formaldehyde at concentrations in excess of either the TWA or the STEL. (iii) Where air purifying chemical cartridge respirators are used, the cartridges shall be replaced after three hours of use or at the end of the workshift, whichever is sooner unless the cartridge contains a NIOSH-approved end-of-service indicator to show when breakthrough occurs. (iv) Unless the canister contains a NIOSH-approved end-of-service-life indicator to show when breakthrough occurs, canisters used in atmospheres up to 7.5 ppm (10 X APEL) shall be replaced every 4 hours and industrial sized canisters used in atmospheres up to 75 ppm (100 X APEL) shall be replaced every two hours or at the end of the workshift, whichever is sooner. (v) Employers shall permit employees to leave the work area to wash their faces and respirator facepieces as needed to prevent skin irritation from respirator use. (h) "Protective equipment and clothing." Employers shall comply with the provisions of 1926.95 and 1926.102 of this part. When protective equipment or clothing is provided under these provisions, the employer shall provide these protective devices at no cost to the employee and assure that the employee wears them. (1) "Selection." The employer shall select protective clothing and equipment based upon the form of formaldehyde to be encountered, the conditions of use, and the hazard to be prevented. {i} All contact of the eyes and skin with liquids containing 1 percent or more formaldehyde shall be prevented by the use of chemical protective clothing made of material impervious to formaldehyde and the use of other personal protective equipment, such as goggles and face shields, as appropriate to the operation. {ii} Contact with irritating or sensitizing materials shall be prevented to the extent necessary to eliminate the hazard. {iii} Where a face shield is worn, chemical safety goggles are also required if there is a danger of formaldehyde reaching the area of the eye. {iv} Full body protection shall be worn for entry into areas where concentrations exceed 100 ppm and for emergency reentry into areas of unknown concentration. (2) "Maintenance of protective equipment and clothing." {i} The employer shall assure that protective equipment and clothing that has become contaminated with formaldehyde is cleaned or laundered before its reuse. {ii} When ventilating formaldehyde-contaminated clothing and equipment, the employer shall establish a storage area so that employee exposure is minimized. Containers for contaminated clothing and equipment and storage areas shall have labels and signs containing the following information: DANGER FORMALDEHYDE-CONTAMINATED [CLOTHING] EQUIPMENT AVOID INHALATION AND SKIN CONTACT {iii} The employer shall assure that only persons trained to recognize the hazards of formaldehyde remove the contaminated material from the storage area for purposes of cleaning, laundering, or disposal. {iv} The employer shall assure that no employee takes home equipment or clothing that is contaminated with formaldehyde. {v} The employer shall repair or replace all required protective clothing and equipment for each affected employee as necessary to assure its effectiveness. {vi} The employer shall inform any person who launders, cleans, or repairs such clothing or equipment of formaldehyde's potentially harmful effects and of procedures to safely handle the clothing and equipment. (i) "Hygiene protection." (1) The employer shall provide change rooms, as described in 29 CFR 1926.51 for employees who are required to change from work clothing into protective clothing to prevent skin contact with formaldehyde. (2) If employees' skin may become splashed with solutions containing 1 percent or greater formaldehyde, for example, because of equipment failure or improper work practices, the employer shall provide conveniently located quick drench showers and assure that affected employees use these facilities immediately. (3) If there is any possibility that an employee's eyes may be splashed with solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater formaldehyde, the employer shall provide acceptable eyewash facilities within the immediate work area for emergency use. (j) "Housekeeping." For operations involving formaldehyde liquids or gas, the employer shall conduct a program to detect leaks and spills, including regular visual inspections. (1) Preventative maintenance of equipment, including surveys for leaks, shall be undertaken at regular intervals. (2) In work areas where spillage may occur, the employer shall make provisions to contain the spill, to decontaminate the work area, and to dispose of the waste. (3) The employer shall assure that all leaks are repaired and spills are cleaned promptly by employees wearing suitable protective equipment and trained in proper methods for cleanup and decontamination. (4) Formaldehyde-contaminated waste and debris resulting from leaks or spills shall be placed for disposal in sealed containers bearing a label warning of formaldehyde's presence and of the hazards associated with formaldehyde. (k) "Emergencies." For each workplace where there is the possibility of an emergency involving formaldehyde, the employer shall assure appropriate procedures are adopted to minimize injury and loss of life. Appropriate procedures shall be implemented in the event of an emergency. (l) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "Employees covered." (i) The employer shall institute medical surveillance programs for all employees exposed to formaldehyde at concentrations at or exceeding the action level or exceeding the STEL. (ii) The employer shall make medical surveillance available for employees who develop signs and symptoms of overexposure to formaldehyde and for all employees exposed to formaldehyde in emergencies. When determining whether an employee may be experiencing signs and symptoms of possible overexposure to formaldehyde, the employer may rely on the evidence that signs and symptoms associated with formaldehyde exposure will occur only in exceptional circumstances when airborne exposure is less than 0.1 ppm and when formaldehyde is present in material in concentrations less than 0.1 percent. (2) "Examination by a physician." All medical procedures, including administration of medical disease questionnaires, shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and shall be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place. (3) "Medical disease questionnaire." The employer shall make the following medical surveillance available to employees prior to assignment to a job where formaldehyde exposure is at or above the action level or above the STEL and annually thereafter. The employer shall also make the following medical surveillance available promptly upon determining that an employee is experiencing signs and symptoms indicative of possible overexposure to formaldehyde. (i) Administration of a medical disease questionnaire, such as in appendix D, which is designed to elicit information on work history, smoking history, any evidence of eye, nose, or throat irritation; chronic airway problems or hyperreactive airway disease: allergic skin conditions or dermatitis; and upper or lower respiratory problems. (ii) A determination by the physician, based on evaluation of the medical disease questionnaire, of whether a medical examination is necessary for employees not required to wear respirators to reduce exposure to formaldehyde. (4) "Medical examinations." Medical examinations shall be given to any employee who the physician feels, based on information in the medical disease questionnaire, may be at increased risk from exposure to formaldehyde and at the time of initial assignment and at least annually thereafter to all employees required to wear a respirator to reduce exposure to formaldehyde. The medical examination shall include: (i) A physical examination with emphasis on evidence of irritation or sensitization of the skin and respiratory system, shortness of breath, or irritation of the eyes. (ii) Laboratory examinations for respirator wearers consisting of baseline and annual pulmonary function tests. As a minimum, these tests shall consist of forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume in one second (FEV(1)), and forced expiratory flow (FEF). (iii) Any other test which the examining physician deems necessary to complete the written opinion. (iv) Counseling of employees having medical conditions that would be directly or indirectly aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde on the increased risk of impairment of their health. (5) "Examinations for employees exposed in an emergency." The employer shall make medical examinations available as soon as possible to all employees who have been exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency. (i) The examination shall include a medical and work history with emphasis on any evidence of upper or lower respiratory problems, allergic conditions, skin reaction or hypersensitivity, and any evidence of eye, nose, or throat irritation. (ii) Other examinations shall consist of those elements considered appropriate by the examining physician. (6) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the following information to the examining physician: (i) A copy of this standard and appendix A, C, D, and E; (ii) A description of the affected employee's job duties as they relate to the employee's exposure to formaldehyde; (iii) The representative exposure level for the employee's job assignment; (iv) Information concerning any personal protective equipment and respiratory protection used or to be used by the employee; and (v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee within the control of the employer. (vi) In the event of a nonroutine examination because of an emergency, the employer shall provide to the physician as soon as possible: A description of how the emergency occurred and the exposure the victim may have received. (7) "Physician's written opinion." (i) For each examination required under this standard, the employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion shall contain the results of the medical examination except that it shall not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to formaldehyde. The written opinion shall include: (A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any medical condition that would place the employee at an increased risk of material impairment of health from exposure to formaldehyde; (B) Any recommended limitations on the employee's exposure or changes in the use of personal protective equipment, including respirators; (C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of any medical conditions which would be aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde, whether these conditions may have resulted from past formaldehyde exposure or from exposure in an emergency, and whether there is a need for further examination or treatment. (ii) The employer shall provide for retention of the results of the medical examination and tests conducted by the physician. (iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written opinion to the affected employee within 15 days of its receipt. (8) "Medical removal." (i) The provisions of paragraph (l)(8) apply when an employee reports significant irritation of the mucosa of the eyes or the upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, or dermal sensitization attributed to workplace formaldehyde exposure. Medical removal provisions do not apply in the case of dermal irritation or dermal sensitization when the product suspected of causing the dermal condition contains less than 0.05 percent formaldehyde. (ii) An employee's report of signs or symptoms of possible overexposure to formaldehyde shall be evaluated by a physician selected by the employer pursuant to paragraph (l)(3). If the physician determines that a medical examination is not necessary under paragraph (l)(3)(ii), there shall be a two-week evaluation and remediation period to permit the employer to ascertain whether the signs or symptoms subside untreated or with the use of creams, gloves, first aid treatment or personal protective equipment. Industrial hygiene measures that limit the employee's exposure to formaldehyde may also be implemented during this period. The employee shall be referred immediately to a physician prior to expiration of the two-week period if the signs or symptoms worsen. Earnings, seniority and benefits may not be altered during the two-week period by virtue of the report. (iii) If the signs or symptoms have not subsided or been remedied by the end of the two-week period, or earlier if signs or symptoms warrant, the employee shall be examined by a physician selected by the employer. The physician shall presume, absent contrary evidence, that observed dermal irritation or dermal sensitization are not attributable to formaldehyde when products to which the affected employee is exposed contain less than 0.1 percent formaldehyde. (iv) Medical examinations shall be conducted in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (l)(5)(i) and (ii). Additional guidelines for conducting medical exams are contained in Appendix C. (v) If the physician finds that significant irritation of the mucosa of the eyes or of the upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, or dermal sensitization result from workplace formaldehyde exposure and recommends restrictions or removal, the employer shall promptly comply with the restrictions or recommendation of removal. In the event of a recommendation of removal, the employer shall remove the effected employee from the current formaldehyde exposure and if possible, transfer the employee to work having no or significantly less exposure to formaldehyde. (vi) When an employee is removed pursuant to paragraph (l)(8)(v), the employer shall transfer the employee to comparable work for which the employee is qualified or can be trained in a short period (up to 6 months), where the formaldehyde exposures are as low as possible, but not higher than the action level. The employer shall maintain the employee's current earnings, seniority, and other benefits. If there is no such work available, the employer shall maintain the employee's current earnings, seniority and other benefits until such work becomes available, until the employee is determined to be unable to return to workplace formaldehyde exposure, until the employee is determined to be able to return to the original job status, or for six months, whichever comes first. (vii) The employer shall arrange for a follow-up medical examination to take place within six months after the employee is removed pursuant to this paragraph. This examination shall determine if the employee can return to the original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent. The physician shall make a decision within six months of the date the employee was removed as to whether the employee can be returned to the original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent. (viii) An employer's obligation to provide earnings, seniority and other benefits to a removed employee may be reduced to the extent that the employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removal either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program or from employment with another employer made possible by virtue of the employee's removal. (ix) In making determinations of the formaldehyde content of materials under this paragraph the employer may rely on objective data. (9) "Multiple physician review." (i) After the employer selects the initial physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation to determine whether medical removal or restriction is appropriate, the employee may designate a second physician to review any findings, determinations or recommendations of the initial physician and to conduct such examinations, consultations, and laboratory tests as the second physician deems necessary and appropriate to evaluate the effects of formaldehyde exposure and to facilitate this review. (ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts a medical examination or consultation for the purpose of medical removal or restriction. (iii) The employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the notification of the right to seek a second medical opinion, or receipt of the initial physician's written opinion, whichever is later; (A) The employee informs the employer of the intention to seek a second medical opinion, and (B) The employee initiates steps to make an appointment with a second physician. (iv) If the findings, determinations or recommendations of the second physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to resolve the disagreement. If the two physicians are unable to quickly resolve their disagreement, then the employer and the employee through their respective physicians shall designate a third physician who shall be a specialist in the field at issue: (A) To review the findings, determinations or recommendations of the prior physicians; and (B) To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests and discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems necessary to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians. (v) In the alternative, the employer and the employee or authorized employee representative may jointly designate such third physician. (vi) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations and recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee reach an agreement which is otherwise consistent with the recommendations of at least one of the three physicians. (m) "Hazard communication" - (1) "General." Communication of the hazards associated with formaldehyde in the workplace shall be governed by the requirements of paragraph (m). The definitions of 29 CFR 1926.59(c) shall apply under this paragraph. (i) The following shall be subject to the hazard communication requirements of this paragraph: Formaldehyde gas, all mixtures or solutions composed of greater than 0.1 percent formaldehyde, and materials capable of releasing formaldehyde into the air, under reasonably foreseeable conditions of use, at concentrations reaching or exceeding 0.1 ppm. (ii) As a minimum, specific health hazards that the employer shall address are: Cancer, irritation and sensitization of the skin and respiratory system, eye and throat irritation, and acute toxicity. (2) Manufacturers and importers who produce or import formaldehyde or formaldehyde-containing products shall provide downstream employers using or handling these products with an objective determination through the required labels and MSDSs if these items may constitute a health hazard within the meaning of 29 CFR 1926.59(d) under normal conditions of use. (3) "Labels." (i) The employer shall assure that hazard warning labels complying with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(f) are affixed to all containers of materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i), except to the extent that 29 CFR 1926.59(f) is inconsistent with this paragraph. (ii) "Information on labels." As a minimum, for all materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing formaldehyde at levels of 0.1 ppm to 0.5 ppm, labels shall identify that the product contains formaldehyde; list the name and address of the responsible party; and state that physical and health hazard information is readily available from the employer and from material safety data sheets. (iii) For materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing formaldehyde at levels above 0.5 ppm, labels shall appropriately address all hazards as defined in 29 CFR 1926.59 (d) and appendices A and B to that section, including respiratory sensitization, and shall contain the words "Potential Cancer Hazard." (iv) In making the determinations of anticipated levels of formaldehyde release, the employer may rely on objective data indicating the extent of potential formaldehyde release under reasonably foreseeable conditions of use. (v) "Substitute warning labels." The employer may use warning labels required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances which impart the same information as the warning statements required by this paragraph. (4) "Material safety data sheets." (i) Any employer who uses formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(g) with regard to the development and updating of material safety data sheets. (ii) Manufacturers, importers, and distributors of formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) shall assure that material safety data sheets and updated information are provided to all employers purchasing such materials at the time of the initial shipment and at the time of the first shipment after a material safety data sheet is updated. (5) "Written hazard communication program." The employer shall develop, implement, and maintain at the workplace, a written hazard communication program for formaldehyde exposures in the workplace, which at a minimum describes how the requirements specified in this paragraph for labels and other forms of warning and material safety data sheets, and paragraph (n) for employee information and training, will be met. Employers in multi-employer workplaces shall comply with the requirements of 1926.59(e)(2) of this part. (n) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Participation." The employer shall assure that all employees who are assigned to workplaces where there is exposure to formaldehyde participate in a training program, except that where the employer can show, using objective data, that employees are not exposed to formaldehyde at or above 0.1 ppm, the employer is not required to provide training. (2) "Frequency." Employers shall provide such information and training to employees at the time of initial assignment, and whenever a new exposure to formaldehyde is introduced into the work area. The training shall be repeated at least annually. (3) "Training program." The training program shall be conducted in a manner which the employee is able to understand and shall include: (i) A discussion of the contents of this regulation and the contents of the Material Safety Data Sheet. (ii) The purpose for and a description of the medical surveillance program required by this standard, including: (A) A description of the potential health hazards associated with exposure to formaldehyde and a description of the signs and symptoms of exposure to formaldehyde. (B) Instructions to immediately report to the employer the development of any adverse signs or symptoms that the employee suspects is attributable to formaldehyde exposure. (iii) Description of operations in the work area where formaldehyde is present and an explanation of the safe work practices appropriate for limiting exposure to formaldehyde in each job; (iv) The purpose for, proper use of, and limitations of personal protective clothing and equipment; (v) Instructions for the handling of spills, emergencies, and clean-up procedures; (vi) An explanation of the importance of engineering and work practice controls for employee protection and any necessary instruction in the use of these controls; and (vii) A review of emergency procedures including the specific duties or assignments of each employee in the event of an emergency. (4) "Access to training materials." (i) The employer shall inform all affected employees of the location of written training materials and shall make these materials readily available, without cost, to the affected employees. (ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all training materials relating to the employee training program to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (o) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure measurements." The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to formaldehyde. This record shall include: (i) The date of measurement; (ii) The operation being monitored; (iii) The methods of sampling and analysis and evidence of their accuracy and precision; (iv) The number, durations, time, and results of samples taken; (v) The types of protective devices worn; and (vi) The names, job classifications, social security numbers, and exposure estimates of the employees whose exposures are represented by the actual monitoring results. (2) "Exposure determinations." Where the employer has determined that no monitoring is required under this standard, the employer shall maintain a record of the objective data relied upon to support the determination that no employee is exposed to formaldehyde at or above the action level. (3) "Medical surveillance." The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance under this standard. This record shall include: (i) The name and social security number of the employee; (ii) The physician's written opinion; (iii) A list of any employee health complaints that may be related to exposure to formaldehyde; and (iv) A copy of the medical examination results, including medical disease questionnaires and results of any medical tests required by the standard or mandated by the examining physician. (4) "Respirator fit testing." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain accurate records for employees subject to negative pressure respirator fit testing required by this standard. (ii) This record shall include: (A) A copy of the protocol selected for respirator fit testing. (B) A copy of the results of any fit testing performed. (C) The size and manufacturer of the types of respirators available for selection. (D) The date of the most recent fit testing, the name and social security number of each tested employee, and the respirator type and facepiece selected. (5) "Record retention." The employer shall retain records required by this standard for at least the following periods: (i) Exposure records and determinations shall be kept for at least 30 years. (ii) Medical records shall be kept for the duration of employment plus 30 years. (iii) Respirator fit testing records shall be kept until replaced by a more recent record. (6) "Availability of records." (i) Upon request, the employer shall make all records maintained as a requirement of this standard available for examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary and the Director. (ii) The employer shall make employee exposure records, including estimates made from representative monitoring and available upon request for examination, and copying to the subject employee, or former employee, and employee representatives in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i). (iii) Employee medical records required by this standard shall be provided upon request for examination and copying, to the subject employee or former employee or to anyone having the specific written consent of the subject employee or former employee in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i). (p) "Dates" - (1) "Effective dates" - (i) "General." This section shall become effective February 2, 1988, except as noted below. (ii) "Laboratories." This standard shall become effective for anatomy, histology, and pathology laboratories February 2, 1988, except as noted in the start-up date section. For all other laboratories, paragraphs (a) and (c) of this standard shall become effective February 2, 1988, and paragraphs (b) and (d)-(o) of this standard shall become effective on September 1, 1988, except as noted in the start-up date section. (2) "Start-up dates" - (i) "Exposure determinations." Initial monitoring or objective determinations that no monitoring is required by the standard shall be completed by 6 months after the effective date of the standard. (ii) "Medical surveillance." The initial medical surveillance of all eligible employees shall be completed by 6 months after the effective date of the standard. (iii) "Emergencies." The emergency procedures required by this standard shall be implemented by 6 months after the effective date of the standard. (iv) "Respiratory protection." Respiratory protection as required in this standard shall be provided as soon as possible and no later than 9 months after the effective date of the standard. (v) "Engineering and work practice controls." Engineering and work practice controls required by this standard shall be implemented as soon as possible, but no later than one year after the effective date of the standard. (vi) "Employee training." Written materials for employee training shall be updated as soon as possible, but no later than 2 months after the effective date of the standard. (3) "Start-up dates of amended paragraphs" - (i) "Respiratory protection." Respiratory protection required to meet the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall be provided as soon as possible but no later than September 24, 1992. (ii) "Engineering and work practice controls." Engineering and work practice controls required to meet the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall be implemented as soon as possible, but no later than June 26, 1993. (iii) "Medical removal protection." The medical removal protection provisions including the multiple physician review mechanism shall be implemented no later than December 28, 1992. (iv) "Hazard communication." The labeling provisions contained in amended paragraph (m) of this standard shall be implemented no later than December 28, 1992. Labeling of containers of formaldehyde products shall continue to comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.59 (e)-(j) until that time. (v) "Training." The periodic training mandated for all employees exposed to formaldehyde between 0.1 ppm and 0.5 ppm shall begin no later than August 25, 1992. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0145) Appendix A to 1926.1148 - Substance Technical Guidelines for Formalin The following Substance Technical Guideline for Formalin provides information on uninhibited formalin solution (37 percent formaldehyde, no methanol stabilizer). It is designed to inform employees at the production level of their rights and duties under the formaldehyde standard whether their job title defines them as workers or supervisors. Much of the information provided is general; however, some information is specific for formalin. When employee exposure to formaldehyde is from resins capable of releasing formaldehyde, the resin itself and other impurities or decomposition products may also be toxic, and employers should include this information as well when informing employees of the hazards associated with the materials they handle. The precise hazards associated with exposure to formaldehyde depend both on the form (solid, liquid, or gas) of the material and the concentration of formaldehyde present. For example, 37-50 percent solutions of formaldehyde present a much greater hazard to the skin and eyes from spills or splashes than solutions containing less than 1 percent formaldehyde. Individual Substance Technical Guidelines used by the employer for training employees should be modified to properly give information on the material actually being used. "Substance Identification" "Chemical Name:" Formaldehyde "Chemical Family:" Aldehyde "Chemical Formula:" HCHO "Molecular Weight:" 30.03 "Chemical Abstracts Service Number (CAS Number):" 50-00-0 "Synonyms:" Formalin; Formic Aldehyde; Paraform; Formol; Formalin (Methanol-free); Fyde; Formalith; Methanal; Methyl Aldehyde; Methylene Glycol; Methylene Oxide; Tetraoxymethalene; Oxomethane; Oxymethylene "Components and Contaminants" "Percent:" 37.0 Formaldehyde "Percent:" 63.0 Water (Note. - Inhibited solutions contain methanol.) "Other Contaminants:" Formic acid (alcohol free) "Exposure Limits:" OSHA TWA - 0.75 ppm OSHA STEL - 2 ppm "Physical Data" "Description:" Colorless liquid, pungent odor "Boiling point:" 214 deg. F (101 deg. C) "Specific Gravity:" 1.08 (H(2)O=1 at 20 deg. C) "pH:" 2.8-4.0 "Solubility in Water:" Miscible "Solvent Solubility:" Soluble in alcohol and acetone "Vapor Density:" 1.04 (Air=1 at 20 deg. C) "Odor Threshold:" 0.8-1 ppm "Fire and Explosion Hazard" Moderate fire and explosion hazard when exposed to heat or flame. The flash point of 37 percent formaldehyde solutions is above normal room temperature, but the explosion range is very wide, from 7 to 73 percent by volume in air. Reaction of formaldehyde with nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or peroxyformic acid yields explosive compounds. "Flash Point:" 185 deg. F (85 deg. C) closed cup "Lower Explosion Limit:" 7 percent "Upper Explosion Limit:" 73 percent "Autoignition Temperature:" 806 deg. F (430 deg. C) "Flammability Class (OSHA):" III A "Extinguishing Media:" Use dry chemical, "alcohol foam", carbon dioxide, or water in flooding amounts as fog. Solid streams may not be effective. Cool fire-exposed containers with water from side until well after fire is out. Use of water spray to flush spills can also dilute the spill to produce nonflammable mixtures. Water runoff, however, should be contained for treatment. "National Fire Protection Association Section 325M Designation:" "Health:" 2 - Materials hazardous to health, but areas may be entered with full-faced mask self-contained breathing apparatus which provides eye protection. "Flammability:" 2 - Materials which must be moderately heated before ignition will occur. Water spray may be used to extinguish the fire because the material can be cooled below its flash point. "Reactivity:" D - Materials which (in themselves) are normally stable even under fire exposure conditions and which are not reactive with water. Normal fire fighting procedures may be used. "Reactivity" "Stability:" Formaldehyde solutions may self-polymerize to form paraformaldehyde which precipitates. "Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid):" Strong oxidizing agents, caustics, strong alkalies, isocyanates, anhydrides, oxides, and inorganic acids. Formaldehyde reacts with hydrochloric acid to form the potent carcinogen, bis-chloromethyl ether. Formaldehyde reacts with nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or peroxyformic acid to yield explosive compounds. A violent reaction occurs when formaldehyde is mixed with strong oxidizers. Hazardous Combustion or Decomposition Products: Oxygen from the air can oxidize formaldehyde to formic acid, especially when heated. Formic acid is corrosive. "Health Hazard Data" Acute Effects of Exposure "Ingestion (Swallowing):" Liquids containing 10 to 40 percent formaldehyde cause severe irritation and inflammation of the mouth, throat, and stomach. Severe stomach pains will follow ingestion with possible loss of consciousness and death. Ingestion of dilute formaldehyde solutions (0.03-0.04 percent) may cause discomfort in the stomach and pharynx. "Inhalation (Breathing):" Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the upper respiratory tract and eyes. Concentrations of 0.5 to 2.0 ppm may irritate the eyes, nose, and throat of some individuals. Concentrations of 3 to 5 ppm also cause tearing of the eyes and are intolerable to some persons. Concentrations of 10 to 20 ppm cause difficulty in breathing, burning of the nose and throat, cough, and heavy tearing of the eyes, and 25 to 30 ppm causes severe respiratory tract injury leading to pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. A concentration of 100 ppm is immediately dangerous to life and health. Deaths from accidental exposure to high concentrations of formaldehyde have been reported. "Skin (Dermal):" Formalin is a severe skin irritant and a sensitizer. Contact with formalin causes white discoloration, smarting, drying, cracking, and scaling. Prolonged and repeated contact can cause numbness and a hardening or tanning of the skin. Previously exposed persons may react to future exposure with an allergic eczematous dermatitis or hives. "Eye Contact:" Formaldehyde solutions splashed in the eye can cause injuries ranging from transient discomfort to severe, permanent corneal clouding and loss of vision. The severity of the effect depends on the concentration of formaldehyde in the solution and whether or not the eyes are flushed with water immediately after the accident. Note. - The perception of formaldehyde by odor and eye irritation becomes less sensitive with time as one adapts to formaldehyde. This can lead to overexposure if a worker is relying on formaldehyde's warning properties to alert him or her to the potential for exposure. "Acute Animal Toxicity:" "Oral," rats: LD50=800 mg/kg "Oral," mouse: LD50=42 mg/kg "Inhalation," rats: LCLo=250 mg/kg Inhalation," mouse: LCLo=900 mg/kg "Inhalation," rats: LC50=590 mg/kg "Chronic Effects of Exposure" "Carcinogenicity:" Formaldehyde has the potential to cause cancer in humans. Repeated and prolonged exposure increases the risk. Various animal experiments have conclusively shown formaldehyde to be a carcinogen in rats. In humans, formaldehyde exposure has been associated with cancers of the lung, nasopharynx and oropharynx, and nasal passages. "Mutagenicity:" Formaldehyde is genotoxic in several "in vitro" test systems showing properties of both an initiator and a promoter. "Toxicity:" Prolonged or repeated exposure to formaldehyde may result in respiratory impairment. Rats exposed to formaldehyde at 2 ppm developed benign nasal tumors and changes of the cell structure in the nose as well as inflamed mucous membranes of the nose. Structural changes in the epithelial cells in the human nose have also been observed. Some persons have developed asthma or bronchitis following exposure to formaldehyde, most often as the result of an accidental spill involving a single exposure to a high concentration of formaldehyde. "Emergency and First Aid Procedures" "Ingestion (Swallowing):" If the victim is conscious, dilute, inactivate, or absorb the ingested formaldehyde by giving milk, activated charcoal, or water. Any organic material will inactivate formaldehyde. Keep affected person warm and at rest. Get medical attention immediately. If vomiting occurs, keep head lower than hips. "Inhalation (Breathing):" Remove the victim from the exposure area to fresh air immediately. Where the formaldehyde concentration may be very high, each rescuer must put on a self-contained breathing apparatus before attempting to remove the victim, and medical personnel should be informed of the formaldehyde exposure immediately. If breathing has stopped, give artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Qualified first-aid or medical personnel should administer oxygen, if available, and maintain the patient's airways and blood pressure until the victim can be transported to a medical facility. If exposure results in a highly irritated upper respiratory tract and coughing continues for more than 10 minutes, the worker should be hospitalized for observation and treatment. "Skin Contact:" Remove contaminated clothing (including shoes) immediately. Wash the affected area of your body with soap or mild detergent and large amounts of water until no evidence of the chemical remains (at least 15 to 20 minutes). If there are chemical burns, get first aid to cover the area with sterile, dry dressing, and bandages. Get medical attention if you experience appreciable eye or respiratory irritation. "Eye Contact:" Wash the eyes immediately with large amounts of water occasionally lifting lower and upper lids, until no evidence of chemical remains (at least 15 to 20 minutes). In case of burns, apply sterile bandages loosely without medication. Get medical attention immediately. If you have experienced appreciable eye irritation from a splash or excessive exposure, you should be referred promptly to an opthamologist for evaluation. "Emergency Procedures" "Emergencies:" If you work in an area where a large amount of formaldehyde could be released in an accident or from equipment failure, your employer must develop procedures to be followed in event of an emergency. You should be trained in your specific duties in the event of an emergency, and it is important that you clearly understand these duties. Emergency equipment must be accessible and you should be trained to use any equipment that you might need. Formaldehyde contaminated equipment must be cleaned before reuse. If a spill of appreciable quantity occurs, leave the area quickly unless you have specific emergency duties. Do not touch spilled material. Designated persons may stop the leak and shut off ignition sources if these procedures can be done without risk. Designated persons should isolate the hazard area and deny entry except for necessary people protected by suitable protective clothing and respirators adequate for the exposure. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Do not smoke, and prohibit all flames or flares in the hazard area. "Special Firefighting Procedures:" Learn procedures and responsibilities in the event of a fire in your workplace. Become familiar with the appropriate equipment and supplies and their location. In firefighting, withdraw immediately in case of rising sound from venting safety device or any discoloration of storage tank due to fire. "Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures" "Occupational Spill:" For small containers, place the leaking container in a well ventilated area. Take up small spills with absorbent material and place the waste into properly labeled containers for later disposal. For larger spills, dike the spill to minimize contamination and facilitate salvage or disposal. You may be able to neutralize the spill with sodium hydroxide or sodium sulfite. Your employer must comply with EPA rules regarding the clean-up of toxic waste and notify state and local authorities, if required. If the spill is greater than 1,000 lb/day, it is reportable under EPA's Superfund legislation. "Waste Disposal:" Your employer must dispose of waste containing formaldehyde in accordance with applicable local, state, and Federal law and in a manner that minimizes exposure of employees at the site and of the clean-up crew. "Monitoring and Measurement Procedures" "Monitoring Requirements:" If your exposure to formaldehyde exceeds the 0.5 ppm action level or the 2 ppm STEL, your employer must monitor your exposure. Your employer need not measure every exposure if a "high exposure" employee can be identified. This person usually spends the greatest amount of time nearest the process equipment. If you are a "representative employee", you will be asked to wear a sampling device to collect formaldehyde. This device may be a passive badge, a sorbent tube attached to a pump, or an impinger containing liquid. You should perform your work as usual, but inform the person who is conducting the monitoring of any difficulties you are having wearing the device. "Evaluation of 8-hour Exposure:" Measurements taken for the purpose of determining time-weighted average (TWA) exposures are best taken with samples covering the full shift. Samples collected must be taken from the employee's breathing zone air. "Short-term Exposure Evaluation:" If there are tasks that involve brief but intense exposure to formaldehyde, employee exposure must be measured to assure compliance with the STEL. Sample collections are for brief periods, only 15 minutes, but several samples may be needed to identify the peak exposure. "Monitoring Techniques:" OSHA's only requirement for selecting a method for sampling and analysis is that the methods used accurately evaluate the concentration of formaldehyde in employees' breathing zones. Sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of formaldehyde on liquid or solid sorbents with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by passive diffusion monitors and short-term exposure may be measured by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems and portable direct reading instruments. "Notification of Results:" Your employer must inform you of the results of exposure monitoring representative of your job. You may be informed in writing, but posting the results where you have ready access to them constitutes compliance with the standard. "Protective Equipment and Clothing" [Material impervious to formaldehyde is needed if the employee handles formaldehyde solutions of 1 percent or more. Other employees may also require protective clothing or equipment to prevent dermatitis.] "Respiratory Protection:" Use NIOSH-approved full facepiece negative pressure respirators equipped with approved cartridges or canisters within the use limitations of these devices. (Present restrictions on cartridges and canisters do not permit them to be used for a full workshift.) In all other situations, use positive pressure respirators such as the positive-pressure air purifying respirator or the self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). If you use a negative pressure respirator, your employer must provide you with fit testing of the respirator at least once a year in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix E. "Protective Gloves:" Wear protective (impervious) gloves provided by your employer, at no cost, to prevent contact with formalin. Your employer should select these gloves based on the results of permeation testing and in accordance with the ACGIH Guidelines for Selection of Chemical Protective Clothing. "Eye Protection:" If you might be splashed in the eyes with formalin, it is essential that you wear goggles or some other type of complete protection for the eye. You may also need a face shield if your face is likely to be splashed with formalin, but you must not substitute face shields for eye protection. (This section pertains to formaldehyde solutions of 1 percent or more.) "Other Protective Equipment:" You must wear protective (impervious) clothing and equipment provided by your employer at no cost to prevent repeated or prolonged contact with formaldehyde liquids. If you are required to change into whole-body chemical protective clothing, your employer must provide a change room for your privacy and for storage of your normal clothing. If you are splashed with formaldehyde, use the emergency showers and eyewash fountains provided by your employer immediately to prevent serious injury. Report the incident to your supervisor and obtain necessary medical support. "Entry Into an IDLH Atmosphere" Enter areas where the formaldehyde concentration might be 100 ppm or more only with complete body protection including a self-contained breathing apparatus with a full facepiece operated in a positive pressure mode or a supplied air respirator with full facepiece and operated in a positive pressure mode. This equipment is essential to protect your life and health under such extreme conditions. "Engineering Controls" Ventilation is the most widely applied engineering control method for reducing the concentration of airborne substances in the breathing zones of workers. There are two distinct types of ventilation. "Local Exhaust:" Local exhaust ventilation is designed to capture airborne contaminants as near to the point of generation as possible. To protect you, the direction of contaminant flow must always be toward the local exhaust system inlet and away from you. "General (Mechanical):" General dilution ventilation involves continuous introduction of fresh air into the workroom to mix with the contaminated air and lower your breathing zone concentration of formaldehyde. Effectiveness depends on the number of air changes per hour. Where devices emitting formaldehyde are spread out over a large area, general dilution ventilation may be the only practical method of control. "Work Practices:" Work practices and administrative procedures are an important part of a control system. If you are asked to perform a task in a certain manner to limit your exposure to formaldehyde, it is extremely important that you follow these procedures. "Medical Surveillance" Medical surveillance helps to protect employees' health. You are encouraged strongly to participate in the medical surveillance program. Your employer must make a medical surveillance program available at no expense to you and at a reasonable time and place if you are exposed to formaldehyde at concentrations above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour average or 2 ppm over any 15-minute period. You will be offered medical surveillance at the time of your initial assignment and once a year afterward as long as your exposure is at least 0.5 ppm (TWA) or 2 ppm (STEL). Even if your exposure is below these levels, you should inform your employer if you have signs and symptoms that you suspect, through your training, are related to your formaldehyde exposure because you may need medical surveillance to determine if your health is being impaired by your exposure. The surveillance plan includes: (a) A medical disease questionnaire. (b) A physical examination if the physician determines this is necessary. If you are required to wear a respirator, your employer must offer you a physical examination and a pulmonary function test every year. The physician must collect all information needed to determine if you are at increased risk from your exposure to formaldehyde. At the physician's discretion, the medical examination may include other tests, such as a chest x-ray, to make this determination. After a medical examination the physician will provide your employer with a written opinion which includes any special protective measures recommended and any restrictions on your exposure. The physician must inform you of any medical conditions you have which would be aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde. All records from your medical examinations, including disease surveys, must be retained at your employer's expense. "Emergencies" If you are exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency and develop signs or symptoms associated with acute toxicity from formaldehyde exposure, your employer must provide you with a medical examination as soon as possible. This medical examination will include all steps necessary to stabilize your health. You may be kept in the hospital for observation if your symptoms are severe to ensure that any delayed effects are recognized and treated. Appendix B to 1926.1148 - Sampling Strategy and Analytical Methods for Formaldehyde. To protect the health of employees, exposure measurements must be unbiased and representative of employee exposure. The proper measurement of employee exposure requires more than a token commitment on the part of the employer. OSHA's mandatory requirements establish a baseline; under the best of circumstances all questions regarding employee exposure will be answered. Many employers, however, will wish to conduct more extensive monitoring before undertaking expensive commitments, such as engineering controls, to assure that the modifications are truly necessary. The following sampling strategy, which was developed at NIOSH by Nelson A. Leidel, Kenneth A. Busch, and Jeremiah R. Lynch and described in NIOSH publication No. 77-173 (Occupational Exposure Sampling Strategy Manual) will assist the employer in developing a strategy for determining the exposure of his or her employees. There is no one correct way to determine employee exposure. Obviously, measuring the exposure of every employee exposed to formaldehyde will provide the most information on any given day. Where few employees are exposed, this may be a practical solution. For most employers, however, use of the following strategy will give just as much information at less cost. Exposure data collected on a single day will not automatically guarantee the employer that his or her workplace is always in compliance with the formaldehyde standard. This does not imply, however, that it is impossible for an employer to be sure that his or her worksite is in compliance with the standard. Indeed, a properly designed sampling strategy showing that all employees are exposed below the PELs, at least with a 95 percent certainty, is compelling evidence that the exposure limits are being achieved provided that measurements are conducted using valid sampling strategy and approved analytical methods. There are two PELs, the TWA concentration and the STEL. Most employers will find that one of these two limits is more critical in the control of their operations, and OSHA expects that the employer will concentrate monitoring efforts on the critical component. If the more difficult exposure is controlled, this information, along with calculations to support the assumptions, should be adequate to show that the other exposure limit is also being achieved. "Sampling Strategy" Determination of the Need for Exposure Measurements The employer must determine whether employees may be exposed to concentrations in excess of the action level. This determination becomes the first step in an employee exposure monitoring program that minimizes employer sampling burdens while providing adequate employee protection. If employees may be exposed above the action level, the employer must measure exposure. Otherwise, an objective determination that employee exposure is low provides adequate evidence that exposure potential has been examined. The employer should examine all available relevant information, "eg." insurance company and trade association data and information from suppliers or exposure data collected from similar operations. The employer may also use previously-conducted sampling including area monitoring. The employer must make a determination relevant to each operation although this need not be on a separate piece of paper. If the employer can demonstrate conclusively that no employee is exposed above the action level or the STEL through the use of objective data, the employer need proceed no further on employee exposure monitoring until such time that conditions have changed and the determination is no longer valid. If the employer cannot determine that employee exposure is less than the action level and the STEL, employee exposure monitoring will have to be conducted. Workplace Material Survey The primary purpose of a survey of raw material is to determine if formaldehyde is being used in the work environment and if so, the conditions under which formaldehyde is being used. The first step is to tabulate all situations where formaldehyde is used in a manner such that it may be released into the workplace atmosphere or contaminate the skin. This information should be available through analysis of company records and information on the MSDSs available through provisions of this standard and the Hazard Communication standard. If there is an indication from materials handling records and accompanying MSDSs that formaldehyde is being used in the following types of processes or work operations, there may be a potential for releasing formaldehyde into the workplace atmosphere: (1) Any operation that involves grinding, sanding, sawing, cutting, crushing, screening, sieving, or any other manipulation of material that generates formaldehyde-bearing dust (2) Any processes where there have been employee complaints or symptoms indicative of exposure to formaldehyde (3) Any liquid or spray process involving formaldehyde (4) Any process that uses formaldehyde in preserved tissue (5) Any process that involves the heating of a formaldehyde-bearing resin. Processes and work operations that use formaldehyde in these manners will probably require further investigation at the worksite to determine the extent of employee monitoring that should be conducted. Workplace Observations To this point, the only intention has been to provide an indication as to the existence of potentially exposed employees. With this information, a visit to the workplace is needed to observe work operations, to identify potential health hazards, and to determine whether any employees may be exposed to hazardous concentrations of formaldehyde. In many circumstances, sources of formaldehyde can be identified through the sense of smell. However, this method of detection should be used with caution because of olfactory fatigue. Employee location in relation to source of formaldehyde is important in determining if an employee may be significantly exposed to formaldehyde. In most instances, the closer a worker is to the source, the higher the probability that a significant exposure will occur. Other characteristics should be considered. Certain high temperature operations give rise to higher evaporation rates. Locations of open doors and windows provide natural ventilation that tend to dilute formaldehyde emissions. General room ventilation also provides a measure of control. Calculation of Potential Exposure Concentrations By knowing the ventilation rate in a workplace and the quantity of formaldehyde generated, the employer may be able to determine by calculation if the PELs might be exceeded. To account for poor mixing of formaldehyde into the entire room, locations of fans and proximity of employees to the work operation, the employer must include a safety factor. If an employee is relatively close to a source, particularly if he or she is located downwind, a safety factor of 100 may be necessary. For other situations, a factor of 10 may be acceptable. If the employer can demonstrate through such calculations that employee exposure does not exceed the action level or the STEL, the employer may use this information as objective data to demonstrate compliance with the standard. Sampling Strategy Once the employer determines that there is a possibility of substantial employee exposure to formaldehyde, the employer is obligated to measure employee exposure. The next step is selection of a maximum risk employee. When there are different processes where employees may be exposed to formaldehyde, a maximum risk employee should be selected for each work operation. Selection of the maximum risk employee requires professional judgment. The best procedure for selecting the maximum risk employee is to observe employees and select the person closest to the source of formaldehyde. Employee mobility may affect this selection; "eg." if the closest employee is mobile in his tasks, he may not be the maximum risk employee. Air movement patterns and differences in work habits will also affect selection of the maximum risk employee. When many employees perform essentially the same task, a maximum risk employee cannot be selected. In this circumstance, it is necessary to resort to random sampling of the group of workers. The objective is to select a subgroup of adequate size so that there is a high probability that the random sample will contain at least one worker with high exposure if one exists. The number of persons in the group influences the number that need to be sampled to ensure that at least one individual from the highest 10 percent exposure group is contained in the sample. For example, to have 90 percent confidence in the results, if the group size is 10, nine should be sampled; for 50, only 18 need to be sampled. If measurement shows exposure to formaldehyde at or above the action level or the STEL, the employer needs to identify all other employees who may be exposed at or above the action level or STEL and measure or otherwise accurately characterize the exposure of these employees. Whether representative monitoring or random sampling are conducted, the purpose remains the same - to determine if the exposure of any employee is above the action level. If the exposure of the most exposed employee is less than the action level and the STEL, regardless of how the employee is identified, then it is reasonable to assume that measurements of exposure of the other employees in that operation would be below the action level and the STEL. Exposure Measurements There is no "best" measurement strategy for all situations. Some elements to consider in developing a strategy are: (1) Availability and cost of sampling equipment (2) Availability and cost of analytic facilities (3) Availability and cost of personnel to take samples (4) Location of employees and work operations (5) Intraday and interday variations in the process (6) Precision and accuracy of sampling and analytic methods, and (7) Number of samples needed. Samples taken for determining compliance with the STEL differ from those that measure the TWA concentration in important ways. STEL samples are best taken in a nonrandom fashion using all available knowledge relating to the area, the individual, and the process to obtain samples during periods of maximum expected concentrations. At least three measurements on a shift are generally needed to spot gross errors or mistakes; however, only the highest value represents the STEL. If an operation remains constant throughout the workshift, a much greater number of samples would need to be taken over the 32 discrete nonoverlapping periods in an 8-hour workshift to verify compliance with a STEL. If employee exposure is truly uniform throughout the workshift, however, an employer in compliance with the l ppm TWA would be in compliance with the 2 ppm STEL, and this determination can probably be made using objective data. Need to Repeat the Monitoring Strategy Interday and intraday fluctuations in employee exposure are mostly influenced by the physical processes that generate formaldehyde and the work habits of the employee. Hence, in-plant process variations influence the employer's determination of whether or not additional controls need to be imposed. Measurements that employee exposure is low on a day that is not representative of worst conditions may not provide sufficient information to determine whether or not additional engineering controls should be installed to achieve the PELs. The person responsible for conducting sampling must be aware of systematic changes which will negate the validity of the sampling results. Systematic changes in formaldehyde exposure concentration for an employee can occur due to: (1) The employee changing patterns of movement in the workplace (2) Closing of plant doors and windows (3) Changes in ventilation from season to season (4) Decreases in ventilation efficiency or abrupt failure of engineering control equipment (5) Changes in the production process or work habits of the employee. Any of these changes, if they may result in additional exposure that reaches the next level of action ("i.e." 0.5 or 1.0 ppm as an 8-hr average or 2 ppm over 15 minutes) require the employer to perform additional monitoring to reassess employee exposure. A number of methods are suitable for measuring employee exposure to formaldehyde or for characterizing emissions within the worksite. The preamble to this standard describes some methods that have been widely used or subjected to validation testing. A detailed analytical procedure derived from the OSHA Method 52 for acrolein and formaldehyde is presented below for informational purposes. Inclusion of OSHA's method in this appendix in no way implies that it is the only acceptable way to measure employee exposure to formaldehyde. Other methods that are free from significant interferences and that can determine formaldehyde at the permissible exposure limits within plus or minus 25 percent of the "true" value at the 95 percent confidence level are also acceptable. Where applicable, the method should also be capable of measuring formaldehyde at the action level to plus or minus 35 percent of the "true" value with a 95 percent confidence level. OSHA encourages employers to choose methods that will be best for their individual needs. The employer must exercise caution, however, in choosing an appropriate method since some techniques suffer from interferences that are likely to be present in workplaces of certain industry sectors where formaldehyde is used. "OSHA's Analytical Laboratory Method" "Method No:" 52 "Matrix:" Air "Target Concentration:" 1 ppm (1.2 mg/m(3)) "Procedures:" Air samples are collected by drawing known volumes of air through sampling tubes containing XAD-2 adsorbent which have been coated with 2-(hydroxymethyl) piperidine. The samples are desorbed with toluene and then analyzed by gas chromatography using a nitrogen selective detector. "Recommended Sampling Rate and Air Volumes:" 0.1 L/min and 24 L "Reliable Quantitation Limit:" 16 ppb (20 ug/m(3)) "Standard Error of Estimate at the Target Concentration:" 7.3 percent "Status of the Method:" A sampling and analytical method that has been subjected to the established evaluation procedures of the Organic Methods Evaluation Branch. "Date:" March 1985 1. "General Discussion" 1.1 "Background:" The current OSHA method for collecting acrolein vapor recommends the use of activated 13X molecular sieves. The samples must be stored in an ice bath during and after sampling and also they must be analyzed within 48 hours of collection. The current OSHA method for collecting formaldehyde vapor recommends the use of bubblers containing 10 percent methanol in water as the trapping solution. This work was undertaken to resolve the sample stability problems associated with acrolein and also to eliminate the need to use bubblers to sample formaldehyde. A goal of this work was to develop and/or to evaluate a common sampling and analytical procedure for acrolein and formaldehyde. NIOSH has developed independent methodologies for acrolein and formaldehyde which recommend the use of reagent-coated adsorbent tubes to collect the aldehydes as stable derivatives. The formaldehyde sampling tubes contain Chromosorb 102 adsorbent coated with N-benzylethanolamine (BEA) which reacts with formaldehyde vapor to form a stable oxazolidine compound. The acrolein sampling tubes contain XAD-2 adsorbent coated with 2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine (2-HMP) which reacts with acrolein vapor to form a different, stable oxazolidine derivative. Acrolein does not appear to react with BEA to give a suitable reaction product. Therefore, the formaldehyde procedure cannot provide a common method for both aldehydes. However, formaldehyde does react with 2-HMP to form a very suitable reaction product. It is the quantitative reaction of acrolein and formaldehyde with 2-HMP that provides the basis for this evaluation. This sampling and analytical procedure is very similar to the method recommended by NIOSH for acrolein. Some changes in the NIOSH methodology were necessary to permit the simultaneous determination of both aldehydes and also to accommodate OSHA laboratory equipment and analytical techniques. 1.2 "Limit-defining parameters:" The analyte air concentrations reported in this method are based on the recommended air volume for each analyte collected separately and a desorption volume of 1 mL. The amounts are presented as acrolein and/or formaldehyde, even though the derivatives are the actual species analyzed. 1.2.1 "Detection limits of the analytical procedure:" The detection limit of the analytical procedure was 386 pg per injection for formaldehyde. This was the amount of analyte which gave a peak whose height was about five times the height of the peak given by the residual formaldehyde derivative in a typical blank front section of the recommended sampling tube. 1.2.2 "Detection limits of the overall procedure:" The detection limits of the overall procedure were 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 ug/m(3) for formaldehyde). This was the amount of analyte spiked on the sampling device which allowed recoveries approximately equal to the detection limit of the analytical procedure. 1.2.3 "Reliable quantitation limits:" The reliable quantitation limit was 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 ug/m(3)) for formaldehyde. These were the smallest amounts of analyte which could be quantitated within the limits of a recovery of at least 75 percent and a precision (plus or minus 1.96 SD) of plus or minus 25 percent or better. _________________________________ The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest possible amount of analyte. When the target concentration of an analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, they may not be attainable at the routine operating parameters. ________________________________ 1.2.4 "Sensitivity:" The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over concentration ranges representing 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, was 7,589 area units per ug/mL for formaldehyde. This value was determined from the slope of the calibration curve. The sensitivity may vary with the particular instrument used in the analysis. 1.2.5 "Recovery:" The recovery of formaldehyde from samples used in an 18-day storage test remained above 92 percent when the samples were stored at ambient temperature. These values were determined from regression lines which were calculated from the storage data. The recovery of the analyte from the collection device must be at least 75 percent following storage. 1.2.6 "Precision (analytical method only):" The pooled coefficient of variation obtained from replicate determinations of analytical standards over the range of 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration was 0.0052 for formaldehyde (Section 4.3). 1.2.7 "Precision (overall procedure):" The precision at the 95 percent confidence level for the ambient temperature storage tests was plus or minus 14.3 percent for formaldehyde. These values each include an additional plus or minus 5 percent for sampling error. The overall procedure must provide results at the target concentrations that are plus or minus 25 percent at the 95 percent confidence level. 1.2.8 "Reproducibility:" Samples collected from controlled test atmospheres and a draft copy of this procedure were given to a chemist unassociated with this evaluation. The formaldehyde samples were analyzed following 15 days storage. The average recovery was 96.3 percent and the standard deviation was 1.7 percent. 1.3 "Advantages:" 1.3.1 The sampling and analytical procedures permit the simultaneous determination of acrolein and formaldehyde. 1.3.2 Samples are stable following storage at ambient temperature for at least 18 days. 1.4 "Disadvantages:" None. 2. "Sampling Procedure" 2.1 "Apparatus:" 2.1.1 Samples are collected by use of a personal sampling pump that can be calibrated to within plus or minus 5 percent of the recommended 0.1 L/min sampling rate with the sampling tube in line. 2.1.2 Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling tubes. The sampling tube is constructed of silane treated glass and is about 8-cm long. The ID is 4 mm and the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is tapered so that a glass wool end plug will hold the contents of the tube in place during sampling. The other end of the sampling tube is open to its full 4-mm ID to facilitate packing of the tube. Both ends of the tube are fire-polished for safety. The tube is packed with a 75-mg backup section, located nearest the tapered end and a 150-mg sampling section of pretreated XAD-2 adsorbent which has been coated with 2-HMP. The two sections of coated adsorbent are separated and retained with small plugs of silanized glass wool. Following packing, the sampling tubes are sealed with two 7/32 inch OD plastic end caps. Instructions for the pretreatment and the coating of XAD-2 adsorbent are presented in Section 4 of this method. 2.1.3 Sampling tubes, similar to those recommended in this method, are marketed by Supelco, Inc. These tubes were not available when this work was initiated; therefore, they were not evaluated. 2.2 "Reagents:" None required. 2.3 "Technique:" 2.3.1 Properly label the sampling tube before sampling and then remove the plastic end caps. 2.3.2 Attach the sampling tube to the pump using a section of flexible plastic tubing such that the large, front section of the sampling tube is exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of the sampling tube. The sampling tube should be attached in the worker's breathing zone in a vertical manner such that it does not impede work performance. 2.3.3 After sampling for the appropriate time, remove the sampling tube from the pump and then seal the tube with plastic end caps. 2.3.4 Include at least one blank for each sampling set. The blank should be handled in the same manner as the samples with the exception that air is not drawn through it. 2.3.5 List any potential interferences on the sample data sheet. 2.4 "Breakthrough:" 2.4.1 Breakthrough was defined as the relative amount of analyte found on a backup sample in relation to the total amount of analyte collected on the sampling train. 2.4.2 For formaldehyde collected from test atmospheres containing 6 times the PEL, the average 5 percent breakthrough air volume was 41 L. The sampling rate was 0.1 L/min and the average mass of formaldehyde collected was 250 ug. 2.5 "Desorption Efficiency:" No desorption efficiency corrections are necessary to compute air sample results because analytical standards are prepared using coated adsorbent. Desorption efficiencies were determined, however, to investigate the recoveries of the analytes from the sampling device. The average recovery over the range of 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, was 96.2 percent for formaldehyde. Desorption efficiencies were essentially constant over the ranges studied. 2.6 "Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate: " 2.6.1 The recommended air volume for formaldehyde is 24 L. 2.6.2 The recommended sampling rate is 0.1 L/min. 2.7 "Interferences:" 2.7.1 Any collected substance that is capable of reacting 2-HMP and thereby depleting the derivatizing agent is a potential interference. Chemicals which contain a carbonyl group, such as acetone, may be capable or reacting with 2-HMP. 2.7.2 There are no other known interferences to the sampling method. 2.8 "Safety Precautions:" 2.8.1 Attach the sampling equipment to the worker in such a manner that it well not interfere with work performance or safety. 2.8.2 Follow all safety practices that apply to the work area being sampled. 3. "Analytical Procedure" 3.1 "Apparatus:" 3.1.1 A gas chromatograph (GC), equipped with a nitrogen selective detector. A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC fitted with a nitrogen-phosphorus flame ionization detector (NPD) was used for this evaluation. Injections were performed using a Hewlett-Packard Model 7671A automatic sampler. 3.1.2 A GC column capable of resolving the analytes from any interference. A 6 ft x 1/4 in OD (2mm ID) glass GC column containing 10 percent UCON 50-HB-5100 + 2 percent KOH on 80/100 mesh Chromosorb W-AW was used for the evaluation. Injections were performed on-column. 3.1.3 Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined caps. 3.1.4 Volumetric flasks, pipets, and syringes for preparing standards, making dilutions, and performing injections. 3.2 "Reagents:" 3.2.1 Toluene and dimethylformamide. Burdick and Jackson solvents were used in this evaluation. 3.2.2 Helium, hydrogen, and air, GC grade. 3.2.3 Formaldehyde, 37 percent, by weight, in water. Aldrich Chemical, ACS Reagent Grade formaldehyde was used in this evaluation. 3.2.4 Amberlite XAD-2 adsorbent coated with 2-(hydroxymethyl - piperidine (2-HMP), 10 percent by weight (Section 4). 3.2.5 Desorbing solution with internal standard. This solution was prepared by adding 20 uL of dimethylformamide to 100 mL of toluene. 3.3 "Standard preparation:" 3.3.1 "Formaldehyde:" Prepare stock standards by diluting known volumes of 37 percent formaldehyde solution with methanol. A procedure to determine the formaldehyde content of these standards is presented in Section 4. A standard containing 7.7 mg/mL formaldehyde was prepared by diluting 1 mL of the 37 percent reagent to 50 mL with methanol. 3.3.2 It is recommended that analytical standards be prepared about 16 hours before the air samples are to be analyzed in order to ensure the complete reaction of the analytes with 2-HMP. However, rate studies have shown the reaction to be greater than 95 percent complete after 4 hours. Therefore, one or two standards can be analyzed after this reduced time if sample results are outside the concentration range of the prepared standards. 3.3.3 Place 150-mg portions of coated XAD-2 adsorbent, from the same lot number as used to collect the air samples, into each of several glass 2-mL vials. Seal each vial with a Teflon-lined cap. 3.3.4 Prepare fresh analytical standards each day by injecting appropriate amounts of the diluted analyte directly onto 150-mg portions of coated adsorbent. It is permissible to inject both acrolein and formaldehyde on the same adsorbent portion. Allow the standards to stand at room temperature. A standard, approximately the target levels, was prepared by injecting 11 uL of the acrolein and 12 uL of the formaldehyde stock standards onto a single coated XAD-2 adsorbent portion. 3.3.5 Prepare a sufficient number of standards to generate the calibration curves. Analytical standard concentrations should bracket sample concentrations. Thus, if samples are not in the concentration range of the prepared standards, additional standards must be prepared to determine detector response. 3.3.7 Desorb the standards in the same manner as the samples following the 16-hour reaction time. 3.4 "Sample preparation:" 3.4.1 Transfer the 150-mg section of the sampling tube to a 2-mL vial. Place the 75-mg section in a separate vial. If the glass wool plugs contain a significant number of adsorbent beads, place them with the appropriate sampling tube section. Discard the glass wool plugs if they do not contain a significant number of adsorbent beads. 3.4.2 Add 1 mL of desorbing solution to each vial. 3.4.3 Seal the vials with Teflon-lined caps and then allow them to desorb for one hour. Shake the vials by hand with vigorous force several times during the desorption time. 3.4.4 Save the used sampling tubes to be cleaned and recycled. 3.5 "Analysis:" 3.5.1 "GC Conditions" "Column Temperature:" Bi-level temperature program - First level: 100 to 140 deg. C at 4 deg. C/min following completion of the first level. Second level: 140 to 180 deg. C at 20 deg. C/min following completion of the first level. Isothermal period: Hold column at 180 deg. C until the recorder pen returns to baseline (usually about 25 min after injection). "Injector temperature:" 180 deg. C "Helium flow rate:" 30 mL/min (detector response will be reduced if nitrogen is substituted for helium carrier gas). "Injection volume:" 0.8 uL "GC column:" Six-ft x 1/4-in OD (2 mm ID) glass GC column containing 10 percent UCON 50-HB-5100 + 2 percent KOH on 80/100 Chromosorb W-AW. "NPD conditions:" Hydrogen flow rate: 3 mL/min Air flow rate: 50 mL/min Detector temperature: 275 deg. C 3.5.2 "Chromatogram:" For an example of a typical chromatogram, see Figure 4.11 in OSHA Method 52. 3.5.3 Use a suitable method, such as electronic integration, to measure detector response. 3.5.4 Use an internal standard method to prepare the calibration curve with several standard solutions of different concentrations. Prepare the calibration curve daily. Program the integrator to report results in ug/mL. 3.5.5 Bracket sample concentrations with standards. 3.6 "Interferences (Analytical)" 3.6.1 Any compound with the same general retention time as the analytes and which also gives a detector response is a potential interference. Possible interferences should be reported to the laboratory with submitted samples by the industrial hygienist. 3.6.2 GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to circumvent interferences. 3.6.3 A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is recommended this procedure be used to confirm samples whenever possible. 3.6.4 The coated adsorbent usually contains a very small amount of residual formaldehyde derivative (Section 4.8). 3.7 "Calculations:" 3.7.1 Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. Calibration curves are prepared by plotting detector response against concentration for each standard. The best line through the data points is determined by curve fitting. 3.7.2 The concentration, in ug/mL, for a particular sample is determined by comparing its detector response to the calibration curve. If either of the analytes is found on the backup section, it is added to the amount found on the front section. Blank corrections should be performed before adding the results together. 3.7.3 The acrolein and/or formaldehyde air concentration can be expressed using the following equation: mg/m(3)=(A)(B)/C where A=ug/mL from 3.7.2, B=desorption volume, and C=L of air sampled. No desorption efficiency corrections are required. 3.7.4 The following equation can be used to convert results in mg/m(3)to ppm. ppm=(mg/m(3))(24.45)/MW where mg/m(3)=result from 3.7.3, 24.45=molar volume of an ideal gas at 760 mm Hg and 25 deg. C, MW=molecular weight (30.0). 4. "Backup Data" 4.1 Backup data on detection limits, reliable quantitation limits, sensitivity and precision of the analytical method, breakthrough, desorption efficiency, storage, reproducibility, and generation of test atmospheres are available in OSHA Method 52, developed by the Organics Methods Evaluation Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah. 4.2 "Procedure to Coat XAD-2 Adsorbent with 2-HMP:" 4.2.1 "Apparatus:" Soxhlet extraction apparatus, rotary evaporation apparatus, vacuum dessicator, 1-L vacuum flask, 1-L round-bottomed evaporative flask, 1-L Erlenmeyer flask, 250-mL Buchner funnel with a coarse fritted disc, etc. 4.2.2 "Reagents:" 4.2.2.1 Methanol, isooctane, and toluene. 4.2.2.2 2-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine. 4.2.2.3 Amberlite XAD-2 non-ionic polymeric adsorbent, 20 to 60 mesh, Aldrich Chemical XAD-2 was used in this evaluation. 4.2.3 "Procedure:" Weigh 125 g of crude XAD-2 adsorbent into a 1-L Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 200 mL of water to the flask and then swirl the mixture to wash the adsorbent. Discard any adsorbent that floats to the top of the water and then filter the mixture using a fritted Buchner funnel. Air dry the adsorbent for 2 minutes. Transfer the adsorbent back to the Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL of methanol to the flask. Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the washed adsorbent back to the Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL of methanol to the flask. Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the washed adsorbent to a 1-L round-bottomed evaporative flask, add 13 g of 2-HMP and then 200 mL of methanol, swirl the mixture and then allow it to stand for one hour. Remove the methanol at about 40 deg. C and reduced pressure using a rotary evaporation apparatus. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a suitable container and store it in a vacuum desiccator at room temperature overnight. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a Soxhlet extractor and then extract the material with toluene for about 24 hours. Discard the contaminated toluene, add methanol in its place and then continue the Soxhlet extraction for an additional 4 hours. Transfer the adsorbent to a weighted 1-L round-bottom evaporative flask and remove the methanol using the rotary evaporation apparatus. Determine the weight of the adsorbent and then add an amount of 2-HMP, which is 10 percent by weight of the adsorbent. Add 200 mL of methanol and then swirl the mixture. Allow the mixture to stand for one hour. Remove the methanol by rotary evaporation. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a suitable container and store it in a vacuum desiccator until all traces of solvents are gone. Typically, this will take 2-3 days. The coated adsorbent should be protected from contamination. XAD-2 adsorbent treated in this manner will probably not contain residual acrolein derivative. However, this adsorbent will often contain residual formaldehyde derivative levels of about 0.1 ug per 150 mg of adsorbent. If the blank values for a batch of coated adsorbent are too high, then the batch should be returned to the Soxhlet extractor, extracted with toluene again and then recoated. This process can be repeated until the desired blank levels are attained. The coated adsorbent is now ready to be packed into sampling tubes. The sampling tubes should be stored in a sealed container to prevent contamination. Sampling tubes should be stored in the dark at room temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent lot number. A sufficient amount of each lot number of coated adsorbent should be retained to prepare analytical standards for use with air samples from that lot number. 4.3 "A Procedure to Determine Formaldehyde by Acid Titration:" Standardize the 0.1 N HCl solution using sodium carbonate and methyl orange indicator. Place 50 mL of 0.1 M sodium sulfite and three drops of thymophthalein indicator into a 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Titrate the contents of the flask to a colorless endpoint with 0.1 N HCl (usually one or two drops is sufficient). Transfer 10 mL of the formaldehyde/methanol solution (prepared in 3.3.1) into the same flask and titrate the mixture with 0.1 N HCl, again, to a colorless endpoint. The formaldehyde concentration of the standard may be calculated by the following equation: acid titer X acid normality X 30.0 Formaldehyde, mg/mL ----------------------------------------------- mL of sample This method is based on the quantitative liberation of sodium hydroxide when formaldehyde reacts with sodium sulfite to form the formaldehyde-bisulfite addition product. The volume of sample may be varied depending on the formaldehyde content but the solution to be titrated must contain excess sodium sulfite. Formaldehyde solutions containing substantial amounts of acid or base must be neutralized before analysis. Appendix C to 1926.1148 - Medical Surveillance - Formaldehyde. I. "Health Hazards" The occupational health hazards of formaldehyde are primarily due to its toxic effects after inhalation, after direct contact with the skin or eyes by formaldehyde in liquid or vapor form, and after ingestion. II. "Toxicology" A. Acute Effects of Exposure 1. "Inhalation (breathing):" Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the upper airways. The concentration of formaldehyde that is immediately dangerous to life and health is 100 ppm. Concentrations above 50 ppm can cause severe pulmonary reactions within minutes. These include pulmonary edema, pneumonia, and bronchial irritation which can result in death. Concentrations above 5 ppm readily cause lower airway irritation characterized by cough, chest tightness and wheezing. There is some controversy regarding whether formaldehyde gas is a pulmonary sensitizer which can cause occupational asthma in a previously normal individual. Formaldehyde can produce symptoms of bronchial asthma in humans. The mechanism may be either sensitization of the individual by exposure to formaldehyde or direct irritation by formaldehyde in persons with pre-existing asthma. Upper airway irritation is the most common respiratory effect reported by workers and can occur over a wide range of concentrations, most frequently above 1 ppm. However, airway irritation has occurred in some workers with exposures to formaldehyde as low as 0.1 ppm. Symptoms of upper airway irritation include dry or sore throat, itching and burning sensations of the nose, and nasal congestion. Tolerance to this level of exposure may develop within 1-2 hours. This tolerance can permit workers remaining in an environment of gradually increasing formaldehyde concentrations to be unaware of their increasingly hazardous exposure. 2. "Eye contact:" Concentrations of formaldehyde between 0.05 ppm and 0.5 ppm produce a sensation of irritation in the eyes with burning, itching, redness, and tearing. Increased rate of blinking and eye closure generally protects the eye from damage at these low levels, but these protective mechanisms may interfere with some workers' work abilities. Tolerance can occur in workers continuously exposed to concentrations of formaldehyde in this range. Accidental splash injuries of human eyes to aqueous solutions of formaldehyde (formalin) have resulted in a wide range of ocular injuries including corneal opacities and blindness. The severity of the reactions have been directly dependent on the concentration of formaldehyde in solution and the amount of time lapsed before emergency and medical intervention. 3. "Skin contact:" Exposure to formaldehyde solutions can cause irritation of the skin and allergic contact dermatitis. These skin diseases and disorders can occur at levels well below those encountered by many formaldehyde workers. Symptoms include erythema, edema, and vesiculation or hives. Exposure to liquid formalin or formaldehyde vapor can provoke skin reactions in sensitized individuals even when airborne concentrations of formaldehyde are well below 1 ppm. 4. "Ingestion:" Ingestion of as little as 30 ml of a 37 percent solution of formaldehyde (formalin) can result in death. Gastrointestinal toxicity after ingestion is most severe in the stomach and results in symptoms which can include nausea, vomiting, and severe abdominal pain. Diverse damage to other organ systems including the liver, kidney, spleen, pancreas, brain, and central nervous systems can occur from the acute response to ingestion of formaldehyde. B. Chronic Effects of Exposure Long term exposure to formaldehyde has been shown to be associated with an increased risk of cancer of the nose and accessory sinuses, nasopharyngeal and oropharyngeal cancer, and lung cancer in humans. Animal experiments provide conclusive evidence of a causal relationship between nasal cancer in rats and formaldehyde exposure. Concordant evidence of carcinogenicity includes DNA binding, genotoxicity in short-term tests, and cytotoxic changes in the cells of the target organ suggesting both preneoplastic changes and a dose-rate effect. Formaldehyde is a complete carcinogen and appears to exert an effect on at least two stages of the carcinogenic process. III. "Surveillance considerations" A. History 1. "Medical and occupational history:" Along with its acute irritative effects, formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization and cancer. One of the goals of the work history should be to elicit information on any prior or additional exposure to formaldehyde in either the occupational or the non-occupational setting. 2. "Respiratory history:" As noted above, formaldehyde has recognized properties as an airway irritant and has been reported by some authors as a cause of occupational asthma. In addition, formaldehyde has been associated with cancer of the entire respiratory system of humans. For these reasons, it is appropriate to include a comprehensive review of the respiratory system in the medical history. Components of this history might include questions regarding dyspnea on exertion, shortness of breath, chronic airway complaints, hyperreactive airway disease, rhinitis, bronchitis, bronchiolitis, asthma, emphysema, respiratory allergic reaction, or other preexisting pulmonary disease. In addition, generalized airway hypersensitivity can result from exposures to a single sensitizing agent. The examiner should, therefore, elicit any prior history of exposure to pulmonary irritants, and any short- or long-term effects of that exposure. Smoking is known to decrease mucociliary clearance of materials deposited during respiration in the nose and upper airways. This may increase a worker's exposure to inhaled materials such as formaldehyde vapor. In addition, smoking is a potential confounding factor in the investigation of any chronic respiratory disease, including cancer. For these reasons, a complete smoking history should be obtained. 3. "Skin Disorders:" Because of the dermal irritant and sensitizing effects of formaldehyde, a history of skin disorders should be obtained. Such a history might include the existence of skin irritation, previously documented skin sensitivity, and other dermatologic disorders. Previous exposure to formaldehyde and other dermal sensitizers should be recorded. 4. "History of atopic or allergic diseases:" Since formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization of the skin and airways, it might be useful to identify individuals with prior allergen sensitization. A history of atopic disease and allergies to formaldehyde or any other substances should also be obtained. It is not definitely known at this time whether atopic diseases and allergies to formaldehyde or any other substances should also be obtained. Also it is not definitely known at this time whether atopic individuals have a greater propensity to develop formaldehyde sensitivity than the general population, but identification of these individuals may be useful for ongoing surveillance. 5. "Use of disease questionnaires:" Comparison of the results from previous years with present results provides the best method for detecting a general deterioration in health when toxic signs and symptoms are measured subjectively. In this way recall bias does not affect the results of the analysis. Consequently, OSHA has determined that the findings of the medical and work histories should be kept in a standardized form for comparison of the year-to-year results. B. Physical Examination 1. "Mucosa of eyes and airways:" Because of the irritant effects of formaldehyde, the examining physician should be alert to evidence of this irritation. A speculum examination of the nasal mucosa may be helpful in assessing possible irritation and cytotoxic changes, as may be indirect inspection of the posterior pharynx by mirror. 2. "Pulmonary system:" A conventional respiratory examination, including inspection of the thorax and auscultation and percussion of the lung fields should be performed as part of the periodic medical examination. Although routine pulmonary function testing is only required by the standard once every year for persons who are exposed over the TWA concentration limit, these tests have an obvious value in investigating possible respiratory dysfunction and should be used wherever deemed appropriate by the physician. In cases of alleged formaldehyde-induced airway disease, other possible causes of pulmonary dysfunction (including exposures to other substances) should be ruled out. A chest radiograph may be useful in these circumstances. In cases of suspected airway hypersensitivity or allergy, it may be appropriate to use bronchial challenge testing with formaldehyde or methacholine to determine the nature of the disorder. Such testing should be performed by or under the supervision of a physician experienced in the procedures involved. 3. "Skin:" The physician should be alert to evidence of dermal irritation of sensitization, including reddening and inflammation, urticaria, blistering, scaling, formation of skin fissures, or other symptoms. Since the integrity of the skin barrier is compromised by other dermal diseases, the presence of such disease should be noted. Skin sensitivity testing carries with it some risk of inducing sensitivity, and therefore, skin testing for formaldehyde sensitivity should not be used as a routine screening test. Sensitivity testing may be indicated in the investigation of a suspected existing sensitivity. Guidelines for such testing have been prepared by the North American Contact Dermatitis Group. C. Additional Examinations or Tests The physician may deem it necessary to perform other medical examinations or tests as indicated. The standard provides a mechanism whereby these additional investigations are covered under the standard for occupational exposure to formaldehyde. D. Emergencies The examination of workers exposed in an emergency should be directed at the organ systems most likely to be affected. Much of the content of the examination will be similar to the periodic examination unless the patient has received a severe acute exposure requiring immediate attention to prevent serious consequences. If a severe overexposure requiring medical intervention or hospitalization has occurred, the physician must be alert to the possibility of delayed symptoms. Followup nonroutine examinations may be necessary to assure the patient's well-being. E. Employer Obligations The employer is required to provide the physician with the following information: A copy of this standard and appendices A, C, D, and E; a description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to his or her exposure concentration; an estimate of the employee's exposure including duration ("e.g." 15 hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts, full-time); a description of any personal protective equipment, including respirators, used by the employee; and the results of any previous medical determinations for the affected employee related to formaldehyde exposure to the extent that this information is within the employer's control. F. Physician's Obligations The standard requires the employer to obtain a written statement from the physician. This statement must contain the physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any medical condition which would place him or her at increased risk of impaired health from exposure to formaldehyde or use of respirators, as appropriate. The physician must also state his opinion regarding any restrictions that should be placed on the employee's exposure to formaldehyde or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators. If the employee wears a respirator as a result of his or her exposure to formaldehyde, the physician's opinion must also contain a statement regarding the suitability of the employee to wear the type of respirator assigned. Finally, the physician must inform the employer that the employee has been told the results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This written opinion is not to contain any information on specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to formaldehyde. The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the employer with a written opinion is to provide the employer with a medical basis to assist the employer in placing employees initially, in assuring that their health is not being impaired by formaldehyde, and to assess the employee's ability to use any required protective equipment. Appendix D to 1926.1148 - Nonmandatory Medical Disease Questionnaire A. "Identification" Plant Name ____________________ Date __________________________ Employee Name _________________ S.S. __________________________ Job Title _____________________ Birthdate: ____________________ Age: __________________________ Sex: __________________________ Height: _______________________ Weight: _______________________ B. "Medical History" 1. Have you ever been in the hospital as a patient? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, what kind of problem were you having? _____ ___________________________________________________ 2. Have you ever had any kind of operation? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, what kind? ________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 3. Do you take any kind of medicine regularly? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, what kind? ________________________________ ___________________________________________________ 4. Are you allergic to any drugs, foods, or chemicals? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, what kind of allergy is it? ______________ __________________________________________________ What causes the allergy? _________________________ __________________________________________________ 5. Have you ever been told that you have asthma, hayfever, or sinusitis? Yes _____ No _____ 6. Have you ever been told that you have emphysema, bronchitis, or any other respiratory problems? Yes _____ No _____ 7. Have you ever been told you had hepatitis? Yes _____ No _____ 8. Have you ever been told that you had cirrhosis? Yes _____ No _____ 9. Have you ever been told that you had cancer? Yes _____ No _____ 10. Have you ever had arthritis or joint pain? Yes _____ No _____ 11. Have you ever been told that you had high blood pressure? Yes _____ No _____ 12. Have you ever had a heart attack or heart trouble? Yes _____ No _____ B-1. "Medical History Update" 1. Have you been in the hospital as a patient any time within the past year? Yes _____ No _____ If so, for what condition? _____________________________ ________________________________________________________ 2. Have you been under the care of a physician during the past year? Yes _____ No _____ If so, for what condition? _____________________________ ________________________________________________________ 3. Is there any change in your breathing since last year? Yes _____ No _____ Better? _______ Worse? _______ No change? _______ If change, do you know why? ____________________________ ________________________________________________________ 4. Is your general health different this year from last year? Yes _____ No _____ If different, in what way? _____________________________ ________________________________________________________ 5. Have you in the past year or are you now taking any medication on a regular basis? Yes _____ No _____ Name Rx _______ Condition being treated _______________________________ C. "Occupational History" 1. How long have you worked for your present employer? ________________________________________________________ 2. What jobs have you held with this employer? Include job title and length of time in each job. ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________ 3. In each of these jobs, how many hours a day were you exposed to chemicals? ________________________________________________________ 4. What chemicals have you worked with most of the time? ________________________________________________________ 5. Have you ever noticed any type of skin rash you feel was related to your work? Yes _____ No _____ 6. Have you ever noticed that any kind of chemical makes you cough? Yes _____ No _____ Wheeze? Yes _____ No _____ Become short of breath or cause your chest to become tight? Yes _____ No _____ 7. Are you exposed to any dust or chemicals at home? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, explain: ____________________________________ _____________________________________________________ 8. In other jobs, have you ever had exposure to: Wood dust? Yes _____ No _____ Nickel or chromium? Yes _____ No _____ Silica (foundry, sand blasting)? Yes _____ No _____ Arsenic or asbestos? Yes _____ No _____ Organic solvents? Yes _____ No _____ Urethane foams? Yes _____ No _____ C-1. "Occupational History Update" 1. Are you working on the same job this year as you were last year? Yes _____ No _____ If not, how has your job changed? ___________________________ _____________________________________________________________ 2. What chemicals are you exposed to on your job? _____________________________________________________________ 3. How many hours a day are you exposed to chemicals? _____________________________________________________________ 4. Have you noticed any skin rash within the past year you feel was related to your work? Yes _____ No _____ If so, explain circumstances: ______________________________ ____________________________________________________________ 5. Have you noticed that any chemical makes you cough, be short of breath, or wheeze? Yes _____ No _____ If so, can you identify it? _______________________________ ___________________________________________________________ D. "Miscellaneous" 1. Do you smoke? Yes _____ No _____ If so, how much and for how long? ________________________ __________________________________________________________ Pipe _______ Cigars _______ Cigarettes _______ 2. Do you drink alcohol in any form? Yes _____ No _____ If so, how much, how long, and how often? _______________ _________________________________________________________ 3. Do you wear glasses or contact lenses? Yes _____ No _____ 4. Do you get any physical exercise other than that required to do your job? Yes _____ No _____ If so, explain: _________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ 5. Do you have any hobbies or "side jobs" that require you to use chemicals, such as furniture stripping, sand blasting, insulation or manufacture of urethane foam, furniture, etc? Yes _____ No _____ If so, please describe, giving type of business or hobby, chemicals used and length of exposures. ________________________________________________________ E. "Symptoms Questionnaire" 1. Do you ever have any shortness of breath? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, do you have to rest after climbing several flights of stairs? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, if you walk on the level with people your own age, do you walk slower than they do? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, if you walk slower than a normal pace, do you have to limit the distance that you walk? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, do you have to stop and rest while bathing or dressing? Yes _____ No _____ 2. Do you cough as much as three months out of the year? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, have you had this cough for more than two years? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, do you ever cough anything up from chest? Yes _____ No _____ 3. Do you ever have a feeling of smothering, unable to take a deep breath, or tightness in your chest? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, do you notice that this on any particular day of the week? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, what day or the week? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, do you notice that this occurs at any particular place? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, do you notice that this is worse after you have returned to work after being off for several days? Yes _____ No _____ 4. Have you ever noticed any wheezing in your chest? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, is this only with colds or other infections? Yes _____ No _____ Is this caused by exposure to any kind of dust or other material? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, what kind? _______ 5. Have you noticed any burning, tearing, or redness of your eyes when you are at work? Yes _____ No _____ If so, explain circumstances: ______________________________ ____________________________________________________________ 6. Have you noticed any sore or burning throat or itchy or burning nose when you are at work? Yes _____ No _____ If so, explain circumstances: ______________________________ ____________________________________________________________ 7. Have you noticed any stuffiness or dryness of your nose? Yes _____ No _____ 8. Do you ever have swelling of the eyelids or face? Yes _____ No _____ 9. Have you ever been jaundiced? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, was this accompanied by any pain? Yes _____ No _____ 10. Have you ever had a tendency to bruise easily or bleed excessively? Yes _____ No _____ 11. Do you have frequent headaches that are not relieved by aspirin or tylenol? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, do they occur at any particular time of the day or week? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, when do they occur? __________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ 12. Do you have frequent episodes of nervousness or irritability? Yes _____ No _____ 13. Do you tend to have trouble concentrating or remembering? Yes _____ No _____ 14. Do you ever feel dizzy, light-headed, excessively drowsy or like you have been drugged? Yes _____ No _____ 15. Does your vision ever become blurred? Yes _____ No _____ 16. Do you have numbness or tingling of the hands or feet or other parts of your body? Yes _____ No _____ 17. Have you ever had chronic weakness or fatigue? Yes _____ No _____ 18. Have you ever had any swelling of your feet or ankles to the point where you could not wear your shoes? Yes _____ No _____ 19. Are you bothered by heartburn or indigestion? Yes _____ No _____ 20. Do you ever have itching, dryness, or peeling and scaling of the hands? Yes _____ No _____ 21. Do you ever have a burning sensation in the hands, or reddening of the skin? Yes _____ No _____ 22. Do you ever have cracking or bleeding of the skin on your hands? Yes _____ No _____ 23. Are you under a physician's care? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, for what are you being treated? _________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 24. Do you have any physical complaints today? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, explain? _______________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 25. Do you have other health conditions not covered by these questions? Yes _____ No _____ If yes, explain: ________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________ Appendix E to 1926.1148 - Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing Procedures I. "FIT Test Protocols" Because exposure to formaldehyde can affect the employee's ability to detect common odorants, fit test results from the isoamyl acetate test must be augmented by results from either the saccharin or irritant smoke test. A. The employer shall include the following provisions in the fit test procedures. These provisions apply to both qualitative fit testing (QLFT) and quantitative fit testing (QLFT). 1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable respirator from a selection including respirators of various sizes from different manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three sizes of elastomeric facepieces of the type of respirator that is to be tested, i.e., three sizes of half mask; or three sizes of full facepiece; and units from at least two manufacturers. 2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal training on respirator use, as it is only a review. 3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to select the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used properly, will provide adequate protection. 4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each facepiece up to the face and eliminate those which obviously do not give a comfortable fit. 5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in item 6 below. If the test subject is not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the straps. 6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the comfort of the respirator: (a) position of the mask on the nose. (b) room for eye protection. (c) room to talk. (d) position of mask on face and cheeks. 7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the adequacy of the respirator fit: (a) chin properly placed; (b) adequate strap tension, not overly tightened; (c) fit across nose bridge; (d) respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin; (e) tendency of respirator to slip; (f) self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator position. 8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive pressure fit checks as described below or ANSI Z88.2-1980. Before conducting the negative or positive pressure test, the subject shall be told to seat the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the fit check tests. (a) "Positive pressure test." Close off the exhalation valve and exhale gently onto the facepiece. The face fit is considered satisfactory if a slight positive pressure can be built up inside the facepiece without any evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. For most respirators this method of leak testing requires the wearer to first remove the exhalation valve cover before closing off the exhalation valve and then carefully replacing it after the test. (b) "Negative pressure test." Close off the inlet opening of the canister or cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by replacing the filter seal(s), inhale gently so that the facepiece collapses slightly, and hold the breath for ten seconds. If the facepiece remains in its slightly collapsed condition and no inward leakage of air is detected, the tightness of the respirator is considered satisfactory. 9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble beard growth, beard, or long sideburns which cross the respirator sealing surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed. 10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory disease or pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his duties. 11. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the successfully fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time during this period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different facepiece and to be retested. 12. The employer shall certify that a successful fit test has been administered to the employee. The certification shall include the following information: (a) Name of employee; (b) Type, brand and size of respirator; and (c) Date of test; Where QLFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart, or other recording of the results of the test, shall be retained with the certification. The certification shall be maintained until the next fit test is administered. 13. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test. 14. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the test environment, in the manner described below: (a) "Normal breathing." In a normal standing position, without talking, the subject shall breathe normally. (b) "Deep breathing." In a normal standing position, the subject shall breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate. (c) "Turning head side to side." Standing in place, the subject shall slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the subject can inhale at each side. (d) "Moving head up and down." Standing in place, the subject shall slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling). (e) "Talking." The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 100, or recite a memorized poem or song. (f) "Grimace." The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning. (g) "Bending over." The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QLFT units which prohibit bending at the waist. (h) "Normal breathing." Same as exercise 1. Each test exercise shall be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall be performed for 15 seconds. The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has become uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried. B. "Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols" 1. "General." (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator qualitative fit test program. (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests, and assure that test equipment is in proper working order. (c) The employer shall assure the QLFT equipment is kept clean and well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed. 2. "Isoamyl Acetate Protocol" - (a) "Odor threshold screening." The odor threshold screening test, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine if the individual tested can detect the odor of isoamyl acetate. (1) Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required. (2) Odor free water (e.g., distilled or spring water) at approximately 25 degrees C shall be used for the solutions. (3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known at isopentyl acetate) stock solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free water in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution shall be prepared at least weekly. (4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the room used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated but shall not be connected to the same recirculating ventilation system. (5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0.4 cc of the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clear dropper or pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds and allowed to stand for two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach equilibrium. This solution shall be used for only one day. (6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor free water. (7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for jar identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of the test. (8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on the table in front of the two jars (i.e., 1 and 2): "The purpose of this test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low concentration. The two bottles in front of you contain water. One of these bottles also contain a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time, and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which bottle contains banana oil." (9) The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be prepared in an area separate from where the test is performed, in order to prevent olfactory fatigue in the subject. (10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar containing the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall not be performed. (11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the odor test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection and fit testing. (b) "Isoamyl acetate fit test." (1) The fit test chamber shall be similar to a clear 55-gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot diameter frame so that the top of the chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's head. The inside top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached. (2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be equipped with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against organic vapors. The cartridges or masks shall be changed at least weekly. (3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, the test subject shall ware it to the fit testing room. This room shall be separate from the room used for odor threshold screening and respirator selection, and shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan or lab hood, to prevent general room contamination. (4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which the subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber. (5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 6-inch by 5-inch piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. The test subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the top of the chamber. (6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize before starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate time to talk with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the importance of his/her cooperation, and the purpose for the head exercises; or to demonstrate some of the exercises. (7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana like odor of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit from the test chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory fatigue. (8) If the test has failed, the subject shall return to the selection room and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select and put on another respirator, return to the test chamber and again begin the procedure described in (1) through (7) above. The process continues until a respirator that fits well has been found. Should the odor sensitivity test be failed, the subject shall wait about 5 minutes before retesting. Odor sensitivity will usually have returned by this time. (9) When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency shall be demonstrated for the subject by having the subject break the face seal and take a breath before exiting the chamber. (10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall remove the saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the test. To keep the test area from becoming contaminated, the used towels shall be kept in a self sealing bag so there is no significant IAA concentration build-up in the test chamber during subsequent tests. 3. "Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol." The saccharin solution aerosol QLFT protocol is the only currently available, validated test protocol for use with particulate disposable dust respirators not equipped with high-efficiency filters. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test. (a) "Taste threshold screening." The saccharin taste threshold screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of saccharin. (1) Threshold screening as well as fit testing subjects shall wear an enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches in diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion clear and that allows free movements of the head when a respirator is worn. An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts number FT 14 and number FT 15 combined, is adequate. (2) The test enclosure shall have a 3/4-inch hole in front of the test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle. (3) The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the threshold screening test, the test subject shall breathe through his/her wide open mouth with tongue extended. (4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer the test conductor shall spray the "threshold check solution" into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test solution nebulizer. (5) The "threshold check solution" consists of 0.83 grams of sodium saccharin USP in 1 cc of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the fit test solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 cc of distilled water. (6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so that it collapses completely, then released and allowed to fully expand. (7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is asked whether the saccharin can be tasted. (8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted. (9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted. (10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to solicit a taste response. (11) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the test subject may not perform the saccharin fit test. (12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked to take note of the taste for reference in the fit test. (13) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of liquid is used at a time in the nebulizer body. (14) The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, and refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four hours. (b) "Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure." (1) The test subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew gum for 15 minutes before the test. (2) The fit test uses the same enclosure described in (a) above. (3) The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the respirator selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be properly adjusted and equipped with a particular filter(s). (4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is used to spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer. (5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium saccharin to 100 cc of warm water. (6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth with tongue extended. (7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening test. (8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be instructed to perform the exercises in section I. A. 14 above. (9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using one half the number of squeezes as initially. (10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if any time during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected. (11) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed unsatisfactory and a different respirator shall be tried. 4. "Irritant Fume Protocol." (a) The respirator to be tested shall be equipped with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters. (b) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar with its characteristric odor. (c) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach one end of the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters per minute. (d) If a half-mask is being fitted, advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the eyes and instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes closed while the test is performed. (e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from the smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/She shall begin at least 12 inches from the facepiece and gradually move to within one inch, moving around the whole perimeter of the mask. (f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 14 above shall be performed by the test subject while the respirator seal is being challenged by the smoke. (g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a response shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same tube once the respirator has been removed to determine whether he/she reacts to the smoke. Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test. (h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust ventilation sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing area by the test agent. C. "Quantitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocol" 1. "General." (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit test program. (b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests, calculate fit factors properly and assure that test equipment is in proper working order. (c) The employer shall assure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and well maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed. 2. "Definitions." (a) Quantitative fit test. The test is performed in a test chamber. The normal air-purifying element of the respirator is replaced by a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter in the case of particulate QLFT aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant penetration protection equivalent to high-efficiency filters where the QLFT test agency is a gas or vapor. (b) Challenge agent means the aerosol, gas or vapor introduced into a test chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the respirator may be measured. (c) Test subject means the person wearing the respirator for quantitative fit testing. (d) Normal standing position means standing erect and straight with arms down along the sides and looking straight ahead. (e) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determining test agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart recordings of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given exercise is taken to be representative of average penetration into the respirator for that exercise. (f) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining test agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart recorder, integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined by an average of the peak heights on the graph or by computer integration, for each exercise except the grimace exercise. Integrators or computers which calculate the actual test agent penetration into the respirator for each exercise will also be considered to meet the requirements of the average peak penetration method. (g) "Fit Factor" means the ratio of challenge agent concentration outside with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering (facepiece or enclosure). 3. "Apparatus." (a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement systems using corn oil or sodium chloride as test aerosols shall be used for quantitative fit testing. (b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit all test subjects to perform freely all required exercises without disturbing the challenge agent concentration or the measurement apparatus. The test chamber shall be equipped and constructed so that the challenge agent is effectively isolated from the ambient air, yet uniform in concentration throughout the chamber. (c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or cartridge element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate filter supplied by the same manufacturer. (d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart record may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the challenge agent concentration with each inspiration and expiration at fit factors of at least 2,000. Integrators or computers which integrate the amount of test agent penetration leakage into the respirator for each exercise may be used provided a record of the readings is made. (e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge agent and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber shall be such that the test subject is not exposed in excess of an established exposure limit for the challenge agent at any time during the testing process. (f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be placed and constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g., where the respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at all times and so that there is no interference with the fit or performance of the respirator. (g) The test chamber and test set up shall permit the person administering the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber during the test. (h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain the concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber constant to within a 10 percent variation for the duration of the test. (i) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the event on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a minimum. There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an event inside the test chamber and its being recorded. (j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same material. The length of the two lines shall be equal. (k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a high-efficiency filter before release. (l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity inside the test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent. (m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into account when determining the fit factor. (n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and inspected for deficiencies such as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, etc. 4. "Procedural Requirements." (a) When performing the initial positive or negative pressure test the sampling line shall be crimped closed in order to avoid air pressure leakage during either of these tests. (b) An abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume test may be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting respirators which passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and thus reduce the amount of QLFT time. When performing a screening isoamyl acetate test, combination high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be used. (c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be measured in the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower curtain type of test units the determination of the challenge agent stability may be established after the test subject has entered the test environment. (d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the challenge agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to ensure that the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half mask or 1 percent for a full facepiece respirator. (e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the actual start of testing. (f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be overtightened for testing. The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance from other persons to give a reasonable comfortable fit typical of normal use. (g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak penetration exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full facepiece respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested. If two of the three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be deemed inadequate. (h) In order to successfully complete a QLFT, three successful fit tests are required. The results of each of the three independent fit tests must exceed the minimum fit factor needed for the class of respirator (e.g., half mask respirator, full facepiece respirator). (i) Calculation of fit factors. (1) The fit factor shall be determined for the quantitative fit test by taking the ratio of the average chamber concentration to the concentration inside the respirator. (2) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average of the test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the test. (3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator shall be determined by one of the following methods: (i) Average peak concentration (ii) Maximum peak concentration (iii) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual peak for each exercise. This includes computerized integration. (j) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by the quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three fit factor values calculated from the three required fit tests. (k) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask, or full facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at least 10 times the hazardous exposure level is obtained. (l) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced at least weekly, or whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, or when the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. Organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily (when used) or sooner if there is any indication of breakthrough by a test agent. Appendix A to Part 1926 - Designations for General Industry Standards Incorporated Into Body of Construction Standards New Designations for General Industry Standards Incorporated Into Body of Construction Standards 1926 DESIGNATIONS FOR APPLICABLE 1910 STANDARDS
New section no. and/or para | Source section no. and/or para |
1926.20(c) [Do.] (d) [Do.] (e) |
1910.5(a) [Do.] (c) [Do.] (d) |
1926.32(g) | 1910.12(b) |
1926.33 | 1910.20 |
1926.34(a) [Do.] (b) [Do.] (c) |
1910.36(b)(4) 1910.37(q)(1) [Do.] (k)(2) |
1926.35 | 1910.38(a) |
1926.50(g) | 1910.151(c) |
1926.51(a)(6) [Do.] (d)(2) [Do.] (f)(2)-(4) [Do.] (g) [Do.] (h) [Do.] (i) |
1910.141(a)(2)(v) [Do.] (h) [Do.] (d)(1)-(3) [Do.] (g)(2) [Do.] (a)(5) [Do.] (e) |
1926.53(c)-(r) | 1910.96 |
1926.57(f)-(i) | 1910.94 |
1926.64 | 1910.119 |
1926.65 | 1910.120 |
1926.66(a) [Do.] (b) [Do.] (c)-(d) [Do.] (e)-(g) |
1910.107(a) [Do.] (b)(1)-(10) [Do.] (c)-(d) [Do.] (h)-(j) |
1926.95 | 1910.132 |
1926.96 | 1910.136 |
1926.97(a)-(e) [Do.] (f)-(h) |
1910.156(e) [Do.] Subpt. L App. E |
1926.98 | 1910.156(f) |
1926.102(a)(6) [Do.] (7) [Do.] (8) |
1910.133(a)(2) [Do.] (4) [Do.] (5) |
1926.103(d) [Do.] (e) [Do.] (f)-(i) |
1910.134(a) [Do.] (b) [Do.] (d)-(g) |
1926.150(c)(1)(xi) [Do.] (xii) [Do.] (xiii) [Do.] (xiv) |
1910.157(g)(1) [Do.] (g)(2) [Do.] (c)(4) [Do.] (e)(3) |
1926.152(b)(5) [Do.] (h) [Do.] (i) [Do.] (j) [Do.] (k)(1)-(3) [Do.] (k)(4) |
1910.107(e)(2) 1910.106(j) [Do.] (b) [Do.] (c) [Do.] (g)(4) [Do.] (a)(22) |
1926.153(a)(3) [Do.] (m)(1) [Do.] (2) [Do.] (3) [Do.] (4) [Do.] (n) [Do.] (o) |
1910.110(a)(4) [Do.] (d)(1) [Do.] (d)(2) [Do.] (d)(7)(vii) [Do.] (d)(7)(viii) [Do.] (b)(5)(iii) [Do.] (d)(10) |
1926.156 | 1910.160 |
1926.157 | 1910.162 |
1926.158 | 1910.164 |
1926.159 | 1910.165 |
1926.200(c)(3) | 1910.145(d)(4) |
1926.250(c) [Do.] (d) |
1910.176(c) XXX |
1926.251(a)(5) [Do.] (a)(6) [Do.] (b)(6)(i)-(ii) [Do.] (c)(6)-(7) [Do.] (c)(8) [Do.] (c)(9) [Do.] (c)(10)-(12) [Do.] (c)(13)-(15) [Do.] (d)(3)-(6) [Do.] (e)(3)-(5) [Do.] (e)(6)-(7) [Do.] (e)(8) |
1910.184(a) [Do.] (d) [Do.] (e)(3)(i)-(ii) [Do.] (c)(2)-(3) [Do.] (c)(5) [Do.] (c)(7) [Do.] (c)(10)-(12) [Do.] (f)(2)-(4) [Do.] (h)(2)-(5) [Do.] (i)(2)-(4) [Do.] (i)(6)-(7) [Do.] (i)(9) |
1926.300(b)(3) [Do.] (4) [Do.] (5) [Do.] (6) [Do.] (7) |
1910.212(a)(1) [Do.] (a)(3) [Do.] (a)(5) [Do.] (b) 1910.215(b)(9) |
1926.302(b)(10) | 1910.244(b) |
1926.303(b)(2) [Do.] (e) |
1910.215(a)(2) [Do.] (4) |
1926.304(g) [Do.] (h) [Do.] (i) |
1910.213(h)(1) [Do.] (d)(1) [Do.] (c)(1) |
1926.305(d)(1) | 1910.244(a)(2)(iii)-(viii) |
1926.306 | 1910.169 |
1926.307 | 1910.219 |
1926.350(a)(10) [Do.] (11) [Do.] (12) |
1910.253(b)(4)(iii) [Do.] (2)(ii) 1910.101(b) |
1926.353(b)(3) | 1910.252(b)(4)(iv) |
1926.416(a)(4) [Do.] (f)(1) [Do.] (2) [Do.] (3) [Do.] (4) [Do.] (5)-(6) [Do.] (7)-(10) |
1910.333(c)(2) [Do.] (c)(10) 1910.334(a)(1) [Do.] (a)(2)(iii) [Do.] (a)(5) [Do.] (b)(1)-(2) [Do.] (c)(1)-(3) |
1926.417(d) | 1910.333(b)(2) |
1926.451(a)(22) [Do.] (23) [Do.] (24) |
1910.28(a)(15) [Do.] (18) [Do.] (20) |
1926.453(a) [Do.] (b) |
1910.29(a) [Do.] (c) |
1926.550(a)(19) | 1910.184(c)(9) |
1926.600(a)(7) | 1910.176(f) |
1926.602(c)(1)(vii) [Do.] (viii) |
1910.178(m)(3) [Do.] (12) |
1926.900(s) [Do.] (t) |
1910.109(g)(2)(ii) [Do.] (h)(3)(ii) |
1926.905(u) | [Do.] (e)(3)(iii) |
1926.914(aa) | [Do.] (a)(12) |
1926.1050(b) | 1910.21(g)(9) |
1926.1071 | 1910.401 |
1926.1072 | 1910.402 |
1926.1076 | 1910.410 |
1926.1080 | 1910.420 |
1926.1081 | 1910.421 |
1926.1082 | 1910.422 |
1926.1083 | 1910.423 |
1926.1084 | 1910.424 |
1926.1085 | 1910.425 |
1926.1086 | 1910.426 |
1926.1087 | 1910.427 |
1926.1090 | 1910.430 |
1926.1091 | 1910.440 |
1926.1092 | 1910.441 |
1926.1102 | 1910.1002 |
1926.1103 | 1910.1003 |
1926.1104 | 1910.1004 |
1926.1105 | 1910.1005 |
1926.1106 | 1910.1006 |
1926.1107 | 1910.1007 |
1926.1108 | 1910.1008 |
1926.1109 | 1910.1009 |
1926.1110 | 1910.1010 |
1926.1111 | 1910.1011 |
1926.1112 | 1910.1012 |
1926.1113 | 1910.1013 |
1926.1114 | 1910.1014 |
1926.1115 | 1910.1015 |
1926.1116 | 1910.1016 |
1926.1117 | 1910.1017 |
1926.1118 | 1910.1018 |
1926.1128 | 1910.1028 |
1926.1129 | 1910.1029 |
1926.1144 | 1910.1044 |
1926.1145 | 1910.1045 |
1926.1147 | 1910.1047 |
1926.1148 | 1910.1048 |
![]() |
![]() |
www.osha.gov | www.dol.gov |
Contact Us | Freedom of Information Act | Customer Survey Privacy and Security Statement | Disclaimers |
||
Occupational Safety & Health Administration 200 Constitution Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20210 |